SCCL Nit Solar 129 Mw-3

Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, commissioning and O&M of
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant at various locations of SCCL at Telangana State
Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited

(A Government of India Enterprise)
CIN: U40106DL2011GOI225263
D - 3, 1st Floor, Wing - A, Prius Platinum, District Centre,

Saket, New Delhi - 110 017
Tel: 011 - 71989200, Fax: 011 - 71989243
E mail: [email protected]
Notice Inviting Tender
For
Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing &

Commissioning of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant under
Domestic Competitive Bidding
At
Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL), Telangana
Tender No. SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150
Dated: 06/08/2018
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No COVER PAGE
Signature of Bidder
Power Plant Project SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150 Page 1 of 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.
SECTION - I : Invitation for Bids (IFB) 1 - 10
SECTION - II : Instructions to Bidders (ITB) 1 - 47
SECTION - III : Bid Data Sheets (BDS) 1-6
Annexure to Bid Data Sheet (BDS) : Qualifying

1-6
Requirements (QR)
SECTION - IV : General Conditions of Contract (GCC) 1 - 72
SECTION - V : Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) 1-9
SECTION - VI : Sample Forms & Formats 1 - 58
Attached as
SECTION - VII : Scope of Work & Technical Annexure A, B, C &
Specifications Technical
Specifications
SECTION - VIII : Schedule of Rates (SOR)/ Price
1-3
Schedule (PS)/ Format for Price Bid

Signature of Bidder
DISCLAIMER
1. Though adequate care has been taken while preparing the tender document, the
bidder(s) shall satisfy themselves that the document is complete in all respect.
Intimation regarding any discrepancy shall be given to the office of Employer
immediately. If no intimation is received from any bidder within 10 (Ten) days
from the date of issuance of Tender documents, it shall be considered that
the document is complete in all respect and has been received/ acknowledged by
the bidder(s).
2. Solar Energy Corporation of India Ltd (SECI) reserves the right to modify, amend
or supplement this document.
3. While this tender document has been prepared in good faith, neither SECI nor
their employees or advisors make any representation or warranty, express or
implied, or accept any responsibility or liability, whatsoever, in respect of any
statements or omissions herein, or the accuracy, completeness or reliability of
information, and shall incur no liability under any law, statute, rules or regulations
as to the accuracy, reliability or completeness of this document, even if any loss
or damage is caused by any act or omission on their part.
Place: New Delhi Date: 06/08//2018

Signature of Bidder
Tender of Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, Commissioning
and O&M of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant at various locations of SCCL at Telangana State
SECTION - I
INVITATION
FOR BIDS (IFB)
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

Signature of Bidder
INVITATION FOR BIDS (IFB)
FOR
TENDER FOR DESIGN, ENGINEERING, SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, ERECTION, TESTING &

COMMISSIONING OF 150 MW (AC) SOLAR PV POWER PLANT INCLUDING 10 YEARS PLANT
O&M AT SINGARENI COLLIERIES COMPANY LIMITED, TELANGANA UNDER DOMESTIC
COMPETITIVE BIDDING
TOTAL PROJECT CAPACITY OF 150 MW (AC) IS DIVIDED INTO 05 DIFFERENT SITES AT

SCCL AS PER BELOW TABLE:
S NO SITE DETAILS SITE CAPACITY (MW) LOCATIONS

1 SITE – 1 10 YELLANDU AREA, SCCL
2 SITE – 2 50 YELLANDU AREA, SCCL
3 SITE – 3 50 RAMAGUNDAM –III AREA, SCCL
4 SITE – 4 30 MANUGURU AREA, SCCL
5 SITE – 5 10 STPP, PEGADAPALLY AREA, SCCL
ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE TENDER DOCUMENT ARE AS PER 150 MW
(AC) CUMULATIVE CAPACITY BASIS ONLY. BIDDERS ARE REQUIRED TO QUOTE
ACCORDINGLY FOR THE COMPLETE CUMULATIVE CAPACITY OF 150 MW (AC). THE TOTAL
CAPACITY OF 150 MW WILL BE AWARDED TO A SINGLE SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS ONLY
SELECTED AFTER E-RA ON INDIVIDUAL SITE BASIS. THE TOTAL PRICE OF EPC AND O&M
ARRIVED AFTER E-RA, WILL BE CONVERTED TO THE PER MW PRICE. BASED ON THE PER
MW PRICE ARRIVED, THE PER SITE PROJECT EPC AND O&M PRICE WILL BE CALCULATED
BY MULTIPLYING THE PER MW PRICE WITH THE RESPECTIVE SITE CAPACITY. IN THE
SAME WAY, THE RESPECTIVE SITE O&M PRICES WILL BE CALCULATED. ACCORDINGLY,
05 DIFFERENT EPC AND O&M NOA/CONTRACT AGREEMENT WILL BE RELEASED FOR THE
RESPECTIVE SITE BY THE OWNER. EMD CAN BE SUBMITTED BY THE BIDDERS JOINTLY
FOR THE COMPLETE 150 MW PROJECT CAPACITY. HOWEVER, THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER
WILL BE REQUIRED TO SUBMIT RESPECTIVE SEPARATE CONTRACT PERFORMANCE
SECURITIES & ADVANCE BANK GUARANTEES (IF AVAILED) FOR INDIVIDUAL SITES AS
THERE WILL BE INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT AGREEMENTS BASED ON SITE CAPACITY.
OWNER RESERVES THE OPTION TO REDUCE ANY OF THE ABOVE-MENTIONED SITE
CAPACITY FROM THE OVERALL CUMULATIVE CAPACITY BEFORE/AFTER AWARD OF
CONTRACT AGREEMENT. ACCORDINGLY, THE TOTAL PROJECT PRICE WILL BE
PROPORTIONATELY REDUCED & THE FINAL PROJECT PRICE ARRIVED AS SUCH AFTER
REDUCTION WILL BE THE FINAL PROJECT PRICE OF THE CONTRACT AGREEMENT.
(SINGLE STAGE TWO ENVELOPE BIDDING)
Under e-Tendering

Signature of Bidder
1.0 The Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) is a Government Coal mining
company jointly owned by the Government of Telangana and Government of India. The
Singareni coal reserves stretch across 350 Km of the Pranahita – Godavari Valley of
Telangana with a proven geological reserve aggregating to whopping 8791 million
tonnes. SCCL is currently operating 18 opencast and 29 underground mines in 6 districts
of Telangana. While historically technology has been a critical factor in SCCL's ability to
reduce environmental impacts and occupational hazards, the need to constantly increase
productivity and cut costs has demanded that the company goes in for phased
mechanization and adapts state-of-the-art technologies
2.0 Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL), envisages the execution of Green Energy
by way of implementing Solar PV Power Plant at SCCL in the State of Telangana. This would
not only be a leap towards the use of Green Energy for SCCL but also be means of self-
reliant and Economical Energy which would capitalize the abundance of Solar Energy.
3.0 The EPC/ Tender activities in respect of the aforesaid Project has been entrusted to Solar
Energy Corporation of India Limited (A Government of India Enterprise) incorporated under
the Companies Act, 2013, having its Registered Office at D - 3, 1st Floor, Wing - A, Prius
Platinum Building, District Centre, Saket, New Delhi - 110 017 (hereinafter referred to as
‘SECI’/ EMPLOYER). For the purpose of all procurement activities related to the said works,
SECI shall be referred to as ‘Employer’.
4.0 Employer (SECI), therefore on behalf of the “Owner” Singareni Collieries Company Limited,
(SCCL), invites bids from eligible bidders to participate in the NIT for Design, Engineering,
Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power
Plant including 10 Years Plant O&M at different Premises of Singareni Collieries Company
Limited, (SCCL).
5.0 VOID
6.0 The complete Bidding Documents are available at TCIL portal https://www.tcil-india-
electronictender.com as well as on SECI’s website http://www.seci.co.in. Interested
bidders shall download the Bidding Documents from the portal https://www.tcil-india-
electronictender.com as per the provisions available therein.
7.0 Interested bidders have to necessarily register themselves on the portal https://www.tcil-
india-electronictender.com through M/s Telecommunications Consultants India Limited
(TCIL), New Delhi to participate in the bidding under this invitation for bids. It shall be the sole
responsibility of the interested bidders to get themselves registered at the aforesaid portal for
which they are required to contact M/s TCIL, New Delhi to complete the registration
formalities. The address of M/s TCIL is mentioned on the Bid Information Sheet. All required
documents and formalities for registering on TCIL are mentioned in the subsequent bidding
documents.

Signature of Bidder
They may obtain further information regarding this IFB from the registered office of SECI at
the address given on the Bid Information Sheet from 10:00 hours to 17:00 hours on all working
days.
For proper uploading of the bids on the portal namely https://www.tcil-india-

electronictender.com (hereinafter referred to as the ‘portal’), it shall be the sole
responsibility of the bidders to apprise themselves adequately regarding all the relevant
procedures and provisions as detailed in the portal as well as by contacting M/s
Telecommunications Consultants India Limited, New Delhi directly, as and when required, for
which contact details are also mentioned on the Bid Information Sheet. The Employer in no
case shall be responsible for any issues related to timely or properly uploading/ submission
of the bid in accordance with the relevant provisions of Section II - ITB of the Bidding
Documents.
8.0 While submitting/ uploading the bids, the system through portal asks to key in the pass-phrase
for encryption of the documents. The pass-phrase is required by Employer for opening the
bids (Separate for both First Envelopes as well as Second Envelopes). The same may be
submitted on the portal as per the provisions existing for submission of the pass-
phrase and as per the details given in ITB.
In the event of not opening of the bid with the pass-phrase provided by the bidder, Employer
on its discretion may give an option through the portal, to the bidder to open its bid as per
provisions available on the portal. However, Employer shall not be responsible if bid could
not be opened within reasonable time for what so ever reason. In such a case, the bid shall
be sent unopened to ‘Archive’ on the portal and shall not be considered at all any further.
9.0 A Single Stage Two Envelope Bidding Procedure will be adopted and will proceed as detailed
in the Bidding Documents. Bidding will be conducted through the competitive bidding
procedures as per the provisions of ITB/ BDS and the contract shall be executed as per the
provisions of the Contract. It shall be noted that the respective rights of the Employer and the
Bidder/ Contractor shall be governed by the Bidding Documents/ Contract signed between
the Owner and the Contractor for the package.
10.0 Bidders should submit their bid proposal online complete in all aspect on or before last date
and time of Bid Submission as mentioned on ETS Portal of TCIL (https://www.tcil-india-
electronictender.com), SECI website http://www.seci.co.in and as indicated in the Bid
Information Sheet.
11.0 Bidder shall submit bid proposal along with non-refundable Tender Processing Fees, Earnest
Money Deposit (EMD) complete in all respect as per the Bid Information Sheet. Techno-
Commercial bids will be opened as per the Bid Information Sheet in offline/ online presence
of authorised representatives of bidders who wish to be present offline/ online. Bid proposals
received without the prescribed Tender Processing Fees and Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)
will be rejected. In the event of any date indicated is a declared Holiday, the next working
day shall become operative for the respective purpose mentioned herein.
12.0 Tender documents which include Eligibility Criteria, Technical Specifications, various
Conditions of Contract, Formats etc. can be downloaded from ETS Portal of TCIL
(https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com) or from SECI website

Signature of Bidder
(http://www.seci.co.in). It is mandatory to download official copy of Tender Document

from Electronic Tender System (ETS) Portal of TCIL to participate in the Tender. Any
amendment(s)/ corrigendum(s)/ clarification(s) with respect to this Tender shall be uploaded
on TCIL website. The Bidder should regularly check for any Amendment(s)/ Corrigendum(s)/
Clarification(s) on the above mentioned TCIL website. The same may also be uploaded on
SECI website http://www.seci.co.in also. However, in case of any discrepancy, the
information available on TCIL website shall prevail.
13.0 The detailed scope of work includes :
Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant including 10 years of comprehensive O&M At Singareni
Collieries Company Limited, Telangana Under Domestic Competitive Bidding.
Comprehensive operation & maintenance of the Solar PV Power Plant for 10 (Ten) years as
mentioned in detailed scope of work after successful commissioning and performance
demonstration, as detailed in technical specification including supply and storage of all
mandatory spare parts, consumables, repairs/ replacement of any defective equipment etc
The above scope of work is indicative and the detailed scope of work is given in the Scope of
Work and Technical Specification (Section - VII) of the Tender Documents.
14.0 In case a Tender provides provision for multiple bids by a common bidder, then separate
EMD(s) and Tender Processing Fees shall be furnished for all the bids as listed out in the
Tender along with the response to Tender. Kindly refer the Clause of Bid Information Sheet
for details. EMD shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope and shall be submitted in the office
of Employer (offline) whose mailing address is mentioned in the Bid Information Sheet.
15.0 For multiple packages, separate Performance Securities shall be furnished against each
package being executed under this Tender (indicating the list of Packages as per Tender
where project(s) are to be executed) by the successful bidder after issuance of Notification of
Award (NOA)/ Letter of Intent (LOI)/ Letter of Allocation (LOA) by Owner.
16.0 The detailed Qualifying Requirements (QR) are given in the Annexure to BDS.
17.0 The Employer shall conduct e-Reverse Auction (e-RA) as per provisions of Instructions to
Bidders (ITB) of Tender documents.
18.0 Employer/ Owner reserves the right to cancel/ withdraw this invitation for bids
without assigning any reason and shall bear no liability whatsoever consequent
upon such a decision.

Signature of Bidder
INTERPRETATIONS
1. Words comprising the singular shall include the plural & vice versa.
2. An applicable law shall be construed as reference to such applicable law including its amendments
or re-enactments from time to time.
3. A time of day shall save as otherwise provided in any agreement or document be construed as a
reference to Indian Standard Time.
4. Different parts of this contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory and supplementary to each
other and if there is any differentiation between or among the parts of this contract, they shall be
interpreted in a harmonious manner so as to give effect to each part.
The table of contents and any headings or sub headings in the contract has been inserted for case of
reference only & shall not affect the interpretation of this agreement.
BID INFORMATION SHEET

The brief details of the tender are as under:
Design & engineering, procurement & supply of equipment and

materials, testing at manufacturers works, multi – level
inspections, packing and forwarding, supply, receipt, unloading
and storage at site, associated civil works, services, permits,
licences, installation and incidentals, insurance at all stages,
erection, testing and commissioning of 150 MW (AC) Grid
Interactive Solar PV Power Plant and performance
demonstration with associated equipment and materials on
turnkey basis at different Premises of Singareni Collieries
NAME OF WORK/ Company Limited, (SCCL), in Telangana State along with 10
(A) BRIEF SCOPE OF (Ten) years comprehensive operation and maintenance from
WORK/ JOB the date of commissioning or Operational Acceptance,
whichever is later.
1. Design, Procurement & Supply and erection of

the following, in all respect:
1.1 Solar panels including module mounting structures and

fasteners
1.2 All power conditioning systems including junction boxes,
Inverters/ PCU, DC and AC circuit breaker(s).

Signature of Bidder
1.3 All associated electrical works and equipment required for

interfacing line/ cable (i.e. transformer(s) – power and
auxiliary, breakers, isolators, lightning arrestor(s), LT/other
panels, protection system, cables, metering etc., but not
limited to) as per technical specifications.
1.4 Design, supply, erection, testing & commissioning Cabling/
TL at voltage level defined in scope of work/ TS as per
project requirement and associated switchgear equipment
and metering equipment as per technical specification and
state regulations.
1.5 All associated civil works, including design and Engineering,
for: Earthwork for Site grading, cutting, filling, levelling &
compacting in requisite project land as required for
development of this Solar PV Power Plant
1.6 Construction of module mounting structure as per ground
conditions and other power equipment foundations, cable
trenches for cable routing and earthing pits.
1.7 Construction of Passage for Cleaning of Solar PV (SPV)
Project
1.8 Construction of rain water drainage, as required
1.9 Setting up of a comprehensive Fire Protection system as
per the Hazardous area classification for the site
1.10 Supply of mandatory spares
1.11 Demonstration of performance of the plant as per the
requirement specified in the bidding documents.
1.12 Comprehensive operation & maintenance of the SPV
plant for 10 (Ten) years as mentioned in detailed scope
of work from the date of commissioning or Operational
Acceptance, whichever is later, as detailed in technical
specification including supply and storage of all spare
parts, consumables, repairs/ replacement of any
defective equipment etc
1.13 Obtaining all associated statutory and regulatory
compliances and approvals for successful construction,
commissioning and operation of plant
1.14 The detailed scope of work is given in Section VII: Scope
of Work, specifications and Drawings of this bidding
documents.
(B) TENDER NO. & DATE SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150 dated 06/08/2018
ALLOWED
MULTIPLE BIDDING
(C) NOT ALLOWED
SYSTEM
Yes

Signature of Bidder
E-TENDER
Yes
(D) TYPE OF TENDER

MANUAL
COMPLETION/
(E) As mentioned in Special Conditions of Contract (SCC).
CONTRACT PERIOD
APPLICABLE
Yes
NOT APPLICABLE
TENDER
(F)
PROCESSING FEE
Amount: INR 46,90,500/- (Indian Rupees Forty Six Lacs &
Ninety thousand and Five hundred only) inclusive of GST
@ 18%
APPLICABLE
Yes
NOT APPLICABLE
EARNEST MONEY
(G) DEPOSIT (EMD)
Amount: INR 15, 90, 00,000/- (Indian Rupees Fifteen crore
& Ninety lacs only).
CONTRACT APPLICABLE
Yes
PERFORMANCE
(H) NOT APPLICABLE
SECURITY
Pre-Bid Meeting 1100 HRS (IST) on 20/08/2018
Kind Attention.:
DATE, TIME & VENUE GM (E&M) PHs & WSs

(I) OF PRE-BID MEETING
& SITE VISIT o/o GM (Material Procurement),
The Singareni Collieries Co., Ltd.,
Kothagudem - 507119, Telangana

Signature of Bidder
Site Visit:
Prospective Bidders are advised to visit the site to study the

actual conditions and go through the plans/ drawings
connected to the present scope of work etc including power
evacuation system and get acquainted with the same before
attending Pre-bid meeting. For seeking visit of site or any
clarifications bidders may contact the General Manager (E&M)
PHs & Ws / SCCL (e-mail : [email protected]).
The details regarding Site visit is mentioned in the Special

conditions of contract (SCC). Bidders are required to go
through the same.
OFFLINE & ONLINE

(J) BID-SUBMISSION 24/09/2018 up to 1400 HRS
DEADLINE
OFFLINE & ONLINE

(K) 24/09/2018, 1600 HRS onwards
BID OPENING
FINANCIAL BID To be intimated subsequent to the shortlisting of Techno

(L)
OPENING Commercial Bids
Dr YBK Reddy
Deputy General Manager (Solar)
OR
Mr. Padam Narayan

Deputy Manager (Solar)
TECHNICAL QUERIES
(M)
CONTACT DETAILS
D - 3, 1st Floor, Wing - A, Prius Platinum Building, District
Centre,
Phone: 011-71989200/ 71989223/ 71989230
M/s Telecommunications Consultants India Limited

6th Floor, TCIL Bhawan, Greater Kailash - 1
CONTACT DETAILS New Delhi - 110 048
(N)
OF TCIL Contact Person : ETS Support Team
Contact No. : 011 26202699 (Multiline) / 26241790 / 26202661
Email : [email protected]

Signature of Bidder
1.0 Bids must be submitted strictly in accordance with Clause no. 11 of ITB depending upon Type of
Tender as mentioned at Clause no. (D) of Bid Information Sheet. The IFB is an integral and
inseparable part of the Tender document.
2.0 Bidder(s) are advised to quote strictly as per terms and conditions of the tender documents and
not to stipulate any deviations/ exceptions.
3.0 Any bidder, who meets the Qualifying Requirement and wishes to quote against this tender, may
download the complete bidding document along with its amendment(s) if any from ETS Portal of
TCIL (https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com) and/ or SECI website (www.seci.co.in)
and submit their Bid complete in all respect as per terms & conditions of Tender Document on or
before the due date of bid submission.
4.0 Clarification(s)/ Corrigendum(s) if any shall also be available on above referred websites.
5.0 For Sites (Site 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5), Owner will release respective NOA/ LOI/ LOA for LSTK (Lump Sum
Turn Key)/ EPC (Engineering, Procurement & Commissioning) to the successful bidder(s) on per
site basis. The NOA/ LOI/ LOA for LSTK/ EPC job shall be awarded in following respective parts
as mentioned briefly below: -
(i) First Contract (Supply & Service Part): For providing Ex Works Supply, materials
including mandatory spares and any other supplies specified in the Tender Documents &
providing all services i.e., including Transportation and Insurance of all Equipments till
site , Unloading, Storage, Handling at Site, Civil Works, Erection, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning including Performance Testing in respect of all the Equipments supplied
under the scope of Supply and any other services specified in the Contract Documents.
(ii) Second Contract (O&M Part): For providing Comprehensive operation & maintenance
of the Solar PV plant for 10 (Ten) years from the date of commissioning or Operational
Acceptance, whichever is later, as detailed in technical specification including supply and
storage of all spare parts, consumables, repairs/ replacement of any defective equipment
etc.
Both contracts will contain a cross fall breach clause specifying that breach of one will
constitute breach of the other.
6.0 However, the above-mentioned contract award methodology may be modified/ changed based
on specific project requirements and upon sole discretion of Owner.

Signature of Bidder
Tender for the Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, commissioning and
O&M of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant at various locations of SCCL at Telangana State
SECTION - II
INSTRUCTION
TO BIDDERS (ITB)
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No ITB

Signature of Bidder
TABLE OF CONTENTS
[A] GENERAL:
1. SCOPE OF BID
2. ELIGIBLE BIDDERS
3. BIDS FROM CONSORTIUM/ JOINT VENTURE
4. NUMBER OF BIDS PER BIDDER
5. COST OF BIDDING & TENDER PROCESSING FEE
6. SITE-VISIT
[B] BIDDING DOCUMENTS:
7. CONTENTS OF TENDER DOCUMENTS

8. CLARIFICATION OF TENDER DOCUMENTS
9. AMENDMENT OF TENDER DOCUMENTS
[C] PREPARATION OF BIDS:
10. LANGUAGE OF BID

11. DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID
12. SCHEDULE OF RATES/ PRICE SCHEDULE/ BID PRICES
13 GOODS & SERVICE TAX
14. BID CURRENCIES
15. BID VALIDITY
16. EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
17. PRE-BID MEETING
18. FORMAT AND SIGNING OF BID
19. ZERO DEVIATION & REJECTION CRITERIA
20. E-PAYMENT
[D] SUBMISSION OF BIDS:
21. SUBMISSION, SEALING AND MARKING OF BIDS

22. DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF BIDS
24. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
[E] BID OPENING AND EVALUATION:
25. EMPLOYER'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT ANY BID AND TO REJECT ANY OR ALL

Signature of Bidder
BIDS
26. BID OPENING
27. CONFIDENTIALITY
28. CONTACTING THE EMPLOYER/ OWNER
29. EXAMINATION OF BIDS AND DETERMINATION OF RESPONSIVENESS
30. CORRECTION OF ERRORS
31. CONVERSION TO SINGLE CURRENCY FOR COMPARISON OF BIDS
32. EVALUATION OF BIDS & e-REVERSE AUCTION
33. COMPENSATION FOR EXTENDED STAY
34. PURCHASE PREFERENCE
[F] NOTIFICATION OF AWARD/ LETTER OF INTENT/ CONTRACT AGREEMENT:
35. AWARD
36. NOTIFICATION OF AWARD/ LETTER OF INTENT/ LETTER OF ALLOCATION
37. SIGNING OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT
38. VOID
39. PROCEDURE FOR ACTION IN CASE CORRUPT/ FRAUDULENT/ COLLUSIVE/
COERCIVE PRACTICES
40. PUBLIC PROCUREMENT POLICY FOR MICRO AND SMALL ENTERPRISE
(MSEs)
41. AHR ITEMS
42. RISK OF REJECTION
43. INCOME TAX & CORPORATE TAX
44. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES BETWEEN GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT
AND ANOTHER AND ONE GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT AND PUBLIC
ENTERPRISE AND ONE PUBLIC ENTERPRISE AND ANOTHER
45. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
[G] ANNEXURES:
1. ANNEXURE-I: PROCEDURE FOR ACTION IN CASE CORRUPT/

FRAUDULENT/ COLLUSIVE/ COERCIVE PRACTICES
2. ANNEXURE-II: ADDENDUM TO INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
(INSTRUCTION FOR PARTICIPATION IN E-TENDER)

Signature of Bidder
Preamble
This part (Section - II) of the Tender Documents provides the information necessary for bidders
to prepare responsive bids, in accordance with the requirements of the Employer/ Owner. It
also provides information on bid submission and uploading the bid on portal https://www.tcil-
india-electronictender.com, bid opening, evaluation and on contract award. This Section
(Section - II) contains provisions that are to be used unchanged unless Section - III (Bid Data
Sheets) and Section - V (Special Conditions of Contract), which consists of provisions that
supplement, amend, or specify in detail, information or requirements included in ITB and that
are specific to each procurement, states otherwise. If there is a conflict between the provisions
of Section – II, Section – III and Section - V, the provisions of Section - V shall prevail.
However, provisions governing the performance of the Contractor, payments under the
contract or matters affecting the risks, rights and obligations of the parties under the contract
are not included in this section but instead under Section - IV (General Conditions of Contract)
and/ or Section - V (Special Conditions of Contract).
Bidders may note that the respective rights of the Employer/ Owner and Bidders/ Contractors
shall be governed by the Tender Documents/ Contracts signed between the Employer/ Owner
and the Contractor for the respective package(s). The provisions of Tender Documents shall
always prevail over any other documents in case of contradiction.
Further in all matters arising out of the provisions of this Section - II, Section - III and the
Section - V of the Tender Documents, the laws of the Union of India shall be the governing
laws and courts of New Delhi shall have exclusive jurisdiction.

Signature of Bidder
[A] - GENERAL
1 SCOPE OF BID
1.1 The Employer/ Owner, wishes to receive Bids as described in the Bidding documents/ Tender
documents issued by Employer/ Owner.
1.2 SCOPE OF BID : The scope of work/ Services shall be as defined in the Tender documents.
1.3 The successful bidder will be expected to complete the entire scope of work within the period
stated in Section - V, Special Conditions of Contract.
1.4 Throughout the Tender Documents, the terms 'Bid', 'Tender' & ‘Offer’ and their derivatives
[Bidder/ Tenderer, Bidding Documents/ Tender Documents, Bid/ Tender/ Offer etc.] are
synonymous. Further, 'Day' means 'Calendar Day' and 'Singular' also means 'Plural'.
2 ELIGIBLE BIDDERS
2.1 The Bidder shall not be under a declaration of ineligibility by Employer for Corrupt/ Fraudulent/
Collusive/ Coercive practices, as defined in "Instructions to Bidders [ITB], Clause no. 39”
(Action in case Corrupt/ Fraudulent/ Collusive/ Coercive Practices).
2.2 The Bidder shall not be debarred by Employer/ Owner/ Ministry of New & Renewable Energy
(MNRE) for future bidding due to “poor performance” or “corrupt and fraudulent practices” or
any other reason in the past. Further, neither bidder nor their allied agency(ies) (as defined in
the Procedure for Action in case of Corrupt/ Fraudulent/ Collusive/ Coercive Practices) should
be on the banning list of Employer/ Owner or the Ministry of New & Renewable Energy
(MNRE).
If the tender documents were issued inadvertently/ downloaded from website, offers submitted
by such bidders shall not be considered for opening/ evaluation/ Award and will be returned
immediately to such bidders.
In case there is any change in status of the declaration prior to award of contract, the same
has to be promptly informed to Employer/ Owner by the bidder.
It shall be the sole responsibility of the bidder to inform Employer/ Owner/ MNRE in case the
bidder is debarred from bidding by Employer/ Owner/ MNRE or Public Sector Project
Management Consultant. Concealment of the facts shall tantamount to misrepresentation of
facts and shall lead to action against such Bidders as per clause no. 39 of ITB.
2.3 The Bidder should not be under any liquidation court receivership or similar proceedings on
due date of submission of bid.
In case there is any change in status of the declaration prior to award of contract, the same
has to be promptly informed to Employer/ Owner by the bidder.
It shall be the sole responsibility of the bidder to inform Employer/ Owner in case the bidder

Signature of Bidder
is under any liquidation court receivership or similar proceedings on due date of submission
of bid and during the course of finalization of the tender. Concealment of the facts shall
tantamount to misrepresentation of facts and shall lead to action against such Bidders as per
clause no. 39 of ITB.
2.4 Bidder shall not be affiliated with an entity:
(i) that has provided consulting services related to the work to the Employer/ Owner during
the preparatory stages of the work or of the project of which the works/ services forms
a part of or
(ii) that has been hired (proposed to be hired) by the Employer/ Owner as an Engineer/
Consultant for the contract.
2.5 Neither the entity [appointed as the Project Management Consultant (PMC) for a contract] nor
its affiliates/ JV’s/ Subsidiaries shall be allowed to participate in the tendering process.
2.6 Pursuant to qualification criteria set forth in the bidding document, the Bidder shall furnish all
necessary supporting documentary evidence to establish Bidder’s claim of meeting
qualification criteria as mentioned in the Annexure to BDS.
3 BIDS FROM CONSORTIUM/ JOINT VENTURE
3.1 Unless otherwise specified in the Bid Data sheet (BDS), Bids from Consortium/ Joint Venture
are allowed. However, the eligibility criteria along with other terms and conditions (as
mentioned in clause no. 1.4 of Annexure - A to BDS) shall be complied upon.
4 NUMBER OF BIDS PER BIDDER
4.1 Unless otherwise specified in the Bid Data sheet (BDS), a Bidder shall submit only 'one [01]
Bid' in the same Bidding Process. A Bidder who submits or participates in more than 'one [01]
Bid' will cause all the proposals in which the Bidder has participated to be disqualified.
However multiple bids from a single bidder can be considered depending upon project specific
requirement as mentioned in BDS.
5 COST OF BIDDING & TENDER PROCESSING FEE
5.1 COST OF BIDDING
The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of the Bid
including but not limited to Bank charges, all courier charges including taxes & duties etc.
incurred thereof. Further, Employer/ Owner will in no case, be responsible or liable for these
costs, regardless of the outcome of the bidding process.
5.2 TENDER PROCESSING FEE (NON-REFUNDABLE)
5.2.1 A non- refundable, Tender Processing Fee, if applicable, is to be submitted in the form of
‘crossed payee accounts only’ either through NEFT/ RTGS transfer in the account of SECI
or Demand Draft/ Banker’s Cheque in favour of “Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited,
New Delhi” payable at New Delhi. The Tender Processing Fee is to be submitted along with

Signature of Bidder
the bid for the amount as mentioned in the Bid Information Sheet attached under Section - I
(Invitation for Bids, IFB) . Bids submitted without payment of requisite Tender Processing Fee
will be treated as non-responsive and shall be liable for rejection.
5.3 The Tender Processing Fee and EMD is exempted for MSME Vendors registered under
NSIC/ Udyog Aadhaar/DIC Category only. In order to avail the exemption in Tender
Processing Fee in case of consortium/ JV, all the members should be registered as
MSME Vendors under NSIC/ Udyog Aadhaar Category/DIC.
5.4 In case of any discrepancy/ non-submission of either offline or online bid documents by the
bidder, the tender processing fee will be deemed as bidder’s consent for participation in the
bidding process. Henceforth, the tender processing fee shall be retained by Employer and
shall not be returned under any circumstances. No plea in this regard shall be entertained by
the Employer/ Owner.
5.5 In the event of a particular tender being cancelled at any stage, the tender processing fee will
be refunded to the concerned bidders without any interest charges within 30 days from the
date of notification of cancellation of tender. No plea in this regard shall be entertained by the
Employer/ Owner.
6 SITE VISIT
6.1 The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the site of works and its surroundings and obtain
for itself on its own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the Bid
and entering into a Contract for the required job. The costs of visiting the site shall be borne
by the Bidder.
6.2 The Bidder or any of its personnel or agents shall be granted permission by the Employer/
Owner to enter upon its premises and land for the purpose of such visits, but only upon the
express conditions that the Bidder, its personnel and agents will release and indemnify the
Employer/ Owner and its personnel, agents from and against all liabilities in respect thereof,
and will be responsible for death or injury, loss or damage to property, and any other loss,
damage, costs, and expenses incurred as a result of inspection.
6.3 The Bidder shall not be entitled to hold any claim against Employer/ Owner for non-compliance
due to lack of any kind of pre-requisite information as it is the sole responsibility of the Bidderto
obtain all the necessary information with regard to site, surrounding, working conditions,
weather etc. on its own before submission of the bid.
[B] - BIDDING DOCUMENTS
7 CONTENTS OF TENDER DOCUMENTS
7.1 The contents of Tender Documents are those stated below, and should be read in conjunction

Signature of Bidder
with any 'Addendum/ Corrigendum' issued in accordance with "ITB: Clause-9":
➢ Section-I : Invitation for Bids [IFB]

➢ Section-II : Instructions to Bidders [ITB]
➢ Section-III : Bid Data Sheets [BDS]
Annexure to Bid Data Sheets [Qualifying Requirements]
➢ Section-IV : General Conditions of Contract [GCC]
➢ Section-V : Special Conditions of Contract [SCC]
➢ Section-VI : Sample Forms and Formats
➢ Section-VII : Scope of Work & Technical Specifications
➢ Section-VIII : Schedule of Rates [SOR]/ Price Schedule [PS]/ Format for Price
Bid
7.2 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms & conditions in the Tender
Documents. The entire Tender Documents together with all its amendments, clarifications and
attachments thereto, shall be considered to be read, understood and accepted by the Bidders.
Failure to furnish all information required by the Tender Documents or submission of a Bid not
substantially responsive to the Tender Documents in every respect will be at Bidder's risk and
may result in the rejection of his Bid. However, Employer/ Owner at its sole discretion may
seek clarifications from the Bidders to adjudge the exact content and facts of the Tender
Documents.
8 CLARIFICATION OF TENDER DOCUMENTS
8.1 A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification(s) of the Tender Documents may notify
Employer in writing by E-mail or at Employer's mailing address indicated in the Bid Information
Sheet no later than 02 (Two) working days after the pre-bid meeting (in cases where pre-bid
meeting is scheduled) or 15 (Fifteen) days prior to the bid closing date (in cases where pre-
bid meeting is not held). Employer reserves the right to ignore the bidders request for
clarification if received beyond the aforesaid period. Employer may respond in writing to the
request for clarification. Employer’s response including an explanation of the query, but
without identifying the source of the query will be uploaded on ETS Portal of TCIL
https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com and/ or Employer’s website www.seci.co.in.
8.2 Any clarification or information required by the Bidder but same not received by the Employer
at clause 8.1 above is liable to be considered as "no clarification/ information required".
9 AMENDMENT OF TENDER DOCUMENTS
9.1 At any time prior to the 'Bid Due Date', Employer/ Owner may, for any reason, whether at its
own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective Bidder, modify the
Tender Documents by addenda/ corrigendum.
9.2 Any addendum/ corrigendum thus issued shall be part of the Tender Documents and shall be
hosted on ETS Portal of TCIL https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com and/ or
Employer’s website www.seci.co.in. Bidders have to take into account all such addendum/
corrigendum before submitting their bid.
9.3 The Employer, if consider necessary, may extend the date of submissions of Bid in order to
allow the Bidders a reasonable time to furnish their most competitive bid taking into account

Signature of Bidder
the amendment issued thereof.
[C] - PREPARATION OF BIDS
10 LANGUAGE OF BID:
The bid prepared by the bidder and all correspondence/ drawings and documents relating to
the bid exchanged by bidder and Employer/ Owner shall be written in English language alone.
Any printed literature furnished by the bidder may be written in another language as long as
accompanied by an ENGLISH translation duly authenticated by the Chamber of Commerce/
Certified Translator of bidder’s country, in which case, for the purpose of interpretation of the
bid, the ENGLISH translation shall govern.
In the event of submission of any document/ certificate by the Bidder in a language other than
English, the English translation of the same duly authenticated by Chamber of Commerce/
Certified Translator of Bidder’s country shall be submitted by the Bidder.
11. DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID
The bid shall be submitted by the Bidder under “Single Stage - Two Envelope” procedure of
bidding. Under this procedure, the bid submitted by the Bidder in two envelopes - First Envelope (also
referred to as Techno - Commercial Part) and Second Envelope (also referred to as Price Part) shall
comprise of the following documents:
I. Hard Copy
Hard copy of the bid shall comprise of following documents/ programmed file-Attachments to
be submitted in sealed envelope, as part of First Envelope. The envelope shall bear {the
name of Tender, the Tender No. and the words ‘DO NOT OPEN BEFORE’ (due date &
time)}.
Contact Persons Name: Shri Sandeep Kumar
(a) Original Non-Refundable Tender Processing Fee as per clause no. 05 of ITB
(b) Original Non-Refundable Cost of Tender Document, if applicable
(c) 'Covering Letter' on Bidder's 'Letterhead' (in Original) clearly specifying the enclosed
contents, as per ‘Form F-0’
(d) EMD in original as per Clause 16 of ITB as per ‘Form F-4’ or as prescribed.
(e) Power of Attorney for authorized signatory in non-judicial stamp paper (as per ‘Form
F-24’)
(f) Copy of Board Resolution
(g) The Pass-Phrase to decrypt the relevant Bid-Parts (for both Techno-Commercial and
Financial) in separate sealed envelopes before the start date and time of the Tender
Opening Event (TOE)
Bidder shall also upload the scanned copies of all the above mentioned original
documents during online Bid Submission as a part of First envelope.

Signature of Bidder
“Bidder should explicitly note that no hard copies are to be submitted as

a part of Second envelope”.
II. Soft Copy
Soft copy of the bid shall comprise of following documents to be uploaded on the TCIL
portal https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com as per provisions therein.
(a) As part of First Envelope
I. The Electronic Form of the bid for First Envelope (Techno-Commercial), as

available on the TCIL portal, shall be duly filled.
II. Scanned copies of all the above mentioned original documents during online Bid
Submission as a part of First envelope and Bid Form for first envelope
III. Certificate of Incorporation
IV. 'Bidder's General Information', as per 'Form F-1'.
V. Shareholding Certificate (as per ‘Form F-23’)
VI. 'No Deviation Confirmation', as per 'Form F-6'
VII. 'Bidder's Declaration regarding Banning, Liquidation etc.’, as per 'Form F-7'
VIII. 'Bidders Experience as per 'Form F-13’
IX. E-Banking Format (as per ‘Form F-19’)
X. Documents in accordance with the "Qualifying Requirements (QR)" establishing

the qualification
XI. Document showing annual turnover for the financial years as required in
Qualifying Requirements (QR) such as annual reports, profit and loss account,
net worth etc. along with information as sought in enclosed Format F-16
XII. Tender Document. (Only First and Last Pages of Original Tender Document duly
sealed and signed/ digitally signed and all pages of amendments and
clarifications to Tender Documents duly sealed and signed/ digitally signed by the
Authorized Signatory).
(b) As part of Second Envelope

Signature of Bidder
I. The Electronic Form of the bid for Second Envelope (Price - Part), as available on
the TCIL portal, shall be duly filled. “Termed as ELECTRONIC FORM”
II. Main Price Bid comprising of SOR-1 & SOR-2 of the Price Schedule (available in
Section - VIII, SOR), duly completed, sealed and signed/ digitally signed shall be
uploaded. “Termed as MAIN BID”.
SOR -1 is the Schedule and Breakup of Lump sum Price (Supply, Service and
NPV of O&M) of the Tender. SOR -2 comprises of the yearly Breakup of the
NPV of O&M price for 10 years period.
12 SCHEDULE OF RATES (SOR)/ PRICE SCHEDULE (PS)/ BID PRICES
12.1 Unless stated otherwise in the Tender Documents, the Contract shall be for the whole works
as described in Tender Documents, based on the rates and prices submitted by the Bidder
and accepted by the Employer/ Owner. The prices quoted by the Bidders should indicate
clearly the Goods & Service Tax (GST) components as also mentioned under the SoR.
12.2 Prices must be filled in format for "Schedule of Rates [SOR]/ Price Schedule [PS]/ Bid Prices"
enclosed as part of Tender documents under Section - VIII. If quoted in separate typed sheets
and any variation in item description, unit or quantity is noticed, such bids may be rejected.
12.3 Bidder shall quote for all the items of "SOR/ PS" after careful analysis of cost involved for the
performance of the completed item considering all parts of the Tender Document. In case any
activity though specifically not covered in description of item under "SOR/ PS" but is required
to complete the works as per Specifications, Scope of Work/ Service, Standards, "GCC",
"SCC" or any other part of Bidding Document, the prices quoted shall deemed to be inclusive
of cost incurred for such activity.
12.4 All Goods & Service Tax (GST) components [applicable for both Centre and state] payable by
the Contractor under the Contract, or for any other cause, shall be mentioned as per the SOR
formats SOR-1 & SOR-2.
12.5 Prices quoted by the Bidder, shall remain FIRM and Fixed and valid until completion of the
Contract and will not be subject to variation on any account.
12.6 In case of any variation (positive/ negative) in existing rates of taxes/ duties/ levies or a new
tax/ duty/ levy is introduced or any existing tax/ duty/ levy is abolished or application of any
Tax in the course of the performance of this Contract, which will/ may impact the overall pricing
in connection with performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price
shall be made to factor any such change by addition to the Contract Price or deduction
therefrom, as the case may be.
All these adjustments would be carried out by considering the base price of taxes equivalent
to the amount mentioned under taxes and duties column of the SOR/ PS.
12.7 The Bidder shall quote the prices in 'figures' & words. There should not be any discrepancy
between the prices indicated in figures and the price indicated in words. In case of any

Signature of Bidder
discrepancy, the same shall be dealt as per clause no. 30 of ITB.
12.8 Bidder need to submit the detailed break-up of Goods & Service Tax (GST) (applicable
for both Central and State) in the SOR formats viz SOR-1 & SOR-2. This data is required
to ascertain the
a) Computation of taxes assumed at the time of bidding.

b) The total impact due to revision in applicable tax rate or introduction of new tax, if
any.
Bidders are required to ascertain the correctness of amount related to Goods & Service
Tax (GST) as mentioned in the SOR/ PS as on the date of techno-commercial bid
opening as it will impact the Price assessment part at the time of evaluation of price
bid.
13 Goods & Service Tax (GST)
Contractor shall mandatorily obtain the registration under GST Law at Central level and/or in
respective State as may be required. Further, Contractor shall mandatorily file returns under
GST before their due date & comply with the requirements of the Law within timelines. Before
releasing the payment to the Contractor, Owner shall ensure that the Contractor has complied
with all the required statutory requirements under GST. Owner shall not be responsible for any
delay in payment release to the contractor in case the GST compliance is not fulfilled from the
contractor side in any manner.
Contractor shall be responsible to comply with all the requirements of applicable provisions of
GST. Contractor has to mandatorily get registered under GST at Central and relevant State(s).
Contractor shall file all the returns on timely basis and upload all the Invoices and acceptance
thereof as may be required under the provisions of GST. In case, it is found that Owner is not
able to take CENVAT benefit of the taxes due to fault of the Contractor, Owner shall be
constrained to deduct the amount from the payments to be made to the Contractor or recover
the same in any other manner..
13.1 Bidders are required to submit a copy of the GST Registration Certificate or GST provisional
certificate while submitting the bids wherever GST tax is applicable.
13.2 The responsibility of payment of GST lies with the Service Provider only. Contractor providing
taxable service shall issue an Invoice, a Bill or as the case may be, a Challan which is signed,
serially numbered and in accordance with rule GST Law. The invoice shall also contain the
following:
(a) Name, Address & Registration No. of such Person/ Contractor

(b) Name & Address of the Person/ Contractor receiving Taxable Service
(c) Description, Classification & Value of Taxable Service provided
(d) GST Amount, if any.
(e) HSN code of the Goods/Services.
Payments to Service Provider for claiming GST amount will be made provided the above

Signature of Bidder
formalities are fulfilled. Further, Employer/ Owner may seek copies of challan and certificate
from Chartered Accountant for deposit of GST collected from Employer/ Owner.
13.3 In case CBEC (Central Board of Excise and Custom Taxes) brings to the notice of Employer/
Owner that the contractor has not remitted the amount towards GST collected from Employer/
Owner to the government exchequer, then, that contractor may be debarred from bidding in
future tenders of Employer/ Owner for given period as per the sole discretion of Employer/
Owner.
13.4 In case of statutory variation in GST during currency of the Contract, the Contractor shall
submit a copy of the 'Government Notification' to evidence the rate as applicable on the date
of submission of Bid and on the date of revision. Claim for payment of GST / Statutory variation
in GST, should be raised within two [02] months from the date of issue of 'Government
Notification' for payment of differential (in %) GST, otherwise claim in respect of above shall
not be entertained for payment of arrears. The following may also be noted: -
a) Any increase in the rate of non-cenvatable GST beyond the contractual completion
period shall be to contractor’s account whereas any decrease in the rate shall be
passed on to the Employer/ Owner.
b) The base date for the purpose of applying statutory variation shall be the date of
techno-commercial bid opening.
13.5 Void
13.6 Owner will reimburse the GST to the Contractor at actuals against submission of cenvatable
invoices issued in accordance with GST rules to enable Owner/ Employer to claim cenvat
credit of GST paid. In case of any variation in the executed quantities, the amount on which
the GST is applicable shall be modified in same proportion.
13.6.2 Void
13.7 Owner will reimburse the GST to the Contractor at actuals against documentary evidence
subject to the ceiling amount of GST as quoted by the bidder, subject to any statutory
variations. In case of any variation in the executed quantities (If directed and/ or certified by
the Engineer-In-Charge) the ceiling amount on which GST is applicable will be modified on
pro-rata basis.
13.8 Void
13.9 Contractor shall ensure timely submission of correct invoice(s) with all required supporting
document(s) within a period specified in NOA/ LOI/ LOA/ CA to enable Owner to avail CENVAT
14 BID CURRENCIES:
Bidders must submit bid in Indian Rupees (INR) only.
15 BID VALIDITY
15.1 Bids shall be kept valid for period specified in BDS from the final 'Bid Opening Date'. A Bid

Signature of Bidder
valid for a shorter period may be rejected by Employer as 'non-responsive'.
15.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of the original 'Bid Validity Period', the Employer
may request the Bidders to extend the 'Period of Bid Validity' for a specified additional period.
The request and the responses thereto shall be made in writing or by email. A Bidder may
refuse the request without forfeiture of his 'EMD'. A Bidder agreeing to the request will not be
required or permitted to modify his Bid, but will be required to extend the validity of its 'EMD'
for the period of the extension and in accordance with "ITB: Clause-16" in all respects.
Note: In case of extension(s) of last due date of the Tender submission, the latest extension issued
shall be considered as the final due date of Tender submission and accordingly the Tender
validity should be calculated and sufficed. The validity of the Tender need to be revised by
respective bidders, in case the bids are already submitted prior to the last due date of the initial
Tender submission deadline.
16 EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD)
16.1 Bids must be accompanied with 'Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)' in the form of either through
NEFT/ RTGS transfer in the account of SECI or 'Demand Draft' or 'Banker's Cheque' [in
favour of Solar Energy Corporation of India limited, New Delhi payable at New Delhi] or
'Bank Guarantee' as per the format given in Form F - 4 of the bidding documents.
Bidders shall ensure that EMD, having a validity of at least 30 (Thirty) Days beyond the validity
of the bid, must accompany the Bid in the format(s) made available in the Tender Document.
In case of any extension in validity of bid, the EMD shall be extended suitably. The EMD shall
be submitted in Indian Rupees only.
16.2 The ‘EMD' is required to protect Employer/ Owner against the risk of Bidder's conduct, which
would warrant the EMD's forfeiture, pursuant to "ITB: Clause-16.7".
16.3 Employer/ Owner shall not be liable to pay any Bank charges, commission or interest etc. on
the amount of 'EMD'. In case 'EMD' is in the form of a 'Bank Guarantee', the same shall be
from any scheduled Bank as specified in the List of Banks enclosed at Form F-22, Section-VI
of Tender documents or a branch of an International Bank situated in India and registered with
'Reserve Bank of India' as Scheduled Foreign Bank. However, in case of 'Bank Guarantee'
from Banks other than the Nationalized Indian Banks, the Bank must be commercial bank
having net worth in excess of INR 500 Crores (Indian Rupees Five Hundred Crores Only).
16.4 Bid not accompanied with required amount of EMD or required validity or not in requisite
format shall be liable for rejection.
16.5.1 'Earnest Money Deposit' of unsuccessful Bidders disqualified at the stage of Techno-
Commercial evaluation will be discharged/ returned as promptly as possible, but not later than
'30 [thirty] days' after intimation of their disqualification.
16.5.2 'Earnest Money Deposit' of unsuccessful Bidders excluding L-2 bidder will be discharged/
returned as promptly as possible, but not later than '30 [thirty] days' after issuance of NOA/
LOI/ LOA to successful bidder.
16.5.3 'Earnest Money Deposit' of L-2 bidder will be discharged against the acceptance and signing

Signature of Bidder
of Contract Agreement with successful bidder. This process shall be completed not later than
'30 [thirty] days' after issuance of NOA/ LOI/ LOA to successful bidder.
16.6 The successful bidder's 'Earnest Money Deposit' will be discharged upon the Bidder's
acknowledging the 'Award' and signing the 'Agreement' and furnishing the ‘Performance
Security'.
16.7 Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the 'EMD' may also be forfeited in any of the
following cases:
(a) If a Bidder withdraws or varies his Bid during the 'Period of Bid Validity'
(b) If a Bidder has indulged in corrupt/ fraudulent/ collusive/ coercive practice
(c) If the Bidder modifies bids during the period of bid validity (after last date of
submission).
(d) Violates any other condition, mentioned elsewhere in the tender document, which may
lead to forfeiture of EMD.
(e) In the case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails to:
(i) acknowledge receipt the NOA/ LOI/ LOA within 15 (Fifteen) days from
issuance of same.
(ii) to furnish "Performance Security.
(iii) to accept 'arithmetical corrections' as per provision of the clause 30 of ITB.
16.8 In case EMD is in the form of 'Bank Guarantee', the same must indicate the Bid Document
No. and the Work for which the Bidder is quoting. This is essential to have proper correlation
at a later date. The 'EMD' should be in the form provided at 'Form F-4’.
16.9 MSMEs (Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises) registered under NSIC/ Udyog
Aadhar/DIC Only are exempted from submission of EMD. In order to avail the exemption
in EMD in case of Consortium/ JV, all the members of the Consortium/ JV should be
registered as MSME Vendors under NSIC/ Udyog Aadhaar Category/DIC.
Note: In case of extension(s) of last due date of the Tender submission, the latest extension issued
shall be considered as the final due date of Tender submission and accordingly the Earnest
Money Deposit validity and Bid validity should be calculated and sufficed. The validity of the
submitted EMD and bid validity need to be revised by respective bidders, in case the bids are
already submitted prior to the last due date of the initial Tender submission deadline.
17 PRE-BID MEETING
17.1 The Bidder(s) or his designated representative are invited to attend a "Pre-Bid Meeting" which
will be held at address specified in Bid Information Sheet under Section - I, Invitation for Bids,
IFB. It is expected that a bidder shall not depute more than 02 representatives for the meeting.
17.2 Purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that
may be raised at that stage.
17.3 Text of the questions raised and the responses given, together with any responses prepared
after the meeting, will be uploaded on TCIL website against the Tender. Any modification of

Signature of Bidder
the Contents of Tender Documents listed in "ITB: Clause-7.1", that may become necessary
as a result of the Pre-Bid Meeting shall be made by the Employer/ Owner exclusively through
the issue of an Addendum/ Corrigendum pursuant to "ITB: Clause-9", and not through the
minutes of the Pre-Bid Meeting.
17.4 Non-attendance of the Pre-Bid Meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of Bidder.
18 FORMAT AND SIGNING OF BID
18.1 The First and Last Pages of original tender documents including amendments, clarifications if
any shall be typed or written in indelible ink [in the case of copies, photocopies are also
acceptable] and shall be signed by a person or persons duly authorized to sign on behalf of
the Bidder (as per POA) before uploading at TCIL online portal. The name and position held
by each person signing, must be typed or printed below the signature.
19 ZERO DEVIATION AND REJECTION CRITERIA
19.1 ZERO DEVIATION : Deviation to terms and conditions of Tender Documents may lead to
rejection of bid. Employer/ Owner will accept bids based on terms & conditions of Tender
Documents only. Bidder may note Employer/ Owner will determine the substantial
responsiveness of each bid to the Tender Documents pursuant to provision contained in
clause 29 of ITB. For purpose of this, a substantially responsive bid is one which conforms to
all terms and conditions of the Tender Documents without deviations or reservations.
Employer's/ Owner’s determination of a bid's responsiveness is based on the content of the
bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence. Employer/ Owner reserves the right to raise
technical and/ or commercial query(ies), if required. The response(s) to the same shall be in
writing, and no change in the price(s) or substance of the bids shall be sought, offered or
permitted. The substance of the bid includes but not limited to prices, completion, scope,
technical specifications, etc. Bidders are requested to not to take any deviation.
19.2 REJECTION CRITERIA: Notwithstanding the above, deviation to the following clauses of
Tender document shall lead to summarily rejection of Bid:
(a) Eligibility Criteria including General, Technical and Financial Qualifying Requirements
(b) Firm Price
(c) Tender Processing Fees and Earnest Money Deposit
(d) Tender Document Fees, if applicable
(e) Specifications & Scope of Work
(f) Schedule of Rates (SOR)/ Price Schedule (PS)
(g) Duration/ Period of Contract/ Completion schedule
(h) Period of Validity of Bid
(i) Warrantee/Guarantee/ Defect Liability Period
(j) Arbitration/ Resolution of Dispute/ Jurisdiction of Court
(k) Force Majeure & Applicable Laws
(l) Any other condition specifically mentioned in the tender document elsewhere that non-
compliance of the clause lead to rejection of bid
Note: Further, it is once again reminded not to mention any condition in the Bid which is

Signature of Bidder
contradictory to the terms and conditions of Tender document.
20 E-PAYMENT
Owner has initiated payments to Suppliers and Contractors electronically, and to facilitate the
payments electronically through 'e-banking'. The successful bidder should give the details of
his bank account as per the bank mandate form enclosed at Format F-19 in Section-VI,
Sample Forms and Formats of the Tender documents.
[D] - SUBMISSION OF BIDS
21 SUBMISSION, SEALING AND MARKING OF BIDS
21.1 Bids shall be submitted through e-tender mode in the manner specified elsewhere in tender
document.
21.2 Hard Copies (Specific documents only) as mentioned in clause no. 11.I of Section - II,
Instructions to Bidders (ITB) of the Tender document shall be submitted in a Sealed Covering
Envelope. The Covering Envelope shall have the following Sticker

Signature of Bidder
Offline Tender Document for “Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply,

Construction, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power
Plant including 10 Years Plant O&M at different premises of Sengareni Collieries
Company Limited (SCCL) in the state Telangana”
Tender Document No. SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150
Last Date of Submission
Bids Submitted by (Enter Full name and address of the Bidder)
(Signature of the Authorized Signatory)

Authorized Signatory (Name of the Authorized Signatory)
(Stamp of the Bidder)
Solar Energy Corporation of India LImited
Bid Submitted to D - 3, 1st Floor, Wing - A, Prius Platinum Building
District Center, Saket
New Delhi - 110 017
21.3 All the bids shall be addressed to the Employer at address specified in the Bid Information
Sheet in Section - I, Invitation for Bids (IFB).
21.4 Bids submitted under the name of AGENT/ CONSULTANT/ REPRESENTATIVE/

RETAINER/ ASSOCIATE etc. on behalf of a bidder/ affiliate shall not be accepted.
22 DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF BIDS
22.1 The bids must be submitted through e-tender mode not later than the date and time specified
in the Bid Information Sheet in Section - I, Invitation for Bids (IFB).
22.2 The hard copies of required specific documents must be submitted through courier/ registered
post/ by hand not later than the date and time specified in the Bid Information Sheet in Section
- I, Invitation for Bids (IFB)/BDS
22.3 Employer/ Owner may, in exceptional circumstances and at its discretion, extend the deadline
for submission of Bids (clause 9 of ITB refers). In which case all rights and obligations of
Employer/ Owner and the Bidders, previously subject to the original deadline will thereafter be
subject to the deadline as extended. Notice for extension of bid submission date will be
uploaded on ETS Portal of TCIL https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com and/ or
Employer’s website www.seci.co.in.
23 LATE BIDS
23.1 Any bids received after the notified date and time of closing of tenders will be treated as late
bids.
23.2 E-tendering system shall close immediately after the deadline for submission of bid and no
bids can be submitted thereafter.
23.3 Unsolicited Bids or Bids received to address other than one specifically stipulated in the tender
document will not be considered for evaluation/ opening/ award if not received to the specified

Signature of Bidder
destination within stipulated date & time.
24 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
24.1 Modification and withdrawal of bids shall be as follows: -
The bidder may withdraw or modify its bid after bid submission but before the due date and
time for submission as per tender document.
24.2 The modification shall also the prepared, sealed, marked and dispatched in accordance with
the provision of the clause 22 of ITB, with the after and inner envelopes additionally marked
modification or withdrawal as appropriate. A withdrawal notice may also be sent by e-mail or
fax but followed by a signed confirmation copy post not later than the deadline for submission
of bids. No bid shall be modified/ withdrawn after the deadline for submission of bids.
24.3 No bid shall be allowed to be withdrawn/ modified/ substitute in the interval between the
deadline for submission of bids and the expiration of the period of bid validity specified by the
bidder on the Bid Form. Withdrawal/ Modification/ Substitution of a bid during this interval shall
result in the forfeiture of bidder’s EMD pursuant to clause 16 of ITB and rejection of bid.
24.4 The latest bid hence submitted shall be considered for evaluation and all other bids shall be
considered to be unconditionally withdrawn.
24.5 In case after price bid opening the lowest evaluated bidder (L1) is not awarded the job for any
mistake committed by him in bidding or withdrawal of bid or modification of bid or varying any
term in regard thereof leading to re-tendering, Employer shall forfeit EMD paid by the bidder
and such bidders shall be debarred from participation in re-tendering of the same job(s)/
item(s). Further, such bidder will be debarred for a given period as decided by Employer/
Owner after following the due procedure.
25 EMPLOYER'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT ANY BID AND TO REJECT ANY OR ALL BIDS
Employer/ Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and to annul the Bidding
process and reject all Bids, at any time prior to award of Contract, without thereby incurring
any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders or any obligations to inform the affected Bidder
or Bidders of the ground for Employer's/ Owner’s action. However, Bidder if so desire may
seek the reason (in writing) for rejection of their Bid to which Employer/ Owner shall respond
quickly.
[E] - BID OPENING AND EVALUATION
26 BID OPENING
26.1 Unpriced Bid Opening:
As the case may be, Employer will open bids, in the presence of bidders’ designated
representatives who choose to attend, at date, time and location stipulated in the BDS. The
bidders’ representatives, who are present shall sign a bid opening register evidencing their
attendance. However the presence of bidder(s) during unpriced bid opening is subjective and

Signature of Bidder
will depend on case to case basis against the sole discretion of Employer/ Owner.
26.2 Priced Bid Opening:
26.2.1 Employer will open the price bids of those bidders who meet the qualification requirement and
whose bids are determined to be technically and commercially responsive.
26.2.2 The price bids of those bidders who were not found to be techno-commercially responsive
shall not be opened .
27 CONFIDENTIALITY
Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation, and comparison of Bids, and
recommendations for the award of a Contract, shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other
persons not officially concerned with such process. Any effort by a Bidder to influence the
Employer's/ Owner’s processing of Bids or award decisions may result in the rejection of the
Bidder's Bid and action shall be initiated as per procedure in this regard.
28 CONTACTING THE EMPLOYER/ OWNER
28.1 From the time of Bid opening to the time of award of Contract, if any Bidder wishes to contact
the Employer/ Owner on any matter related to the Bid, it should do so in writing. Information
relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation & recommendation for award shall not be
disclosed.
28.2 Any effort by the Bidder to influence the Employer/ Owner in the Employer's 'Bid Evaluation',
'Bid Comparison', or 'Contract Award' decisions may result in the rejection of the Bidder's Bid
and action shall be initiated as per procedure in this regard.
29 EXAMINATION OF BIDS AND DETERMINATION OF RESPONSIVENESS
29.1 The owner’s determination of a bid’s responsiveness is based on the content of the bid only.
Prior to the detailed evaluation of Bids, the Employer will determine whether each Bid: -
(a) Meets the "Bid Evaluation Criteria” of the Bidding Documents;

(b) Has been properly signed;
(c) Is accompanied by the required 'Earnest Money Deposit' and ‘Tender Processing
Fees’, if applicable
(d) Is substantially responsive to the requirements of the Tender Documents; and
(e) Provides any clarification and/ or substantiation that the Employer/ Owner may require
to determine responsiveness pursuant to "ITB: Clause-29.2"
29.2 A substantially responsive Bid is one which conforms to all the terms, conditions and
specifications of the Tender Documents without material deviations or reservations or
omissions for this purpose employer defines the foregoing terms below: -
a) “Deviation” is departure from the requirement specified in the tender documents.

b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete
acceptance of the requirement in the tender documents.
c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation

Signature of Bidder
required in the tender document.
29.3 A material deviation, reservation or omission is one that,
a) If accepted would,
i) Affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the job as
specified in tender documents.
ii) Limit, in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Tender Document, the
Employer’s rights or the tenderer’s obligations under the proposed Contract.
b) If rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other bidders presenting
substantially responsive bids.
29.4 The Employer shall examine all aspects of the bid to confirm that all requirements have been
met without any material deviation, reservation or omission.
29.5 If a Bid is not substantially responsive, it may be rejected by the Employer and may not
subsequently be made responsive by correction or withdrawal of the of material deviation, reservation
or omission.
30 CORRECTION OF ERRORS
30.1 If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price, which is obtained by
multiplying the unit price and quantity specified by the Employer, or between subtotals and the
total price, the unit or subtotal price shall prevail, and the quantity and the total price shall be
corrected. However, in case of items quoted without indicating any quantity or the items for
which the quantities are to be estimated by the Bidder, the total price quoted against such
items shall prevail. If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words
will prevail.
The prices of all such item(s) against which the Bidder has not quoted rates/ amount (viz.,
items left blank or against which ‘-‘ is indicated) in the Price Schedules will be deemed to have
been included in other item(s).
The subtotal, total price or the total bid price to be identified in Bid Form for this purpose,
irrespective of the discrepancy between the amount for the same indicated in words or figures
shall be rectified in line with the procedure explained above.
The Bidder should ensure that the prices furnished in various price schedules are consistent
with each other. In case of any inconsistency in the prices furnished in the specified price
schedules to be identified in Bid Form for this purpose, the Employer shall be entitled to
consider the highest price for the purpose of evaluation and for the purpose of award of the
Contract use the lowest of the prices in these schedules.
30.2 The amount stated in the bid will be adjusted by the Employer in accordance with the above
procedure for the correction of errors. If the bidder does not accept the corrected amount of

Signature of Bidder
bid, its bid will be rejected.
31 CONVERSION TO SINGLE CURRENCY FOR COMPARISON OF BIDS
All bids submitted must be in the currency specified at clause 14 of ITB.
32 EVALUATION OF BIDS & E REVERSE AUCTION
Bid shall be evaluated as per evaluation criteria mentioned below on the total cost including
GST. The Employer shall only use the criteria and methodology indicated in the Tender
documents. No other criteria/ methodology shall be permitted.
32.1 Evaluation of Techno - Commercial Part (First Envelope)
The Employer will carry out a detailed evaluation of the bids of the qualified bidders in order
to determine whether the technical aspects are in accordance with the requirements set forth
in the Bidding Documents. In order to reach such a determination, the Employer will examine
the information supplied by the bidders, pursuant to ITB Clause 11, and other requirements in
the Bidding Documents, taking into account the following factors:
a. overall completeness and compliance with the Technical Specifications and Drawings to
the bid. The bid that does not meet minimum acceptable standards of completeness,
consistency and detail may be rejected for non-responsiveness.
b. compliance with the time schedule
c. Any other relevant technical factors that the Employer/ Owner deems necessary or
prudent to take into consideration.
d. Any deviations to the commercial and contractual provisions stipulated in the Tender
Documents.
e. details furnished by the bidder in response to the requirements specified in the Tender
Documents.
32.2 Opening of Second Envelope by Employer
The Second Envelope i.e., Price Part of only those Bidders shall be opened who are
determined as having submitted substantially responsive bids and are ascertained to be
qualified to satisfactorily perform the Contract, pursuant to ITB Clause 32.1. A negative
determination of the bids pursuant to ITB Clause 32.1 the Second Envelope submitted by such
bidders shall be sent to archive unopened and the EMD shall be returned as per the Tender
provisions.
The prices and details as filled up in Electronic Form by the bidder and opened during the bid
opening and recorded in the Bid Opening Statement would not be construed to determine the
relative ranking amongst the Bidders, or the successful Bidder, and would not confer any right
or claim whatsoever on any Bidder. The successful Bidder (also referred to as the L1 Bidder)
shall be determined as per the provisions of this Section - II and considered for award of

Signature of Bidder
contract as provided in ITB.
32.3 Evaluation of Financial Part (Second Envelope)
32.3.1 The Employer will examine the Price Parts (Second Envelopes) to determine whether they
are complete, whether any computational errors have been made, whether the documents
have been properly signed, and whether the bids are generally in order.
32.3.2 The Price Part containing any deviations and omissions from the contractual and commercial
conditions and the Technical Specifications which have not been identified in the First
Envelope are liable to be rejected.
32.3.3 Arithmetical errors will be rectified in line with Clause no. 30 of ITB.
32.3.5 The comparison shall also include the impact of Goods & Service Tax (GST) in line with the
provisions of the Bidding Documents.
32.3.6 The Employer's comparison will also include the costs resulting from application of the
evaluation procedures described below:
a. The Evaluated Bid Value (EBV) shall be calculated using the following method:
i. EPC/ LSTK Contract Value i.e., Total sum of the price comprising of Ex Works
Supply of all Equipments and materials including mandatory spares and any other
supplies specified in the Contract Documents, providing all services i.e.
Transportation for delivery at site and Insurance including unloading, storage,
handling at site, Civil works, Erection, Installation, Testing and Commissioning,
performance testing in respect of all the equipment’s supplied and any other
services specified in the Tender Documents including Goods & Service Tax as per
the Technical Scope of Work.
ii. Net Present Value (NPV) of O&M Contract Price including GST for the entire
period in years to be calculated at a discounting rate as mentioned in the Section
- VIII, Schedule of Rates (SOR) of the Tender documents..
The exact format for sharing the base price and all Goods & Service Tax is attached
in SOR 1& SOR 2.
SOR -1 is the Schedule and Breakup of Lump sum Price (Supply, Service and NPV
of O&M) of the Tender. SOR -2 comprises of the yearly Breakup of the NPV of O&M
price for 10 years period.
Bidder to mention the NPV of O&M amount for total 10 years in CELL NO I 28 OF
SOR-1 which should match with the NPV of O&M amount for total 10 years in CELL
NO J 23 of SOR 2.
b. Evaluated Bid Value (EBV) = (1) EPC/ LSTK Price as quoted by the bidder + (2) O & M

Signature of Bidder
Contract Price for the entire period in years on NPV basis.
Detailed Taxation Break up for this purpose is also given in the SOR-1 & SOR-2 of the
SOR for the EBV calculation purpose.
Discounting Rate for NPV calculation considered is 9.08%
32.4 Evaluation of Price Bid
32.4.1 Following factors shall be considered for evaluation of Price Bids:
a) Total Evaluated Bid Values (TEBV) for all the Bidders shall be compared to determine the
lowest Total Evaluated Bid Value (TEBV) as given under SOR- 1 Format of Schedule of Rates
& the lowest (L1) evaluated Bid as such, will be selected for the Notification of Award (NOA)
subject to the successful bidder selected after E-Ra (Clause 32.4.2).
b) The mentioned Total Evaluated Bid Value will be considered up to 2 decimal places only.
c) Bidder with T o ta l lowest EBV shall be L-1, Bidder with Second lowest EBV shall be L-2 &
so on subject to the successful bidder selected after E-Ra (Clause 32.4.2)
d) The Total Evaluated Bid Value shall be inclusive of Goods & Service Tax (GST) as quoted by the
bidder. The award shall be placed Inclusive of GST with taxation bifurcation separately indicates
as submitted by the successful bidder in the SOR format.
e) Billing Break-up (BBU):
• The successful bidder will be mandatorily required to provide the detailed Billing break up
(BBU) with GST in line with SOR 1 & 2 at the time of Award of Contract Agreement. Same
will form the part of Contract Agreement (CA)
• For each item of SOR 1 & 2, the BBU shall be prepared in the same SOR format (Item name,
UoM, Quantity, unit Ex Works price, GST, Total price etc) and the sum of all billing break-
up item prices shall be equivalent to the each respective SORs item price with discounted
rate of e-Reverse auction (If applicable).
• The Contractor would be required to provide detailed Bill of Quantity (BOQ) along with the
break-up of Contract Price (including taxes) and HSN code of the respective
goods/services, at the time of signing of Contract Agreement which should match with the
Price Quoted by the Contractor in its Price Bids and accepted by the Employer. This will
be used by the Owner at the time of payment to the Contractor. Accordingly, bidders
should diligently quote the taxes in the bid.
• Owner shall reimburse the amount of taxes as per the rates mentioned by Contractor in
the detailed BOQ. In case of any statutory variation in GST during the currency of the
Contract, same will be reimbursed to the Contractor subject to the statutory variation
clause of the Bidding document, only in respect of the items/quantity which have been
mentioned by the Contractor in the detailed BOQ.
• If there is difference in HSN/SAC classification and corresponding rate of GST of an item

Signature of Bidder
as confirmed/deemed confirmed by the bidder in its bid/detailed BOQ and HSN/SAC and
corresponding rate of GST as interpreted under any interpretation/ judgment/ Notification/
Circular issued under the GST law before the award of contract, GST reimbursable to the
bidder/Bidder shall be lower of the GST applicable at the rate as confirmed/deemed
confirmed in the bid or actual GST paid/payable by the bidder for that item.
• In case of imported Equipment/items purchased from third party (Bought-Out Items) are
supplied to the Employer/Owner in execution of the Project, the price of such Goods shall
be inclusive of all cost as well as any duties paid/payable in relation to import/purchase of
such goods (viz., customs duties, GST & levies etc.) considering and taking into account
the ITC as may be available under the applicable laws including GST.
• In case of any statutory variation in GST during the currency of the Contract, same will be
reimbursed to the Contractor only in respect of the taxes which are levied during the direct
transaction held between Owner and the Contractor. Any statutory variation applicable in
respect of the items/services procurement between third party/sub-contractor and the
Contractor would not be reimbursed by Owner. The successful bidder will be required to
provide the detailed Billing break up (BBU) with GST in line with SOR’s at the time of Award
of Contract Agreement. Same will form the part of Contra t Agreement (CA)
f) SOR -1 is the Schedule and Breakup of Lump sum Price (Supply, Service and NPV of O&M) of
the Tender. SOR -2 comprises of the yearly Breakup of the NPV of O&M price for 10 years period.
g) Bidder to mention the NPV of O&M amount for total 10 years in CELL NO I 28 of SOR-1 which
should match with the NPV of O&M amount for total 10 years in CELL NO J 23 of SOR 2.
h) In case of any variation of the total NPV of O&M price, the NPV of O&M amount for total 10 years
mentioned at CELL NO J 23 of SOR 2 will be considered for evaluation purpose.

Signature of Bidder
32.4.2 Procedure for e- Reverse Auction (e-RA):
1. The e-auctioning shall be conducted on www.tcil-india-electronictender.com. E-Auctioning

shall be carried out on the day as intimated by SECI to the eligible bidders.
2. After financial bid evaluation, the bidders shall be shortlisted in the ascending order of price
bid quoted. Of this top 50% of the bidders starting from the LI Bid subject to minimum of 3 bids
shall only be eligible for e-RA. If the price bid quoted is same for two or more bidders, then all
the bidders with same price bid shall be considered of equal rank/ standing in the order. The
e-RA shall be conducted as follows:
• At least one week prior to e-RA, an advance intimation regarding the date and time of the e-
RA will be sent to by email to all bidders whose technical & Financial bids have been opened
and found to be qualified. However from this advance intimation it shall not be construed by
the bidders that they have been shortlisted for e-RA. Further at least two hours before the
schedule start time of e-Auctioning, a system generated email for invitation for e-Auctioning
will be sent to all those bidders only who have been shortlisted based on the criteria
mentioned.
• Shortlisted bidders for e-Auctioning will be able to login into the TCIL website of eauctioninging
15 minutes before the start time of e-auctioning.
• At the start of e-auctioning process, the bid along with the list of short listed bidders shall be
displayed with their pseudo names as their first round bid along with the NPV value of O&M
quotation per year submitted and calculated as per SoR. The auctioning shall be on the EPC
price quoted by the bidder only. The NPV value of O&M price Bid shall remain fixed.
• The minimum decrement step for e-Auctioning is Rs. 100,000/- (INR One lacs only) in EPC
Price bid (Firm value of the financial proposal as the sum of individual bid value of supply,
erection and civil works including GST), i.e. each decrement shall be in multiples of Rs. Rs.
100,000/- (INR One Lacs only). The multiples of bid decrement are 1, 2, 3…10, 15, 20,
25…50,100 (as per TCIL ETS). Further to the above, the prospective bidders may also note
that whatever the discount offered by the bidder during the e – RA process on the price quoted
by them during financial bid, the same shall be applied proportionately to the prices of items
quoted by them initially in the financial bid, for making payments if such bidder is concluded
as the successful bidder for the Notification of Award (NOA).
• L2, L3, L4…. LN Bidders have to mandatorily apply their decrements suitably so as to beat
the L1 price in the first go itself, else system will not accept their respective Bids. However, at
no stage, increase in EPC price will be permissible.
• During E- Auctioning, no revision in total price for which a bidder is considered qualified after
evaluation of Technical Bid is allowed.
• The initial auctioning period will be of one (01) hour with a provision of auto extension by eight

Signature of Bidder
minutes from the scheduled/ extended closing time if any fresh bid is received in last eight
minutes of auctioning period or extended auctioning period. If no valid bid is received during
last eight minutes of auctioning period or extended auctioning period, then the e-auctioning
process will get closed.
3. Following information will be displayed in the bidder’s bidding window:
• First round EPC and O&M price as their start price initially and thereafter last quoted EPC
Price
• The O&M price (mentioned with NPV) shall remain fixed throughout the process.
• The list of last quoted EPC price (i.e. last Bid Value) along with NPV of O&M price (fixed) of
all bidders with their Pseudo Identities and their time of quote.
4. Selection of Successful Bidders
The bidders shall be selected in the ascending order with lowest quoted Total Price (EPC +
NPV of O&M price) (being L1).
a. The final price arrived by adding the EPC price (as a result of e-auctioning process) and
the NPV of O&M price (fixed during e-auctioning).
b. The bidder with lowest sum quoted at the end of E-Auctioning will be considered L1.
c. In case of tie in Total Price (i.e. the sum of their last quoted discounted EPC price and the
NPV of O&M price), among two or more bidders being the same at the end of e-Reverse
Auction, they will be considered in the chronological order of their last bid with preference to
the bidder who has quoted his last bid earlier than others.
d. In the above case, if the time of quote also become exactly same among the bidders at a
tie, then the ranking among these bidders shall be done as follow:
• The bidder who has quoted lowest Total Price in their Price BID before commencement of E-
Auction shall be considered as L-1.
• If there is also a tie among any of these bidders, then L-1 will be the bidder who has the highest
average annual turnover as per the documents submitted as a part of their bid.
5. At the end of selection process, a Notification of Award (NOA) will be issued to the successful
bidder (L1).
6. In all cases, SECI’s decision regarding selection of bidder through E-Auctioning or other-wise
based on First Round quotation or annulment of tender process shall be final and binding on
all participating bidders.
32.4.3 Other Instructions

Signature of Bidder
• For further instructions, the vendor should visit the home-page of the portal www.tcil-india-
electronictender.com and go to the User-Guidance Centre.
• The help information provided through ‘ETS User-Guidance Centre’ is available in three
categories –
Users intending to Register / First-Time Users, Logged-in users of Buyer organizations, and
Logged-in users of Supplier organizations. Various links (including links for User Manuals) are
provided under each of the three categories.
• Important Note: It is strongly recommended that all authorized users of Supplier organizations
should thoroughly peruse the information provided under the relevant links, and take
appropriate action. This will prevent hiccups, and minimize teething problems during the use
of ETS.
33 COMPENSATION FOR EXTENDED STAY
NOT APPLICABLE
34 PURCHASE PREFERENCE
NOT APPLICABLE
[F] - NOTIFICATION OF AWARD/ LETTER OF INTENT/ CONTRACT AGREEMENT
35 AWARD
Subject to "ITB: Clause-29", Owner will award the Contract to the successful Bidder whose
Bid has been determined to be substantially responsive and has been determined as the
lowest provided that bidders, is determined to be qualified to satisfactorily perform the
Contract.
36 NOTIFICATION OF AWARD/ LETTER OF INTENT/ LETTER OF ALLOCATION
36.1 Prior to the expiry of 'Period of Bid Validity', Owner will notify the successful bidder in writing,
in the form of "Notification of Award (NOA)"/ “Letter of Intent (LOI)”/ “Letter of Allocation (LOA)”
through e-mail/ courier/ registered post, that his Bid has been accepted. The notification of
award will constitute the formation of the Contract.
36.2 Contract Period shall commence from the date of "Notification of Award"/ “Letter of Intent”/
“Letter of Allocation” or as mentioned in the Notification of Award/ Letter of Intent/ Letter of
Allocation. The "Notification of Award"/ “Letter of Intent”/ “Letter of Allocation” will constitute
the formation of a Contract, until the Contract has been effected pursuant to signing of
Contract as per "ITB: Clause-37".
36.3 The of “Notification of Award (NOA)"/ “Letter of Intent (LOI)”/ “Letter of Allocation (LOA)” shall
be issued to successful bidder in duplicate. The successful bidder is required to return its
duplicate copy duly signed and stamped on each page including all the Appendix, Annexures
as a token of acknowledgement within 15 (Fifteen) days from the date of its issuance.
36.4 Incase the successful bidder fails to acknowledge the acceptance of “Notification of Award
(NOA)"/ “Letter of Intent (LOI)”/ “Letter of Allocation (LOA)” as mentioned above vide clause
no. 36.3, same will be treated as a case of non-responsiveness & default and Employer/

Signature of Bidder
Owner may take suitable action to get the project successfully executed
36.5 In case of Non-response/acceptance to the NOA or CA or non-submission of timely

Performance Security by the successful bidder, SECI at its sole discretion may take
appropriate actions by annulling the entire Tendering process.
37 SIGNING OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT
37.1 The successful Bidder/ Contractor shall be required to execute the 'Contract Agreement' with
Owner (SCCL) on a 'non-judicial stamp paper' of appropriate value [cost of the 'stamp-paper'
shall be borne by the successful Bidder/ Contractor] and of 'state' specified in Bidding Data
Sheet (BDS) only, within '30 [Thirty] days' of issuance of the "Notification of Award [NOA]"/
“Letter of Intent [LOI]/ “Letter of Allocation [LOA]”.
37.2 Incase the successful bidder fails to execute the ‘Contract Agreement’ as mentioned above
vide clause no. 37.1, same will be treated as a case of non-responsiveness & default and
Employer/ Owner may take suitable action to get the project successfully executed. Same
may constitute sufficient grounds for the forfeiture of EMD.
37.3 In case of Non-response/acceptance to the NOA or CA or non-submission of timely

Performance Security by the successful bidder, SECI at its sole discretion may take
appropriate actions by annulling the entire Tendering process.
38. VOID
39 PROCEDURE FOR ACTION IN CASE CORRUPT/ FRAUDULENT/ COLLUSIVE/

COERCIVE PRACTICES
39.1 Procedure for action in case Corrupt/ Fraudulent/ Collusive/ Coercive Practices is enclosed at
Annexure-I along with this ITB document.
39.2 Annexure-I deliberates in detail the all consequences pertaining to clause no. 39.
39.3 NON-APPLICABILITY OF ARBITRATION CLAUSE IN CASE OF BANNING OF VENDORS/

SUPPLIERS/ CONTRACTORS/ BIDDERS/ CONSULTANTS INDULGED IN FRAUDULENT/
COERCIVE PRACTICES
Notwithstanding anything contained contrary in GCC and other "CONTRACT DOCUMENTS",

in case it is found that the Vendors/ Suppliers/ Contractors/ Bidders/ Consultants indulged in
fraudulent/ coercive practices at the time of bidding, during execution of the contract etc., and/
or on other grounds as mentioned in Employer’s/ Owner’s “Procedure for action in case
Corrupt/ Fraudulent/ Collusive/ Coercive Practices” (Annexure-I), the contractor/ bidder shall
be banned (in terms of aforesaid procedure) from the date of issuance of such order by
Employer/ Owner, to such Vendors/ Suppliers/ Contractors/ Bidders/ Consultants.
The Vendor/ Supplier/ Contractor/ Bidder/ Consultant understands and agrees that in such
cases where Vendor/ Supplier/ Contractor/ Bidder/ Consultant has been banned (in terms of
aforesaid procedure) from the date of issuance of such order by Employer/ Owner, such
decision of Employer/ Owner shall be final and binding on such Vendor/ Supplier/ Contractor/
Bidder/ Consultant and the ‘Arbitration clause’ in the GCC and other "CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS" shall not be applicable for any consequential issue/ dispute arising in the

Signature of Bidder
matter.
40 PUBLIC PROCUREMENT POLICY FOR MICRO AND SMALL ENTERPRISES (MSEs)
40.1 As per the Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small Enterprise (MSEs) order 2012,
issued vide Gazette Notification number 503, dated 23.03.2012 by Ministry of Micro, Small
and Medium Enterprise of Govt. of India, and specific to this tender, MSEs must be registered
with any of the following agencies/ bodies shall be exempted from Tender Processing Fees
and EMD submission upon production of valid registration certificate.
(i) District Industries Centre (DIC)

(ii) National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC)
(iii) Udyog Aadhaar Memorandum
MSEs participating in the tender must submit the certificate of registration with any one of the
above agencies. The registration certificate issued from any of the above agencies must be
valid as on close date of the tender.
The MSEs, who have applied for registration or renewal of registration with any of the above
agencies/ bodies, but have not obtained the valid certificate as on close date of the tender, are
not eligible for exemption/ preference.
40.2 In case of JV/ Consortium, in order to avail the exemption to Tender Processing Fees
and Earnest Money Deposit (EMD), all the members of JV/ Consortium should be
registered under any of the Categories mentioned under clause 40.1 above.
40.3 In case the bidder is falling under above category, the bidder shall submit the documentary
evidence satisfying the same.
If the bidder does not provide the above confirmation or appropriate document or any
evidence, then it will be presumed that they do not qualify for any preference admissible
in the tender.
41 AHR ITEMS
NOT APPLICABLE
42 RISK OF REJECTION
Any Conditional Bid will straight away run into risk of rejection.
43 INCOME TAX & CORPORATE TAX
43.1 Income tax deduction shall be made from all payments made to the contractor as per the rules
and regulations in force and in accordance with the Income Tax Act prevailing from time to
time.
43.2 Corporate Tax liability, if any, shall be to the contractor’s account.
43.3 TDS under GST as may be applicable shall be deducted as per law of Government of India in

Signature of Bidder
vogue.
43.4 MENTIONING OF PAN NO. IN INVOICE/ BILL
As per CBDT Notification No. 95/2015 dated 30.12.2015, mentioning of PAN no. is mandatory
for procurement of goods/ services/ works/ consultancy services exceeding INR 2 Lacs per
transaction.
Accordingly, supplier/ contractor/ service provider/ consultant should mention their PAN no. in
their invoice/ bill for any transaction exceeding INR 2 Lacs. As provided in the notification, in
case supplier/ contractor/ service provider/ consultant do not have PAN no., they have to
submit declaration in Form 60 along with invoice/ bill for each transaction.
Payment of supplier/ contractor / service provider/ consultant shall be processed only after
fulfilment of above requirement
44. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES BETWEEN GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT AND ANOTHER

AND ONE GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT AND PUBLIC ENTERPRISE AND ONE PUBLIC
ENTERPRISE AND ANOTHER
In the event of any dispute or difference relating to the interpretation and application of the
provisions of the contracts, such dispute or difference shall be referred by either party for
Arbitration to the sole Arbitrator in the Department of Public Enterprises to be nominated by
the Secretary to the Government of India in-charge of the Department of Public Enterprises.
The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 shall not be applicable to arbitrator under this
clause. The award of the Arbitrator shall be binding upon the parties to the dispute, provided,
however, any party aggrieved by such award may make a further reference for setting aside
or revision of the award to the Law Secretary, Department of Legal Affairs, Ministry of Law &
Justice, Government of India. Upon such reference the dispute shall be decided by the Law
Secretary or the Special Secretary/ Additional Secretary, when so authorized by the Law
Secretary, whose decision shall bind the Parties finally and conclusively. The parties to the
dispute will share equally the cost of arbitration as intimated by the Arbitrator.
45 DISPUTE RESOLUTION (PROVISION REGARDING APPLICABLE LAWS AND

SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES)
45.1 Unless otherwise specified, the matters where decision of the Engineer-in-Charge is deemed
to be final and binding as provided in the Agreement and the issues/ disputes which cannot
be mutually resolved within a reasonable time, all disputes shall be settled in accordance with
the Conciliation Rules.
45.2 Any dispute(s)/ difference(s)/ issue(s) of any kind whatsoever between/ amongst the Parties
arising under/ out of/ in connection with this contract shall be settled in accordance with the
laid down rules.
45.3 In case of any dispute(s)/ difference(s)/ issue(s), a Party shall notify the other Party (ies) in
writing about such a dispute(s)/ difference(s)/ issue(s) between/ amongst the Parties and that
such a Party wishes to refer the dispute(s)/ difference(s)/ issue(s) to Conciliation. Such
Invitation for Conciliation shall contain sufficient information as to the dispute(s)/ difference(s)/
issue(s) to enable the other Party(ies) to be fully informed as to the nature of the dispute(s)/

Signature of Bidder
difference(s)/ issue(s), the amount of monetary claim, if any, and apparent cause(s) of action.
45.4 Conciliation proceedings commence when the other Party(ies) accept(s) the invitation to
conciliate and confirmed in writing. If the other Party(ies) reject(s) the invitation, there will be
no conciliation proceedings.
45.5 If the Party initiating conciliation does not receive a reply within thirty days from the date on
which he/she sends the invitation, or within such other period of time as specified in the
invitation, he/she may elect to treat this as a rejection of the invitation to conciliate. If he/she
so elects, he/she shall inform the other Party(ies) accordingly.
45.6 Where Invitation for Conciliation has been furnished, the Parties shall attempt to settle such
dispute(s) amicably under Part-III of the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. It would
be only after exhausting the option of Conciliation as an Alternate Dispute Resolution
Mechanism that the Parties hereto shall go for Arbitration. For the purpose of this clause, the
option of ‘Conciliation’ shall be deemed to have been exhausted, even in case of rejection of
‘Conciliation’ by any of the Parties.
45.7 The cost of Conciliation proceedings including but not limited to fees for Conciliator(s), Airfare,
Local Transport, Accommodation, cost towards conference facility etc. shall be borne by the
Parties equally.
45.8 The Parties shall freeze claim(s) of interest, if any, and shall not claim the same during the
pendency of Conciliation proceedings. The Settlement Agreement, as and when
reached/agreed upon, shall be signed between the Parties and Conciliation proceedings shall
stand terminated on the date of the Settlement Agreement.
=================== X ==================

Signature of Bidder
Annexure-I
PROCEDURE FOR ACTION IN CASE CORRUPT/ FRAUDULENT/ COLLUSIVE/ COERCIVE

PRACTICES
A Definitions:
A.1 “Corrupt Practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting, directly or indirectly,
anything of value to improperly influence the actions in selection process or in contract
execution.
“Corrupt Practice” also includes any omission for misrepresentation that may mislead or
attempt to mislead so that financial or other benefit may be obtained or an obligation avoided.
A.2 “Fraudulent Practice” means and include any act or omission committed by an agency or with
his connivance or by his agent by misrepresenting/ submitting false documents and/ or false
information or concealment of facts or to deceive in order to influence a selection process or
during execution of contract/ order.
A.3 “Collusive Practice amongst bidders (prior to or after bid submission)” means a scheme or
arrangement designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive
the Employer of the benefits of free and open competition.
A.4 “Coercive practice” means impairing or harming or threatening to impair or harm directly or
indirectly, any agency or its property to influence the improperly actions of an agency,
obstruction of any investigation or auditing of a procurement process.
A.5 “Vendor/ Supplier/ Contractor/ Consultant/ Bidder” is herein after referred as “Agency”
A.6 “Appellate Authority” shall mean Committee consisting of Authorized Representatives of

Employer/ Owner.
A.7 “Competent Authority” shall mean the authority, who is competent to take final decision for
Suspension of business dealing with an Agency/ (ies) and Banning of business dealings with
Agency/ (ies) and shall be the “Committee” concerned.
A.8 “Allied Agency” shall mean all the concerns within the sphere of effective influence of banned/
suspended agencies. In determining this, the following factors may be taken into consideration:
(a) Whether the management is common;

(b) Majority interest in the management is held by the partners or directors of banned/
suspended firm.
(c ) substantial or majority shares are owned by banned/ suspended agency and by virtue
of this it has a controlling voice.
A.9 “Investigating Agency” shall mean any department or unit of Employer/ Owner investigating
into the conduct of Agency/ party and shall include the Vigilance Department of the Employer/
Owner, Central Bureau of Investigation, State Police or any other agency set up by the Central

Signature of Bidder
or state government having power to investigate.
B Actions against bidder(s) indulging in corrupt /fraudulent/ collusive/ coercive practice
B.1 Irregularities noticed during the evaluation of the bids:
If it is observed during bidding process/ bids evaluation stage that a bidder has indulged in
corrupt/ fraudulent/ collusive/ coercive practice, the bid of such Bidder (s) shall be rejected and
its Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) shall be forfeited.
Further, such agency shall be banned for future business with Employer/ Owner for a period
specified in para B 2.2 below from the date of issue of banning order.
B.2 Irregularities noticed after award of contract
(i) During execution of contract:
If an agency, is found to have indulged in corrupt/ fraudulent/ collusive/ coercive

practices, during execution of contract, the agency shall be banned for future business
with Employer/ Owner for a period specified in para B 2.2 below from the date of issue
of banning order.
The concerned order(s)/ contract(s) where corrupt/ fraudulent/ collusive practices are
observed, shall be suspended with immediate effect by Engineer-in-Charge (EIC)/
Employer/ Owner whereby the supply/ work/ service and payment etc. will be
suspended. The action shall be initiated for putting the agency on banning.
After conclusion of process, the order(s)/ contract(s) where it is concluded that such
irregularities have been committed shall be terminated and Contract Performance
Security submitted by agency against such order(s)/ contract(s) shall also be forfeited.
The amount that may have become due to the contractor on account of work already
executed by him shall be payable to the contractor and this amount shall be subject to
adjustment against any amounts due from the contractor under the terms of the
contract.
No risk and cost provision will be enforced in such cases.
(ii) After execution of contract and during Defect liability period (DLP)/ Warranty/
Guarantee Period:
If an agency is found to have indulged in corrupt/ fraudulent/ collusive/ coercive

practices, after execution of contract and during DLP/ Warranty/ Guarantee Period, the
agency shall be banned for future business with Employer/ Owner for a period
Further, the Contract Performance Security submitted by agency against such

Signature of Bidder
order(s)/ contract(s) shall be forfeited.
(iii) After expiry of Defect liability period (DLP)/ Warranty/ Guarantee Period
If an agency is found to have indulged in corrupt/ fraudulent/ collusive/ coercive

practices, after expiry of Defect liability period (DLP)/ Warranty/ Guarantee Period, the
agency shall be banned for future business with Employer/ Owner for a period
B.2.2 Period of Banning
Banning period shall be reckoned from the date of banning order and shall be for a period as
may be decided by the Employer/ Owner based on specific case basis. However, minimum
banning shall be for 06 (Six) months from the date of banning order.
In exceptional cases where the act of vendor/ contractor is a threat to the National Security,
the banning shall be for indefinite period.
C Effect of banning on other ongoing contracts/ tenders
C.1 If an agency is put on Banning, such agency should not be considered in ongoing tenders/
future tenders.
C.2 However, if such an agency is already executing other order(s)/ contract(s) where no corrupt/
fraudulent/ collusive/ coercive practice is found, the agency should be allowed to continue till
its completion without any further increase in scope except those incidental to original scope
mentioned in the contract.
C.3 If an agency is put on the Banning List during tendering and no irregularity is found in the case
under process:
C.3.1 after issue of the enquiry/ bid/ tender but before opening of Technical bid, the bid submitted by
the agency shall be ignored.
C.3.2 after opening Technical bid but before opening the Price bid, the Price bid of the agency shall
not be opened and EMD submitted by the agency shall be returned to the agency.
C.3.3 after opening of price, EMD made by the agency shall be returned; the offer of the agency
shall be ignored & will not be further evaluated. If the agency is put on banning list for fraud/
mis-appropriation of facts committed in the same tender/ other tender where errant agency
emerges as the lowest (L1), then such tender shall also be cancelled and re-invited.
D. Procedure for Suspension of Bidder
D.1 Initiation of Suspension
Action for suspension business dealing with any agency/(ies) shall be initiated by C & P

Signature of Bidder
Department when
(i) Vigilance Department based on the fact of the case gathered during investigation by
them recommend for specific immediate action against the agency.
(ii) Vigilance Department based on the input from Investigating agency, forward for
specific immediate action against the agency.
(iii) Nonperformance of Vendor/ Supplier/ Contractor/ Consultant leading to termination

of Contract/ Order.
D.2 Suspension Procedure:
D.2.1 The order of suspension would operate initially for a period not more than six months and
is to be communicated to the agency and also to Vigilance Department. Period of
suspension can be extended with the approval of the Competent Authority by one month
at a time with a ceiling of six months pending a conclusive decision to put the agency on
banning list.
D.2.2 During the period of suspension, no new business dealing may be held with the agency.
D.2.3 Period of suspension shall be accounted for in the final order passed for banning of
business with the agency.
D.2.4 The decision regarding suspension of business dealings should also be communicated to
the agency.
D.2.5 If a prima-facie, case is made out that the agency is guilty on the grounds which can result
in banning of business dealings, proposal for issuance of suspension order and show
cause notice shall be put up to the Competent Authority. The suspension order and show
cause notice must include that (i) the agency is put on suspension list and (ii) why action
should not be taken for banning the agency for future business from Employer/ Owner.
The competent authority to approve the suspension will be same as that for
according approval for banning.
D3 Effect of Suspension of business:
Effect of suspension on other on-going/ future tenders will be as under:
D.3.1 No enquiry/ bid/ tender shall be entertained from an agency as long as the name of agency
appears in the Suspension List.
D.3.2 If an agency is put on the Suspension List during tendering:
D.3.2.1 after issue of the enquiry/ bid/ tender but before opening of Technical bid, the bid submitted
by the agency shall be ignored.
D.3.2.2 after opening Technical bid but before opening the Price bid, the Price bid of the agency

Signature of Bidder
shall not be opened and EMD submitted by the agency shall be returned to the agency.
D.3.2.3 after opening of price, EMD made by the agency shall be returned; the offer of the agency
shall be ignored & will not be further evaluated. If the agency is put on Suspension list for
fraud/ mis-appropriation of facts conducted in the same tender/ other tender where errant
agency emerges as the lowest (L1), then such tender shall also be cancelled and re-
invited.
D.3.3 The existing contract(s)/ order(s) under execution shall continue.
D.3.4 Tenders invited for procurement of goods, works and services shall have provision that
the bidder shall submit a undertaking to the effect that (i) neither the bidder themselves
nor their allied agency/(ies) are on banning list of Employer/ Owner or the Ministry of New
& Renewable Energy (ii) bidder is not banned by any Government Department/
PublicSector.

Signature of Bidder
Annexure-II
ADDENDUM TO INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (INSTRUCTION FOR PARTICIPATION IN E-

TENDER)
1. General
Special Instructions (for e-Tendering).
Submission of Online Bids is mandatory for this Tender.
This section contains detailed instructions regarding bid submission procedure under e-
tendering system (e-tender portal). Bidders are required to read the following instructions in
addition to various instructions mentioned elsewhere in the bid document for e-tendering. The
instructions mentioned herein related to bid submission procedure shall supersede and shall
prevail over the conditions enumerated elsewhere in the bid/ tender document.
Bidders who wish to participate in e-tenders must go through the ‘instructions in respect of e-
Tendering essentially covering security settings required for bidder’s PC/ Laptop, uploading
and checking the status of digital signature in the bidder’s PC/ Laptop, obtaining unique login
ID and password, re-setting the password, downloading of Tender document and uploading of
Offer/ Bid etc.
2. About E-Tender Portal (Web)
Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited (SECI) has adopted a secured and user friendly e-
tender system enabling bidders to Search, View, Download tender document(s) directly from
the ETS Portal of TCIL (https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com) a Government of India
Undertaking (referred hereunder as “E-Tender Portal”) and also enables the bidders to
participate and submit online prices directly in the e-tender portal or uploading of SOR/ Price
Schedule (Price Bid) in note and attachment folder, as applicable, and technical bids in
secured and transparent manner maintaining absolute confidentiality and security throughout
the tender evaluation process and award.
3. Pre-requisite for participation in bidding process
The following are the pre-requisite for participation in e-Tendering Process:
3.1 PC/ Laptop with Windows OS, Internet Explorer
Bidder must possess a PC/ Laptop with Windows 7 professional operating system and Internet
Explorer 8 or 9 for hassle free bidding. Bidder is essentially required to effect the security
settings as defined in the portal.
3.2 Internet Broadband Connectivity
The Bidder must have a high-speed internet connectivity (preferably Broadband) to access
TCIL’s e-Tender Portal for downloading the Tender document and uploading/ submitting the
Bids.
3.3 A valid e-mail Id of the Organization/ Firm
3.4 E-Tendering is a new methodology for conducting Public Procurement in a transparent and
secured manner. Now, the Government of India has made e-tendering mandatory. Suppliers/

Signature of Bidder
Vendors will be the biggest beneficiaries of this new system of procurement. For conducting
electronic tendering, SECI has decided to use the portal https://www.tcil-india-
electronictender.com through TCIL, a Government of India Undertaking. This portal is based
on the world’s most ‘secure’ and ‘user friendly’ software from Electronic Tender®. A portal
built using Electronic Tender’s software is also referred to as Electronic Tender System®
(ETS).
Benefits to Suppliers are outlined on the Home-page of the portal.
4. Tender Bidding Methodology under Sealed Bid System of Single Stage Two Envelop:
4.1 Broad Outline of Activities from Bidder’s Perspective:
4.1.1 Procure a Digital Signing Certificate (DSC)-Class II and above.

4.1.2 Register on Electronic Tendering System® (ETS)
4.1.3 Create Marketing Authorities (MAs), Users and assign roles on ETS
4.1.4 View Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) on ETS
4.1.5 For this tender -- Assign Tender Search Code (TSC) to a MA
4.1.6 Download Official Copy of Tender Documents from ETS
4.1.7 Clarification to Tender Documents on ETS
a) Query to SECI (Optional)

b) View response to queries posted by SECI
4.1.8 Bid-Submission on ETS

4.1.9 Respond to SECI Post-TOE queries
4.1.10 Participate in reverse auction if invited
For participating in this tender online, the following instructions are to be read carefully. These
instructions are supplemented with more detailed guidelines on the relevant screens of the
ETS.
4.2 Digital Certificates
For integrity of data and authenticity/ non-repudiation of electronic records, and to be compliant
with IT Act 2000, it is necessary for each user to have a Digital Certificate (DC), also referred
to as Digital Signature Certificate (DSC), of Class II or above, issued by a Certifying Authority
(CA) licensed by Controller of Certifying Authorities (CCA) [refer http://www.cca.gov.in]
4.3 Registration
To use the Electronic Tender portal https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com, vendors

need to register on the portal. Registration of each organization is to be done by one of its
senior persons who will be the main person coordinating for the e-tendering activities. In ETS
terminology, this person will be referred to as the Super User (SU) of that organization. For
further details, please visit the website/ portal, and click on the ‘Supplier Organization’ link
under ‘Registration’ (on the Home Page), and follow further instructions as given on the site.
Pay Annual Registration Fee as applicable.
After successful submission of Registration details and payment of Annual Registration Fee,
please contact TCIL/ ETS Helpdesk (as given below), to get your registration accepted/

Signature of Bidder
activated.
Important Note:
1. Interested bidders have to download official copy of the RfS/ Tender & other documents after
login into the ETS Portal of TCIL (https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com). If the official
copy of the documents is not downloaded from ETS Portal of TCIL within the specified period
of downloading of RfS/ Tender and other documents, bidder will not be able to participate in
the tender.
2. To minimize teething problems during the use of ETS (including the Registration process), it
is recommended that the user should peruse the instructions given under ‘ETS User-Guidance
Centre’ located on ETS Home Page, including instructions for timely registration on ETS. The
instructions relating to ‘Essential Computer Security Settings for Use of ETS’ and ‘Important
Functionality Checks’ should be especially taken into cognizance.
Please note that even after acceptance of your registration by the Service Provider, to respond
to a tender you will also require time to complete activities related to your organization, such
as creation of users, assigning roles to them, etc.
TCIL/ ETS Helpdesk
Customer Support: +91-11- 26202699

(Multiple Telephone lines) / 26241790
Telephone/ (Monday to Friday from 10 AM to 6 PM
Mobile except Government Holidays)
Emergency Mobile Numbers:
+91-9868393792, 9868393775, 9868393717
Email-ID [email protected]
5. Some Bidding Related Information for this Tender (Sealed Bid)
The bid shall be submitted by the Bidder under “Single Stage - Two Envelope” procedure of
bidding. Under this procedure, the bid submitted by the Bidder in two envelopes - First
Envelope (also referred to as Techno - Commercial Part) and Second Envelope (also referred
to as Price Part) shall comprise of the following documents:
5.1 Hard Copy
Hard copy of the bid shall comprise of following documents/ programmed file-Attachments to
be submitted in sealed envelope, as part of First Envelope. The envelope shall bear {the
name of Tender, the Tender No. and the words ‘DO NOT OPEN BEFORE’ (due date &
time)}.
Contact Persons Name: Shri Sandeep Kumar

Signature of Bidder
(d) Original Non-Refundable Tender Processing Fee as per clause no. 05 of ITB
(e) Original Non-Refundable Cost of Tender Document, if applicable
(f) 'Covering Letter' on Bidder's 'Letterhead' (in Original) clearly specifying the enclosed
contents, as per ‘Form F-0’
(d) EMD in original as per Clause 16 of ITB as per ‘Form F-4’ or as prescribed.
(e) Power of Attorney for authorized signatory in non-judicial stamp paper (as per ‘Form
F-24’)
(f) Copy of Board Resolution
(g) The Pass-Phrase to decrypt the relevant Bid-Parts (for both Techno-Commercial and
Financial) in separate sealed envelopes before the start date and time of the Tender
Opening Event (TOE)
Bidder shall also upload the scanned copies of all the above mentioned original
documents during online Bid Submission as a part of First envelope.
“Bidder should explicitly note that no hard copies are to be submitted as

a part of Second envelope”.
II. Soft Copy
Soft copy of the bid shall comprise of following documents to be uploaded on the TCIL
portal https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com as per provisions therein.
(c) As part of First Envelope
XIII. The Electronic Form of the bid for First Envelope (Techno-Commercial), as
available on the TCIL portal, shall be duly filled.
XIV. Scanned copies of all the above mentioned original documents during online Bid
Submission as a part of First envelope and Bid Form for first envelope
XV. Certificate of Incorporation
XVI. 'Bidder's General Information', as per 'Form F-1'.
XVII. Shareholding Certificate (as per ‘Form F-23’)
XVIII. 'No Deviation Confirmation', as per 'Form F-6'
XIX. 'Bidder's Declaration regarding Banning, Liquidation etc.’, as per 'Form F-7'
XX. 'Bidders Experience as per 'Form F-13’
XXI. E-Banking Format (as per ‘Form F-19’)
XXII. Documents in accordance with the "Qualifying Requirements (QR)" establishing

the qualification

Signature of Bidder
XXIII. Document showing annual turnover for the financial years as required in
Qualifying Requirements (QR) such as annual reports, profit and loss account,
net worth etc. along with information as sought in enclosed Format F-16
XXIV. Tender Document. (Only First and Last Pages of Original Tender Document duly
sealed and signed/ digitally signed and all pages of amendments and
clarifications to Tender Documents duly sealed and signed/ digitally signed by the
Authorized Signatory).
(A) As part of Second Envelope
(a) The Electronic Form of the bid for Second Envelope (Price - Part), as available on
the TCIL portal, shall be duly filled. “Termed as ELECTRONIC FORM”
(b) Main Price Bid of financial bid comprising of SOR-1 and SOR-2 of the Price
Schedule (available in Section - VIII, SOR), duly Completed, sealed and signed/
digitally signed shall be uploaded. “Termed as MAIN BID”
5.3 Special Note on Security and Transparency of Bids
Security related functionality has been rigorously implemented in ETS in a multidimensional

manner. Starting with 'Acceptance of Registration by the Service Provider', provision for
security has been made at various stages in Electronic Tender’s software. Specifically, for Bid
Submission, some security related aspects are outlined below:
As part of the Electronic Encrypted™ functionality, the contents of both the ‘Electronic Forms’
and the ‘Main-Bid’ are securely encrypted using a Pass-Phrase created by the Bidder himself.
Unlike a ‘password’, a Pass-Phrase can be a multi-word sentence with spaces between words
(e.g. I love this World). A Pass-Phrase is easier to remember, and more difficult to break. It is
mandatory that a separate Pass-Phrase be created for each Bid-Part. This method of bid-
encryption does not have the security and data-integrity related vulnerabilities which are
inherent in e-tendering systems which use Public-Key of the specified officer of a Buyer
organization for bid-encryption. Bid-encryption in ETS is such that the Bids cannot be
decrypted before the Public Online Tender Opening Event (TOE), even if there is connivance
between the concerned tender-opening officers of the Buyer organization and the personnel
of e-tendering service provider.
CAUTION: All bidders must fill Electronic Form™ for each bid-part sincerely and carefully, and
avoid any discrepancy between information given in the Electronic Form™ and the
corresponding Main-Bid.
If any variation is noted between the price mentioned in the Electronic Form™ and
the Main Bid (Refer Clause No. 5.2 B for the definitions of Electronic Form and Main
Bid), the price mentioned in the Main Bid shall prevail.
In case of any discrepancy between the values mentioned in figures and in words,
the value mentioned in words will prevail.
The bidder shall make sure that the Pass-Phrase to decrypt the relevant Bid-Part is
submitted into the ‘Time Locked Electronic Key Box (EKB)’ after the deadline of Bid
Submission and before the commencement of the Online TOE of Technical Bid. The
process of submission of this Pass-Phrase in the ‘Time Locked Electronic Key Box’ is done in

Signature of Bidder
a secure manner by first encrypting this Pass-Phrase with the designated keys provided by
the Employer.
Additionally, the bidder shall make sure that the Pass-Phrase to decrypt the relevant Bid-Part
is submitted to Employer in a sealed envelope before the start date and time of the Tender
Opening Event (TOE).
There is an additional protection with SSL Encryption during transit from the client-end
computer of a Supplier organization to the e-tendering server/ portal.
5.4 Other Instructions
For further instructions, the vendor should visit the home-page of the portal https://www.tcil-
india-electronictender.com, and go to the User-Guidance Centre
The help information provided through ‘ETS User-Guidance Centre’ is available in three
categories – Users intending to Register/ First-Time Users, Logged-in users of Buyer
organizations, and Logged-in users of Supplier organizations. Various links (including links for
User Manuals) are provided under each of the three categories.
Important Note: It is strongly recommended that all authorized users of Supplier organizations
should thoroughly peruse the information provided under the relevant links, and take
appropriate action. This will prevent hiccups, and minimize teething problems during the use
of ETS.
5.5 SIX CRITICAL DO’S AND DON’TS FOR BIDDERS
Specifically, for Supplier organizations, the following 'SIX KEY INSTRUCTIONS for BIDDERS'
must be assiduously adhered to:
1. Obtain individual Digital Signing Certificate (DSC or DC) of Class II or above well in advance
of your tender submission deadline on ETS.
2. Register your organization on ETS well in advance of the important deadlines for your first
tender on ETS viz ‘Date and Time of Closure of Procurement of Tender Documents’ and ‘Last
Date and Time of Receipt of Bids’. Please note that even after acceptance of your registration
by the Service Provider, to respond to a tender you will also require time to complete activities
related to your organization, such as creation of users, assigning roles to them, etc.
3. Get your organization's concerned executives trained on ETS well in advance of your first
tender submission deadline on ETS
4. Submit your bids well in advance of tender submission deadline on ETS (There could be last
minute problems due to internet timeout, breakdown, etc)
5. It is the responsibility of each bidder to remember and securely store the Pass-Phrase for
each Bid-Part submitted by that bidder. The bidders are required to submit correct, valid and
operative Pass-Phrase to decrypt either Technical Bid Part or Financial Bid Part in a separate
sealed envelope before due date and time of submission of bid. In the event, the bids are not
opened with the pass-phrase submitted by bidder, Employer may ask for re-submission/
clarification for correct pass-phrase. If bidder fails to submit correct pass-phrase immediately
as requested by Employer, the Tender Processing Fee and Tender Document Fee, if
applicable, shall be forfeited and bid shall not be opened, as EMD shall be refunded. No

Signature of Bidder
request on this account shall be entertained by Employer/ Owner.
6. Bids will be made available for opening during the Online Public Tender Opening Event (TOE)
‘ONLY IF’ the status pertaining Overall Bid-Submission is ‘COMPLETE’. For the purpose of
record, the bidder can generate and save a copy of ‘Final Submission Receipt’. This receipt
can be generated from 'Bid-Submission Overview Page' only if the status pertaining overall
Bid-Submission’ is ‘COMPLETE’
5.6 NOTE:
While the first three instructions mentioned above are especially relevant to first-time
users of ETS, the fourth, fifth and sixth instructions are relevant at all times.
6. Content of Bid
6.1 Un-Priced Bid
The Un-Priced Bid (i.e. Part I - Technical Bid, refer ITB of tender for details) to be uploaded
using Link “TECHNICAL DOCUMENT”. Bidders are advised to not upload duly filled
Schedule of Rates (SOR)/ Price Schedule (PS) at this link.
Before the bid is uploaded, the bid comprising of all relevant documents mentioned in the
tender document should be digitally signed in accordance with the Indian IT Act 2000. If any
modifications are required to be made to a document thereafter the modified documents shall
be again digitally signed before uploading.
Bidders are required to upload all Tender forms and supporting documents which form part of
the bid/ tender in the Collaboration Folder (C-Folder) under tender document of e-tender portal.
Uploading the documents relevant to bid before the bid submission date and time is the sole
responsibility of the bidder.
The complete bid (each page) shall be continuously numbered in sequence, from start till end
i.e. 1, 2, 3… n. The bid shall be uploaded along with proper index and indicating page numbers
against each category of documents. A sample is suggested as under:
Sub-folder in C-Folder Documents Page nos. (for ref.)

1. INDEX Index 1 to a
2. TENDER DOC Tender Document, Corrigendum etc. a+1 to b
BEC documents (including order,
3. B.E.C completion/ execution certificate, balance b+1 to c
sheet, etc.)
4. UN-PRICED COMMERCIAL Un-priced Commercial offer/bid c+1 to d
5. EMD/POA Scanned copy of EMD/POA d+1 to e
Formats of tender duly filed-in, signed and
6. FORMATS e+1 to f
stamped and other
Scanned copy of Tender Fee/ Integrity Pact
7. TENDER FEE f+1 to f
(I.P.)
8. OTHERS Any other document g+1 to n
The above shall ensure that there are no missing documents and traceability of relevant

Signature of Bidder
section is ensured.
Note:
i) Bidder may save/ store the bid documents in the PC/ Laptop before submitting the bid
into in e-tender portal.
ii) Bidder is required to fill up the price(s)/ rate(s) strictly in the Schedule of Rate (SOR)/
Price Schedule (PS) attached with the tender.
Inadvertently, if a document is uploaded in Collaboration Folder (C Folder) by the bidders, such

document can be deleted by the bidder and can be replaced by a digitally signed new/ modified
document prior to due date & time.
Un-priced techno-commercial bid document should be placed in the private area earmarked
in the C-folder of Tender Document in e-tender portal.
6.2 Priced Bid
The Priced Bid (i.e. Part II - Price Bid, refer ITB for details) to be uploaded using Link given
under TCIL portals & and NOT using link “TECHNICAL DOCUMENT”. Bidders are advised
not to upload any other documents and same shall be ignored. For detailed
instructions, refer tender document and instructions as given above.
Employer/ Owner shall not be responsible for any failure on the part of the bidder in submission
of Priced Bid.
Instructions mentioned under “PRICE BID [Online]” shall be applicable in case Bidders have
been asked to quote their prices on-line directly in the TCIL’s e-tender portal in addition to
uploading of scanned copy of SOR/ PS or only the on-line price submission in the portal, as
the case may be.
7 Submission of documents
Bidders are requested to upload small sized documents preferably (upto 20 MB) at a time to
facilitate easy uploading into e-tender portal. Employer/ Owner shall not be responsible in case
of failure of the bidder to upload documents/ bids within specified time of tender submission.
8 Last date for submission of bids
System does not allow for submission or modification of bids beyond the deadline for bid
submission. However, if the bidder for some reason intends to change the bid already entered,
he may change/ revise the same on or before the last date and time of submission. The system
time displayed on TCIL’s e-tender webpage shall be final and binding on the bidders for all
purposes pertaining to various events of the subject tender and no other time shall be taken
into cognizance.
Bidders are advised in their own interest to ensure that bids are uploaded in e-tender system
well before the closing date and time of bid.
9 Internet connectivity
If bidders are unable to access TCIL’s e-tender portal or Bid Documents, the bidders may
please check whether they are using proxy to connect to internet or their PC is behind any
firewall and may contact their system administrator to enable connectivity. Please note that
Port SSL/ 443 should be enabled on proxy/firewall for HTTPS connectivity. Dial-up/ Broad

Signature of Bidder
and internet connectivity without Proxy settings is another option.

Signature of Bidder
Tender for the Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, commissioning and O&M of
SECTION - III
BID DATA SHEETS

(BDS)
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Tender No BDS Signature of

Plant Project SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150 Page 1 of 6 Bidder
BID DATA SHEETS (BDS)

The following bid specific data for the Plant and Equipment to be procured shall amend and/ or
supplement the provisions in the Section - II, Instruction to Bidders (ITB)
Sl. No. ITB Clause Ref. No. Bid Data Details

The Employer is:
Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited,

D - 3, 1st Floor, Wing - A, Religare Building, District Centre
Saket, New Delhi - 110 017, India
Kind Attn.: General Manager (C & P) / Manager (C & P)

Telephone Nos.: - 0091-(0)11-71989290/71989256
Fax No.: - 0091-(0)11-71989243
SCOPE OF BID E-mail: - [email protected]
1. The Owner is:
(ITB 1.1)

Kind Attn: GM [(E&M) PHs & WSs]
Telephone Nos.: - +91 9491145093

BIDS FROM Replace the existing clause by the following:

CONSORTIUM/
2. JOINT VENTURE Bids from Consortium/ Joint Venture are NOT ALLOWED
(ITB 3.0)
Replace the existing clause by the following:
NUMBER OF BIDS
PER BIDDER Bidder shall submit only 'one [01] Bid' per bidder in the Bidding
3.
Process. A Bidder who submits or participates in more than 'one [01]
(ITB 4.0)
Bid' will cause all the proposals in which the Bidder has participated
to be disqualified.
TENDER Replace the existing clause by the following:

PROCESSING FEE
4. (NON-
REFUNDABLE) The Tender Processing Fee and EMD is exempted for MSME Vendors
registered under NSIC/ Udyog Aadhaar/DIC Category only.
(ITB 5.3)

Add the following to the existing clause:
Tax retention clause: The supplier shall upload his Tax Invoice in the
GSTN as per the provisions of the GST Act i.e., by 10th of the month
subsequent to the month in which “Time of Supply” arises. In respect
of orders where the entire order quantity is executed through a single
Tax Invoice and if the “Tax Invoice” is not uploaded within the time
GOODS &
limits prescribed under GST Act, the amount of tax contained in the
SERVICE TAX
Invoice will be withheld by SCCL till such time the invoice is uploaded
5. (GST)
in the GSTN Portal.
(ITB 13.0)
In respect of orders where the entire order quantity is executed in
phased manner through multiple invoices or where staggered payment
is made, if the “Tax Invoice” is not uploaded within the time limits
prescribed under GST Act, the tax amount will be withheld from the
payment made against subsequent Invoice till such time the invoice is
uploaded. The final payment is subject to compliance of all formalities
under GST by the supplier.

BID VALIDITY
6.
The bid validity period shall be 180 (One Hundred and Eighty Days)
(ITB 15.1)
from the date of opening of Techno-Commercial Bid (Envelope-I).
16.7 Forfeiture of the EMD of any bidder is upon SCCL discretion

and the EMD forfeited amount shall be refunded to SCCL.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the 'EMD' may
also be forfeited in any of the following cases.:
(a) If a Bidder withdraws or varies his Bid during the

EARNEST MONEY 'Period of Bid Validity'
DEPOSIT (EMD) (b) If a Bidder has indulged in corrupt/ fraudulent/
7.
collusive/ coercive practice
(ITB 16) (c) If the Bidder modifies bids during the period of bid
validity (after last date of submission).
(d) Violates any other condition, mentioned elsewhere in
the tender document, which may lead to forfeiture of
EMD.
(e) In the case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails
to:
(i) acknowledge receipt the NOA/ LOI/ LOA

within 15 (Fifteen) days from issuance of


same.
(ii) to furnish "Performance Security in
accordance with "ITB : Clause-38"
(iii) to accept 'arithmetical corrections' as per
provision of the clause 30 of ITB.
16.9 MSMEs (Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises) registered

under NSIC/ Udyog Aadhar/DIC Only are exempted from
submission of EMD.
ZERO DEVIATION Clause No 19.1, Zero deviation & Clause No 19.2, Rejection Criteria
& REJECTION should be read in conjunction to each other & both clauses points
8. CRITERIA mentioned should complement each other.
(ITB 19.1 & 19.2)
Add following to the existing clause:
For hard copies of bid submission purpose, the address of the

Employer is:
DEADLINE FOR
SUBMISSION OF Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited,
9. BIDS D - 3, 1st Floor, Wing - A, Religare Building, District Centre
(ITB 22.2)
Telephone Nos.: - 0091-(0)11-71989256/ 71989290
Fax No.: - 0091-(0)11-71989243
E-mail: - [email protected]
BID OPENING The bid opening shall take place at:

10.
(ITB 26.1) Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited,
D - 3, 1st Floor, Wing - A, Religare Building, District Centre
Subject to "ITB: Clause-29", For Sites (Site 1, 2, 3 & 4),

AWARD
Owner,Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) will award the
11.
Contract Agreement (CA) on respective site basis to the successful
(ITB 35)
Bidder, whose Bid has been determined to be substantially responsive
and has been determined as the lowest (L1) provided that bidder is
determined to be qualified to satisfactorily perform the Contract
Technically.

Add following to the existing clause

NOTIFICATION OF
Prior to the expiry of 'Period of Bid Validity', For Sites (Site 1, 2, 3 & 4),
AWARD/ LETTER
Owner, Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) will notify the
OF INTENT/
12. successful bidder in writing, in the form of "Notification of Award
LETTER OF
(NOA)"/ “Letter of Intent (LOI)”/ “Letter of Allocation (LOA)” on
ALLOCATION
respective site basis through e-mail/ courier/ registered post, that his
Bid has been accepted. The notification of award will constitute the
(ITB 36.1)
formation of the Contract
SIGNING OF
Add following to the existing clause
CONTRACT
AGREEMENT
13. State of which stamp paper is required for Contract Agreement:
(ITB 37.1)
Telangana
14. (ITB 40.1) Void
ARBITRATION:
Normally all disputes should be settled by negotiations between the

Company and the concerned parties.
SETTLEMENT OF
In case any dispute / difference is not settled through negotiations, the
DISPUTES
respective parties can seek remedy through Arbitration only by
BETWEEN
invoking the same within 120 days of raising of dispute. No disputes
GOVERNMENT
shall be referred to civil courts other than through Arbitration.
DEPARTMENT
AND ANOTHER
(a) In case of any dispute Sole Arbitrator shall be appointed from the
AND ONE
list of 3 judicial officers maintained by SCCL duly following the
GOVERNMENT
15. provisions of Arbitration and conciliation act 1996 as amended from
DEPARTMENT
time to time. The list of such names shall be forwarded to the party as
AND PUBLIC
and when the party requests for resolving the dispute. Such Judicial
ENTERPRISE AND
Officer as chosen by the party will be appointed by the Chairman &
ONE PUBLIC
Managing Director to adjudicate the dispute as a Sole Arbitrator. The
ENTERPRISE AND
Arbitrator so appointed shall conduct the proceedings in accordance
ANOTHER
with the Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended from time to
time and pass a reasoned award. Both the parties should bear the
(ITB 44)
cost of the arbitration equally.
(b) If the Sole Arbitrator appointed by the Chairman & Managing

Director of the Singareni Collieries Company Limited is unable to
continue as an Arbitrator for any reasons to be recorded in writing and
the Chairman& Managing Director of Singareni Collieries Company
Limited thinks fit for appointment of a new Arbitrator in the place of
existing Arbitrator, he is having a power to do so. Such new Arbitrator


shall be appointed following the same procedure as contemplated in
(a) above.
(c) As and when such new Arbitrator is appointed, he can either

continue the arbitration proceedings from the stage where the earlier
Arbitrator discontinued his proceedings or alternatively the new
Arbitrator may start proceedings de novo if the circumstances warrant
him to do so.
(d) Failing to invoke Arbitration Clause within 120 days of dispute (from
the date of the raising of the dispute). it is deemed that there is no
dispute between the parties. No disputes shall be entertained in any
form and on any matter pertaining to contract after expiry of 120 days
of the period.
(e) The expenses payable to the Sole Arbitrator shall be governed by

the Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended from time to time
and shall be borne equally by both parties to the dispute.

Tender of Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, Commissioning and O&M
of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant at various locations of SCCL at Telangana State
ANNEXURE
TO BID DATA
SHEET (BDS)
QUALIFYING
REQUIREMENTS
ANNEXURE TO
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No
BDS Signature of Bidder
Power Plant Project SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150
Page 1 of 6
QUALIFYING REQUIREMENTS (QR)
Qualification of the bidder(s) will be based on meeting the minimum eligibility criteria specified below
regarding the Bidder’s General Standards, Technical Experience and Financial Position as demonstrated
by the Bidder’s responses in the corresponding Bid documents. The bid can be submitted by an individual
firm or by a Joint Venture of two or more firms. (Specific requirements for Joint Ventures are given under
Para 1.4 below).
1.1 GENERAL ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS
The Bidder should be a body incorporated in India under the Companies Act, 1956 or 2013
including any amendment thereto, Government owned Enterprises who are registered and
incorporated in India, Limited Liability Partnership Firms engaged in the business of
Power/Infrastructure barring Government Department/ firms against whom sanction for
conducting business is imposed by Government of India, Employer & Owner.
Proprietorship Firms, Partnership Firms, NGOs, Charitable Trusts, Educational Societies

are not allowed to participate in the bidding process (either individually or in Joint
Venture/ Consortium). The Bid Processing Fees and EMD are exempted for MSME
Vendors/ Developers registered under NSIC/ DIC/ Udyog Aadhaar Category only. As the
in any form are not allowed to participate in the tendering process, hence forth any
MSME vendor will also not be eligible to participate in the bidding process (either
individually or in Joint Venture/ Consortium)
1.1.1 In case the Bidder wishes to incorporate a Project Company, in such case Bidder if selected as
a Successful Bidder can incorporate a Project Company. Bidder shall be responsible to get all
clearance required/obtained in the name of the Bidding Company transferred in the name of the
Project Company.
1.1.2 The aggregate equity share holding of the Successful Bidder in the issued and paid up equity
share capital of the Project Company shall not be less than fifty-one percent (51%) up to a period
of Five (5) years from the date of commissioning of the entire Sanctioned Capacity of the Project
Developed.
1.1.3 Affiliation shall mean a company that either directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or is
under common control with a Bidding Company. Control means the ownership by one company
of at least 26% (Twenty Six Percent) of the voting rights of the other company.
1.2 TECHNICAL ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS
The bidder should have experience in development of Ground mounted Solar Projects on
Turnkey basis including Supply, Installation and Commissioning of Solar PV Power Plant and
Solar Systems of cumulative Capacity not less than 75 (Seventy-Five) MW in last Seven
Financial years as on last date of bid submission. However, such Solar PV Power Plant and
Solar Systems capacity must have been in satisfactory operation for at least six (06) months
from the date of commissioning.
ANNEXURE TO
Page 2 of 6
AND
The bidder should have experience in development of Ground mounted Solar Projects on
Turnkey basis including design, supplly, installation & commissioning of at least 02 (Two) Grid
connected Solar PV Power Plant Project having an individual capacity of 15 (Fifteen) MW or
above in last Seven Financial years and till last date of bid submission. However, such Solar
PV Power Plant and Solar Systems capacity must have been in satisfactory operation for at
least six (06) months from the date of commissioning.
The list of projects commissioned at least 6 months prior to Techno-Commercial Bid submission
date, indicating whether the project is grid connected, along with a scanned copy of the
Commissioning certificate and Work order / Contract / Agreement/LOI from the Client / Owner
shall be submitted in support of Clause 1.2 above.
The Performance Certificate must be issued minimum six (06) months from the date of
commissioning. The Performance Certificate/Joint meter reading (JMR) reports shall be issued
from any state/ central owned agencies or state power departments or authorized representative
of Power offtaker (Discom/Private Power purchaser).
Note: A job executed by a Bidder for its own plant/ projects cannot be considered as experience
for the purpose of meeting the Eligibility Conditions of the tender. Also, the jobs executed for
Subsidiary/ Fellow subsidiary/ Holding company will not be considered as experience for the
purpose of meeting Eligibility Conditions.
1.3 FINANCIAL ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS
The Minimum Average Annual Turnover (MAAT) of the bidder in the last three financial years (i.e.
FY 2015-2016, 2016-17 and 2017-18) should be INR 318,00,00,000/- (Indian Rupees Three
hundred and Eighteen Crores only). MAAT shall mean Revenue from Operations as
incorporated in the profit & loss account excluding other income, e.g. sale of fixed assets.
This must be the individual Company’s turnover and not that of any group of Companies. A
summarized sheet of average turn over certified by a practicing CA/Statutary Auditor should be
compulsorily enclosed along with corresponding annual accounts.
AND
“Net Worth” of the Bidder shall be calculated as per Company Act 2013. The net worth for the last
financial year should be positive.
AND
The bidder should have a minimum Working Capital of INR 198, 75, 00,000/- (Indian Rupees
One Hundred and Ninety Eight Crores and Seventy Five Lacs only) as per the last audited
financial statement. If the bidder’s working capital is inadequate, the bidder should
supplement this with a letter from the bidder’s bank, having net worth not less than INR 500
Crores, confirming the availability of the line of credit for equal to or more than INR 198,75,
00,000/- (Indian Rupees One Hundred and Ninety-Eight Crores and Seventy-Five Lacs
only) to meet the working Capital requirement of this particular Project.
ANNEXURE TO
Page 3 of 6
1.3.1 Void
1.3.2 In case the bidder is a holding company, the financial position criteria referred to in clause 1.3
above shall be of that holding company only (i.e. excluding its subsidiary/ group companies). In
case bidder is a subsidiary of a holding company, financial position criteria referred to in clause
1.3 above shall be of that subsidiary company only (i.e. excluding its holding company).
1.3.4 The Bidder will provide a copy each of audited annual report of previous three financial years for
ascertaining their turnover and Net Worth for the purpose of verification.
1.3.5 The Net Worth of the Bidder as on the last day of the preceding financial year shall not be less
than total paid-up share capital.
1.3.6 Void
1.3.7 Void
1.3.8 The derivation of Net Worth” of the Bidder shall be done as per Company Act 2013.
1.3.9 Other income shall not be considered for arriving at annual turnover.
1.3.10 A scanned copy of certificate of incorporation shall be furnished in the bid (through online mode).
1.3.11 Bidders shall furnish documentary evidence as per the prescribed format (online as well as
offline), duly certified by Authorized Signatory and the Statutory Auditor / Practicing Chattered
Accountant of the Bidding Company in support of their financial capability.
The Bidder shall furnish the following documentary evidences along with the Bid in support of
meeting of above mentioned Financial Eligibility Criteria:
(i) “Details of Financial capability of Bidder” as per format F-16 duly signed and stamped by a
Chartered Accountant (format attached).
(ii) Audited financial results i.e. Annual Report including Audited Balance Sheet and Profit &
Loss Account Statement for immediate three preceding financial years to meet the above
Financial Criteria. In case of tenders having the bid due date up to 30th September of the
relevant financial year and audited financial results of immediate 3 preceding financial year
being not available, the bidder has an option to submit the audited financial results of three years
immediately prior to relevant financial year. Wherever, the bid due date is after 30th September
of the relevant financial year, bidder has to compulsorily submit the audited financial results of
immediate preceding three financial years.
ANNEXURE TO
Page 4 of 6
1.4 JOINT VENTURE & CONSORTIUM CONDITIONS: NOT APPLICABLE
“JOINT VENTURE & CONSORTIUM ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS TENDER. SO,
BIDDERS SHOULD NOT REFER ANY CLAUSE RELATED JV/CONSORTIUM AS
MENTIONED BELOW RELATED TO CLAUSE 1.4 OR ANYWHERE MENBTIONED IN
THIS TENDER DOCUMENT.”
Incase the bid is submitted by a Joint venture (JV) or Consortium of two or more firms as
partners, they must meet the following requirements: -
1.4.1 There can be a maximum of 03 (Three) partners in a JV/Consortium. The Lead partner of the
JV/Consortium shall meet individually not less than 50% of minimum Financial Eligibility
Conditions (MAAT & Working Capital) given at para 1.3 above. However, all the JV/Consortium
partners must meet collectively 100% Financial Eligibility Conditions given at para 1.3 above,
wherein a minimum of 20% Financial eligilibily should be met individually by all other partners of
the JV/Consortium.
1.4.2 All the partners of the JV/Consortium must meet collectively 100% of Technical Eligibility
Conditions given at para 1.2 above.
1.4.3 The Joint Venture/Consortium must satisfy collectively the Criterion of clauses 1.2 & 1.3 above for
which purpose the relevant figure of average annual turnover and liquid assets/ credit facilities for
each of the partners of the JV/Consortium shall be added together to arrive at Joint
Venture/Consortium total capacity. The net worth of each Partner of JV/Consortium should be
positive.
1.4.4 A Joint Venture (JV), may or may not be incorporated as a Registered Company.
1.4.5 A Joint Venture (JV), if incorporated as a Registered Company, is required to submit EMD and
Performance Security in the name of Joint Venture only. In case of Consortium or a JV has not
formed a Registered Company, the EMD and Performance Security shall be submitted in the name
of Lead Partner only.
1.4.6 JV is required to submit Form of Undertaking by the JV Partners (F - 17) and Form of Power of
Attorney (F - 17A) as per prescribed formats enclosed in Section - VI (Sample Forms and Formats).
Consortium is required to submit Form of Undertaking by the Consortium Partners (F - 18) and
Form of Power of Attorney (F - 18A) as per prescribed formats enclosed in Section - VI (Sample
Forms and Formats).
1.4.7 JV/ Consortium is also required to declare detailed scope of work to be executed by each partner
of JV.
ANNEXURE TO
Page 5 of 6
The Employer may assess the capacity and capability of the bidder, to ascertain that the bidder
can successfully execute the scope of work covered under the package within stipulated
completion period. This assessment shall inter-alia include (i) document verification, (ii) bidder’s
work/manufacturing facilities visit, (iii) manufacturing capacity, details of works executed, works in
hand, anticipated in future & the balance capacity available for the present scope of work, (iv)
details of plant and machinery, manufacturing and testing facilities, manpower and financial
resources, (v) details of quality systems in place, (vi) past experience and performance, (vii)
customer feedback, (viii) banker’s feedback etc.
1.4.8 In order to avail the benefits of exemptions in JV/ Consortium, all the partners of JV/ Consortium
must be MSME Vendors/ Developers registered under NSIC/ Udyog Aadhaar Category only.
Employer/ Owner reserves the right to waive minor deviations if they do not materially affect the
capability of the Bidder to perform the contract.
ANNEXURE TO
Page 6 of 6
SECTION - IV
GENERAL
CONDITIONS OF
CONTRACT
(GCC)
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Tender No

GCC Signature of Bidder
Plant Project SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150 Page 1 of 72
TABLE OF CONTENTS
[A] DEFINITIONS:
1. DEFINITION OF TERMS
[B] GENERAL INFORMATIONS:
2. GENERAL INFORMATION
2.1.a LOCATION OF SITE
2.1.b ACCESS BY ROAD
2.2 SCOPE OF WORK
2.3 CONSTRUCTION WATER SUPPLY
2.4 CONSTRUCTION POWER SUPPLY
2.5 LAND FOR CONTRACTOR’S FIELD OFFICE, GODOWN & WORKSHOP
2.6 LAND FOR RESIDENTIAL ACCOMODATION
[C] ADDITIONAL GENERAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS:
3. DOCUMENTS
3.1 CORRECTIONS & ERASURES
3.2 WITNESS
3.3 DETAILS OF EXPERIENCE
3.4 LIABILITY OF GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
4. TRANSFER OF TENDER DOCUMENTS
5. RIGHT OF EMPLOYER/OWNER TO ACCEPT OR REJECT TENDER
6. TIME SCHEDULE & PROGRESS REPORTING
7. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND BIDDER’S RESPONSIBILITY
8. RETIRED GOVERNMENT OR COMPANY OFFICERS
9. REPRESENTATIVES AND FIELD MANAGEMENT & CONTROLLING/
CO-ORDINATING AUTHORITY
10. NOTE TO SCHEDULE OF RATES
11.1 POLICY FOR TENDERS UNDER CONSIDERATION
11.2 ZERO DEVIATION
12. CLARIFICATION OF TENDER DOCUMENT
13. LOCAL CONDITIONS
14. EXTENSION OF TIME FOR COMPLETION
[D] GENERAL OBLIGATIONS:
15.1 PRIORITY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

15.2 HEADING & MARGINAL NOTES
15.3 SINGULAR AND PLURAL
15.4 INTERPRETATION
16. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
17. CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN HIS OWN INFORMATION
18. TIME OF PERFORMANCE
18.1 TIME FOR MOBILIZATION
18.2 TIME SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION
19. FORCE MAJEURE
19.1 CONDITIONS FOR FORCE MAJEURE
19.2 OUTBREAK OF WAR
20. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (LD)
21. RIGHTS OF EMPLOYER/OWNER TO FORFEIT CONTRACT PERFORMANCE SECURITY
22. FAILURE BY THE CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF
THE CONTRACT

23. CONTRACTOR REMAINS LIABLE TO PAY COMPENSATION IF ACTION NOT TAKEN

UNDER CLAUSE 29
24. CONTRACT PERFORMANCE SECURITY
25.1 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT FOR LIQUIDATION, BANKRUPTCY ETC.
25.2 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT FOR NON-PERFORMANCE AND SUBSEQUENTLY
PUTTING THE CONTRACTOR ON HOLIDAY
26. MEMBERS OF THE EMPLOYER/ OWNER NOT INDIVIDUALLY LIABLE
27. EMPLOYER/OWNER NOT BOUND BY PERSONAL REPRESENTATIONS
28. CONTRACTOR’S OFFICE AT SITE
29. CONTRACTOR’S SUBORDINATE STAFF AND THEIR CONDUCT
30. SUBLETTING OF WORKS
30.1 SUB CONTRACTS FOR TEMPORARY WORKS ETC.
30.2 LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS TO BE SUPPLIED
30.3 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY NOT LIMITED BY SUB-CONTRACTORS
30.4 EMPLOYER/OWNER MAY TERMINATE SUB CONTRACTS
30.5 NO REMEDY FOR ACTION TAKEN UNDER THIS CLAUSE
31. POWER OF ENTRY
32. CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY
33. OTHER AGENCIES AT SITE
34. NOTICES
34.1 TO THE CONTRACTOR
34.2 TO THE EMPLOYER/ OWNER
35. RIGHTS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS
36. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES
37. LIENS
38. DELAYS BY EMPLOYER/OWNER OR HIS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES
39. PAYMENTS IF CONTRACT IS TERMINATED
40. NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS
41. CERTIFICATE NOT TO AFFECT RIGHT OF EMPLOYER/OWNER AND LIABILITY OF
CONTRACTOR
42. LANGUAGES & MEASURES
43. GUARANTEE TEST AND OPERATIONAL ACCEPTANCE AND TRANSFER OF TITLE
44. RELEASE OF INFORMATION
45. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
46. COMPLETION OF CONTRACT
47. PRE - COMMISSIONING & COMMISSIONING
[E] PERFORMANCE OF WORK:
48. EXECUTION OF WORK

49. UNFORESEEN/ DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS
50. WORK IN MOSOON & DEWATERING
51. CHANGE IN LAWS AND REGULATIONS
52. GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION & ERECTION WORK
53. DESIGN & ENGINEERING
54. DRAWINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE EMPLOYER/OWNER
55. DRAWINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR
56. SETTING OUT WORKS
57. GEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES
58. MATERIALS TO BE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR
59. STORES SUPPLIED BY EMPLOYER/ OWNER
60. CONDITIONS FOR ISSUE OF MATERIAL
61. MATERIALS PROCURED WITH ASSISTANCE OF EMPLOYER/OWNER/
RETURN OF SURPLUS
62. MATERIALS OBTAINED FROM DISMANTLING
63. ARTICLES OF VALUE FOUND

64. DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN INSTRUCTIONS

65. ACTION WHERE NO SPECIFICATION IS ISSUED
66. INSPECTION OF WORKS
67. TESTS FOR QUALITY OF WORKS
68. SAMPLES FOR APPROVAL
69. ACTION & COMPENSATION IN CASE OF BAD WORK
70. SUSPENSION OF WORK
71. EMPLOYER/ OWNER MAY DO PART OF WORK
72. POSSESSION PRIOR TO COMPLETION
73. DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD
73.1 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
74. CARE OF WORKS
74.1 DEFECTS PRIOR TO TAKING OVER
74.2 DEFECTS AFTER TAKING OVER
75. GUARANTEE/ TRANSFER OF GUARANTEE
76. INSTALLATION & TRAINING OF EMPLOYER’S/ OWNER’S PERSONNEL
77. REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE PARTS & MATERIALS
78. INDEMNITY
79. CONSTRUCTIONS AIDS, EQUIPMENTS, TOOLS & TACKLES
[F] CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS:
80. SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PAYMENTS

80.1 CONTRACTOR’S REMUNERATION
80.2 SCHEDULE OF RATES TO BE INCLUSIVE
80.3 SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS
LABOUR ETC.
80.4 SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER ROYALTIES, RENTS & CLAIMS
80.5 SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER TAXES AND DUTIES
80.6 SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER RISK OF DELAY
80.7 SCHEDULE OF RATES CANNOT BE ALTERED
81. PROCEDURE FOR MEASUREMENT AND BILLING
81.1 BILLING PROCEDURE
81.2 SECURED ADVANCE ON MATERIALS
81.3 DISPUTE IN MODE OF MEASUREMENT
81.4 ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS
82. LUMPSUM IN TENDER
83. RUNNING ACCOUNT PAYMENTS TO BE REGARDED AS ADVANCES
84. NOTICES OF CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS
85. PAYMENT OF CONTRACTOR’S BILLS
86. RECEIPT FOR PAYMENT
87. HANDING OVER – TAKING OVER
87.1 APPLICATION FOR COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
87.2 COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
87.3 COMPLETION CERTIFICATE DOCUMENTS
88. FINAL DECISION AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE
89. CERTIFICATE AND PAYMENTS ON EVIDENCE OF COMPLETION
90. DEDUCTION FROM CONTRACT PRICE
[G] TAXES AND INSURANCE:
91. GOODS & SERVICE TAX (GST)/TAXES.

92. GST/ TURNOVER TAX
93. STATUTORY VARIATIONS
94. INSURANCE
94.1 EMPLOYEES STATE INSURANCE ACT

94.2 WORKMEN COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE’S LIABILITY INSURANCE

94.3 ACCIDENT OR INJURY TO WORKMEN
94.4 TRANSIT INSURANCE
94.5 AUTOMOBILE
94.6 GENERAL LIABILITY
94.7 ANY OTHER INSURANCE REQUIRED UNDER LAW OR REGULATIONS
95. DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR TO ANY PERSON OR ANY THIRD PARTY
[H] LABOUR LAWS:
96. LABOUR LAWS & INDEMNITY BOND

97. VOID
98. CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY THE EMPLOYER/ OWNER
99. HEALTH AND SANITARY ARRANGEMENT FOR WORKERS
[I] APPLICABLE LAWS AND SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES:
100 ARBITRATION
101. JURISDICTION
[J] SAFETY CODES:
102. GENERAL
103. SAFETY REGULATIONS
104. FIRST AID AND INDUSTRIAL INJURIES
105. GENERAL RULES
106. CONTRACTOR’S BARRICADES
107. WORKING AT HEIGHT
108. EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING
109. DEMOLITION/ GENERAL SAFETY
110. CARE IN HANDLING INFLAMMABLE GAS
111. TEMPORARY COMBUSTIBLE STRUCTURES
112. PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FIRE
113. EXPLOSIVES
114. PRESERVATION OF PLACE
115. OUTBREAK OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES
116. USE OF INTOXICANTS
Preamble

This Section (Section - IV) of the Bidding Documents [named as General Conditions of
Contract (GCC)] provides the performance of the Contractor, payments under the
contract or matters affecting the risks, rights and obligations of the parties under the
contract. This Section contains provisions that are to be used unchanged unless
Section - V [named as Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)] states otherwise as any
changes in GCC or any complementary information that may be needed has been
shown in SCC. If there is a conflict between the provisions of Section - IV & Section -
V, the provisions of Section - V shall prevail.
Bidders may note that the respective rights of the Employer/ Owner and Bidders/
Contractors shall be governed by the Tender Documents/ Contracts signed between
the Employer/ Owner and the Contractor for the respective package(s). The provisions
of Tender Documents shall always prevail over any other documents in case of
contradiction.
Further in all matters arising out of the provisions of this Section - IV and the Section -
V of the Tender Documents, the laws of the Union of India shall be the governing laws
and courts of Telangana shall have exclusive jurisdiction.

[A] DEFINITIONS
1. Definition of Terms:
1.1 In this TENDER (as here-in-after defined) the following words and expressions shall have the
Meanings hereby assigned to them except where the context otherwise required.
1.1.1 ADJUDICATOR means the person or persons named as such in the SCC to make a decision on or
to settle any dispute or difference between the Owner and the Contractor.
1.1.2 AFFILIATE shall mean a company that either directly or indirectly
a. controls or
b. is controlled by or
c. is under common control with
a Bidding Company and “control” means ownership by one company of at least Fifty percent (50%)
of the voting rights of the other company.
1.1.3 AFFECTED PARTY means Owner or the Contractor whose performance has been affected by an
event of Force Majeure
1.1.4 APPLICABLE LAW means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, notification, rule, regulation,
judgment, order, decree, bye-law, approval, directive, guideline, policy, requirement or other
governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation
or administration having the force of law in the Republic of India and the State Government, by any
Government Authority or instrumentality thereof, whether in effect as of the date of this Contract or
thereafter.
1.1.5 APPROVED shall mean approved in writing including subsequent written confirmation of previous
verbal approval and "APPROVAL" means approval in writing including as aforesaid.
1.1.6 APPOINTING AUTHORITY for the purpose of arbitration shall be the any person so designated by
the Owner.
1.1.7 ARBITRATOR means the person or persons appointed by agreement between the Owner and the
Contractor to make a decision on or to settle any dispute or difference between the Owner and the
Contractor referred to him or her by the parties.
1.1.8 B.I.S. means specifications of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS).
1.1.9 BID means the Techno Commercial and Price Bid submitted by the Bidder along with all documents/
credentials/ attachments/ annexure etc., in response to the Tender, in accordance with the terms
and conditions hereof.
1.1.10 BIDDER means Bidding Company submitting the Bid. Any reference to the Bidder includes Bidding
Company including its successors, executors and permitted assigns as the context may require.
1.1.11 CEA means the Central Electricity Authority.
1.1.12 CHARTERED ACCOUNTANT means a person practicing in India or a firm whereof all the partners
practicing in India as a Chartered Accountant(s) within the meaning of the Chartered Accountants
Act, 1949.

1.1.13 COLLABORATOR or PARENT COMPANY means the firms/ corporations who has provided
technological support to the manufacturer for establishing production line for the specific Equipment.
1.1.14 COMPANY means a body incorporated in India under the Companies Act, 1956 or Companies Act,
2013 including any amendment thereto.
1.1.15 CONTRACT shall mean the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor for the execution of
the works including therein all Contract documents.
1.1.16 CONTRACTOR means the person or the persons, Company or Corporation whose Tender has
been accepted by the Employer and includes the Contractor's legal representatives his/ her
successors and permitted assigns.
1.1.17 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS mean collectively the Tender Documents, Designs, Drawings,
Specification, Schedule of Quantities and Rates, Notification of Award/ Letter of Intent/ Letter of
Acceptance and agreed variations if any, and such other documents constituting the Tender and
acceptance thereof.
1.1.18 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT means all plant, facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus,
appliances or things of every kind required in or for installation, completion and maintenance of
Facilities that are to be provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant and Equipment, or
other things intended to form or forming part of the Facilities.
1.1.19 CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE means any person nominated by the Contractor and
approved by the Employer to perform the duties delegated by the Contractor.
1.1.20 CONSULTANT means Techno-Commercial experts who are the consulting engineer to the
Employer/ Owner for this project.
1.1.21 COMMISSIONING means a project shall be considered commissioned if all equipment as per rated
capacity, mentioned under the scope of contract, has been installed and energy has flown into grid.
1.1.22 COMPLETION OF FACILITIES means that the Facilities (or a specific part thereof where specific
parts are specified in the SCC) have been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight
and clean condition, and that all work in respect of Pre-commissioning of the Facilities or such
specific part thereof has been completed; and Commissioning has been attained as per Technical
Specifications.
1.1.23 CHANGE ORDER means an order given in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager to
effect additions to or deletion from and alteration in the works.
1.1.24 DAY means a day of 24 hours from midnight to midnight irrespective of the number of hours worked
in that day.
1.1.25 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD in relation to scope of work means 12 (Twelve) months from the date
of Operation acceptance during which the Contractor stands responsible for rectifying all defects/
rejection that may appear in the works executed by the Contractor in pursuance of the Contract and
includes warranties against Manufacturing/ Fabrication/ Erection/ Construction defects covering all
materials plants, equipment, components and the like supplied by the Contractor, works executed
against workmanship defects.
1.1.26 DRAWINGS shall include maps, plans and tracings, supporting documents, specifications or prints
or sketches thereof with any modifications approved in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project
Manager and such other drawing as may, from time to time, be furnished by the contractor.

1.1.27 EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD) means the unconditional and irrevocable Tender Security in
the form of Demand Draft/ Banker’s Cheque/ Bank Guarantee to be submitted along with the Bid by
the Bidder as prescribed in the Tender document.
1.1.28 EMPLOYER means the Company/ Corporation/ Government Entity, named in the BDS/ SCC, who
is responsible for getting the Facilities implemented. The Employer may be Owner himself or an
agency appointed by the Owner and shall include the legal successors or permitted assigns of the
Employer.
1.1.29 ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE (EIC)/PROJECT MANAGER shall mean the person designated from time
to time by the Employer and shall include those who are expressly authorized by him to act for and
on his behalf for operation of this Contract.
1.1.30 EFFECTIVE DATE means the date of issuance of Notification of Award/ Letter of Intent from which
the Time for Completion shall be determined or any other specific date as provided in the Notice to
Proceed (NTP) for exceptional cases.
1.1.31 FINAL ACCEPTANCE/FINAL COMPLETION means acceptance of Facilities by the Employer at

the end of one year from the date of Operational Acceptance and upon demonstration of minimum
annual parameters as specified in the technical specifications and completion of works under the
punch list which certifies the Contractor’s fulfilment of the Contract in respect of Functional and Plant
Performance Guarantees of the Facilities.
1.1.32 GUARANTEE TEST(S) means the test(s) specified in the Technical Specifications to be carried out
to ascertain whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to attain the Functional
Guarantees specified in the Technical Specifications during/ after successful Commissioning
followed by Trial - Operation.
1.1.33 GOODS & SERVICE TAX (GST) is an indirect tax throughout India to replace taxes levied by the
central and state governments. Goods & Services Tax is a comprehensive, multi-stage, destination-
based tax that will be levied on every value addition.
1.1.34 IEC means specifications of International Electro-Technical Commission.
1.1.35 INSTALLATION SERVICES means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant and
Equipment for the Facilities, to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract; e.g., transportation
and provision of marine or other similar insurance (s), inspection, expediting, site preparation works
(including the provision and use of Contractor’s Equipment and the supply of all structural and
construction materials required), installation including civil and allied works etc., testing, pre-
commissioning, commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and
maintenance manuals, training of Employer’s Personnel etc..
1.1.36 MWp means Mega-Watt Peak.
1.1.37 kWh shall mean Kilo-Watt-hour.
1.1.38 LANGUAGE FOR DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTION All the drawings, titles, notes, instruction,
dimensions, etc. shall be in English Language only.
1.1.39 MNRE means Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, Government of India.
1.1.40 MOBILIZATION shall mean establishment of sufficiently adequate infrastructure by the Contractor
at Site comprising of construction equipment, aids, tools tackles including setting of site offices with
facilities such as power, water, communication etc. establishing manpower organization comprising
of Resident Engineers, Supervising Personnel and an adequate strength of skilled, semi-skilled and

un-skilled workers, who with the so established infrastructure shall be in a position to commence
execution of work at site(s), in accordance with the agreed Time Schedule of Completion of Work.
Mobilization shall be considered to have been achieved, if the Contractor is able to establish
infrastructure as per Time Schedule, where so warranted in accordance with agreed schedule of
work implementation to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager.
1.1.41 NET-WORTH shall have same meaning as defined in Company Act 2013 and Amendment, if any.
1.1.42 NOTICE IN WRITING OR WRITTEN NOTICE shall mean a notice in written, typed or printed
characters sent (unless delivered personally or otherwise proved to have been received by the
addressee) by registered post to the latest known private or business address or registered office
of the addressee and shall be deemed to have been received in the ordinary course of post it would
have been delivered.
1.1.43 NOTIFICATION OF AWARD (NOA)/LETTER OF INTENT (LOI) means the official notice issued
vide Letter/ E-mail by the Employer notifying the Contractor that his bid has been awarded.
1.1.44 OPERATIONAL ACCEPTANCE means the acceptance of the Plant Facilities (or any part of the
Facilities where the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in parts) by the Employer,
which certifies the Contractor’s fulfilment of the Contract in respect of meeting Plant Functional and
Performance Guarantees of the Facilities and completion of works.
1.1.45 O & M means comprehensive Operation & Maintenance of Commissioned Project/ Work/ Facilities
under the contract.
1.1.46 OWNER means the Company/ Corporation/ Government Entity, named in the BDS/ SCC, who has
decided to set up the Facilities and shall include the legal successors or permitted assigns of the
Owner.
1.1.47 PARENT COMPANY means a company that holds more than Fifty Percent (50%) of the paid-up
equity capital directly or indirectly in the Bidding Company as the case may be.
1.1.48 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, articles and
things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in the Facilities by the Contractor under the
Contract (including the spare parts to be supplied by the Contractor) but does not include
Contractor’s Equipment.
1.1.49 PLANT FACILITY(IES)/ FACILITY(IES) means the Plant and Equipment to be supplied and
installed, as well as all the Installation Services to be carried out by the Contractor under the
Contract.
1.1.50 PRE-COMMISSIONING means the testing, checking and other requirements specified in the
Technical Specifications that are to be carried out by the Contractor in preparation for
Commissioning.
1.1.51 SCC means the Special Conditions of Contract.
1.1.52 SECI means Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited, New Delhi (A Government of India
Enterprise) under MNRE.
1.1.53 SITE means the land and other places upon which the Facilities are to be installed, and such other
land or places as specified in the SCC of the Contract as forming part of the Site.
1.1.54 SPECIFICATION shall mean all directions the various Technical Specifications, provisions attached
and referred to the Tender Documents which pertain to the method and manner of performing the

work or works to the quantities and qualities of the work or works and the materials to be furnished
under the Contract for the work or works, as may be amplified or modified by the Employer or
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager during the performance of Contract in order to provide the
unforeseen conditions or in the best interests of the work or works. It shall also include the latest
edition of relevant Standard Specifications including all addenda/ corrigenda published before
entering into Contract.
1.1.55 SUB-CONTRACTOR including vendors, means any person to whom execution of any part of the
Facilities, including preparation of any design or supply of any Plant and Equipment, is sub-
contracted directly or indirectly by the Contractor, and includes its legal successors or permitted
assigns.
1.1.56 TEMPORARY WORKS shall mean all temporary works of every kind required in or about the
execution, completion or maintenance of site works.
1.1.57 TENDER/TENDER DOCUMENTS/ BIDDING DOCUMENTS means the entire set of documents
vide which Employer invite bids for Projects/ Works/ Facilities that are submitted within a finite
deadline by the Bidder/ Contractor.
1.1.58 TIME FOR COMPLETION means the time within which Completion of the Facilities is to be attained
in accordance with the specifications, as a whole (or of a part of the Facilities where a separate Time
for Completion of such part has been prescribed) as specified in the SCC of the tender document
1.1.59 TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE/CONTRACT VALUE means the firm value of the final quoted price, as
a result of e- RA (if applicable), by the successful bidder specified in its financial proposal as the
sum of individual contract value of Design, supply & installation works including O&M (if applicable)
under different work heads specified in the financial proposal, subject to such additions and
adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract including or
excluding Goods & Service taxes (as specified in the ITB).
1.1.60 WEEK means a period of any consecutive seven days.
1.1.61 WORKING DAY means any day which is not declared to be holiday or rest day by the Employer/
Owner.
[B] GENERAL INFORMATIONS
2. General Information
2.1.a Location of Site

The proposed location of Project site(s) is/ are defined in the Scope of work under Technical
specifications & also defined under the Special conditions of contract (SCC).
2.1.b Access by Road

Contractor, if necessary, shall build other temporary access roads to the actual site of construction
for his own work at his own cost. The Contractor shall be required to permit the use of the roads so
constructed by him for vehicles of any other parties who may be engaged on the project site. The
Contractor shall also facilitate the construction of any permanent roads should the construction
thereof starts while he is engaged on this work. He shall make allowance in his Tender for any
inconvenience he anticipates on such account. Non-availability of access roads, railway siding and
railway wagons for the use of the Contractor shall in no case condone any delay in the execution of
work nor be the cause for any claim for compensation against the Employer/ Owner.
2.2 Scope of Work

The scope of work is defined in the Section - VII, Scope of Work and Technical Specifications (TS)
of the Tender document. In addition, the Contractor shall provide all necessary materials,
equipment, labour etc. for the execution and maintenance of the work till completion unless
otherwise mentioned in the Tender Document.
2.3 Construction Water Supply

Contractor will have to make his own arrangements for supply of water to his labour camps and for
works. All pumping installations, pipe network and distribution system will have to be carried out by
the Contractor at his own risk and cost. Alternatively, the Employer/ Owner at his discretion may
endeavor to provide water to the Contractor at the Employer's/ Owner’s source of supply provided
the Contractor makes his own arrangement for the water meter which shall be in custody of the
Employer/ Owner and other pipe networks from source of supply, so as not to interfere with the
layout and progress of the other construction works. In such case, a separate accounting shall be
maintained for billing purpose on monthly basis. However, the Owner does not guarantee the supply
of water and this does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility in making his own arrangement
and for the timely completion of the various works as stipulated.
2.4 Construction Power Supply
2.4.1 Contractor has to arrange for the construction power supply of their own. However, subject to
availability, Employer/ Owner may provide access to the nearest available point in his location for
supply power at only one point, from where the Contractor will make his own arrangement for
temporary distribution through a temporary energy meter (sealed by Employer/ Owner). All the
works will be done as per the applicable regulations with information to the Engineer-in-
Charge/Project Manager. The temporary line will be removed forthwith after the completion of work
or if there is any hindrance caused to the other works due to the alignment of these lines, the
Contractor will re-route or remove the temporary lines at his own cost. The Contractor at his own
cost will also provide suitable electric meters, fuses, switches, etc. for purposes of payment to the
Employer/ Owner which should be in the custody and control of the Employer/ Owner. The cost of
power supply shall be payable to the Employer/ Owner by the contractor. The Employer/ Owner
shall not, however, guarantee the supply of electricity nor have any liability in respect thereof. No
claim for compensation for any failure or short supply of electricity will be admissible.
2.4.2 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain the complete installation on
the load side of the supply with due regard to safety requirement at site. All cabling, equipment,
installations etc. shall comply in all respects with the latest statutory requirements and safety
provisions i.e., as per the Central/ State Electricity Acts and Rules etc. The Contractor will ensure
that his equipment and Electrical Wiring etc., are installed, modified, maintained by a licensed
Electrician/ Supervisor.
2.4.3 At all times, IEA regulations shall be followed failing which the Employer/ Owner has a right to
disconnect the power supply without any reference to the Contractor. No claim shall be entertained
for such disconnection. Power supply will be reconnected only after production of fresh certificate
from authorized electrical supervisors.
2.4.4 The Employer/ Owner is not liable for any loss or damage to the Contractor's equipment as a result
of variation in voltage or frequency or interruption in power supply or other loss to the Contractor
arising therefrom.
2.4.5 The Contractor will have to provide and install his own lights and power meters which will be
governed as per Central/ State Government Electricity Rules.
2.4.6 In case of damage of any of the Employer’s/ Owner’s equipment on account of fault, intentional or
unintentional on the part of the Contractor, the Employer/ Owner reserves the right to recover the
cost of such damage from the Contractor's bill.

2.5 Land for Contractor’s Field Office, Godown and Workshop
The Employer/ Owner will, at his own discretion and convenience and for the duration of the
execution of the work make available near the site, land for construction of Contractor's Temporary
Field Office, godowns, workshops and assembly yard required for the execution of the Contract.
The Contractor shall at his own cost construct all these temporary buildings and provide suitable
water supply and sanitary arrangement. On completion of the works undertaken by the Contractor,
he shall remove all temporary works erected by him and have the Site cleaned as directed by
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager. If the Contractor shall fail to comply with these requirements,
the Employer/Owner may, at the expenses of the Contractor remove such surplus and rubbish
materials and dispose off the same as he deems fit and get the site cleared as aforesaid; and
Contractor shall forthwith pay the amount of all expenses so incurred and shall have no claim in
respect of any such surplus materials disposed off as aforesaid. But the Employer/ Owner reserves
the right to ask the Contractor any time during the pendency of the Contract to vacate the land by
giving 07 (Seven) day notice on security reasons or on national interest or otherwise. The Contractor
shall put up temporary structures as required by them for their office, fabrication shop and
construction stores only in the area allocated to them on the project site by the Employer/ Owner or
his authorized representative. No tea stalls/ canteens should be put up or allowed to be put up by
any Contractor in the allotted land or complex area without written permission of the Employer/
Owner. No unauthorized buildings, constructions or structures should be put up by the Contractor
anywhere on the project site. For uninterrupted fabrication work, the Contractor shall put up
temporary covered structures at his cost within Area in the location allocated to them in the project
site by the Employer/ Owner or his authorized representative. No person except for authorized
watchman shall be allowed to stay in the plant area/ Contractor's area after completion of the day's
job without prior written intimation to Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager.
2.6 Land for Residential Accommodation
No Land shall be made available for residential accommodation for staff and labour of Contractor.
[C] ADDITIONAL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3. Documents
3.1 Corrections and Erasures: All correction(s) and alteration(s) in the entries of Tender paper shall
be signed in full by the bidder with date. No erasure or over writing is permissible.
3.2 Witness: Witness and sureties shall be persons of status and property and their names, occupation
and address shall be stated below their signature.
3.3 Details of Experience: The bidder should furnish, along with his Tender, details of previous
experience in having successfully completed in the recent past works of this nature, together with
the names of Employers/ Owners, location of sites and value of Contract, date of commencement
and completion of work, delays if any, reasons of delay and other details along with documentary
evidence(s).
3.4 Liability of Government of India: It is expressly understood and agreed by and between bidder
or/ Contractor and Employer/ Owner that, Employer/ Owner is entering into this agreement solely
on its own behalf. In particular, it is expressly understood and agreed that the Government of India
has no liabilities, obligations or rights hereunder. It is expressly understood and agreed that
Employer/ Owner is an independent legal entity with power and authority to enter into Contracts
solely on its own behalf under the applicable Laws of India and general principles of Contract Law.

It is further understood and agreed that the Government of India is not and shall not be liable for any
acts, omissions, commissions, breaches or other wrongs arising out of the Contract. Accordingly,
bidder/ Contractor hereby expressly waives, releases and foregoes any and all actions or claims,
including cross claims, impleader claims or counter claims against the Government of India arising
out of this Contract and covenants not to sue to Government of India as to any manner, claim, cause
of action or thing whatsoever arising of or under this agreement.
4. Transfer of Tender Documents
4.1 Transfer of Tender Documents purchased by one intending bidder to another is not permissible.
5. Right of Employer/Owner to Accept or Reject Tender
5.1 The right to accept the Tender will rest with the Employer/ Owner. The Employer/ Owner, however,
does not bind himself to accept the lowest Tender, and reserves to itself the authority to reject any
or all the Tenders received without assigning any reason whatsoever. At the option of the Employer/
Owner, the work for which the Tender had been invited, may be awarded to one Contractor or split
between more than one bidders, in which case the award will be made for only that part of the work,
in respect of which the bid has been accepted. The quoted rates should hold good for such
eventualities. Tenders in which any of the particulars and prescribed information are missing or are
incomplete in any respect and/ or the prescribed conditions are not fulfilled are liable to be rejected.
The Tender containing uncalled for remarks or any additional conditions are liable to be rejected.
Canvassing in connection with Tenders is strictly prohibited and Tenders submitted by the
Tenderers who resort to canvassing will be liable to rejection.
6. Time Schedule & Progress Reporting
6.1 The work shall be executed strictly as per the Time Schedule specified in Section - V, Special
Conditions of Contract (SCC). The period of construction given in Time Schedule includes the time
required for mobilization as well as testing, rectifications if any, retesting and completion in all
respects to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in- Charge.
6.2 A joint program of execution of the work will be prepared by the Contractor based on priority
requirement of this project & submitted to the Engineer in charge. This program will take into account
the time of completion mentioned above and the time allowed for the priority works by the Engineer-
in- Charge.
6.3 Monthly/ Weekly construction program will be drawn up by the Engineer-in- Charge jointly with the
Contractor, based on availability of work fronts and the joint construction program as per above. The
Contractor shall scrupulously adhere to these targets/ programs by deploying adequate personnel,
construction tools and tackles and he shall also supply himself all materials of his scope of supply
in good time to achieve the targets/ programs. In all matters concerning the extent of targets set out
in the weekly and monthly programs and the degree of achievements the decision of the Engineer-
in- Charge will be final and binding on the Contractor.
6.4 The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the work schedule referred in
GCC above and submit the progress report to the Project Manager as per the Contract Co-ordination
procedure.
6.6 If at any time the Contractor’s actual progress falls behind the scheduled program, or it becomes
apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Employer or the Project
Manager/ EIC, prepare and submit to the Project Manager/ EIC a revised program, taking into
account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Project Manager/ EIC, of the steps being
taken to expedite progress so as to attain Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion.
If any extension thereof entitled under GCC Clause, or any extended period as may otherwise be

agreed upon between the Employer and the Contractor, Contractor shall submit the revised plan for
completion of Facility accordingly.
6.7 Maintenance of Records of Progress Review Meeting
The Contractor shall be required to attend all site progress review meetings organized by the ‘Project
Manager/ EIC’ or his authorized representative. The deliberations in the meetings shall inter-alia
include the program, progress of work (including details of manpower, material, tools and plants
deployed by the Contractor vis-à-vis agreed schedule), inputs to be provided by Employer, delays,
if any and recovery program, specific hindrances to work and work instructions by Employer. The
minutes of the meetings shall be recorded with the ‘Project Manager/ EIC’ or his authorized
representative.
7. Conflict of Interest and Bidder’s Responsibility
7.1 A bidder shall not have a Conflict of Interest. All bidders found to have Conflict of Interest shall be
disqualified. A bidder may be considered to have a Conflict of Interest with one or more parties in
this bidding process, if:
(a) They have a controlling partner in common; or

(b) They receive or have received any direct or indirect subsidy from any of them; or
(c) They have the same legal representative for the purposes of this bid; or
(d) They have a relationship with each other, directly or through common third parties, that puts
them in a position to have access to information about or influence on the bid of another bidder,
or influence the decision of the Employer/ Owner regarding this bidding process; or
(e) A bidder submits more than one bid in this bidding process, either individually [including bid
submitted as an agent/ authorized representative on behalf of one or more bidders or through
license - licensor route, wherever permitted as per the provision of the Qualification Requirement
for the bidders in the Annexure to Bid Data Sheet (BDS)] or as a partner in a Joint Venture/
Consortium, except for alternative offers permitted under Tender. This will result in the
disqualification of all such bids; or
(f) A bidder or any of its Affiliates participated as a consultant in the preparation of the Design or
Technical Specification or Detailed Project Report (DPR) of the Plant and Installation of
services*/ goods and related services** that are the subject of the bid; or
(g) A bidder or any of its Affiliate has been hired (or is proposed to be hired) by the Employer/ Owner
as a Project Manager for the Contract
Unquote:
* Applicable for Supply & Installation Contracts

** Applicable for Supply & Supply cum Supervision of Installation Contracts
7.2 The intending bidder shall be deemed to have visited the Site and familiarized submitting the Tender.
Non-familiarity with the site conditions will not be considered a reason either for extra claims or for
not carrying out the works in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications or for any delay
in performance.
8. Retired Government or Company Officers
8.1 No Engineer of Gazetted rank or other Gazetted Officer employed in Engineering or Administrative
duties in an Engineering Department of the States/ Central Government or of the Employer/ Owner
is allowed to work as a Contractor for a period of two years after his retirement from Government
Service, or from the employment of the Employer/ Owner. The Contract, if awarded, is liable to be
cancelled if either the Contractor or any of his employees is found at any time to be such a person,

who has not obtained the permission of the State/ Central Government before submission of Tender,
or engagement in the Contractor's service as the case may be.
9. Representatives and Field Management & Controlling
9.1 Project Manager / Engineer- In –Charge (EIC):
If the Project Manager/ EIC is not named in the Contract, then within seven (7) days of the Effective
Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Project
Manager/ EIC. The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as the Project
Manager/ EIC in place of the person previously so appointed and shall give a notice of the name of
such other person to the Contractor without delay. The Employer shall take reasonable care, unless
unavoidable to see that no such appointment is made at such a time or in such a manner as to
impede the progress of work on the Facilities. The Project Manager/EIC shall represent and act for
the Employer at all times during the currency of the Contract.
All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the
Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager/ EIC, except as herein otherwise
provided.
9.2 Contractor’s Representative & Construction Manager
If the Contractor’s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within seven (07) days of the
Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall request the
Employer in writing. If the Employer objects to the appointment within seven (07) days giving the
reason therefor, then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within seven (07) days of such
objection, and the foregoing provisions of this GCC clause shall apply thereto.
9.3 The Contractor’s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during the
tenure of the Contract and shall give to the Project Manager/ EIC all the Contractor’s notices,
instructions, information and all other communications under the Contract.
9.4 All notices, instructions, information and all other communications given by the Owner/ Employer or
the Project Manager/ EIC to the Contractor under the Contract shall be given to the Contractor’s
Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as herein otherwise provided.
9.5 The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s Representative without the
Employer consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Employer consents thereto, the
Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Contractor’s Representative, pursuant to the
procedure set out in GCC Clauses.
9.6 The Contractor’s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer (which shall not be
unreasonably withheld), at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions and
authorities vested in him or her. Any such delegation may be revoked at any time. Any such
delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice and shall specify the powers, functions
and authorities thereby delegated or revoked. No such delegation or revocation shall take effect
unless and until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Project Manager/EIC.
9.7 Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or her
in accordance with this GCC Clause shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Contractor’s
Representative.
9.8 Notwithstanding anything stated in GCC Clause above, for the purpose of execution of contract, the
Employer and the Contractor shall finalize and agree to a Contract Co-ordination Procedure and all
the communication under the Contract shall be in accordance with such Contract Co-ordination
Procedure.

9.9 From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at the Site until Final Acceptance, the
Contractor’s Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the construction manager
(hereinafter referred to as “the Construction Manager”). The Construction Manager shall supervise
all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout normal working
hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons connected with the proper Performance of
the Contract. Whenever the Construction Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable person shall
be appointed to act as his or her deputy.
9.10 The Employer may object to any contractor’s representative or person employed by the Contractor
in the execution of the Contract who, in the reasonable opinion of the Employer, may behave
inappropriately, may be incompetent or negligent, or may commit a serious breach of the Site
regulations and safety.
9.11 If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with GCC
Clause above, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a replacement. The Engineer-
in-Charge/Project Manager may also authorize his representatives to assist in performing his duties
and functions.
9.13 Hindrance Register
The Contractor may also maintain a Hindrance Register where reasons along with documentary
evidence for delay/ fault may be recorded from time to time and at the time of occurrence of the
hindrance and get it duly certified by the Project Manager or his authorized representative.
10. Note to Schedule of Rates
10.1 The Schedule of Rates should be read in conjunction with Section - VIII of the Tender documents.
10.2 The bidder shall be deemed to have studied the Drawings (if any), Specifications and details of work
to be done within Time Schedule and to have acquainted himself of the condition prevailing at site.
10.3 Rates must be filled in the Schedule of Rates of original Tender Documents. If quoted in separate
typed sheets no variation in item description or specification shall be accepted.
11. Policy for Tenders under Consideration
11.1 Only Those Tenders which are complete in all respects and are strictly in accordance with the Terms
and Conditions and Technical Specifications of Tender Document, shall be considered for
evaluation. Such Tenders shall be deemed to be under consideration immediately after opening of
Tender and until such time an official intimation of acceptance/ rejection of Tender is made by
Employer to the Bidder.
11.2 Zero Deviation: Bidders to note that this is a Zero Deviation Tender. Employer will appreciate
submission of bids based on the terms and conditions in the enclosed General Conditions of
Contract (GCC), Special Conditions of Contract (SCC), Instructions to Bidders (ITB), Scope of Work,
technical specifications etc. to avoid wastage of time and money in seeking clarifications on
technical/ commercial aspects of the bids. Bidder may note that no technical and commercial
clarifications will be sought for after the receipt of the bids. In case of any deviation/ nonconformity
observed in the bid, it will be liable for rejection.
12. Clarification of Tender Document
12.1 Verbal clarification and information given by Employer or its representatives shall not in any way be
binding on Employer.

13. Local Conditions
13.1 The site is being offered to the bidders for Project on “as is where is” basis assuming that bidders
have acquainted themselves appropriately with all the local site conditions & no plea will be
entertained before/after the award of contract on this ground. It will be imperative on each bidder to
inform himself of all local site conditions and factors which may have any effect on the execution of
work covered under the Tender Document. In their own interest, the bidder(s) is/ are requested to
familiarize themselves with the Indian Income Tax Act 1961, Indian Companies Act 1956, and Indian
Customs Act 1962, GST Act and other related Acts and Laws and Regulations of India with their
latest amendments, as applicable. Employer shall not entertain any requests for clarifications from
the bidder regarding such local conditions.
13.2 It must be understood and agreed that such factors have properly been investigated and considered
while submitting the Tender. Any claim for financial or Forex or any other adjustments to Value of
Contract, on lack of clarity of such factors shall not be entertained.
14. Extension of Time for Completion
14.1 The time for completion as specified in the SCC is firm & final binding till the final completion of the
Plant facilities. The Time(s) for Completion specified in the SCC shall be extended if the Contractor
is delayed or impeded in the Performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by reason of
any of occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in the Tender for Force Majeure.
14.2 The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the Performance
of its obligations under the Contract.
[D] GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
15.1 Priority of Contract Documents
Several documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another,
but in case of ambiguities or discrepancies the same shall be explained and adjusted by the
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager who shall thereupon issue to the Contractor instructions
thereon and in such event, unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the priority of the documents
forming the Contract shall be as follows:
a) Contract Agreement and the appendices, along with the amendments, if any thereto
b) Notification of award (NoA)/Letter of Intent (LOI) /Notice to proceed (NTP)
c) Special Conditions of Contract
d) General Conditions of Contract
e) BDS & ITB
f) Special Technical Conditions on Technical Specifications
g) Technical Specifications and Drawings
h) Price Schedules submitted by the Contractor
i) Other completed Bidding forms submitted with the Bid
j) Any other documents forming part of the Employer’s Requirements
In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between the Contract Documents listed above, the order of
precedence shall be the order in which the Contract Documents are listed above. For eg. Contract
agreement have precedence over NOA.
15.2 Headings and Marginal Notes

All headings and marginal notes to the clauses of these General Conditions of Contract or to the
Specifications or to any other Tender Document are solely for the purpose of giving a concise
indication and not a summary of the contents thereof, and they shall never be deemed to be part
thereof or be used in the interpretation or construction thereof the Contract.
15.3 Singular and Plural
In Contract Documents unless otherwise stated specifically, the singular shall include the plural and
vice versa wherever the context so requires.
15.4 Interpretation
Words implying ‘Persons' shall include relevant Corporate Companies/ Registered Associations/
Body of Individuals/ Firm of Partnership' as the case may be.
16 Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)
16.1 Special Conditions of Contract shall be read in conjunction with the General Conditions of Contract,
Specification of Work, Drawings and any other documents forming part of this Contract wherever
the context so requires.
16.2 Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate sections and volumes every
part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to and complementary of every other part and
shall be read with and into the Contract so far as it may be practicable to do so.
16.3 Where any portion of the General Condition of Contract is repugnant to or at variance with any
provisions of the Special Conditions of Contract, unless a different intention appears the provisions
of the Special Conditions of Contract shall be deemed to over-ride the provisions of the General
Conditions of Contract and shall to the extent of such repugnancy, or variations, prevail.
16.4 Wherever it is mentioned in the specifications that the Contractor shall perform certain Work or
provide certain facilities, it is understood that the Contractor shall do so at his cost and the Value of
Contract shall be deemed to have included cost of such performance and provisions, so mentioned.
16.5 The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant Indian Standards, the Job
Specifications contained herein and Codes referred to. Where the job specification stipulate
requirements in addition to those contained in the standard codes and specifications, these
additional requirements shall also be satisfied.
17 Contractor to obtain his own Information
17.1 The Contractor in fixing his cost shall for all purpose whatsoever reason may be, deemed to have
himself independently obtained all necessary information for the purpose of preparing his tender
and his tender as accepted shall be deemed to have taken into account all contingencies as may
arise due to such information or lack of same. The correctness of the details, given in the Tender
Document to help the Contractor to make up the tender is not guaranteed. The Contractor shall be
deemed to have examined the Contract Documents, to have generally obtained his own information
in all matters whatsoever that might affect the carrying out of the works at the schedules rates and
to have satisfied himself to the sufficiency of his tender.
Any error in description of quantity or omission therefrom shall not vitiate the Contract or release the
Contractor from executing the work comprised in the Contract according to Drawings and
Specifications at the scheduled rates. He is deemed to have known the scope, nature and magnitude
of the Works and the requirements of materials and labour involved etc., and as to what all works
he has to complete in accordance with the Contract documents whatever be the defects, omissions
or errors that may be found in the Documents. The Contractor shall be deemed to have visited

surroundings, to have satisfied himself to the nature of all existing structures, if any, and also as to
the nature and the conditions of the Railways, Roads, Bridges and Culverts, means of transport and
communication, whether by land, water or air, and as to possible interruptions thereto and the
access and egress from the site, to have made enquiries, examined and satisfied himself as to the
sites for obtaining sand, stones, bricks and other materials, the sites for disposal of surplus
materials, the available accommodation as to whatever required, depots and such other buildings
as may be necessary for executing and completing the works, to have made local independent
enquiries as to the sub-soil, subsoil water and variations thereof, storms, prevailing winds, climatic
conditions and all other similar matters effecting these works.
He is deemed to have acquainted himself as to his liability of payment of Government Taxes,

Customs duty and other charges, levies etc. Any neglect or omission or failure on the part of the
Contractor in obtaining necessary and reliable information upon the foregoing or any other matters
affecting the Contract shall not relieve him from any risks or liabilities or the entire responsibility from
completion of the works at the scheduled rates and times in strict accordance with the Contract. It
is, therefore, expected that should the Contractor have any doubt as to the meaning of any portion
of the tender Document he shall set forth the particulars thereof in writing to Employer in duplicate,
before submission of tender.
The Employer may provide such clarification as may be necessary in writing to Contract, such
clarifications as provided by Employer shall form part of tender Documents. No verbal agreement
or inference from conversation with any effect or employee of the Employer either before, during or
after the execution of the Contract Agreement shall in any way affect or modify and of the terms or
obligations herein contained. Any change in layout due to site conditions or technological
requirement shall be binding on the Contractor and no extra claim on this account shall be
entertained.
18 Time of Performance
18.1 Time for Mobilization
The work covered by this Contract shall be commenced immediately upon issuance of the NOA/
LOI/ NTP and be completed on or before the dates as mentioned in the Time Schedule of
Completion of Work under Section - V, Special Conditions of Contract (SCC). The Contractor should
bear in mind that time is the essence of this contract agreement. Request for revision of construction
time after tenders are opened will not receive any consideration. The mobilization period is included
within the overall Completion Schedule, not over and above the completion time to any additional
work or any other reasons.
18.2 Time Schedule of Construction
18.2.1 The general time schedule of construction is given in the Section - V, Special Conditions of Contract
(SCC) of the Tender Documents. Contractor should prepare a detailed monthly or weekly
construction program. The Work shall be executed strictly as per the Time Schedule given in the
Tender Documents. The period of construction given includes the time required for mobilization
testing, rectifications, if any, retesting and completion in all respects in accordance with Contract
Document.
18.2.2 The Contractor shall submit a detailed PERT network consisting of adequate number of activities
covering various key phases of the Work such as Design, Procurement, Manufacturing, Shipment
and Field Erection activities. This network shall also indicate the interface facilities to be provided
by the Employer, if any and the dates by which such facilities are needed.
19. Force Majeure

19.1 A ‘Force Majeure’ means any event or circumstance or combination of events those stated below
that wholly or partly prevents or unavoidably delays an Affected Party in the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement, but only if and to the extent that such events or circumstances
are not within the reasonable control, directly or indirectly, of the Affected Party and could not have
been avoided if the Affected Party had taken reasonable care or complied with Prudent Utility
Practices:
• Act of God, including, but not limited to lightning, fire not caused by contractors’ negligence and
explosion (to the extent originating from a source external to the site), earthquake (above 7.0
magnitude on Richter Scale), volcanic eruption, landslide, unprecedented flood, cyclone, typhoon
or tornado;
• Any act of war (whether declared or undeclared), invasion, armed conflict or act of foreign enemy,
blockade, embargo, revolution, riot, insurrection, terrorist or military action, quarantine;
• Radioactive contamination or ionizing radiation originating from a source in India or resulting from
another Force Majeure Event mentioned above.
19.2 Force Majeure Exclusions
Force Majeure shall not include (i) any event or circumstance which is within the reasonable control
of the Parties and (ii) the following conditions, except to the extent that they are consequences of
an event of Force Majeure:
• Unavailability, late delivery, or changes in cost of the plant, machinery, equipment, materials,
spare parts or consumables for the Power Project;
• Delay in the performance of any contractor, sub-contractor or their agents;
• Non-performance resulting from normal wear and tear typically experienced in power generation
materials and equipment;
• Strikes at the facilities of the Contractor / Affected Party;
• Insufficiency of finances or funds or the agreement becoming onerous to perform; and
• Non-performance caused by, or connected with, the Affected Party’s:
o Negligent or intentional acts, errors or omissions;
o Failure to comply with an Indian Law; or
o Breach of, or default under this Contract Agreement.
• Normal rainy seasons and monsoon
• Any Transport strikes not directly affecting the delivery of goods from manufacturer to site
19.3 In the event of either party being rendered unable by Force Majeure to perform any obligation
required to be performed by them under this Contract, relative obligation of the party affected by
such Force Majeure shall be treated as suspended during the period which the Force Majeure clause
last.
19.4 Upon occurrence of such causes, the party alleging that it has been rendered unable as aforesaid,
thereby, shall notify the other party in writing by registered notice within 48 (forty eight) hours of the
alleged beginning thereof giving full particulars and satisfactory evidence in support of its claim.
Further, within 7 (seven) days, the Contractor will furnish a detailed Contingency Plan to overcome
the effects of the incident and bring the project on its schedule after cessation of the effect of Force
Majeure.
19.5 The Affected Party shall give notice to the other Party of (i) the cessation of the relevant event of
Force Majeure; and (ii) the cessation of the effects of such event of Force Majeure on the
performance of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, as soon as practicable after becoming
aware of each of these cessations.

19.6 Time for Performance of the relative obligation suspended by the force majeure shall stand extended
by the period for which such Force Majeure clause lasts.
19.7 If works are suspended by Force Majeure conditions lasting for more than two months, the
Employer/Owner shall have the option of cancelling this Contract in whole or part thereof, at its
discretion.
19.8 The Contractor will not be entitled to claim any compensation for Force Majeure conditions and shall
take appropriate steps to insure its men and materials utilized by it under the Contract.
20. Liquidated Damages (LD)
20.1 Subject to Force Majeure Clause, if the Contractor fails to comply with the Time for Completion
/successful commissioning of Plant facilities in accordance with SCC Clause for the whole of the
facilities then the Contractor shall pay to the Owner a sum equivalent to half percent (0.5%) per
week of the Contract Price for the whole of the facilities as liquidated damages for such default and
not as a penalty, without prejudice to the Owner’s other remedies under the Contract subject to the
maximum limit of five percent (05%) of Contract Price for the whole of the facilities. The Owner may,
without prejudice to any other method of recovery, deduct the amount of such damages from any
amount due or to become due to the Contractor. The payment or deduction of such damages shall
not relieve the Contractor from his obligation to complete the Works, or from any other of his
obligations and liabilities under the Contract. Once the maximum limit is reached, Owner may
consider the termination of contract or may have the discretion of getting executed the work from
the contractor with the maximum limit of Liquidated damages. Any such recovery on account of the
Liquidated damages can be done from the running bills of the contractor by Owner.
20.2 The Owner shall as an alternative to the Liquidated Damages at its option, get work executed from
elsewhere at the risk and cost of the Contractor irrespective of the fact whether the scope of Contract
is identical to the original scope of Contract and in case the Owner chooses the alternative course
as mentioned, it will be entitled to recover compensation/ damages from the Contractor irrespective
of maximum limit prescribed under Clause 20.1.
20.3 The Owner may by giving (01) one month notice to the Contractor cancel the Contract without
prejudice to the Owner’s right under Clauses 20.1 and 20.2 any other provisions contained in the
Contract to determine the Contract and claim damaged from the Contractor.
20.4 The Contractor shall not raise the question of proving actual loss suffered by the Owner consequent
on the said delay in Completion.
21. Rights of the Owner to forfeit Contract Performance Security
21.1 Whenever any claim against the Contractor for the payment of a sum of money arises out or under
the Contract, the Owner shall be entitled to recover such sum by appropriating in part or whole the
Contract Performance Security of the Contractor. In the event of the security being insufficient or if
no security has been taken from the Contractor, then the balance or the total sum recoverable, as
the case may be shall be deducted from any sum then due or which at any time thereafter may
become due to the Contractor. The Contractor shall pay to the Owner on demand any balance
remaining due.
22. Failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of the Contract
22.1 If the Contractor refuses or fails to execute the Work or any separate part thereof with such diligence
as will ensure its completion within the time specified in the Contract/O&M Contract or extension
thereof or fails to perform any of his obligation under the Contract/O&M Contract or in any manner

commits a breach of any of the provisions of the Contract/O&M Contract it shall be open to the
Employer/ Owner at its option by written notice to the Contractor:
a) To determine the event in which the Contract/O&M Contract shall stand terminated and shall
cease to be in force and effect on and from the date appointed by the Owner on that behalf,
whereupon the Contractor shall stop forthwith any of the Contractor's work then in progress, except
such work as the Owner may, in writing, require to be done to safeguard any property or work, or
installations from damage, and the Owner, for its part, may take over the work remaining unfinished
by the Contractor and complete the same through a fresh Contractor or by other means, at the risk
and cost of the Contractor, and any of his sureties if any, shall be liable to the Owner for any excess
cost occasioned by such work having to be so taken over and completed by the Owner over and
above the cost as specified in the schedule of rates.
b) Without determining the Contract to take over the work of the Contractor or any part thereof and
complete the same through a fresh Contractor or by other means at the risk and cost of the
Contractor. The Contractor and any of his sureties are liable to the Owner for any excess cost over
and above the cost at the rates specified in the Schedule of Rates, occasioned by such works having
been taken over and completed by the Owner.
22.2 In such events of Clause 22.1(a) or (b) above.
a) The whole or part of the Contract Performance Security furnished by the Contractor is liable to
be forfeited without prejudice to the right of the Owner to recover from the Contractor the excess
cost referred to in the Clause aforesaid, the Owner shall also have the right of taking possession
and utilizing in completing the works or any part thereof, such as materials, equipment and plants
available at work site belonging to the Contractor as may be necessary and the Contractor shall not
be entitled for any compensation for use or damage to such materials, equipment and plant.
b) The amount that may have become due to the Contractor on account of work already executed
by him shall not be payable to him until after the expiry of 06 (Six) calendar months reckoned from
the date of termination of Contract or from the taking over of the Work or part thereof by the Owner
as the case may be, during which period the responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship in
respect of such work shall, under the Contract, rest exclusively with the Contractor. This amount
shall be subject to deduction of any amounts due from the Contract to the Owner under the terms
of the Contract authorized or required to be reserved or retained by the Owner.
22.3 Before determining the Contract as per Clause 22.1(a) or (b) provided in the judgement of the
Owner, the default or defaults committed by the Contractor is/ are curable and can be cured by the
Contractor if an opportunity given to him, then the Owner may issue Notice in writing calling the
Contractor to cure the default within such time specified in the Notice.
22.4 The Owner shall also have the right to proceed or take action as per 22.1(a) or (b) above, in the
event that the Contractor becomes bankrupt, insolvent, compounds with his creditors, assigns the
Contract in favor of his creditors or any other person or persons, or being a company or a corporation
goes into voluntary liquidation, provided that in the said events it shall not be necessary for the
Owner to give any prior notice to the Contractor.
22.5 Termination of the Contract as provided for in sub- clause 22.1(a) above shall not prejudice or affect
their rights of the Owner which may have accrued up to the date of such termination.
23. Contractor remains liable to pay compensation if
23.1 In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Owner by Clause 22.0 thereof shall have
become action not taken under clause 22 exercisable and the same had not been exercised, the
non-exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof and such powers
shall notwithstanding be exercisable in the event of any further case of default by the Contractor for

which by any clause or clauses hereof he is declared liable to pay compensation amounting to the
whole of his Contract Performance Security, and the liability of the Contractor for past and future
compensation shall remain unaffected.
24. Contract Performance Security
Against the EPC/ LSTK Contract and Operation & maintenance contract
of the project, within 30 (Thirty) days from the issuance of the Notification of Award/ Letter of Intent
from Owner, the successful bidder shall furnish an unconditional and irrevocable Contract
Performance Security in accordance with Special Conditions of the Contract. The Contract
Performance Security shall be in the form of either Banker’s Cheque or Demand Draft or Bank
Guarantee and shall be in the currency of the Contract and will be issued in the name of the owner
as specified in the BDS/SCC. The Contract Performance Security shall be for an amount equal to
specified in Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) towards faithful performance of the contractual
obligations, performance of equipment and shall cover entire Contract. The validity of Contract
Performance Security shall be in conjunction with the provisions mentioned under Section - V,
Special Conditions of Contract (SCC).
Bank Guarantee towards Contract Performance Security shall be from any scheduled bank as
specified in the List of Banks enclosed at Form F-22, Section - VI, Sample Forms and Formats of
Tender documents or a branch of an International Bank situated in India and registered with
Reserve Bank of India as scheduled foreign bank in case of Indian bidder. However, in case of Bank
Guarantees from Banks other than the Nationalized Indian banks, the Bank must be a commercial
Bank having net worth in excess of INR 500 Crores and a declaration to this effect should be made
by such commercial bank either in the Bank Guarantee itself or separately on its letterhead. This
Bank Guarantee shall be valid for a period in conjunction with the provisions mentioned under
Section - V, Special Conditions of Contract (SCC).
The Contract Performance Security may also be submitted in the form of ‘crossed payee accounts
only’ Demand Draft/ Banker’s Cheque in favor of as mentioned in the BDS/SCC.
In case of default or failure of the successful bidder to comply with the requirements of this article
shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the EMD.
In case of default or failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of any of the
Obligations covered under this Tender Document and/ or Contract Agreement shall
constitute sufficient grounds for forfeiture of the Contract Performance Security.
The Contract Performance Security has to cover the entire contract value including extra works/
services also. As long as the Contract Performance Security submitted at the time of award takes
care the extra works/ services executed and total executed value are within the awarded contract
price, there is no need for additional Contract Performance Security. As soon as the total executed
value is likely to burst the ceiling of awarded contract price, the contractor should furnish additional
Contract Performance Security on proportionate basis of the percentage as defined in the Special
Conditions of Contract (SCC) for the additional amount in excess to the original contract value.
Further, any delay beyond 30 (Thirty) days shall attract interest @ 1.25% per month on the total
Contract Performance Security amount, calculated on pro-rata basis accordingly. Owner at its sole
discretion may cancel the NOA/ LOI & forfeit 100% of EMD, in case Contract Performance Security

is not submitted within 45 (Forty-five) days from issuance of NOA/ LOI. However, total project
completion period shall remain same. Part Security shall not be accepted.
If the Contractor/ Sub-Contractor or their employees or the Contractor’s agents and representatives
shall damage, break, deface or destroy any property belonging to the Employer or others during the
execution of the Contract, the same shall be made good by the Contractor at his own expenses and
in default thereof, the Engineer-in-Charge may cause the same to be made good by other agencies
and recover expenses from the Contractor (for which the certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge shall
be final).
All compensation or other sums of money payable by the Contractor to the Owner under terms of
this Contract may be deducted from or paid by the encashment or sale of a sufficient part of his
Contract Performance Security or from any sums which may be due or may become due to the
Contractor by the Owner of any account whatsoever and in the event of his Contract Performance
Security being reduced by reasons of any such deductions or sale of aforesaid, the Contractor shall
within 10 (Ten) days thereafter make good in cash, bank drafts as aforesaid any sum or sums which
may have been deducted from or realized by sale of his Contract Performance Security, or any part
thereof. No interest shall be payable by the Owner for sum deposited as Contract Performance
Security.
25. Termination of contract
25.1 Termination of Contract in Case of Liquidation/ Bankruptcy etc.
If the Contractor shall dissolve or become bankrupt or insolvent or cause or suffer any receiver to
be appointed of his business of any assets thereof compound with his Creditors, or being a
corporation commence to be wound up, not being a member’s voluntary winding up for the purpose
of amalgamation or reconstruction, or carry on its business under a Receiver for the benefits of its
Creditors any of them, Owner shall be at liberty :- To terminate the contract forthwith upon coming
to know of the happening of any such event as aforesaid by notice in writing to the Contractor or to
give the Receiver or liquidator or other person, the option of carrying out the contract subject to his
providing a guarantee up to an amount to be agreed upon by Owner for due and faithful performance
of the contract.
25.2 Termination of Contract for Non-Performance and Subsequently Putting the Contractor on
Banning List:
In case of termination of Contract herein set forth (under clause 22.0) except under conditions of
Force Majeure and termination after expiry of contract, the Contractor shall be put under Banning
List [i.e. neither any enquiry will be issued to the party by Employer/ Owner against any type of
tender nor their offer will be considered by Employer/ Owner against any ongoing tender(s) where
contract between Employer/ Owner and that particular Contractor (as a bidder) has not been
finalized] for a period as decided by the Employer/ Owner to such Contractor.
26. Members of the Employer/ Owner not individually Liable
26.1 No Director, or official or employee of the Employer/ Owner shall in any way be personally bound or
liable for the acts or obligations under the Contract or answerable for any default or omission in the
observance or performance of any of the acts, matters or things which are herein contained.
27. Employer/Owner not bound by Personal Representations

27.1 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase on the price or any other right or claim
whatsoever by reason of any representation, explanation statement or alleged representation,
promise or guarantees given or alleged to have been given to him by any person.
28. Contractor's office at Site
28.1 The Contractor shall provide and maintain an office at the site for the accommodation of his agent
and staff and such office shall be open at all reasonable hours to receive instructions, notice or other
communications.
29. Contractor's Subordinate Staff and their Conduct
29.1 The Contractor, on or after award of the Work shall name and depute a qualified Engineer having
sufficient experience in carrying out work of similar nature, to whom the equipment, materials, if any,
shall be issued and instructions for works given. The Contractor shall also provide sufficient and
qualified staff to superintend the execution of the Work, competent sub-agents, foremen and leading
hands including those specially qualified by previous experience to supervise the types of works
comprised in the Contract in such manner as will ensure work of the best quality, expeditious
working. Whenever in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager additional properly
qualified supervisory staff is considered necessary, they shall be employed by the Contractor without
additional charge on accounts thereof. The Contractor shall ensure that Sub-Contractors, if any,
shall provide competent and efficient supervision, over the work entrusted to them.
29.2 If and whenever any of the Contractor's or Sub-Contractor's agents, sub-agents, assistants,
foremen, or other employees be guilty of any misconduct or be incompetent or insufficiently qualified
or negligent in the performance of their duties, it is undesirable for administrative or any other reason
for such person or persons to be employed in the works, the Contractor, shall at once remove such
person or persons from employment thereon. Any person or persons so removed from the works
shall not again be employed in connection with the Works. Any person so removed from the Work
shall be immediately re-placed at the expense of the Contractor by a qualified and competent
substitute. Should the Contractor be requested to repatriate any person removed from the works he
shall do so and shall bear all costs in connection herewith.
29.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper behavior of all the staff, foremen, workmen, and
others, and shall exercise a proper degree of control over them and in particular and without
prejudice to the said generality, the Contractor shall be bound to prohibit and prevent any employees
from trespassing or acting in any way detrimental or prejudicial to the interest of the community or
of the properties or occupiers of land and properties in the neighborhood and in the event of such
employee so trespassing, the Contractor shall be responsible therefore and relieve the Owner of all
consequent claims or actions for damages or injury or any other grounds whatsoever. The
Contractor shall be liable for any liability to Owner on account of deployment of Contractor's staff
etc. or incidental or arising out of the execution of Contract. The Contractor shall be liable for all acts
or omissions on the part of his staff, Foremen and Workmen and others in his employment, including
misfeasance or negligence of whatever kind in the course of their work or during their employment,
which are connected directly or indirectly with the Contract.
29.4 If and when required by the Owner and Contractor's personnel entering upon the Owner’s premises
shall be properly identified by badges or gate passes which must be worn at all times on Owner’s
premises. Contractor may be required to obtain daily entry passes for his Staff/ Employees to work
within operating areas. These being safety requirements, no relaxations on this account shall be
given to Contractor.
30. Sub-letting of Works
30.1 Sub-contracting other than for labour contract/engagement of labour, shall be permitted with the
information to the employer. However, sub-contracting for 100% of the contract on back to back

basis shall not be permitted. Any part of the Contract nor any share or interest therein shall in any
manner or degree be transferred, assigned or sublet by the Contractor directly or indirectly to any
person, firm or corporation whatsoever without the consent in writing, of the Employer except as
provided for in the succeeding Clause.
i) Sub-Contracts for Temporary Works etc.
The Employer may give written consent to Sub-Contract for the execution of any part of the Work at
the site, being entered in to by Contractor provided each individual Sub-contract is informed to the
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager.
ii) List of Sub-Contractors to be supplied
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager list of all Sub-Contractors
or other persons or firms engaged by the Contractor and working at the Site during the previous
month with particulars of the general nature of the Subcontract or works done by them.
iii) Contractor's Liability not Limited by Sub-Contractors
Notwithstanding any sub-letting with such approval as aforesaid and notwithstanding that the
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager shall have received copies of any Subcontracts, the contractor
shall be and shall remain solely responsible for the quality, proper and expeditious execution of the
Contract in all respects as if such sub-letting or Subcontracting had not taken place, and as if such
work had been done directly by the Contractor. The Contractor shall bear all responsibility for any
act or omission on the part of sub-contractors in regard to work to be performed under the Contract.
iv) No Remedy for Action Taken under this Clause
No action taken by the Owner under the clause shall relieve the Contractor of any of his liabilities
under the Contract or give rise to any right or compensation, extension of time or otherwise failing
which the Owner shall have the right to remove such Sub-Contractor(s) from the site.
vi) Termination/ Cancellation of Contract
Owner is nowhere liable for the communication, acts and deeds and performance of the sub-
contractor as engaged by the principal contractor. Principal Contractor solely is responsible and
liable for the entire execution of project and performance of contract. In case of non-performance of
the sub-contractor in lieu of inadequate liquidity, technical competence, adequate manpower Owner
may take an appropriate decision to get the work done at the risk and cost of the principal contractor.
Subject to poor performance and prolonged delay of the project on account of inefficient
sub-letting of the project work, Owner may take a final decision to terminate the contract of
the principal contractor which will be binding and non-revertible and henceforth no plea in
this regard shall be entertained.
The Contractor has to execute the work by functioning like a contractor instead of sub-letting
the entire work on back to back basis. The entire work cannot be sub-let to a sub-contractor
on back to back basis.
vii) Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
manner in which the Contract is performed. All employees, representatives or Subcontractors
engaged by the Contractor in connection with the Performance of the Contract shall be under the
complete control of the Contractor and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Owner. Nothing
contained in the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Contractor shall be construed to

create any contractual relationship between any such employees, representatives or Subcontractors
and the owner.
viii) Under no circumstances the sub-contractor shall claim or shall put any binding to the Owner
and at all times the sub-contractor must be managed by the Contractor. The Owner shall not be
responsible for any claims at any time by the Contractor in relation to the sub-contractor.
ix) No relaxation, forbearance, delay or indulgence by either party in enforcing any of the terms and
conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either party to the other shall prejudice, affect
or restrict the rights of that party under the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either party of any
breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.
x) Any waiver of a party’s rights, powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must be
dated and signed by an authorized representative of the party granting such waiver, and must
specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived.
31. Power of Entry
31.1 If the Contractor shall not commence the Work in the manner previously described in the Contract
documents or if he shall at any time in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager:
i) fail to carry out the Work in conformity with the Contract documents, or
ii) fail to carry out the Work in accordance with the Time Schedule, or
iii) substantially suspend the Work for a period of minimum 14 (Fourteen) days without authority
from the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager, or
iv) fail to supply sufficient or suitable construction plant, temporary works, labour, materials or things,
or
v) Commit, suffer, or permit any other breach of any of the provisions of the Contract on his part to
be performed or observed or persist in any of the above-mentioned breaches of the Contract for 14
(Fourteen) days, after notice in writing shall have been given to the Contractor by the Engineer-in-
Charge/Project Manager requiring such breach to be remedied, or
vi) if the Contractor abandon the Work, or
vii) If the Contractor during the continuance of the Contract shall become bankrupt, make any
arrangement or composition with his creditors, or permit any execution to be levied or go into
liquidation whether compulsory or voluntary not being merely a voluntary liquidation for the purpose
of amalgamation or reconstruction
then in any such case, the Owner shall have the power to enter upon the Work and take possession
thereof and of the materials, temporary Work, construction plant, and stock thereon, and to revoke
the Contractor's license to use the same, and to complete the Work by his agents, other Contractors
or workmen or to relate the same upon any terms and to such other person, firm or corporation as
the Owner in his absolute discretion may think proper to employ and for the purpose aforesaid to
use or authorize the use of any materials, temporary work, Construction Plant, and stock as
aforesaid, without making payment or allowance to the Contractor for the said materials other than
such as may be certified in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager to be reasonable,
and without making any payment or allowance to the Contractor for the use of the temporary said
works, construction plant and stock or being liable for any loss or damage thereto, and if the Owner
shall by reason of his taking possession of the Work or of the Work being completed by other
Contractor (due account being taken of any such extra work or works which may or be omitted) then
the amount of such excess shall be deducted from any money which may be due for work done by
the Contractor under the Contract and not paid for.
Any deficiency shall forthwith be made good and paid to the Owner by the Contractor and the Owner
shall have power to sell in such manner and for such price as he may think fit all or any of the
construction plant, materials etc. constructed by or belonging to and to recoup and retain the said
deficiency or any part thereof out of proceeds of the sale.

32. Contractor's responsibility
32.1 Contractor’s responsibility
32.1.1 The Contractor shall grade/level the land identified for development of the mentioned Solar power
Plant along with the design, procure, manufacture (including associated purchases and/or
subcontracting), install, commission and complete the Facilities, carry out the Guarantee tests with
due care and diligence in accordance with the Contract along with interconnecting transmission
system including Right of Way for Transmission Line and the comprehensive O&M of the complete
facilities for the period as defined under the tender document . It is contractor’s responsibility to
coordinate with state/central agencies in order to get any permission whatsoever, required for
successful development & operation of Plant till its desired life.
32.1.2 Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of proper examination of the
data relating to the Facilities provided and assessed by himself at the site location, after proper due
diligence relating to the Facilities prior to bid submission. The Contractor acknowledges that any
failure to obtain or acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility
for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Scope of Work.
32.1.3 The Contractor shall acquire, on behalf of Owner, in the Owner’s name, all permits, approvals and/or
licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the
country where the Site is located that are necessary for the setting up of the Plant & operation of
Plant till its desired life as mentioned under the Contract, including, but not limited to, entry permits
for all imported Owner’s/Employer’s Equipment (if any). In this regard, any document required from
Owner/ Employer shall be intimated at least 10 days prior to submission. Contractor has to ensure
safe keeping of the documents and diligent use. It is the responsibility of the contractor to safe keep
and return all the approvals, permits, licenses, certificates and other relevant document generated
as a result of the setting up of project and comprehensive O&M process to the Owner.
32.1.4 In the matter of connectivity of Plant to DISCOM’s substation, the Owner will take the necessary
connectivity permission, however, all the other permissions and clearances as deemed required by
the State Agency/DISCOM for Bay allocation, technical/regulatory compliance for interconnection,
ROW etc are to be taken by the contractor. Statutory fees pertaining to such shall be reimbursed by
the owner on production of the documentary evidence/Demand note. Further, contractor shall also
facilitate owner in getting the required permissions/agreements as required for the energy
accounting by State agencies/DISCOM. Bidders are advised to include any such costs in their final
offer/Price BID.
32.1.5 The Contractor shall acquire in its name all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state
or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is
located that are necessary for the Performance of the Contract, including, but not limited to, the right
of way for the access to site and for erection of transmission lines as applicable, visas for the
Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s personnel and entry permits for all imported Contractor’s
Equipment. The Contractor shall acquire all other permits, approvals and/or licenses that are not the
responsibility of the Owner and that are necessary for the Performance of the Contract.
32.1.6 Contractor shall also seek for any exemption applicable for the project as per the orders released
from GOI time to time in appropriate Formats including all the required attachments. In this regard,
contractor shall be responsible to take all necessary certificates as a proof of exemptions on behalf
of Owner. However, all the documents required from owner, as needed for the process, will be
provided by Owner. The demand of such documents shall be made to the Owner in at least 10 days
advance.
32.1.7 The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force at the place, where the Facilities are installed and
where the Installation Services are carried out. The laws will include all national, provincial, municipal

labour or other laws that affect the Performance of the Contract and binding upon the Contractor.
The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer/Owner from and against any and
all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting
from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel, including the Subcontractors and
their personnel.
32.1.8 Any plant, material, spares & spares inventory and services that will be incorporated in or be required
for the facilities and other supplies shall have their origin.
32.1.9 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor, the
Contractor shall provide/ deploy sufficient, properly qualified operating and maintenance personnel;
shall supply and make available all raw materials, spares, other materials and facilities; and shall
perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, to properly carry out Pre-commissioning,
Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in accordance with the provisions of “Scope of Works and
Supply by the Owner/Employer” to the Contract Agreement at or before the time specified in the
program furnished by the Contractor and in the manner thereupon specified or as otherwise agreed
upon by the Owner/ Employer and the Contractor.
33. Other Agencies at Site
33.1 The Contractor shall have to execute the Work in such place and conditions where other agencies
may also be engaged for other works such as site grading, filling, and levelling, electrical and
mechanical engineering works, etc. No claim shall be entertained due to Work being executed in
the above circumstances.
34. Notice
34.1 To the Contractor
Any notice hereunder may be served on the Contractor or his duly authorized representative at the
job site or may be served.
Any communication sent shall be confirmed within two (2) days after receipt. Any communication
sent by facsimile or e-mail shall be deemed to have been delivered on date of its dispatch and
personal delivery deemed to have been delivered on date of delivery. Either party may change its
postal, cable, telex, facsimile or e-mail address or addresses for receipt of such notices by ten (10)
days’ notice to the other party in writing.
34.2 To the Employer/Owner
Any notice to be given to the Employer/Owner under the terms of the Contractor shall be served by
sending the same by mail to or delivering the same at the offices of Employer/ Owner at the
mentioned address in the Tender document.
35. Right of Various Interests
35.1 i) The Owner reserves the right to distribute the work between more than one agency(ies). The
Contractor shall cooperate and afford other agency(ies) reasonable opportunity for access to the
Work for the carriage and storage of materials and execution of their works.
ii) Wherever the work being done by any department of the Employer/ Owner or by other agency(ies)
employed by the Employer/ Owner is contingent upon Work covered by this Contract, the respective
rights of the various interests involved shall be determined jointly to secure the completion of the
various portions of the work in general harmony.

36. Patents and Royalties
36.1 The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information
furnished to the Owner/ Employer by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or,
if they are furnished to the Owner/ Employer directly or through the Contractor by any third party,
including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third
party. The Owner/ Employer shall however be free to reproduce all drawings, documents,
specification and other material furnished to the Owner/ Employer for the purpose of the contract
including, if required, for operation and maintenance of the facilities.
The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner/ Employer against third party claims of infringement of
patent, trademark or industrial design rights arising from use of goods or any part thereof in India.
The Contractor, if licensed under any patent covering equipment, machinery, materials or
compositions of matter to be used or supplied or methods and process to be practiced or employed
in the performance of this Contract, agrees to pay all royalties and license fees which may be due
with respect thereto. If any equipment, machinery, materials, composition of matters, be used or
supplied or methods and processes to be practiced or employed in the performance of this Contract,
is covered by a patent under which the Contractor is not licensed then the Contractor before
supplying or using the equipment, machinery materials, composition method or processes shall
obtain such licenses and pay such royalties and license fees as may be necessary for performance
of this Contract. In the event the Contractor fails to pay any such royalty or obtain any such license,
any suit for infringement of such patents which is brought against the Contractor or the Employer/
Owner as a result such failure will be defended by the Contractor at his own expense and the
Contractor will pay any damages and costs awarded in such suit. The Contractor shall promptly
notify the Employer/ Owner if the Contractor has acquired the knowledge of any plant under which
a suit for infringement could be reasonably brought because of the use by the Owner of any
equipment, machinery, materials, process, methods to be supplied hereunder. The Contractor
agrees to and does hereby grant to Employer/ Owner, together with the right to extend the same to
any of the subsidiaries of the Employer/ Owner as irrevocable, royalty free license to use in any
country, any invention made by the Contractor or his employee in or as result of the performance of
the Work under the Contract.
36.2 All charges on account of royalty, toilage, rent or any other levy on materials obtained for the work
or temporary work or part thereof (excluding materials provided by the Employer/ Owner, if any)
shall be borne by the Contractor.
36.3 The Contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of or remove except for the purpose of this
Contract, the sand, stone, clay, ballast, earth, rock or other substances, or materials obtained from
any excavation made for the purpose of the Work or any building or produce upon the site at the
time of delivery of the possession thereof, but all such substances, materials, buildings and produce
shall be the property of the owner provided that the Contractor use the same for the purpose of the
work.
36.4 The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information
furnished to the Employer/owner by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or,
if they are furnished to the Employer/owner directly or through the Contractor by any third party,
including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third
party. The Employer/owner shall however be free to reproduce all drawings, documents,
specification and other material furnished to the Employer/owner for the purpose of the contract
including, if required, for operation and maintenance of the facilities.
36.5 The Employer/owner and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written
consent of the other party hereto, divulge to any third party any documents, data or other information
furnished directly or indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether
such information has been furnished prior to, during or following termination of the Contract.

Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor(s) such documents, data
and other information it receives from the Employer/owner to the extent required for the
Subcontractor(s) to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor shall obtain
from such Subcontractor(s) an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the
Contractor under this clause.
36.6 The Employer/owner shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the
Contractor for any purpose other than the operation and maintenance of the Facilities. Similarly, the
Contractor shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the
Employer/owner for any purpose other than the design, procurement of Plant and Equipment,
construction or such other work and services as are required for the Performance of the Contract.
• The obligation of a party under GCC Sub-Clauses 36.5 and 36.6 above, however, shall not apply to
that information which
• Now or hereafter becomes available in the public domain through no fault of that party
• Can be proven to have been possessed by that party at the time of disclosure and which was not
previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other party hereto.
• Otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third party that has no obligation of
confidentiality.
• The above provisions of this Clause shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality
given by either of the parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Facilities or
any part thereof.
• The provisions of this clause shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract.
37. Liens
37.1 If, at any time there should be evidence or any lien or claim for which the Owner might have become
liable and which is chargeable to the Contractor, the Owner shall have the right to retain out of any
payment then due or thereafter to become due an amount sufficient to completely indemnify the
Owner against such lien or claim and if such lien or claim be valid, the Owner may pay and discharge
the same and deduct the amount so paid from any money which may be or may become due and
payable to the Contractor. If any lien or claim remain unsettled after all payments are made, the
Contractor shall refund or pay to the Owner all money that the latter may be compelled to pay in
discharging such lien or claim including all costs and reasonable expenses. Owner reserves the
right to do the same.
37.2 The Owner shall have lien on all materials, equipment including those brought by the Contractor for
the purpose of erection, testing and commissioning of the Work.
37.3 The final payment shall not become due until the Contractor delivers the complete release or waiver
of all liens arising or which may arise out of his agreement or receipt in full or certification by the
Contractor that all invoices for labour, materials, services have been paid in lien thereof and if
required in any case an affidavit that so far as the Contractor has knowledge or information the
releases and receipts include all the labour and material for which a lien could be filled.
37.4 Contractor will indemnify and hold the Employer/ Owner harmless, for a period of 02 (Two) years
after the issue of Final Acceptance from all liens and other encumbrances against the Employer/
Owner on account of debts or claims alleged to be due from the Contractor or his Sub-Contractor to
any person including Sub-Contractor and on behalf of Employer/ Owner will defend at his own
expense, any claim or litigation brought against the Employer/ Owner or the Contractor in connection
therewith. Contractor shall defend or contest at his own expense any fresh claim or litigation by any
person including his Sub-Contractor, till its satisfactory settlement even after the expiry of 02 (Two)
years from the date of issue of Final Acceptance.
38. Delays by Employer/ Owner or his Authorized representatives

38.1 In case the Contractor's performance is delayed due to any act or omission on the part of the
Employer/ Owner or his authorized representatives, then the Contractor may be given due extension
of time for the completion of the Work after proper due diligence by Employer/ Owner, to the extent
such omission on the part of the Employer/ Owner has caused delay in the Contractor's performance
of his Work.
38.2 No adjustment in Contract Price shall be allowed for reasons of such delays and extensions granted
except as provided in Tender Document, where the Employer/ Owner reserves the right to seek
indulgence of Contractor to maintain the agreed Time Schedule of Completion. In such an event the
Contractor shall be obliged for working by Contractor's personnel for additional time beyond
stipulated working hours as also Sundays and Holidays and achieve the completion date/interim
targets.
39. Payment if the Contract is Terminated
39.1 If the Contract shall be terminated as per the provisions of the Tender/ Contract, the Contractor shall
be paid by the Owner in so far as such amounts or items shall not have already been covered by
payments of amounts made to the Contractor for the Work executed prior to the date of termination
at the cost provided for in the Contract and in addition to the following:
a) The amount payable in respect of any preliminary items, so far as the Work or service comprised
therein has been carried out or performed and an appropriate portion as certified by Engineer-in-
Charge of any such items or service comprised in which has been partially carried out or performed.
b) Any other expenses which the Contractor has expended for performing the Work under the
Contract subject to being duly recommended by Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager and approved
by Employer/ Owner for payment, based on documentary evidence of his having incurred such
expenses.
39.2 The Contractor will be further required to transfer the title, Guarantee/Warrantee of the
Material/Products/Spares of the works & Projects including but not limited to PV Modules, Power
Conditioning Units (PCU)/ Inverters, Transformers, Batteries (If applicable) etc and provide the
following in the manner and as directed by the Employer/ Owner.
a) Any and all completed works.

b) Such partially completed Work including drawings, information and Contract rights as the
Contractor has specially performed, produced or acquired for the performance of the Contractor.
40. No Waiver of Rights
40.1 Neither the inspection by the Employer/ Owner or any of their officials, Employees or representatives
nor any order by the Employer/ Owner for payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of
the whole or any part of the Work by the Employer/ Owner nor any extension of time, nor any
possession taken by Owner shall operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract, or of any
power herein reserved to the Employer/ Owner, or any right to damages herein provided, nor shall
any waiver of any breach in the Contract be held to be a waiver of any other subsequent breach.
41. Certificate not to Affect Right of Employer and Liability of Contractor
41.1 No interim payment certificate(s) issued by the Employer/ Owner, nor any sum paid on account by
the Employer/ Owner, nor any extension of time for execution of the work granted by Employer/
Owner shall affect or prejudice the rights of the Employer/ Owner against the Contractor or relieve
the Contractor of his obligations for the due performance of the Contract, or be interpreted as
approval of the Work done or of the equipment supplied and no certificate shall create liability for
the Employer/ Owner to pay for alterations, amendments, variations or additional works not ordered,
in writing, by Employer/ Owner or discharge the liability of the Contractor for the payment of

damages whether due, ascertained, or certified or not or any sum against the payment of which he
is bound to indemnify the Employer/ Owner.
42. Language and Measures
42.1 All documents pertaining to the Contract including Specifications, Schedules, Notices,
Correspondence, Operating and Maintenance Instructions, Drawings or any other writing shall be
written in English language only. The SI System of measurement shall be used in the Contract
unless otherwise specified. Any literature/standard required for the execution of the project work will
be provided by the contractor in the English language only.
43. Guarantee Tests & Operational Acceptance and Transfer of Title
43.1 Functional Guarantees
43.1.1 The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof shall
attain the Functional Guarantees specified under Technical Specifications, subject to and upon the
conditions therein specified. Respective compensation in case of the Non-achievement of the same
is mentioned in the SCC of the tender document.
43.1.2 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the guaranteed level of the Functional Guarantees
specified under Technical Specifications are not met either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall,
within a mutually agreed time, at its cost and expense make such changes, modifications and/ or
additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may be necessary to meet such Guarantees. The
Contractor shall notify the Employer/Owner upon completion of the necessary changes,
modifications and/or additions, and shall seek the Employer’s/Owner’s consent to repeat the
Guarantee Test. If the level of the specified Functional Guarantee parameters, as demonstrated
even during repeat of the Guarantee Test(s), are outside the acceptable shortfall limit, the
Employer//Owner may at its option, either
• Reject the Equipment and advise immediate replacement to suit the provisions of Technical
Specification without any additional cost or;
• Reject the Equipment and recover the payments already made, or;
• Terminate the Contract and recover the payments already made, or;
• Accept the equipment after levy of liquidated damages in accordance with the provisions specified.
43.2 Plant Performance Guarantee Test
The Plant Performance Guarantee (as mentioned in TS) Test shall be conducted by the Contractor
after Commissioning of the Facilities to ascertain whether the Facilities or the relevant part(s) can
attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor’s and Project
Manager’s advisory personnel shall attend the Guarantee Test. The detailed procedure for
Performance Guarantee Test shall be carried out as per procedure laid down in Technical
Specifications.
43.3 Operational Acceptance
43.3.1 Operational Acceptance shall occur in respect of the Facilities when:
a) The Plant Performance Guarantee in accordance with the procedure specified in “Technical
Specifications” has been successfully completed and the Functional Guarantees are met.
b) Completion of the Facilities have been achieved as per Technical Specifications
43.3.2 The milestone payment linked with successful Operation acceptance shall be released subjected to
following:

a) All “As- Built” Drawings and documents are submitted.

b) Detailed Engineering Document with detailed specification, schematic drawing, circuit drawing,
cable routing plans and test results, manuals for all deliverable items, Operation, Maintenance
& Safety Instruction Manual and other information about the project are submitted
c) Bill of material of the installed Facility is submitted.
d) Inventory of recommended and mandatory spares including special tools and tackles at project
Site are provided
e) All the required approvals and NOC’s as required, are submitted
f) List of deviation from the approved drawings with reason for deviation is submitted
g) List of punch points, duly signed, is provided.
h) Settlement of liquidity damages against delay and performance (Liquidity Damages)
i) Certificates of final levels as set out for various works
j) Certificates of tests performed for various Works
.
k) Material appropriation, Statement for the materials issued by the Owner, if applicable for the
Work and list of surplus materials returned to the Owner’s store duly supported by
necessary documents
43.3.3 At any time after the events set out in GCC Sub- Clause 43.3.1 have occurred, the Contractor may
give a notice to the Project Manager/EIC requesting the issue of an Operational Acceptance
Certificate in the form acceptable to the Employer in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof
specified in such notice as at the date of such notice.
43.3.4 The owner shall, after consultation with the Project Manager/EIC, and within thirty (30) days after
receipt of the Contractor’s notice, issue an Operational Acceptance.
43.3.5 If within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Project Manager fails to issue
the Operational Acceptance or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the justifiable reasons why
the owner has not issued the Operational Acceptance, the Facilities shall be deemed to have been
accepted as at the date of the Contractor’s said notice.
43.3.6 The start date of the Comprehensive Operation and Maintenance shall be reckoned from the date
mentioned in the Operational Acceptance Certificate.
43.4 Final Acceptance
43.4.1 Final Acceptance shall occur in respect of the Facilities when:
a) The plant have achieved the Operational acceptance; and

b) Handing over – Taking over should have been completed; and
c) Successful demonstration of the annual performance guarantees
d) Contractor has provided the list of recommended spares with detailed specification, source and price
for further procurement; and
e) The Contractor has paid the liquidated damages, if any, as specified in SCC thereto;
43.4.2 At any time after the events set out in GCC Sub – Clause 43.4.1 have occurred, the Contractor may
give a notice to the Project Manager/EIC requesting the issue of Final Acceptance in the form
acceptable to the Employer in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof specified in such notice as
at the date of such notice.
43.4.3 The Employer shall, after consultation with the Project Manager/EIC, and within thirty (30) days after
receipt of the Contractor’s notice, issue Final Acceptance.

43.4.4 If within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the owner fails to issue the Final
Acceptance or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the justifiable reasons why the owner has
not issued the Final Acceptance, the Facilities shall be deemed to have been accepted as at the
date of the Contractor’s said notice.
43.4.5 The O&M contract period may further be extended for a period as per mutually agreed terms and
conditions.
43.4.6 In case the owner wishes to extend the O&M period beyond the agreed period under this contract,
he shall intimate contractor at least 6 months prior to the completion period. The contractor may
accept the offer as per the terms and conditions to be mutually agreed with the owner.
44. Release of Confidential Information
44.1 The Contractor shall not communicate or use in advertising, publicity, sales releases or in any other
medium, photographs, or other reproduction of the Work under this Contract or description of the
site dimensions, quantity, quality or other information, concerning the Work unless prior written
permission has been obtained from the Employer/ Owner.
44.2 The Owner/ Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written
consent of the other party hereto, divulge to any third party any documents, data or other information
furnished directly or indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether
such information has been furnished prior to, during or following termination of the Contract.
Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor(s) such documents, data
and other information it receives from the Employer/Owner to the extent required for the
Subcontractor(s) to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor shall obtain
from such Subcontractor(s) an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the
Contractor.
44.3 The Owner/ Employer shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the
Contractor for any purpose other than the operation and maintenance of the Facilities. Similarly, the
Contractor shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Owner/
Employer for any purpose other than the design, procurement of Plant and Equipment, construction
or such other work and services as are required for the Performance of the Contract.
44.4 The obligation of a party above, however, shall not apply to that information which
• Now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that party
• Can be proven to have been possessed by that party at the time of disclosure and which was not
previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other party hereto.
• Otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third party that has no obligation of
confidentiality.
44.5 The above provisions of this GCC shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality
given by either of the parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Facilities or
any part thereof.
44.6 The provisions of this GCC Clause 44 shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract.
45. Operation & Maintenance
45.1 The Operation and Maintenance shall be comprehensive. The maintenance service provided shall
ensure project functioning of the Solar PV system as a whole and Power Evacuation System to the
extent covered in the Contract. All preventive / routine maintenance and breakdown / corrective
maintenance required for ensuring maximum uptime shall have to be provided. Accordingly, the
Comprehensive Operation & Maintenance shall have two distinct components as described below:
45.2 Preventive / Routine Maintenance:

This shall be done by the Contractor regularly and shall include activities such as cleaning and
checking the health of the Solar PV system, cleaning of module surface, tightening of all electrical
connections, and any other activity including the associated civil works, as mentioned in TS, wear
and tear that may be required for proper functioning of the Solar PV system as a whole. Necessary
maintenance activities, Preventive and Routine for Transformers and associated switch gears and
transmission line also shall be included.
45.3 Breakdown / Corrective maintenance:
Whenever a fault occurs, the Contractor has to attend to rectify the fault & the fault must be rectified
within the 48 hours from the time of occurrence of fault. The contractor must maintain all the records
pertaining to all such faults and necessary measures taken.
The date of Comprehensive Operation & Maintenance Contract period shall begin from the date of
Operational acceptance. However, operation of the Power Plant means operation of system as per
TS and workmanship in order to keep the project trouble free covering the O&M period. The
contractor must demonstrate the committed CUF at the end of every year in accordance with
commitment made in line with the Performance guarantees.
45.4 Serviceability Level Agreement (SLA)
45.4.1 Contractor shall make efforts to maintain 100 % serviceability of complete Plant including all other
associated infrastructure developed by the Contractor during execution of project as its scope of
work & the respective report of the same shall be submitted to the owner.
45.4.2 Contractor shall maintain a Complaint log book, which shall include the timing of logging of complaint
including unique Complaint number, time of closure of complaint & it’s Root Cause Analysis.
45.4.3 Any complaint related to unserviceability/improper functioning of any & all component of the plant
including but not limited to PV Module, PCU, Transformers, switchgears, SCADA, roads, drainage,
water supply lighting system, office infrastructure, CCTV system should be immediately attended &
rectified. If such complaint is not rectified within 48 hours from logging of complaint, Owner may
choose to rectify the same through any other agency at the risk of Contractor and Owner shall
recover 110% of such cost incurred from subsequent payment to the contractor.
45.4.4 Such rectification work carried out by Owner doesn’t exempts/relieves Contractor from its
responsibility towards subsequent operation, maintenance, repair & replacement of such
component/ infrastructure of the Plant or meeting the performance parameters of the Plant.
45.4.5 O&M Routine & Manpower: Contractor shall provide Preventive / Routine Maintenance schedule
based on Original Equipment manufacturer and good engineering practices. The team deployed for
the O&M must have the sufficient experience of executing the similar tasks.
However, contractor shall engage additional manpower as and when need arise.
45.5 Bidder is requested to provide the list of all the spares required to maintain the facility for O&M
period. Contractor agrees to supply such spare parts, as recommended or otherwise required for
the effective and hassle-free operation and maintenance of the Facilities. However, the contractor,
with its previous experience, is to provide a list of spares including specifications, supplier details
and indicative price, as recommended by him and OEM. The contractor shall keep and maintain the
inventory of such spares for the hassle-free operation during the complete O&M period without
additional cost to owner. Also, at the end of penultimate year of the O&M contract, contractor shall
supply a list of all recommended spares as per the operational requirement of the plant and with
reference to the mean time between failures (MTBF), along with detailed specifications, supplier
details and tentative cost for future purchase. The price of such spare parts shall include the breakup

of taxes and duties as applicable towards purchase and supply of spare parts. owner, at its
discretion, will purchase the spare as required for future operation. However, the contractor shall
replenish the mandatory spares at his cost prior to the closure of the O&M period.
46. Completion of Contract
46.1 Unless otherwise terminated under the provisions of any other relevant clause, this Contract shall
be deemed to have been completed at the expiration of the Period of Liability/ Validity of the Contract
as provided under Section - V, Special Conditions of Contract (SCC).
47. Pre - Commissioning & Commissioning
47.1 As soon as installation of the Facilities has, in the opinion of the Contractor, been completed as
specified in the Technical Specifications, excluding items not materially affecting the operation or
safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify the Project Manager/ EIC in writing to witness
the pre- commissioning of the facility.
47.2 If the Project Manager/EIC is satisfied that the Facilities have reached Completion, the Project
Manager/EIC shall, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, arrange to witness
the pre – commissioning of the Facilities.
47.3 If the Project Manager/EIC notifies the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies, the Contractor
shall then correct such defects and/or deficiencies and shall repeat the procedure described in GCC
Sub- Clause 47.1.
47.4 If the Project Manager/EIC is still not so satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any
defects and/or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeat notice, and
the above procedure shall be repeated.
47.5 As soon as all works in respect of Pre-commissioning are completed and, in the opinion of the
Contractor, the Facilities are ready for Commissioning, the Contractor shall so notify the Project
Manager in writing. The Contractor shall commence Commissioning of the facilities as per the GCC
Sub – Clause 47.6.
47.6 Commissioning of the Facilities shall be completed by the Contractor as per procedures detailed in
the Technical Specifications and in the presence of the Project Manager/ EIC and owner.
47.7 If the Project Manager/EIC fails to inform the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies within
fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 47.1 or within
seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice under GCC Sub-Clause 47.3, then
the Facilities shall be deemed to have taking up the date of the Contractor’s notice or repeated
notice, accepted for commissioning, as the case may be.
47.8 As soon as possible after Commissioning, the Contractor shall complete all outstanding minor items
so that the Facilities are fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing which the
Employer will undertake such completion and deduct the costs thereof from any monies owing to
the Contractor.
47.9 As soon as possible after Commissioning, the Contractor shall make the facility ready for the
performance test (PR test) and inform the Project Manager/EIC at least 7 (seven) prior to the start
of the performance test as per the procedure mentioned in the Technical Specifications.
47.10 Upon successful Operational Acceptance of the Facilities as per GCC sub clause 43.3 , the
Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities, together with the risk of
loss or damage thereto, and shall thereafter take over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof for

the agreed duration of comprehensive operation and maintenance as stipulated and mutually
agreed terms and conditions.
.
[E] PERFORMANCE OF WORK
48. Execution of Work
48.1 All the Works shall be executed in strict conformity with the provisions of the Contract Documents
and with such explanatory detailed drawings, specification and instructions as may be furnished
from time to time by the Contractor whether mentioned in the Contract or not. The Contractor shall
be responsible for ensuring that works throughout are executed in the most substantial, proper and
workmanlike manner with the quality of material and workmanship in strict accordance with the
Specifications. The Contractor shall provide all necessary materials, equipment, labour etc. for
execution and maintenance of Work till completion unless otherwise mentioned in the Contract.
48.2 All materials shall be of the best quality and workmanship capable of satisfactory operation under
the operating and climatic conditions as may be specified. Unless otherwise specified, they shall
conform in all respect to the latest edition of the relevant IS codes specification wherever Indian
specifications apply or IEC codes or equivalent internationally accepted standard.
48.3 The Contractor shall supply & deliver all equipment and materials for installation at site. The
Contractor shall arrange for transportation, loading & unloading and safe storage of materials at
project site at his own cost & risk.
48.4 If the Contractor offers equipment manufactured in accordance with other international well
recognized standards (mentioned above), he shall, in that case, supply a copy in English of the
Standard Specification adopted and shall clearly mention in what respect such standard
specification differs from Indian Standard Specifications. The Plant, equipment, and materials
offered by the Contractor should comply with one consistent set of Standards only to make the
system compatible and work in harmony as far as possible, except if mentioned otherwise.
49. Unforeseen/ Differing site Conditions
49.1 If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall encounter on the Site any physical
conditions (other than climatic conditions) or artificial obstructions that could not have been
reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement by an experienced contractor on
the basis of reasonable examination of the data relating to the Facilities, and on the basis of
information that it could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site (if access thereto was
available) or other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities, and if the Contractor
determines that it will in consequence of such conditions or obstructions incur additional cost and
expense or require additional time to perform its obligations under the Contract that would not have
been required if such physical conditions or artificial obstructions had not been encountered, the
Contractor shall promptly, and before performing additional work or using additional Plant and
Equipment or Contractor’s Equipment, notify the Project Manager in writing of
• The physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site that could not have been reasonably
foreseen
• The additional work and/or Plant and Equipment and/ or Contractor’s Equipment required, including
the steps which the Contractor will or proposes to take to overcome such conditions or obstructions
• The extent of the anticipated delay
• The additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to incur and the breakup of the same.
On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub- Clause, the Project Manager shall
consult and decide upon the actions to be taken to overcome the physical conditions or artificial

obstructions encountered. Following such consultations, the Project Manager shall instruct the
Contractor of the actions to be taken.
50. Work in Monsoon and Dewatering
50.1 Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the tender, the execution of the Work may entail working
in the monsoon also. The Contractor must maintain a minimum labour force as may be required for
the job and plan and execute the construction and erection according to the prescribed schedule.
No extra rate will be considered for such work in monsoon.
50.2 During monsoon and other period, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep the
construction work site free from water at his own cost.
51. Change in Laws and Regulations
51.1 If, after the date seven (7) days prior to the date of Bid submission, in the country where the Site is
located, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or by-law having the force of law is enacted,
promulgated, abrogated or changed (which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation
or application by the competent authorities) that subsequently affects the costs and expenses of the
Contractor and/or the Time for Completion, the Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased
or decreased, and/or the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the
Contractor has thereby been affected in the Performance of any of its obligations under the Contract.
However, these adjustments would be restricted to direct transactions between the Owner and the
Contractor. This adjustment shall not be applicable on procurement of raw materials, intermediary
components etc. by the Contractor and shall also not be applicable on bought out items dispatched
directly from sub- vendor works to site.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced costs shall not be separately paid or
credited if the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment provisions where
applicable.
52. General Conditions for Construction and Erection Work
52.1 Overtime work is permitted in cases of need and the Owner will not compensate the same. Shift
working at 2 or 3 shifts per day may become necessary and the Contractor should take this aspect
into consideration for formulating his rates. No extra claims will be entertained by the Owner on this
account.
52.2 The Contractor must arrange for the placement of workers in such a way that the delayed completion
of the Work or any part thereof for any reason whatsoever will not affect their proper employment.
The Owner will not entertain any claim for idle time payment whatsoever.
52.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Owner/ Employer reports at regular intervals regarding the state
and progress of Work. The details and proforma of the report will mutually be agreed after the award
of Contract. The Contractor shall provide display boards showing progress and labour strengths at
worksite.
53. Design and Engineering
53.1 The Work covered under this Contract having to be executed by the Contractor on a lump-sum firm
price quoted by him, the Owner will not accept any proposals for changes in Value of Contract or
extension in time on account of any such changes which may arise to the Contractor's scope of
Work as a result of detailed Engineering and thereafter during the execution of Work.

53.2 Specifications and Drawings
53.2.1 The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and engineering work in compliance with
the provisions of the Contract, or where not so specified, in accordance with good and sound
engineering practice.
53.2.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications,
drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such specifications, drawings
and other documents have been approved by the Project Manager/ EIC or not, provided that such
discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to
the Contractor by or on behalf of the Owner/ Employer.
53.3 Codes and Standards
53.3.1 Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which
the Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards
current at the date of bid submission shall apply unless otherwise specified.
53.3.2 Approval / Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager
The Contractor shall prepare list of documents and drawings i.e. Master drawing list (MDL) as per
technical specifications and furnish to the Project Manager/EIC for review & Approval of the same
within 14 days from the effective date.
53.3.3 Within ten (10) working days after receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the
Project Manager’s approval, the Project Manager shall either return one copy thereof to the
Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its
disapproval thereof and the reasons therefor and the modifications that the Project Manager
proposes.
53.3.4 The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that the document
does not comply with some specified provision of the Contract or that it is contrary to good
engineering practice.
53.3.5 If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the document and
resubmit it for the Project Manager’s approval. If the Project Manager approves the document
subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the required modification(s), and upon
resubmission with the required modifications the document shall be approved.
53.3.6 The procedure for submission of the documents by the Contractor and their approval by the Project
Manager shall be as per the Contract Co-ordination procedure.
53.3.7 If any dispute or difference occurs between the Employer and the Contractor in connection with or
arising out of the disapproval by the Project Manager of any document and/or any modification(s)
thereto that cannot be settled between the parties within a reasonable period, then such dispute or
difference may be settled in accordance with GCC Clause (Settlement of Dispute) hereof. If such
dispute or difference is referred as per GCC clause, the Project Manager shall give instructions as
to whether and if so, how, Performance of the Contract is to proceed. The Contractor shall proceed
with the Contract in accordance with the Project Manager’s instructions, provided that if the
Arbitration upholds the Contractor’s view on the dispute, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by
the Owner for any additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and shall be relieved of

such responsibility or liability in connection with the dispute and the execution of the instructions as
the Arbitration shall decide, and the Time for Completion shall be extended accordingly.
53.3.8 The Project Manager’s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the
Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any
provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure results from modifications
required by the Project Manager.
53.3.9 The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first
submitted to the Project Manager an amended document and obtained the Project Manager’s
approval thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Clause.
53.3.10 If the Project Manager requests any change in any already approved document and/or in any
document based thereon, generally shall be taken care by the contractor if the change is not causing
any major financial impact.
54. Drawings to be Supplied by the Owner/Employer
54.1 The drawings attached with tender, if any, are only for the general guidance to the Contractor to
enable him to visualize the type of work contemplated and scope of work involved. The Contractor
will be deemed to have studied the Drawings and formed an idea about the Work involved.
54.2 The Contractor shall be deemed to have gone through the Drawings supplied to him thoroughly and
carefully and in conjunction with all other connected drawings and bring to the notice of the Engineer-
in-Charge/ Project Manager discrepancies, if any, therein before actually carrying out the Work.
54.3 Copies of all detailed working drawings relating to the Work shall be kept at the Contractor's office
on the site and shall be made available to the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager at any time
during the Contract. The drawings and other documents issued by the Employer/ Owner shall be
returned to the Employer/ Owner on completion of the Work.
55. Drawings to be Supplied by the Contractor
55.1 The drawings/ data which are to be furnished by the Contractor shall be furnished within the
specified time.
55.2 Where approval/ review of drawings before manufacture/ construction/ fabrication has been
specified, it shall be Contractor's responsibility to have these drawings prepared as per the TS and
got it approved before proceeding with manufacture/ construction/ fabrication as the case may be.
Any change that may have become necessary in these drawings during the execution of the work
shall have to be carried out by the Contractor at no extra cost. All as built drawings shall bear the
certification stamp duly signed by both the Contractor and Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager.
55.3 The Drawings submitted by the Contractor shall be reviewed by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project
Manager as far as practicable within 10 (Ten) working days. The Contractor shall incorporate any
modifications and/ or corrections as highlighted/notified and submit the drawings for approval. Any
delays arising out of failure by the Contractor to rectify the drawing in good time shall not alter the
Contract Completion Time.
55.4 All GFC drawings shall be provided in soft as well as Hard form in appropriate format/size to
employer for review & approval.
All as built drawings showing all corrections, adjustments & deviations, if any, etc shall be furnished
by the Contractor in 04 (Four) Hard Copies and 02 (Two) Soft Copy for record purposed to the
Employer/ Owner immediately after the operational acceptance.

56. Setting out Works
56.1 The Contractor shall provide, fix and be responsible for the maintenance of all stakes, templates,
level marks, profiles and other similar things and shall take all necessary precautions to prevent
their removal or disturbance and shall be responsible for the consequence of such removal or
disturbance should the same take place and for their efficient and timely reinstatement. The
Contractor shall also be responsible for the maintenance of all existing survey marks, boundary
marks, distance marks and center line marks, either existing or supplied and fixed by the Contractor.
56.2 Before beginning the Works, the Contractor shall at his own cost, provide all necessary reference
and level posts, pegs, bamboos, flags, ranging rods, strings and other materials for proper layout of
the works in accordance with the schemes for bearing marks as required. The center, longitudinal
or face lines and cross lines shall be marked by means of small masonry pillars. Each pillar shall
have distinct mark at the center to enable theodolite to be set over it.
56.3 Pillars bearing geodetic marks located at the sites of units of Works under construction should be
protected and fenced by the Contractor.
56.4 On completion of Work, the Contractor must submit the geodetic documents according to which the
Work was carried out.
57. Geological Discoveries
All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things of geological
or archaeological interest discovered on the site where the services are performed, be deem to be
the absolute property of the Owner. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent the
personnel or any other persons from removing or damaging any such article or thing and shall
immediately upon the discovery thereof and, before removal, acquaint the Owner of such discovery
any carry out, at the expense of the Owner, the Owner’s orders as to the disposal of the same.
58. Materials to be Supplied by Contractor
58.1 Plant and Equipment
The Contractor shall procure and transport all the Plant and Equipment in an expeditious and orderly
manner to the Site to achieve completion of activities as per schedule to enable commissioning of
the Project by the scheduled commissioning date.
58.2 Transportation
The contractor shall ensure that all the plant and equipment required to complete the Facility at site,
are procured and dispatched. The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all the Plant
and Equipment and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site by the mode of transport that the
Contractor judges most suitable under all the circumstances.
58.3 Packing and Marking
The Contractor shall be responsible for securely protecting and packing the plant & equipment as
per prescribed standards in force to withstand the journey and ensuring safety of materials and also
arrival of materials at destination in original condition and good for contemplated use. Packing case
size & weight shall take into consideration the remoteness of the goods final destination and
absence of heavy material handling facilities at all points in transit.

Packing lists of materials shall be provided in each package to facilitate checking up of the contents
at the destination.
In order to import any items, associated with the Solar PV Power Project, from abroad or from any
other state in India, Contractor shall have to arrange any clearance, permission, if required at his
own risk, from any Government (Government of State & Government of India) or any Government
(Government of State & Government of India) controlled organization for transportation of materials
from manufacturing shop to delivery at Site. Contractor shall take necessary insurances to ensure
safe transit & consequential risks. All packing material is the property of the Owner and shall be
immediately taken into the safe storage.
58.4 Storage of Equipment
The plant and equipment thus procured under the scope of the contract must be kept in safe custody
till put under operation, essentially free from water contact. All the spares, as required for the trouble-
free comprehensive O&M of Plant, must be kept under secure storage during O&M period.
Contractor has to ensure the appropriate and proper storage arrangement prior to the arrival of the
equipment including containers, temporary structures, sheds, platforms etc at its own cost.
The Contractor shall procure and provide within the Value of Contract the whole of the materials
required for the construction including steels, cement and other building materials, tools, tackles,
construction plant and equipment for the completion and maintenance of the Work except the
materials which will be issued by the Owner and shall make his own arrangement for procuring such
materials and for the transport thereof. The Owner may give necessary recommendation to the
respective authority if so desired by the Contractor but assumes no further responsibility of any
nature. The Owner will insist on the procurement of materials which bear ISI stamp and/ or which
are supplied by reputed suppliers.
58.5 The Contractor shall properly store all materials either issued to him or brought by him to the Site to
prevent damages due to rain, wind, direct exposure to sun, etc. as also from theft, pilferage, etc. for
proper and speedy execution of his works. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient stocks of all
materials required by him.
59. Stores Supplied by the Owner
59.1 If the Specification of the Work provides for the use of any material of special description to be
supplied from the Owner’s stores or it is required that the Contractor shall use certain stores to be
provided by the Owner, such materials and stores, there for as hereinafter mentioned being so far
as practicable for the convenience of the Contractor, but not so as in any way to control the meaning
or effect of the Contract, the Contractor shall be bound to purchase and shall be supplied such
materials and stores as are from time to time required to be used by him for the purpose of the
Contract only. After the completion of the Work, however, the Contractor has to account for the full
quantity of materials supplied to him as per relevant clauses in this document.
59.2 All materials so supplied to the Contractor shall remain the absolute property of the Owner and shall
not be removed on any account from the Site of the Work and shall be at all times open for inspection
to the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager. Any such materials remaining unused at the time of the
completion or termination of the Contract shall be returned to the Owner’s stores or at a place as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager in perfectly good condition at Contractor's cost.
59.3 Owner, at his sole discretion and upon request from Contractor, may provide appropriate space for
storage outside the site on chargeable basis mutually agreeable to both parties. However, the
transportation of equipment from store to site shall be arranged by the contractor at his cost and risk
60. Conditions for Issue of Materials

60.1 i) Materials specified as to be issued by the Owner will be supplied to the Contractor by the Owner
form his stores. It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to take delivery of the materials and
arrange for its loading, transport and unloading at the Site of Work at his own cost. The materials
shall be issued between the working hours and as per the rules of the Owner as framed from time
to time. Once the material is issued or taken over by the contractor, then the same will be his own
liability to store, use & maintain.
ii) The Contractor shall bear all incidental charges for the storage and safe custody of materials at
site after these have been issued to him.
iii) Materials specified as to be issued by the Owner shall be issued in standard sizes as obtained
from the manufacturers.
iv) The Contractor shall construct suitable godowns at the Site of Work for storing the materials safe
against damage by rain, dampness, fire, theft etc. He shall also employ necessary watch and ward
establishment for the purpose.
v) It shall be duty of the Contractor to inspect the materials supplied to him at the time of taking
delivery and satisfy himself that they are in good condition. After the materials have been delivered
by the Owner, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep them in good condition and if
the materials are damaged or lost, at any time, they shall be repaired and/ or replaced by him at his
own cost.
vi) The Owner shall not be liable for delay in supply or non-supply of any materials which the Owner
has undertaken to supply where such failure or delay is due to natural calamities, act of enemies,
transport and procurement difficulties and any circumstances beyond the control of the Owner. In
no case, the Contractor shall be entitled to claim any compensation or loss suffered by him on this
account.
vii) It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to arrange in time all materials required for the Work
other than those to be supplied by the Owner. If, however, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-
Charge/Project Manager the execution of the Work is likely to be delayed due to the Contractor's
inability to make arrangements for supply of materials which normally he has to arrange for, the
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager shall have the right at his own discretion to issue such
materials, if available with the Owner or procure the materials from the market or as elsewhere and
the Contractor will be bound to take such materials at the rates decided by the Engineer-in-
Charge/Project Manager. This, however, does not in any way absolve the Contractor from
responsibility of making arrangements for the supply of such materials in part or in full, should such
a situation occur nor shall this constitute a reason for the delay in the execution of the Work.
viii) None of the materials supplied to the Contractor will be utilized by the Contractor for
manufacturing item which can be obtained as supplied from standard manufacturer in finished form.
ix) The Contractor shall, if desired by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager, be required to

execute an Indemnity Bond in the prescribed form for safe custody and accounting of all materials
issued by the Owner.
x) The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager sufficiently in advance a

statement showing his requirement of the quantities of the materials to be supplied by the Owner
and the time when the same will be required by him for the works, so as to enable the Engineer-in-
Charge/Project Manager to make necessary arrangements for procurement and supply of the
material.
xi) Account of the materials issued by the Owner shall be maintained by Contractor indicating the
daily receipt, consumption and balance in hand. This account shall be maintained in a manner

prescribed by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager along with all connected papers viz.
requisitions, issues, etc., and shall be always available for inspection in the Contractor's office at
Site.
xii) The Contractor should see that only the required quantities of materials are got issued. The
Contractor shall not be entitled to cartage and incidental charges for returning the surplus materials,
if any, to the stores wherefrom they were issued.
xiii) Materials/ Equipment(s) supplied by Employer/ Owner shall not be utilized for any purpose(s)
than issued for.
61. Material Procured with Assistance of owner/ Return of Surplus
61.1 Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in any or all the clauses of this Contract where
any materials for the execution of the Contract are procured with the assistance of the Owner either
by issue from Owner’s stock or purchases made under order or permits or licenses issued by
Government, the Contractor shall hold the said materials as trustee for the Owner and use such
materials economically and solely for the purpose of the Contract and not dispose them off without
the permission of the Owner and return, if required by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager,
shall determine having due regard to the condition of the materials.
62. Materials obtained from Dismantling
62.1 If the Contractor in the course of execution of the Work is called upon to dismantle any part for
reasons other than those stipulated in Clauses 67 and 70 hereunder, the materials obtained in the
Work of dismantling etc., will be considered as the Owner’s property and will be disposed off to the
best advantage of the Owner.
63. Articles of Value Found
63.1 All gold, silver and other minerals of any description and all precious stones, coins, treasure relics,
antiquities and other similar things which shall be found in, under or upon the Site, shall be the
property of the Owner and the Contractor shall duly preserve the same and shall from time to time
deliver the same to such person or persons indicated by the Owner.
64. Discrepancies between Instructions
64.1 Should any discrepancy occur between the various instructions furnished to the Contractor, his
representative or staff or any doubt arises as to the meaning of any such instructions or should there
be any misunderstanding between the Contractor's staff and the Engineer-in-Charge/Project
Manager's staff, the Contractor shall refer the matter immediately in writing to the Engineer-in-
Charge/Project Manager whose decision thereon shall be final and conclusive and no claim for
losses alleged to have been caused by such discrepancies between instructions, doubts, or
misunderstanding shall in any event be admissible.
65. Action where no Specification is Issued
65.1 In case of any class of Work for which there is no Specification supplied by the Employer/ Owner
as mentioned in the Tender Documents such Work shall be carried out in accordance with Indian
Standard Specifications and if the Indian Standard Specifications do not cover the same, the Work
should be carried out as per standard Engineering Practice subject to the approval of the Engineer-
in-Charge/Project Manager.
66. Inspection of Works

66.1 The Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager will have full power and authority to inspect the Work at
any time wherever in progress either on the Site or at the Contractor's premises/ workshops
wherever situated, premises/ workshops of any person, firm or corporation where Work in
connection with the Contract may be in hand or where materials are being or are to be supplied,
and the Contractor shall afford or procure for the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager every facility
and assistance to carry out such inspection. The Contractor shall, at all time during the usual working
hours and at all other time at which reasonable notice of the intention of the Engineer-in-
Charge/Project Manager or his representative to visit the Work shall have been given to the
Contractor, either himself be present or receive orders and instructions, or have a responsible
representative duly accredited in writing, present for the purpose. Orders given to the Contractor's
representative shall be considered to have the same force as if they had been given to the
Contractor himself. The Contractor shall give not less than 07 (Seven) day notice in writing to the
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager before covering up or otherwise placing beyond reach of
inspection and measurement of any work in order that the same may be inspected and measured.
In the event of breach of above the same shall be uncovered at Contractor's expense for carrying
out such measurement or inspection.
66.2 The Contractor is to provide at all time during the progress of the Work and the maintenance period,
proper means of access with ladders, gangways etc. and the necessary attendance to move and
adopt as directed for inspection or measurements of the Work by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project
Manager.
66.3 The Contractor shall make available to the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager free of cost all
necessary instruments and assistance in checking or setting out of Work and in the checking of any
Work made by the Contractor for the purpose of setting out and taking measurements of Work.
67. Tests for Quality of Work
67.1 All workmanship shall be of the respective kinds described in the Contract Documents and in
accordance with the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager and shall be subjected
from time to time to such test as the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager may direct at the place of
manufacture or fabrication or on the site or at all or any such places.
The cost of inspection/ pre-dispatch inspection/ in-stage inspection (Exclusive of Employer/

Owners representatives TA/DA) shall be borne by Contractor. Such pre-dispatch
inspection(s) at the manufacturer’s facility shall be carried out in the presence of the
Employer/Owner or their authorized representatives, for such items as is specified by the
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager. Travel expenses for the representatives of
Employer/Owner for such inspections shall be borne by the Employer/Owner respectively.
However, in case re-inspection is necessitated on account of non-acceptance of item(s) due

to failure on Factory Acceptance Test(s), the cost of associated travel and accommodation
borne by the Employer/Owner shall be on account of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall provide assistance, instruments, labour and materials as are normally required
for examining, measuring and testing any workmanship as may be selected and required by the
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager
67.2 All the tests that will be necessary in connection with the execution of the Work as decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager shall be carried out at the field testing laboratory of the Owner
by paying the charges as decided by the Owner from time to time. In case of non-availability of
testing facility with the Owner, the required test shall be carried out at the cost of Contractor at
Government or any other accredited testing laboratory.

67.3 If any tests are required to be carried out in conjunction with the Work or materials or workmanship
not supplied by the Contractor, such tests shall be carried out by the contractor and cost of such
tests shall be reimbursed by the Owner.
67.4 The PV modules/ inverters/ cables and other Balance of system equipment deployed in the solar
PV power Plant shall have valid test certificates for their qualification as per above specified IEC/ IS
Standards by one of the NABL Accredited /Govt approved Test Centers in India. In case of module
types/ equipment for which such Test facilities may not exist in India, test certificates from reputed
ILAC Member body accredited Labs abroad (with proof of accreditation) will be acceptable.
68. Samples for Approval
68.1 In case of requirement, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager for
approval, when requested or if required by the specifications, adequate samples of all materials and
finished to be used in the Work. Such samples shall be submitted before the Work is commenced
and in ample time to permit tests and examinations thereof. All materials furnished and finishes
applied in actual Work shall be fully equal to the approved samples.
69. Action and Compensation in case of Poor/Non-compliant Work
69.1 If it shall appear to the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager that any work has been executed with
unsound, imperfect or unskilled workmanship, or with materials of any inferior description, or that
any materials or articles provided by the Contractor for the execution of the Work are unsound, or
of a quality inferior to that contracted for, or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract, the
Contractor shall on demand in writing from the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager or his
authorized representative specifying the Work, materials or articles complained of notwithstanding
that the same may have been inadvertently passed, certified and paid for, forthwith rectify or remove
and reconstruct the Work so specified and provide other proper and suitable materials or articles at
his own cost. In the case of any such failure the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager may on expiry
of notice period rectify or remove and re-execute the Work or remove and replaced with others, the
materials or articles complained of to as the case may be at the risk and expense in all respects of
the Contractor. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager as to any question arising
under this clause shall be final and conclusive.
70. Suspension of Works
70.1 i) Subject to the provisions of sub-para (ii) of this clause, the Contractor shall, if ordered in writing
by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager, or his representative, temporarily suspend the Works
or any part thereof for such written order, proceed with the Work therein ordered to be suspended
until, he shall have received a written order to proceed therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled
to claim compensation for any loss or damage sustained by him by reason of temporary suspension
of the Works aforesaid.
ii) In case of suspensions of entire Work, ordered in writing by Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager,

for a period of more than 03 (Three) months, the Contractor shall have the option to terminate the
Contract.
71. Owner may do Part of Work
71.1 Upon failure of the Contractor to comply with any instructions given in accordance with the provisions
of this Contract the Owner has the alternative right, instead of assuming charge of entire Work, to
place additional labour force, tools, equipment and materials on such parts of the Work, as the
Owner may designate or also engage another Contractor to carry out the Work. In such cases, the
Owner shall deduct from the amount which otherwise might become due to the Contractor, the cost
of such work and material with 110% (Hundred & Ten Percent) of the actual cost of works and
materials.

72. Possession prior to Completion
72.1 The Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager shall have the right to take possession of or use any
completed or partially completed Work or part of the Work. Such possession or use shall not be
deemed to be an acceptance of any work completed in accordance with the Contract Agreement. If
such prior possession or use by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager delays the progress of
Work, equitable adjustment in the time of completion will be made and the Contract Agreement shall
be deemed to be modified accordingly.
73. Defects Liability Period

[12 (Twelve) Months Period of Liability from the date of Operational Acceptance]
73.1 The Contractor must warrant that the Facilities shall be free from defects in the design, engineering,
materials and workmanship of the Plant and Equipment supplied and of the work executed.
73.2 If it shall appear to the Project Manager that any supplies have been executed with unsound,
imperfect or unskilled workmanship, or with materials of any inferior description, or that any materials
or articles provided by the Contractor for the execution of Contractor are unsound or otherwise not
in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall on demand in writing inform the Project
Manager or its authorized representative specifying the item, materials or articles complained of,
notwithstanding that the same may have been inadvertently passed, certified and paid for. The
Contractor shall forthwith rectify or remove and replace that item so specified and provide other
proper and suitable materials or articles at its own charge and cost, and in the event of failure to do
so within a period to be specified by the Project Manager in its demand aforesaid, the Project
Manager may on expiry of notice period rectify or remove and re-execute the time or remove and
replace with others, the materials or articles complained of as the case may be at the risk and
expense in all respects of the Contractor. The decisions of the Project Manager in this regard shall
be final and binding.
73.3 The Contractor shall also be undertaking the operation and maintenance of the Facility and
consequently shall be required to rectify any defects that emerge during the operation of the
Facilities for the entire term of this Contract.
73.4 The Defect Liability Period shall be of twelve (12) months from the date of Operation Acceptance,
during which the Contractor must repair any defect identified by the Project Manager / EIC after
commissioning of the Plant. All the expenses to repair the defects shall be borne by the contractor
and no additional cost charged to the Owner.
73.5 If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in the design, engineering, materials
and workmanship of the Plant and Equipment supplied or of the work executed by the Contractor,
the Contractor shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Owner regarding appropriate
remedying of the defects, and at its cost, repair, replace or otherwise make good (as the Contractor
shall, at its discretion, determine) such defect as well as any damage to the Facilities caused by
such defect.
73.6 Furthermore, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, it is clarified that the Contractor
shall also be responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any defect, or of any damage
to the Facilities arising out of or resulting from any of the following causes:
• Improper operation or maintenance of the Facilities by the Contractor during operation and
maintenance of the Facility; and
• Operation of the Facilities outside specifications of the Facilities.

73.7 The Owner shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature of any such defect together with all
available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof. The Owner shall afford all
reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any such defect.
73.8 The Owner shall provide the Contractor all necessary access to the Facilities and the Site to enable
the Contractor to perform its obligations under this Clause (Defect Liability). The Contractor may,
with the consent of the Owner, remove any Plant and Equipment or any part of the Facilities that
are defective from the Site, if the nature of the defect and/or any damage to the Facilities caused by
the defect is such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out at the Site.
73.9 If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a nature that it may affect the efficiency of the
Facilities or any part thereof, the Owner may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that tests of
the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the Contractor immediately upon completion of
such remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests.
73.10 If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or making good
(as the case may be) until that part of the Facilities passes such tests. The tests, in character, shall
in any case be not inferior to what has already been agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor
for the original equipment/part of the Facilities.
73.11 If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any damage to
the Facilities caused by such defect within a reasonable time (which shall in no event be considered
to be less than seven (7) days), the Owner may, following a notice to the Contractor, proceed to do
such work, and the costs incurred by the Owner in connection therewith shall be paid to the Owner
by the Contractor or may be deducted by the Owner from any monies due to the Contractor or
claimed under the Performance Guarantee, without prejudice to other rights, which the Owner may
have against the Contractor in respect of such defects.
73.12 If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making good of
such defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may be, shall be
extended by a period equal to the period during which the Facilities or such part cannot be used by
the Owner because of any of the aforesaid reasons. Upon correction of the defects in the Facilities
or any part thereof by repair/replacement, such repair/replacement shall have the defect liability
period of twelve (12) months from such replacement.
73.13 In addition, the Contractor shall also provide an extended warranty for any such component of the
Facilities and for the period of time. Such obligation shall be in addition to the defect liability
specified.
73.14 Latent defect liability: Notwithstanding, the defect liability period of 12 months above, the plant shall
carry a latent defect liability of 5 years from date of operational acceptance towards any design/
manufacturing defects in the equipment supplied by the Contractor
73.15 The contractor’s liability under this contract for any reason, what so ever, shall be limited to the total
Contract Price (Including GST etc)
73.15 Limitation of Liability
Notwithstanding anything contrary contained herein, the aggregate total liability of Contractor under
the Agreement or otherwise shall be limited to 100% of Agreement/ Contract Value. However,
neither party shall be liable to the other party for any indirect and consequential damages, loss of
profits or loss of production.
73.16 Guarantee/ Warranty

As enumerated in Clause no. 73 (Defect Liability Period) of GCC, the overall DLP should stand valid
for a period of 12 (Twelve) Months from the date of Operational Acceptance. However, Contractor
needs to ensure following Guarantees/ Warrantees to the best possible extent for the successful
execution of the Contract. Subsequently, necessary Guarantee/ Warranty Certificate shall be
produced by the Contractor prior to Operational Acceptance of the Facility.
Guarantee/ Warranty as defined under Section VII, Scope of work and Technical
specifications will prevail in this clause. Contractor should guarantee the Plant facility for
the workmanship for a period of 05 (Five) years from the date of Operational Acceptance.
73.16.1 The Contractor must ensure that the goods supplied under the Contract are new, unused
and of most recent or current models and incorporate all recent improvements in design and
materials unless provided otherwise in the Contract.
73.16.2 The Contractor shall transfer the warranty/ guarantees of the equipment as such from the
OEM/ supplier in the name of the owner. The period of the warranty / guarantee for each equipment
shall be as per the “Technical Specifications”
73.16.3 During the period of Warranty / Guarantee the Contractor shall remain liable to replace any
defective parts, that becomes defective in the plant, of its own manufacture or that of its sub-
Contractors, under the conditions provided for by the Contract under and arising solely from faulty
design, materials or workmanship, provided such defective parts are not repairable at Site. After
replacement, the Contractor is allowed to take back the defective parts to its works at his expenses.
73.16.4 At the end of warranty/ guarantee period, the Contractor’s liability shall cease subjected to
fulfillment of its liability under GCC Clause 73.16 (Defect Liability Period). In respect of goods not
mentioned for the warranty/ guarantee in “Technical Specifications”, the owner shall be entitled to
the benefit of such guarantee given to the Contractor by the original Supplier or manufacturer of
such goods.
73.16.5 During the Comprehensive Operation & Maintenance period, the Contractor shall be
responsible for any defects in the work due to faulty workmanship or due to use of sub-standard
materials in the work. Any defects in the work during the guarantee period shall therefore, be rectified
by the Contractor without any extra cost to the Owner within a reasonable time as may be considered
from the date of receipt of such intimation from the Owner failing which the Owner reserves the right
to take up rectification work at the risk and cost of the Contractor.
74. Care of Works
74.0 From the commencement to completion of the Work & till the completion of O&M period (If
applicable), the Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care for all works including all
temporary works and in case any damages, loss or injury shall happen to the Work or to any part
thereof or to any temporary works from any cause whatsoever, shall at his own cost repair and make
good the same so that at completion the Work shall be in good order and in conformity in every
respects with the requirement of the Contract and the Engineer-in- Charge's instructions.
74.1 Defects Prior to Taking Over
If at any time, before the Work is taken over, the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager shall:
a) Decide that any works done or materials used by the Contractor or by any Sub-Contractor is
defective or not in accordance with the Contract, or that the works or any portion thereof are
defective, or do not fulfill the requirements of Contract (all such matters being hereinafter, called
`Defects' in this clause), and

b) As soon as reasonably practicable, gives to the Contractor notice in writing of the said decision,
specifying particulars of the defects alleged to exist or to have occurred, then the Contractor shall
at his own expenses and with all speed make good the defects so specified.
In case, Contractor shall fail to do so, the Owner may take, at the cost of the Contractor, such steps
as may take in all circumstances, be reasonable to make good such defects. The expenditure so
incurred by the Owner will be recovered from the amount due to the Contractor. The decision taken
by the owner in this regard towards the amount to be recovered from the Contractor will be final and
binding on the Contractor. As soon as the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract
(except in minor respects that do not affect their use for the purpose for which they are intended and
have passed the tests on completion, the Owner shall be deemed to have taken over the Work on
the date so certified.
74.2 Defects after Taking Over
In order that the Contractor could obtain a Completion he shall make good, with all possible speed,
any defect arising from the defective materials supplied by the Contractor or workmanship or any
act or omission of the Contract or that may have been noticed or developed, after the works has
been taken over, the period allowed for carrying out such Work will be normally 01 (One) Month. If
any defect be not remedied within a reasonable time, the Owner may proceed to do the Work at
Contractor's risk and expense and deduct from the final bill such amount as may be decided by the
Owner. If by reason of any default on the part of the Contractor a Completion has not been obtained
in respect of any portion of the Work within 01 (One) Month after the date fixed by the Contract for
the completion of the Work, the Owner shall be at liberty to use the Work or any portion thereof in
respect of which a completion has not been obtained, provided that the Work or the portion thereof
so used as aforesaid shall be afforded reasonable opportunity for completing these works for the
Completion .
75. Guarantee/ Transfer of Guarantee
For the major Material/Products/Spares of the works & Projects including but not limited to
PV Modules, Power Conditioning Units (PCU)/ Inverters, Transformers, Batteries (If
applicable) etc the Contractor shall invariably engage OEMs/Sub-Contractors who are
specialists in the field and OEM’s/OPM’s/firms of repute and such a OEM/OPM/Sub-
Contractor shall furnish guarantees/warranties for their workmanship to the Owner directly
in the name of Owner only without any deviation. The Contractor shall give the
guarantee/warrantee to the Owner directly For other minor Material/Products/Spares also.
In case of the contract termination/cancellation and wherein the title of Guarantee/Warrantee

for the major Material/Products/Spares of the works & Projects including but not limited to
PV Modules, Power Conditioning Units (PCU)/ Inverters, Transformers, Batteries (If
applicable) is in the name of the contractor, then all such Guarantee/Warrantees for all such
major products/material/spares will have to be mandatorily transferred in the name of Owner
as soon as the contract is terminated/cancelled & no plea/deviation from the contractor side
will be entertained in this regard.
For works like water-proofing, acid and alkali resisting materials, pre-construction soil treatment
against termite or any other specialized works etc. the Contractor shall invariably engage Sub-
Contractors who are specialists in the field and firms of repute and such a Sub-Contractor shall
furnish guarantees for their workmanship to the Owner, through the Contractor. In case such a Sub-
Contractor is not prepared to furnish a guarantee to the Owner, the Contractor shall give that
guarantee to the Owner directly.

76. Installation and Training of Employer's/ Owner’s Personnel
76.1 Tools & Tackles
The Contractor shall provide technically suitable tools and tackles for installation & erection of Plant
& Machineries conforming to relevant BIS safety and technical standards for proper execution of
work. The Owner, in no way, shall be responsible for supply of any tools and tackles for
implementation of the work and also to carry out operation & maintenance activities.
76.2 Setting up/Supervision/Labor
76.2.1 Bench Mark:
The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-up of the Facilities in relation to
bench marks, reference marks which are mutually agreed upon by the contractor and Owner.
If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the
position, level or alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the Project Manager
of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such error.
76.2.2 Contractor’s Supervision:
The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary supervision during the installation of the Facilities,
and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be constantly on the Site to provide full-time
supervision of the installation. The Contractor shall provide and employ only technical personnel
who are skilled and experienced in their respective fields and supervisory staff who are competent
to adequately supervise the work at hand.
76.2.3 Labuor:
The Contractor shall provide and employ on Site in the installation of the Facilities such skilled, semi-
skilled and unskilled labor as is necessary for proper and timely execution of the Contract. The
Contractor is encouraged to use local labor that has the necessary skills.
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for the recruitment,
transportation, accommodation, sanitation, first aid facility and catering of all labor, local or
expatriate, required for the execution of the Contract and for all payments in connection therewith.
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from the
appropriate authorities for the entry of all labour and personnel to be employed by contractor on the
Site including that of his sub-contractors.
The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the Contract use its best endeavors to
prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or behavior by or amongst its employees and the
labour of its Subcontractors.
The Contractor shall, in all dealings with its labour and the labour of its Subcontractors currently
employed on or connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized festivals, official
holidays, religious or other customs and all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment
of labor.
The contractor shall keep the Owner indemnify, during construction as well as during O&M period,
in respect of compliance with the statutory provisions in respect to the labor employed at site.

Upon completion of the construction activities/ O&M activities, the contractor shall obtain no –
objection certificate (NOC) from local/ statutory bodies in respect to the fulfillment of all compliance
and submit a copy to the owner prior to the final settlement
76.3 Contractor’s Equipment
76.3.1 All equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used
exclusively for the execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall not remove the same from the
Site without the Project Manager’s consent that such Contractor’s Equipment is no longer required
for the execution of the Contract.
All the necessary approvals with due taxes, insurance and license, as required for the use of
equipment at site, are to be taken by the Contractor.
The equipment should be in a good operating condition for safe use at site. The operator shall be
competent to operate. It is advised to keep adequate spares to reduce the breakdown time.
76.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion of the Facilities, the Contractor shall
remove from the Site all Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site.
76.4 Site Regulations and Safety
Contractor shall submit the EHS policy for the site to the Project Manager/EIC within 14 (fourteen)
days from effective date and shall abide by the rules and regulations of the EHS policy.
The Contractor shall have to provide necessary and adequate safety measures including personal
protective equipment and precautions to avoid any accident, which may cause damage to any
equipment / material or injury to workmen. The Owner shall not be liable for any such accidents
during the performance of the contract.
The contractor, if required, will provide necessary safety training to workmen. Also, contractor shall
engage sufficient security guards to protect Facility from any theft and unauthorized access to Site.
76.5 Site Clearance
76.5.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance
In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from
all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove any surplus materials, clear away any wreckage,
packaging material, rubbish & debris and temporary installations from the Site, and remove any
Contractor’s Equipment no longer required for execution of the Contract with due approval of the
owner.
76.5.2 Site Clearance after Completion
After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove all
wreckage, packaging material, rubbish & debris and temporary works & installations of any kind
from the Site with due approval of the owner and shall leave the Site and Facilities clean and safe.
76.5.3 Disposal of Scrap
The term ‘Scrap’ shall refer to scrap/ waste/ remnants arising out of the unpacking of equipment,
construction debris, breakage of modules, fabrication of structural steel work and piping work at the

project site in the course of execution of the contract and shall also include any wastage of cables
during the termination process while installing the cables.
The Contractor shall with the agreement of the Owner promptly remove from the site any ‘Scrap’
generated during Performance of any activities at site in pursuance of the Contract.
The disposal of such Scrap shall vest with the Contractor for the items supplied by the Contractor
and issued by Owner under this contract for installation and construction without any additional cost
to the owner. The removal of scrap shall be subject to the due approval of owner & Contractor
producing the necessary clearance from the relevant authorities (Custom, Excise etc.), if required
by the law, in respect of disposal of the scrap. The liability for the payment of the applicable GST
shall be that of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall also indemnify to keep the Owner harmless from any act of omission or
negligence on the part of the Contractor in following the statutory requirements with regard to
removal/disposal of scrap. The undertaking shall be furnished by contractor as per Format enclosed
in the Section VI of Forms & Formats. Further, in case the laws require the owner to take prior
permission of the relevant Authorities before handing over the scrap to the Contractor, the same
shall be obtained by the Contractor on behalf of the owner.
In case, the scrap is generated against the free issue material supplied by the Owner, the Contractor
shall maintain a separate record of same and intimate Owner before its disposal thereafter. After
due approval from Owner, the scrap should be disposed of and its value shall be remitted to the
owner.
76.5.4 Watch & Ward and Lighting
The Contractor shall provide and maintain at its own expense all lighting, fencing, watch and ward
wherever necessary for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for the safety of
the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the safety of the public.
76.6 Training
The period and the nature of training for the individual personnel shall be agreed upon mutually
between the Contractor and the Owner. These personnel shall be given special training at the shops,
where the equipment will be manufactured and/ or in their collaborator's works and where possible,
in any other plant where equipment manufactured by the Contractor or his collaborators is under
installation or test to enable those personnel to become familiar with the equipment being furnished
by the Contractor. Owner shall bear the cost of Boarding, Lodging & Travel only for the said
personnel’s.
The Contractor undertakes to provide training to Personnel selected and sent by the Owner at the
works of the Contractor without any cost to the Owner.
77. Replacement of Defective Parts and Materials
77.1 If during the progress of the Work, Owner shall decide and inform in writing to the Contractor, that
the Contractor has manufactured any plant or part of the plant unsound or imperfect or has furnished
plant inferior to the quality specified, the Contractor on receiving details of such defects or
deficiencies shall at his own expenses within 07 (Seven) days of his receiving the notice, or
otherwise within such time as may be reasonably necessary for making it good, proceed to alter, re-
construct or remove such work and furnish fresh equipment’s up to the standards of the
specifications.

In case the Contractor fails to do so, Owner may on giving the Contractor 07 (Seven) day notice in
writing of his intentions to do so, proceed to remove the portion of the Work so complained of and
at the cost of Contractor's, perform all such works or furnish all such equipment’s provided that
nothing in the clause shall be deemed to deprive the Owner of or affect any rights under the Contract,
the Owner may otherwise have in respect of such defects and deficiencies.
78. Indemnity
78.1 If any action is brought before a Court, Tribunal or any other Authority against the Employer/ Owner
or an officer or agent of the Employer/ Owner, for the failure, omission or neglect on the part of the
Contractor to perform any acts, matters, covenants or things under the Contract, or damage or injury
or death caused by the alleged omission or negligence on the part of the Contractor, his agents,
representatives or his Sub-Contractor's, or in connection with any claim based on lawful demands
of Sub-Contractor's workmen suppliers or employees, the Contractor, shall in such cases indemnify
and keep the Employer/ Owner and/ or their representatives harmless from all losses, damages,
expenses or decrees arising out of such action.
79. Construction Aids, Equipment, Tools & Tackles
79.1 Contractor shall be solely responsible for making available for executing the Work, all requisite
Construction Equipments, Special Aids, Barges, Cranes and the like, all Tools, Tackles and Testing
Equipment and Appliances, including imports & insurance of such equipment etc. as required. In
case of import of the same the rates applicable for levying of Custom Duty on such Equipment,
Tools & Tackles and the duty drawback applicable thereon shall be ascertained by the Contractor
from the concerned authorities of Government of India. It shall be clearly understood that Owner
shall not in any way be responsible for arranging to obtain Custom Clearance and/ or payment of
any duties and/ or duty draw backs, license etc. for such equipment’s so imported by the Contractor
and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for Goods and Service Tax (GST) and documentation
with regard to the same. Bidder in his own interest may contact, for any clarifications in the matter,
concerned agencies/ Dept./ Ministries of Govt. of India. All clarifications so obtained and
interpretations thereof shall be solely the responsibility of the Contractor.
[F] CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS
80. Schedule of Rates and Payments
80.1 Contractor's Remuneration
For EPC/ Lumpsum Turnkey Contracts, the billing procedure will follow as per the prescribed
payment terms as defined in Special Conditions of Contract (SCC).The price to be paid by the Owner
to Contractor for the whole of the Work to be done and for the performance of all the obligations
undertaken by the Contractor under the Contract Documents shall be ascertained by the application
of the respective Schedule of Rates (the inclusive nature of which is more particularly defined by
way of application but not of limitation, with the succeeding Clause of this clause) and payment to
be made accordingly for the Work actually executed and approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge/Project Manager. The sum so ascertained shall (excepting only as and to the extent
expressly provided herein) constitute the sole and inclusive remuneration of the Contractor under
the Contract and no further or other payment whatsoever shall be or become due or payable to the
Contractor under the Contract.
80.2 Schedule of Rates to be Inclusive
The prices quoted by the Contractor shall remain firm till the contract period and shall not be subject
to escalation. Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to include and cover all costs, expenses and
liabilities of every description and all risks of every kind to be taken in executing, completing and

handing over the Work to the Owner by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be deemed to have
known the nature, scope, magnitude and the extent of the Work and materials required though the
Contract Document may not fully and precisely furnish them. Bidders in the Schedule of Rates
should cover all costs as he may consider necessary to cover the cost of any works and materials
as may be reasonable and necessary to complete the Work. Generality of this present provision
shall not be deemed to cut down or limit in any way because in certain cases it may and in other
cases it may not be expressly stated that the Contractor shall do or perform a work or supply articles
or perform services at his own cost or without addition of payment or without extra charge or words
to the same effect or that it may be stated or not stated that the same are included in and covered
by the Schedule of Rates.
80.3 Schedule of Rates to Cover Construction Equipments, Materials, Labour etc.
Without in any way limiting the provisions of the preceding Clause the Schedule of Rates shall be
deemed to include and cover the cost of all construction equipment, temporary Work (except as
provided for herein), pumps, materials, labour, insurance, fuel, consumables, stores and appliances
to be supplied by the Contractor and all other matters in connection with each item in the Schedule
of Rates and the execution of the Work or any portion thereof finished, complete in every respect
and maintained as shown or described in the Contract Documents or as may be ordered in writing
during the continuance of the Contract.
80.4 Schedule of Rates to Cover Royalties, Rents and Claims
The Schedule of Rates (i.e., Contract Value) shall be deemed to include and cover the cost of all
Royalties and Fees for the articles and processes, protected by letters, patent or otherwise
incorporated in or used in connection with the Work, also all Royalties, Rents and other payments
in connection with obtaining materials of whatsoever kind for the Work and shall include an
Indemnity to the Employer/ Owner which the Contractor hereby gives against all actions,
proceedings, claims, damages, costs and expenses arising from the incorporation in or use on the
Work of any such articles, processes or materials, other municipal or local Board Charges, if levied
on materials, equipment or machineries to be brought to site for use on Work shall be borne by the
Contractor.
80.5 Schedule of Rates to Cover GST/Applicable taxes
No exemption or reduction of Customs Duties, Goods & Service Tax (GST) on Works Contract quay
or any port dues, transport charges, stamp duties or Central or State Government or Local Body or
Municipal Taxes or from or of any other body, whatsoever, will be granted or obtained, all of which
expenses shall be deemed to be included in and covered by the Schedule of Rates. The Contractor
shall also obtain and pay for all permits or other privileges necessary to complete the Work.
80.6 Schedule of Rates to Cover Risks of Delay
The Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to include and cover the risk of all possibilities of delay and
interference with the Contractor's conduct of Work which occur from any causes including orders of
the Employer/ Owner in the exercise of his power and on account of extension of time granted due
to various reasons and for all other possible or probable causes of delay.
80.7 Schedule of Rates Cannot be Altered
(a) For Engineering, Procurement and Commissioning (EPC) Contracts or Lumpsum Turnkey
(LSTK) Contracts, the total Project/ Contract Value stands to be fixed inclusive of entire items,
Materials, Spares, Consumables, Services, Erection and all quoted and unquoted items/
Services in the Bill of Quantity (BOQ) of the Tender/ Contract. Contract Value of such EPC
Contracts comprises of all the related costs required for successful execution of the work. The
final payment outlay or total cost of the project will be limited to the total value of the EPC

Contract and O & M Contract. Any kind of variations related to Total Contract Value shall be to
Contractor’s account. The payment will be made according to the Work carried out, for which
purpose an item wise, or work wise Schedule of Rates shall be furnished, suitable for evaluating
the value of Work done and preparing running account bill.
(b) If applicable, For Item Rate Contracts, no alteration will be allowed in the Schedule of Rates by
reason of works or any part of them being modified, altered, extended, diminished or committed.
The Schedule of Rates are fully inclusive of rates which have been fixed by the Contractor and
agreed to by the Employer/Owner and cannot be altered.
Based on the mechanism of Tender as described in the Special Conditions of Contract (SCC),
the methodologies described above shall prevail. However, payment for any additional work
which is not covered in the Schedule of Rates, shall only be released on issuance of change
order.
81. Procedure for Measurement and Billing
81.1 Billing Procedure
Following procedures shall be adopted for billing of works executed by the Contractor.
81.1.1 For EPC/ Lumpsum Turnkey Contracts, the billing procedure will follow as per the prescribed
payment terms as defined in Special Conditions of Contract (SCC).
81.1.2 If applicable, Form Item Rate Contracts, all measurements shall be recorded in sextuplicate on
standard measurement sheets in duly approved formats for scrutiny and passing by Employer/
Owner. Employer/ Owner shall scrutinize and check the measurements recorded on the sheets and
shall certify correctness of the same on the measurement sheets.
81.1.3 Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager shall pass the bills after carrying out the comprehensive
checks in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contracts, within 21 (Twenty-one) days
of submission of the bills along with all necessary enclosures and documents, complete in all
respects and send the same to the Owner to effect payment to the Contractor as per the defined
payment terms.
81.1.4 Owner shall make all endeavor to make payments of undisputed amount of the bills submitted based
on the joint measurements within 30 (Thirty) days from the date of certification by the Engineer-in-
Charge/Project Manager.
81.1.5 Measurements shall be recorded as per the methods of measurement spelt out in Contract
Document.
81.2 Secured Advance on Material
Unless otherwise provided in the SCC of the tender, no ‘Secured Advance' on security of materials
brought to site for execution of contracted items(s) shall be paid to the Contractor whatsoever.
81.3 Dispute in Mode of Measurement
In case of any dispute as to the mode of measurement not covered by the Contract to be adopted
for any item of Work, mode of measurement as per latest Indian Standard Specifications shall be
followed.
81.4 Rounding-Off of Amounts

In calculating the amount of each item due to the Contractor in every certificate prepared for
payment, sum of less than 50 paise shall be omitted and the total amount on each certificate shall
be rounded off to the nearest rupees, i.e., sum of less than 50 paise shall be omitted and sums of
50 paise and more up to one rupee shall be reckoned as one rupee.
82. Lumpsum in Tender
82.1 The payment against any Lumpsum item shall be made only on completion of that item ( Excluding
Milestones linked payment structure) as per the provision of the Contract after certification by
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager.
83. Running Account Payments to be regarded as Advance
83.1 All running account payments shall be regarded as payment by way of advance against the final
payment only and not as payments for Work actually done and completed and shall not preclude
the requiring of bad, unsound and imperfect or unskilled work to be removed and taken away and
reconstructed or re-erected or be considered as an admission of the due performance of the
Contract, or any part thereof, in this respect, or of the occurring of any claim by the Contractor, nor
shall it conclude, determine or affect in any way the powers of the Employer/ Owner under these
conditions or any of them as to the final settlement and adjustment of the accounts or otherwise, or
in any other way vary or affect the Contract.
The final bill shall be submitted by the Contractor within 01 (One) Month of the date of the final
acceptance of the Work; otherwise, the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager's measurement and
of total amount payable for the Work accordingly shall be final and binding on all parties
84. Notice of Claims for Additional Payments
84.1 Should the Contractor consider that he is entitled to any extra payment for any extra/ additional
Works or Material change in original Specifications carried out by him in respect of Work he shall
forthwith give notice in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager that he claims extra
payment. Such notice shall be given to the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager upon which
Contractor bases such claims and such notice shall contain full particulars of the nature of such
claim with full details of amount claimed. Irrespective of any provision in the Contract to the contrary,
the Contractor must intimate his intention to lodge claim on the Owner within 10 (Ten) days of the
commencement of happening of the event and quantify the claim within 30 (Thirty) days, failing
which the Contractor will lose his right to claim any compensation /reimbursement/ damages etc. or
refer the matter to arbitration.
Failure on the part of Contractor to put forward any claim without the necessary particulars as above
within the time above specified shall be an absolute waiver thereof. No omission by Owner to reject
any such claim and no delay in dealing therewith shall be waiver by Owner of any of this rights in
respect thereof.
84.2 Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager shall review such claims within a reasonably period of time
and cause to discharge these in a manner considered appropriate after due deliberations thereon.
However, Contractor shall be obliged to carry on with the Work during the period in which his claims
are under consideration by the Owner, irrespective of the outcome of such claims, where additional
payments for Works considered extra are justifiable in accordance with the Contract provisions,
Owner shall arrange to release the same in the same manner as for normal Work payments. Such
of the extra works so admitted by Owner shall be governed by all the terms, conditions, stipulations
and specifications as are applicable for the Contract.

85 Payment of Contractor's Bill
85.1 Payment due to the Contractor shall be made by the Owner either by e-Banking or by Account
Payee Cheque forwarding the same to registered office or the notified office of the Contractor. In no
case, will Owner be responsible if the cheque is mislaid or misappropriated by unauthorized person/
persons. In all cases, the Contractor shall present his bill duly pre-receipted on proper revenue
stamp & payment shall be made in Indian Currency only.
85.2 In general payment of final bill shall be made to Contractor within 60 days of the submission of bill
on joint measurements, after completion of all the obligations under the Contract against the final
completion.
86 Receipt for Payment
86.1 Receipt for payment made on account of work when executed by a company, must be signed by a
person holding due power of attorney in this respect on behalf of the Contractor, except when the
Contractor's are described in their tender as a limited company in which case the receipts must be
signed in the name of the company by one of its principal officers or by some other person having
authority to give effectual receipt for the company.
87. Handing Over – Taking Over
87.1 Subsequent to Operational Acceptance of the Facilities by the Employer and within 10 days of the
commencement of the O&M period, the Contractor shall furnish an Indemnity Bond/ undertaking as
per “Sample Forms and Formats” which is to be executed by the contractor for the plant handed
over by owner for performance of its O&M Contract (Entire Solar Photo Voltaic Plant).
The Facility shall be taken over by the owner upon successful Operational Acceptance in
accordance with GCC Clause 43.3 (Operational Acceptance).
Immediately after taking over of complete facilities (s), the Facilities will be handed over to the
Contractor for Comprehensive Operation & Maintenance for a period as mentioned in the Contract
document.
.
88. Final Decision and Final Acceptance
88.1 Upon expiry of the period of liability & the Works have been duly maintained by the Contractor during
monsoon or such period as hereinbefore provided in Clause 73 & 74 and that the Contractor has in
all respect duly made-up any subsidence and performed all his obligations under the Contract, the
owner give a final acceptance to that effect and the Contractor shall not be considered to have
fulfilled the whole of his obligations under Contract until Final acceptance shall have been given by
the owner notwithstanding any previous entry upon the Work and taking possession, working or
using of the same or any part thereof by the Owner.
89. Certificate and Payments on Evidence of Completion
89.1 Except the Final Acceptance, no other payments on general account shall be taken to be an
admission by the Owner of the due performance of the Contract or any part thereof or of occupancy
or validity of any claim by the Contractor.
90. Deductions from the Contract Price

90.1 All costs, damages or expenses which Owner may have paid or incurred, which under the provisions
of the Contract, the Contractor is liable/ will be liable, will be claimed by the Owner. All such claims
shall be billed by the Owner to the Contractor regularly as and when they fall due. Such claims shall
be paid by the Contractor within 15 (Fifteen) days of the receipt of the corresponding bills and if not
paid by the Contractor within the said period, the Owner may, then, deduct the amount from any
moneys due i.e., Contract Performance Security or becoming due to the Contractor under the
Contract or may be recovered by actions of law or otherwise, if the Contractor fails to satisfy the
Owner of such claims.
[G] TAXES AND INSURANCE
91. Goods & Service Tax (GST)/Taxes
91.1 The Contractor agrees to and does hereby accept full and exclusive liability for the payment of any
and GST/all Taxes. now in force or hereafter imposed, increased, modified, from time to time in
respect of Works and materials and all contributions and taxes for unemployment compensation,
insurance and old age pensions or annuities now in force or hereafter imposed by any Central or
State Government authorities which are imposed with respect to or covered by the wages, salaries
or other compensations paid to the persons employed by the Contractor and the Contractor shall be
responsible for the compliance of all Sub-Contractors, with all applicable Central, State, Municipal
and local law and regulation and requirement of any Central, State or local Government agency or
authority.
Contractor further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Employer/ Owner harmless from any liability
or penalty which may be imposed by the Central, State or Local authorities by reason or any violation
by Contractor or Sub-Contractor of such laws, suits or proceedings that may be brought against the
Employer/ Owner arising under, growing out of, or by reason of the work provided for by this
Contract, by third parties, or by Central or State Government authority or any administrative sub-
division thereof. Tax deductions will be made as per the rules and regulations in force in accordance
with acts prevailing from time to time.
92. Goods & Service Tax (GST)
92.1 Bidder should quote all-inclusive prices including the liability of GST (in line with the given SOR
Format) whether on the works contract as a whole or in respect of bought out components used by
the Contractor in execution of the Contract. Owner/Employer shall not be responsible for any such
liability of the Contractor in respect of this Contract.
93. Statutory Variations
93.1 Goods & Service Tax (GST) [applicable for both Centre and state] and other levies [if any] payable
by the Contractor under the Contract, or for any other cause, shall be included in the rates/ prices
and the total bid-price submitted by the Bidder. Applicable rate of GST shall be indicated in Agreed
SOR formats.
93.2 In case of any variation (positive/ negative) in existing rates of GST/taxes or a new tax/ duty/ levy is
introduced or any existing tax/ duty/ levy is abolished or application of any Tax in the course of the
performance of this Contract, which will/ may impact the overall pricing in connection with

performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price shall be made to factor
any such change by addition to the Contract Price or deduction therefrom, as the case may be.
All these adjustments would be carried out by considering the base price of GST/taxes equivalent
to the amount mentioned under GST/taxes column of the SOR/ PS.
93.3 However, any increase in the rate of these taxes, duties and levies beyond the contractual
completion period shall be to Contractor's account and any decrease shall be passed on to Owner.
94. Insurance
94.1 During the Contract period including O&M period, i.e., during Construction & O&M period, all
insurance related expenses shall be borne by the Contractor. The goods supplied under the
Contract shall be fully insured against the loss or damage incidental to manufacture or acquisition,
transportation, storage and delivery in such a manner that Owner shall not incur any financial loss,
as long as the plant continues to remain under the custody of the Contractor. During O&M period
also (after the Contract period is over), the insurances shall be in the scope of the contractor.
94.2 In case of any loss or damage or pilferage or theft or fire accident or combination of the said incidents
etc. under the coverage of insurance, the Contractor shall lodge the claim as per rules of insurance.
Any FIR required to be lodged to local Police Station shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
94.3 The Contractor shall arrange to supply/ rectify/ recover the materials even if the claim is unsettled
for timely completion of the project. The final financial settlement with the insurance company shall
rest upon the Contractor.
94.4 In case of any delay of the project attributable to the Contractor, the Contractor himself in
consultation with Owner/Employer should take the extension of insurance. Any financial implications
shall, however, be borne by the Contractor.
94.5 The Contractor should arrange for providing insurance coverage to its workmen under Workmen’s
Compensation Act or similar Rules and Acts as applicable during execution of work for covering risk
against any mishap to its workmen. The Contractor shall also undertake a Third-Party Insurance.
The Owner/ Employer will not be liable for any such loss or mishap.
94.6 All other insurance like In – transit insurance (Marine/ Cargo/ others as applicable), Construction All
Risk, Erection All Risk, workmen compensation ,fire, third party liability, insurance against theft and
acts of GOD, contractor’s Equipments & his vehicles and others as required for the Construction
and O&M of the Plant and to indemnify the Owner/ equipment/ material and resources shall be borne
by the Contractor
94.7 Owner shall be named as co – insured under all insurance policies taken out by the contractor,
except for the workmen compensation, third party liability and Owner’s liability insurances. All
insurers’ rights of subrogation against such co – insured for losses or claims arising out of the
performance of the contract shall be waived under such policies.
94.8 All the insurance cover taken for the construction and O&M period shall be seamless in nature &
preferably taken by the same insurance company.
94.9 The insurance is to be suitably taken for the activity/ act which is required to cover all the risks
associated to the activity / act. The contractor shall be responsible to take suitable insurance till the
completion of the O&M contract and indemnify the Employer/Owner from all associated risks
whatsoever.

94.10 The contractor shall be responsible to take suitable insurance(s) and claim management during and
till the completion of the O&M contract and indemnify the owner from all associated risks
whatsoever.
94.11 Employees State Insurance (ESI) Act
The Contractor agrees to and does hereby accept full and exclusive liability for the compliance with
all obligations imposed by the Employee State Insurance Act 1948 and the Contractor further
agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Employer/ Owner harmless for any liability or penalty which
may be imposed by the Central, State or Local authority by reason of any asserted violation by
Contractor or Sub-Contractor of the Employees' State Insurance Act, 1948, and also from all claims,
suits or proceeding that may be brought against the Employer/ Owner arising under, growing out of
or by reasons of the work provided for by this Contractor, by third parties or by Central or State
Government authority or any political sub- division thereof.
The Contractor agrees to fill in with the Employee's State Insurance Corporation, the Declaration
Forms, and all forms which may be required in respect of the Contractor's or Sub-Contractor's
employees, who are employed in the Work provided for or those covered by ESI from time to time
under the Agreement. The Contractor shall deduct and secure the agreement of the Sub-Contractor
to deduct the Employee's contribution as per the first schedule of the Employee's State Insurance
Act from wages and affix the Employees Contribution Card at wages payment intervals.
The Contractor shall remit and secure the agreement of Sub-Contractor to remit to the Employee's
State Insurance Corporation Account, the Employee's contribution as required by the Act. The
Contractor agrees to maintain all cards and Records as required under the Act in respect of
employees and payments and the Contractor shall secure the agreement of the Sub-Contractor to
maintain such records. Any expenses incurred for the contributions, making contributions or
maintaining records shall be to the Contractor's or Sub-Contractor's account.
94.11 Workmen Compensation and Employer's/Owner’s Liability Insurance
Insurance shall be effected for all the Contractor's employees engaged in the performance of this
Contract. If any of the work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the Sub-Contractor to provide
workman's Compensation and Owner’s liability insurance for the later employees if such Employees
are not covered under the Contractor's Insurance.
94.12 Accident or Injury to Workmen
The Employer/ Owner shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages or compensation payable
at law in respect or in consequence of any accident or injury to any workman or other person in the
Employment of the Contractor or any Sub-Contractor save and except an accident or injury resulting
from any act or default of the Employer/ Owner, his representatives or servants and the Contractor
shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer/ Owner against all such damages and
compensation (save and except and aforesaid) and against all claims, demands, proceeding, costs,
charges and expenses, whatsoever in respect or in relation thereto.
94.13 Transit Insurance
In respect of all items to be transported by the Contractor to the Site of Work and any consequential
risks, the cost of transit insurance should be borne by the Contractor and the quoted price shall be
inclusive of this cost.
94.14 Comprehensive Automobile Insurance

This insurance shall be in such a form as to protect the Contractor against all claims for injuries,
disability, disease and death to members of public including Employer’s/ Owner’s men and damage
to the property of others arising from the use of motor vehicles during on or off the site operations,
irrespective of the Employership of such vehicles.
94.15 Comprehensive General Liability Insurance
a) This insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims arising from injuries, disabilities,
disease or death of member of public or damage to property of others due to any act or omission on
the part of the Contractor, his agents, his employees, his representatives and Sub-Contractor’s or
from riots, strikes and civil commotion.
b) Contractor shall take suitable Group Personal Accident Insurance Cover for taking care of injury,
damage or any other risks in respect of his Engineers and other Supervisory staff who are not
covered under Employees State Insurance Act.
c) The policy shall cover third party liability. The third party (liability shall cover the loss/ disablement
of human life (person not belonging to the Contractor) and also cover the risk of damage to others
materials/ equipment/ properties during construction, erection and commissioning at site.
The value of third party liability for compensation for loss of human life or partial/ full disablement
shall be of required statutory value but not less than INR 02 (Two) Lakhs per death, INR 1.5 (One
and Half) Lakhs per full disablement and INR 1 (One) Lakh per partial disablement and shall
nevertheless cover such compensation as may be awarded by Court by Law in India and cover for
damage to others equipment/ property as approved by the Purchaser. However, third party risk shall
be maximum to INR 10 (Ten) Lakhs to death.
d) The Contractor shall also arrange suitable insurance to cover damage, loss, accidents, risks etc.,
in respect of all his plant, equipment and machinery, erection tools & tackles and all other temporary
attachments brought by him at site to execute the work.
e) The Contractor shall take out insurance policy in the joint name of Owner and Contractor from
one or more nationalized insurance company from any branch office at Project site.
f) Any such insurance requirements as are hereby established as the minimum policies and
coverages which Contractor must secure and keep in force must be complied with, Contractor shall
at all times be free to obtain additional or increased coverages at Contractor’s sole expenses.
viii) ANY OTHER INSURANCE REQUIRED UNDER LAW OR REGULATIONS OR BY OWNER:
Contractor shall also carry and maintain any and all other insurance(s) which he may be required
under any law or regulation from time to time without any extra cost to Owner. He shall also carry
and maintain any other insurance which may be required by the Owner.
95 Damage to Property or to any Person or any Third Party
95.1 Contractor shall be responsible for making good to any loss or any damage to structures and
properties belonging to the Owner or being executed or procured or being procured by the Owner
or of other agencies within in the premises of all the work of the Owner, if such loss or damage is
due to fault and/ or the negligence or willful acts or omission of the Contractor, his employees,
agents, representatives or Sub-Contractors.
95.2 The Contractor shall take sufficient care in moving his plants, equipment and materials from one
place to another so that they do not cause any damage to any person or to the property of the
Employer/ Owner or any third party including overhead and underground cables and in the event of
any damage resulting to the property of the owner or of a third party during the movement of the

aforesaid plant, equipment or materials the cost of such damages including eventual loss of
production, operation or services in any plant or establishment as estimated by the Employer/ Owner
or ascertained or demanded by the third party shall be borne by the Contractor. Third party liability
risk shall be INR 1 (One) Lakh for single accident and limited to INR 10 (Ten) Lakhs.
95.3 The Contractor shall indemnify and keep the Employer/ Owner harmless of all claims for damages
to property other than Employer’s/ Owner’s property arising under or by reason of this agreement,
if such claims result from the fault and/ or negligence or willful acts or omission of the Contractor,
his employees, agents, representative of Sub-Contractor.
[H] LABOUR LAWS
96. Labour Laws & Indemnity Bond
i) No labour below the age of 18 (Eighteen) Years shall be employed on the Work.
ii) The Contractor shall at his expense comply with all labour laws and keep the Employer/ Owner
indemnified in respect thereof.
iii) The Contractor shall employ labour in sufficient numbers either directly or through Sub-
Contractor's to maintain the required rate of progress and of quality to ensure workmanship of the
degree specified in the Contract.
iv) The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer/ Owner against any payments to be made under
and for the observance of the provisions of the aforesaid labour compliances without prejudice to
his right to obtain indemnity from his Sub-Contractor's.
v) The Contractor shall also indemnify to keep the Owner/ Employer harmless from any act of
omission or negligence on the part of the Labour Laws compliance in following the statutory
requirements with regard to Labour laws. Against the signing of the contract, The Indemnity Bond
shall be furnished by contractor as per Format enclosed under Forms and Formats for the labour
law compliance.
vi) Upon completion of the construction activities/ O&M activities, the contractor shall obtain no –
objection certificate (NOC) from local/ statutory bodies in respect to the fulfillment of all compliance
related to labour law and submit a copy to the Employer/owner prior to the final settlement
97. Void
98. Contractor to Indemnify the Employer/ Owner
98.1 The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer/ Owner and every member, office and employee of the
Employer/ Owner, also the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager and his staff against all actions,
proceedings, claims, demands, costs and expenses whatsoever arising out of or in connection with
the matters referred to in Clause 95 and elsewhere and all actions, proceedings, claims, demands,
costs and expenses which may be made against the Employer/ Owner for or in respect of or arising
out of any failure by the Contractor in the performance of his obligations under the Contract
Document.

The Employer/ Owner shall not be liable for or in respect of or arising out of any failure by the
Contractor in the performance of his obligations under the Contract Document. The Employer/
Owner shall not be liable for or in respect of any demand or compensation payable by law in respect
or in consequence of any accident or injury to any workmen or other person. In the employment of
the Contractor or his Sub-Contractor the Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the
Employer/ Owner against all such damages and compensations and against all claims, damages,
proceedings, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto.
98.2 Payment of Claims and Damages
Should the Employer/ Owner have to pay any money in respect of such claims or demands as
aforesaid the amount so paid and the costs incurred by the Employer/ Owner shall be charged to
and paid by the Contractor and the Contractor shall not be at liberty to dispute or question the right
of the Employer/ Owner to make such payments notwithstanding the same, may have been made
without the consent or authority or in law or otherwise to the contrary.
98.3 In every case in which by virtue of the provisions of Section 12, Sub-section (i) of workmen's
compensation Act, 1923 or other applicable provision of Workmen Compensation Act or any other
Act, the Employer/ Owner is obliged to pay compensation to a workman employed by the Contractor
in execution of the Work, the Employer/ Owner will recover from the Contractor the amount of the
compensation so paid, and without prejudice to the rights of Employer/ Owner under Section 12,
Sub- section (2) of the said Act, Employer/ Owner shall be at liberty to recover such amount or any
part thereof by deducting it from the Contract Performance Security or from any sum due to the
Contractor whether under this Contract or otherwise. The Employer/ Owner shall not be bound to
contest any claim made under Section 12, Sub-section (i) of the said act, except on the written
request of the Contractor and upon his giving to the Employer/ Owner full security for all costs for
which the Employer/ Owner might become liable in consequence of contesting such claim.
99. Health and Sanitary Arrangements for Workers
99.1 In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the Works for the performance of the
Contractor's part of this agreement, the Contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with
all the rules and regulations of the local sanitary and other authorities or as framed by the Owner
from time to time for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for all workers.
99.2 The Contractor shall provide in the labour colony all amenities such as electricity, water and other
sanitary and health arrangements. The Contractor shall also provide necessary surface
transportation to the place of work and back to the colony for their personnel accommodated in the
labour colony.
[I] APPLICABLE LAWS & SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
100. Arbitration
Normally all disputes should be settled by negotiations between the Owner and the concerned
parties.
In case any dispute / difference is not settled through negotiations, the respective parties can seek
remedy through Arbitration only by invoking the same within 120 days of raising of dispute. No
disputes shall be referred to civil courts other than through Arbitration.

The issues/ disputes which cannot be mutually resolved through negotiations within the time
stipulated above, all such disputes shall be referred to arbitration by Sole Arbitrator.
Owner shall suggest a panel of three independent and distinguished persons to the Contractor/
Supplier (as the case may be) to select any one among them to act as the Sole Arbitrator. In the
event of failure of the other parties to select the Sole Arbitrator within 30 (Thirty) Days from the
receipt of the communication suggesting the panel of arbitrators, the right of selection of the sole
arbitrator by the other party shall stand forfeited and Owner shall have discretion to proceed with
the appointment of the Sole Arbitrator. The decision of Owner on the appointment of the sole
arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties. The award of sole arbitrator shall be final and
binding on the parties and unless directed/ awarded otherwise by the sole arbitrator, the cost of
arbitration proceedings shall be shared equally by the parties.
The Arbitration proceedings shall be in English language and venue shall be the State of the owner
as specified in the BDS/SCC. Subject to the above, the provisions of (Indian) Arbitration &
Conciliation Act 1996 and the Rules framed there under shall be applicable. All matter relating to
this contract are subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court situated in the state of the owner
as specified in the BDS/SCC.
Above mentioned Arbitration clause will be applicable for the Disputes where the amount of claim is
less than or equal to INR 1Crore (Indian Rupees One Crore only). For the cases of disputes where
the amount of claim is more than INR 1 Crore (Indian Rupees One Crore), such disputes will be
settled through commercial Courts established under the Commercial Courts, Commercial Division
and Commercial Appellate divisions of High Courts act, 2015.Before going to the commercial court
for settlement, such disputes be first referred to conciliation for settlement and in case of failure in
conciliation, disputes be referred to the commercial courts for adjudication. In cases of funded
packages, the aforesaid changes shall be implemented after concurrence of the funding agency.
FOR THE SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES BETWEEN GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT AND

ANOTHER AND ONE GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT AND PUBLIC ENTERPRISE AND ONE
PUBLIC ENTERPRISE AND ANOTHER THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
In the event of any dispute or difference between the parties hereto, such dispute or difference shall
be resolved amicably by mutual consultation or through the good offices of empowered agencies of
the Government.
If such resolution is not possible, then, the unresolved dispute or difference shall be referred to
arbitration of an arbitrator to be nominated by Secretary, Department of Legal Affairs ("Law
Secretary") in terms of the Office Memorandum No.55/3/1/75-CF, dated the 19th December 1975
issued by the Cabinet Secretariat (Department of Cabinet Affairs), as modified from time to time.
The Arbitration Act 1940 (10 of 1940) shall not be applicable to the arbitration under this clause. The
award of the Arbitrator shall be binding upon parties to the dispute. Provided, however, any party
aggrieved by such award may make a further reference for setting aside or revision of the award to
Law Secretary whose decision shall bind the parties finally and conclusively.
101. Jurisdiction
101.1 The Contract shall be governed by and constructed according to the laws in force in INDIA. The
Contractor hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the Courts situated at “State of the Owner of the
Project as defined in the BDS/SCC” for the purposes of disputes, actions and proceedings arising
out of the Contract, the courts at “State of the Owner of the Project” only will have the jurisdiction
to hear and decide such disputed, actions and proceedings.

[J] SAFETY CODES
102. General
102.1 Contractor shall adhere to safe construction practice and guard against hazardous, and unsafe
working conditions and shall comply with Safety rules as set forth herein.
Any hazardous material used during construction or used as part of the plant has to be taken back
by the supplier for recycling or dumping purpose after its operating / working life, so that it may not
affect the environment or any living being. Contractor have to comply with State Pollution Board
regulation.
103. Safety Regulations
103.1 i) In respect of all labour, directly employed in the Work for the performance of Contractor's part of
this agreement, the Contractor shall at his own expense arrange for all the safety provisions as per
safety codes of C.P.W.D., Indian Standards Institution. The Electricity Act, The Mines Act and such
other acts as applicable.
ii) The Contractor shall observe and abide by all fire and safety regulations of the Owner. Before
starting construction, work Contractor shall consult with Owner’s safety Engineers or Engineer-in-
Charge/Project Manager and must make good to the satisfaction of the Employer/ Owner any loss
or damage due to fire to any portion of the work done or to be done under this agreement or to any
of the Employer's/Owner’s existing property.
104. First Aid and Industrial Injuries
104.1 i) Contractor shall maintain first aid facilities for its employees and those of its Sub-Contractor.
ii) Contractor shall make arrangements for Ambulance Service, on requirement basis and for the
treatment of industrial injuries. Names of those providing these services shall be furnished to
Employer/ Owner prior to start of construction and their telephone numbers shall be prominently
posted in Contractor's Site Office.
ii) All critical industrial injuries shall be reported promptly to Employer/ Owner, and a copy of
Contractor's report covering each personal injury requiring the attention of a physician shall be
furnished to the Employer/ Owner.
105. General Rules
105.1 Site is a Nonsmoking zone area. Hence, Smoking within the battery area, tank farm or dock limits
is strictly prohibited. Vi.
106. Contractor's Barricades
106.1 i) Contractor shall erect and maintain barricades required in connection with his operation to guard
or protect: -
a) Excavations
b) Hoisting Areas.
c) Areas adjudged hazardous by Contractor's or Employer's/ Owner’s inspectors.
d) Employer's/ Owner’s existing property subject to damage by Contractor's Operations.

e) Rail Road unloading spots
ii) Contractor's employees and those of his Sub-Contractor's shall become acquainted with
Employer's/ Owner’s barricading practice and shall respect the provisions thereof.
iii) Barricades and hazardous areas adjacent to, but not located in normal routes of travel shall be
marked by red flasher lanterns at nights.
107. Working at Height
107.1 i) Scaffolding or staging more than 4 meters above the ground or floor, swing suspended from an
overhead support or erected with stationary support shall have a guard rail properly attached, bolted,
braced and otherwise retarded at least one meter high above the floor or platform of such scaffolding
or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only such
openings as may be necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be so
fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the building or structure.
ii) Working platform, gangway and stairway should be so constructed that they should not sag
unduly or unequally and if the height of platform of the gangway or the stairway is more than 4
meters above the ground level or floor level, they should be closely boarded, should have adequate
width and should be suitably fastened as in ii) above.
iii) Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with suitable
means to prevent the fall of persons or materials by providing suitable fencing of railing whose
minimum heights shall be 1 meter.
iv) While working at the substation and for construction of transmission line Towers and their
subsequent maintenance, experienced manpower should be deployed with appropriate protection
Equipments, such as insulating gloves, fall arrestor etc.
108. Excavation and Trenching
108.1 All trenches 1.5 Meters or more in depth, shall at all times be supplied with at least one ladder for
each 50 Meters length or fraction thereof. Ladder shall be extended from bottom of the trenches to
at least 1 meter above the surface of the ground. The sides of the trenches which are 1.5 Meters in
depth shall be stepped back to give suitable slope or securely held by timber bracing, so as to avoid
the danger of sides to collapse. The excavated materials shall not be placed within 1.5 Meters of
the edge of the trench or half of the trench width whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top
to bottom. Under no circumstances undermining or under-cutting shall be done.
109. Demolition/ General Safety
109.1 i) Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the progress of the demolition work
a) All roads and open areas adjacent to the work site shall either be closed or suitably protected.
b) No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be a source of danger shall remain electrically
charged.
c) All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed from risk of fire or
explosion or flooding. No floor, roof or other part of the building shall be so overloaded with debris
or materials as to render it unsafe.
ii) All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate should be kept available for the
use of the persons employed on the Site and maintained in condition suitable for immediate use,

and the Contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by those
concerned.
a) Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials, cement and lime mortars shall be provided with
protective footwear and protective gloves.
b) Those engaged in white washing and mixing or stacking or cement bags or any material which
are injurious to the eyes be provided with protective goggles.
c) Those engaged in welding and cutting works shall be provided with protective face & eye shield,
hand gloves, etc.
d) Stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective clothing and seated at
sufficiently safe intervals.
e) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in use, the CONTRACTOR shall
ensure that the manhole covers are opened and are ventilated at least for an hour before the workers
are allowed to get into the manholes, and the manholes so opened shall be cordoned off with
suitable railing and provided with warning signals or board to prevent accident to the public.
f) The CONTRACTOR shall not employ men below the age of 18 years and women on the work of
painting with products containing lead in any form. Wherever men above the age of 18 years are
employed on the work of lead painting, the following precautions should be taken.
1) No paint containing lead or lead product shall be used except in the form of paste or readymade
paint.
2) Suitable face masks should be supplied for use by the workers when paint is applied in the form
of spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and scrapped.
3) Overalls shall be supplied by the Contractor to the workmen and adequate facilities shall be
provided to enable the working painters to wash them during and on cessation of work.
iii) When the work is done near any place where there is risk of drowning, all necessary safety
equipment should be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps taken for prompt
rescue of any person in danger and adequate provision should be made for prompt first aid treatment
of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work.
iv)Use of hoisting machines and tackles including their attachments, anchorage and supports shall
conform to the following standards or conditions:
a) These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound materials and adequate strength and free
from latent defect and shall be kept in good working order.
b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as means of suspension shall be of durable
quality and adequate strength and free from patent defects.
c) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified and no person under
the age of 21 years should be in charge of any hoisting machine including any scaffolding, winch or
give signals to the operator.
d) In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle, swivel, and pulley block
used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension, the safe working load shall be ascertained
by adequate means. Every hoisting machine and all gears referred to above shall be plainly marked
with the safe working load of the conditions under which it is applicable and the same shall be clearly
indicated. No part of any machine or any gear referred to above in this paragraph shall be loaded
beyond safe working load except for the purpose of testing.

e) As regards Contractor's machines, the Contractor shall notify the safe working load of the
machine to the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager whenever he brings any machinery to Site of
Work and get it verified by the Engineer concerned.
v) Motors, gears, transmission lines, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting appliances
should be provided with efficient safeguards. Hoisting appliances should be provided with such
means as to reduce to minimum the accidental descent of the load, adequate precautions should
be taken to reduce the minimum risk of any part or parts of a suspended load becoming accidentally
displaced. When workers are employed on electrical installations which are already energized,
insulating mats, wearing apparel, such as gloves, sleeves, and boots as may be necessary should
be provided. The workers shall not wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials which
are good conductors of electricity.
vi) All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be maintained
in safe conditions and no scaffolds, ladder or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is in
use. Adequate washing facilities should be provided at or near places of work.
vii) These safety provisions should be brought to the notice of all concerned by displaying on a
notice board at a prominent place at the work-spot. The person responsible for compliance of the
safety code shall be named therein by the Contractor.
viii) To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety precautions, the
arrangements made by the Contractor shall be open to inspection by the Engineer-in-Charge/Project
Manager or safety Engineer of the owner.
ix) Notwithstanding the above clauses there is nothing in these to exempt the Contractor for the
operations of any other Act or rules in force in the Republic of India. The work throughout including
any temporary works shall be carried out in such a manner as not to interfere in any way whatsoever
with the traffic on any roads or footpath at the site or in the vicinity thereto or any existing works
whether the property of the Administration or of a third party.
In addition to the above, the Contractor shall abide by the safety code provision as per C.P.W.D.
Safety code and Indian Standard Safety Code from time to time.
110. Care in Handling Inflammable Gas
110.1 The Contractor has to ensure all precautionary measures and exercise utmost care in handling the
inflammable gas cylinder/ inflammable liquids/ paints etc. as required under the law and/ or as
advised by the fire Authorities of the Owner or Administration.
111. Temporary Combustible Structures
111.1 Temporary combustible structures will not be built near or around work site.
112. Precautions against Fire
112.1 The Contractor will have to provide Fire Extinguishers, Fire Buckets and drums at worksite as per
specifications & standards. They will have to ensure all precautionary measures and exercise utmost
care in handling the inflammable gas cylinders/ inflammable liquid/ paints etc. as advised by
Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager. Temporary combustible structure will not be built near or
around the work-site.

113. Explosives
113.1 Explosives shall not be stored or used on the Work or on the Site by the Contractor without the
permission of the Engineer-in-Charge/Project Manager in writing and then only in the manner and
to the extent to which such permission is given. When explosives are required for the Work they will
be stored in a special magazine to be provided at the cost of the Contractor in accordance with the
Explosives Rules. The Contractor shall obtain the necessary license for the storage and the use of
explosives and all operations in which or for which explosives are employed shall be at sole risk and
responsibility of the Contractor and the Contractor shall indemnify the Employer/Owner against any
loss or damage resulting directly or indirectly therefrom.
114. Preservation of Place
114.1 The Contractor shall take requisite precautions and use his best endeavors to prevent any riotous
or unlawful behavior by or amongst his worker and others employed or the works and for the
preservation of peace and protection of the inhabitants and security of property in the neighborhood
of the Work. In the event of the Owner requiring the maintenance of a Special Police Force at or in
the vicinity of the site during the tenure of works, the expenses thereof shall be borne by the
Contractor and if paid by the Owner shall be recoverable from the Contractor.
115. Outbreak of Infectious Diseases
115.1 The Contractor shall remove from his camp such labour and their facilities who refuse protective
inoculation and vaccination when called upon to do. Should Cholera, Plague or other infectious
diseases break out the Contractor shall burn the huts, beddings, clothes and other belongings or
used by the infected parties and promptly erect new huts on healthy sites as failing which the work
may be done by the owner and the cost thereof recovered from the Contractor.
116. Use of Intoxicants
116.1 The unauthorized sale of spirits or other intoxicants, beverages upon the work in any of the buildings,
encampments or tenements owned, occupied by or within the control of the Contractor or any of his
employee is forbidden and the Contractor shall exercise his influence and authority to the utmost
extent to secure strict compliance with this condition.
In addition to the above, the Contractor shall abide by the safety code provision as per C.P.W.D.
safety code, Indian Standard Code & OHSAS 18001 framed from time to time.

Tender for the Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, commissioning
SECTION - V
SPECIAL
CONDITIONS OF
CONTRACT
(SCC)
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No SCC Signature of Bidder

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)

The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall supplement the General Conditions of
Contract (GCC). Wherever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GCC.
The corresponding Clause number(s) of the GCC is/ are indicated in parentheses.
SCC GCC Clause Ref.

Details/ Description/ Special Conditions
No. No. (If Applicable)
The Employer is:
Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited,

D - 3, 1st Floor, Wing - A, Prius Platinum Building, District Centre

Telephone Nos.: - 0091-(0)11-71989256/ 71989290
Fax No.: - 0091-(0)11-71989243
E-mail: - [email protected]
1. The Owner is:

Definitions Kind Attn: [GM (E&M) PHs & WSs]
(GCC clause 1) Telephone Nos.: - +91 9491145093

The Engineer-in-Charge is:

2.
“To be nominated”
The Time for Completion for all of the Plants in total shall be 09
(Nine) Months till commissioning from the Effective Date of the
Notification of Award (NOA)
3.
Further Contractor is also to provide Operation & Maintenance
Contract of Solar Photo Voltaic Plant for a period of 10 (Ten) years
from the date of Operational Acceptance of the individual Plants.

S. No. Stage Reference from D

3.1 Issue of NOA Zero Date (D)
Commissioning of all of the Plants in total along with Completion
3.1 of Facilities in line with Technical/ Functional/ Performance D + 09 Months
Requirement stated under this Tender Document.
SCC GCC Clause Ref. No.

No. (If Applicable)
Add following to the existing clause regarding the Site

Visit :
a. The proposed solar powered plants are to set up at various

areas of SCCL, i.e., in the districts of Bhadradri Kothagudem,
Peddapalli, Mancherial districts of Telangana State.
b. Prospective Bidders are advised to visit the site to study the

actual conditions and go through the plans/ drawings
connected to the present scope of work etc including power
evacuation system and get acquainted with the same before
attending Pre-bid meeting. For seeking visit of site or any
clarifications bidders may contact the General Manager (E&M)
PHs & Ws / SCCL (e-mail : [email protected]).
c. The Bidder at the Bidder’s own responsibility, cost and risk

shall inspect and examine the site and its surrounding, and
shall satisfy themselves fully before submitting bids as to the
form and nature of the site, the geological conditions decisive
Location of Site for the success of the project, the means of access to the site,
4 the loading and unloading facilities etc. In general, the Bidders
(GCC clause 2.1.a) shall themselves obtain all necessary information as to risks,
contingencies and other circumstances susceptible to influence
or affect their bids.
d. Although certain information are provided in Scope of work

of this tender documents, it should be checked by the Bidders,
any neglect or failure to obtain or confirm such information will
not relieve the Bidders from any liability or responsibilities to
carry out the works according to the contract. SCCL will assist
the Bidders in obtaining the data required but will not assume
responsibility either for the data obtained or for their
completeness.
e. Bidders shall acquaint themselves on their own responsibility

with laws and regulations in India under which the work is to be
performed including those which may influence, in general or
in detail, design, supply, transportation, erection, operation of
the equipment and requirement of manpower. Any failure or
neglect to do so will not absolve the potential Contractor from
his contractual obligation.


No. (If Applicable)
f. It is specially emphasized that it shall be the responsibility of
the Bidders to have themselves familiarized with the prevailing
conditions and that no claim relating thereto for additional
payment or adjustment of a Contract price will be acceptable
after the submission of their Bid.
g. It shall be deemed that the tenderer has visited the site/area

and got fully acquainted with the working conditions and other
prevalent conditions and fluctuations thereto whether he visits
the site/area or not and has taken all the factors into account
while quoting his rates.
h. Prospective Bidders are advised to carefully read the Tender

documents along with Annexures, understand them in the proper
perspective and then fill the Technical Bid Format, Commercial Bid
Format and Price Bid Format (SOR).
Replace the existing clause by following:
Against EPC/ LSTK & O&M Contract of the project, within 30 (Thirty)
days from the issuance of the Notification of Award/ Letter of Intent,
the successful bidder shall furnish unconditional and irrevocable
individual Bank Guarantees for respective sites (Site 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5)
issued by any Public-Sector Banks (SBI & Associates and
Nationalized banks) in the fashion as mentioned below.
However, where value of BG is Rs.5 lakhs and above, the BG should

be obtained from the bank branches situated at Hyderabad /
Kothagudem or operative and payable at bank branches situated at
Hyderabad/ Kothagudem.
The Contract Performance Security shall be in the form of Bank

Guarantee only and shall be in the currency of the Contract and will
be issued individually for all the sites (Site 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5) in the name
of the Owner as “Singareni Collieries Company Limited,
Telangana, Kothagudem, Telanagana State”
The Contract Performance Security against this Contract need to be

furnished in 02 (Two) different stages as mentioned below: -
Contract Performance
Security 1. First Stage (Supply and Services): The value of the Contract
Performance Security shall be 10% of the Contract Value (i.e.,
(GCC clause 24) total sum of the Supply, Service and absolute value of O & M
5. Contract) and will remain valid 90 (Ninety) days beyond half of
the prescribed O & M Period, i.e. 05 (five) Years. Henceforth,
10% Contract Performance Security needs to be furnished for
the first 05 (five) Years of the O & M period.
2. Second Stage (O&M): The Performance security shall be

furnished 30 days prior to completion of first 05 years of O&M
and value of the Contract Performance Security shall be 05% of
the Contract Value (i.e., total sum of the Supply, Service and
absolute value of O & M Contract) and will remain valid 90


No. (If Applicable)
(Ninety) days beyond the balance O & M Period, i.e. balance 05
(five). Henceforth, 05% Contract Performance Security needs to
be furnished for the last 5 (five) of the O & M period.
3. Contractor needs to furnish the revised Contract Performance

Security amounting 05% of the total Contract Value as
mentioned above within the validity period of the Contract
Performance Security submitted at First Stage.
4. In case the Contractor fails to furnish the Contract Performance

Security mentioned under the Second Stage within the indicated
time period as mentioned above under point no. 3, Owner at their
sole discretion will forfeit the Contract Performance Security
furnished at First Stage.
5. The Contract Performance Security shall be towards faithful

performance of the contractual obligations and performance of
equipment.
6. In case of any default or failure of the Contractor to comply with

the requirements of any of the Obligations covered under this
Tender Document and/ or Contract Agreement shall constitute
sufficient grounds for forfeiture of the entire Contract
Performance Security which will be inclusive of GST.
7. Further, any delay beyond 30 (Thirty) days shall attract interest

@ 1.25% per month on the total Contract Performance Security
amount, calculated on pro-rata basis accordingly. Owner at its
sole discretion may cancel the Contract Agreement/ NOA &
forfeit 100% of EMD inclusive of GST, in case Contract
Performance Security is not submitted within 45 (Forty-Five)
days from issuance of NOA. However, total project completion
period shall remain same. Part Security shall not be accepted.
Contract Performance Security submitted shall be released to

the Contractor without any interest not later than 75 (Seventy-
Five) days after the successful completion of the complete
O&M period (10 Years) subject to the approval and acceptance
of the O&M period deliverables.
1. During the Operational Acceptance after providing 03 chances

Functional for the PR demonstration, any shortfall in the Performance
Guarantees Ratio (PR) as determined through the PR Test Procedure
6.
specified in Section VII, Scope of Work and Technical
(GCC clause 43.1.1) Specifications, & “PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE TEST
PROCEDURE”, will attract imposition of penalty. For every
0.01 shortfall in PR below 0.78, a penalty of 1% of the total
Contract Value (i.e., total sum of all the Supply , Service and
absolute value of O & M Contract) shall be levied. In case the


No. (If Applicable)
Contract Performance Security has already been encashed on
account of any default/delays, the penalty amount will be
recovered from any due payments to the contractor. In case
the Plant PR result is less than 0.73, then the total plant will be
rejected & the total Contract Performance Security submitted
by the contractor will be forfeited & no further payments due to
the contractor will be made. .
2. During the demonstration of yearly CUF, any shortfall in

generation below the committed annual CUF will be penalized
@ INR 5.65/Unit. The CUF shall be evaluated as per the
formula mentioned Section VII, Scope of Work and Technical
Specifications.
3. In case the Project fails to generate any power continuously for

1 month any time during the O&M period, apart from the force
majeure and grid outages as certified by competent authority,
it shall be considered as “an event of default”. In the case of
default, the entire Contract Performance Security will be
forfeited & the Owner may terminate the O&M contract.
4. Penalty during O&M period against breakdown of other

Infrastructure of Solar Power Plant which doesn’t affect the
generation of power, directly such as but not limited to civil
infrastructure, water supply system/network, other
Infrastructure developed by the Contractor as a Scope of Work
for the Project (Section-VII: Scope of Works & Technical
Specifications) shall be penalized @ Rs.1000/day, per incident
of breakdown reported beyond 48 Hours of such reporting.
Cumulative value of such penalty shall be limited to 50% of
yearly O&M cost.
5. The Penalty specified on account of delays, as specified in

Liquidated Damages and Penalty specified on account of
deviations in Functional Guarantees as above shall be assessed
independent of each other.
1.0 Add following to the existing clause:

2.0
3.0 Following general payment terms will be followed for all of the
respective 05 Site Contracts (Site 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5) & payments will be
released on individual site basis.
Schedule of Rates &
4.0
Payments
7. 5.0 A. The payment for the Supply Portion of the First Contract (Supply
& Services Contract) shall be made as per the following terms and
(GCC clause 80.1)
conditions:
6.0
7.0 i) Interest bearing adjustable initial advance (OPTIONAL) of 10% of
the Contract Value (i.e., total sum of all the Supply Contract) shall be
released to successful bidder upon receipt of unconditional
acceptance of NOA, detailed Performa invoice of contractor and


No. (If Applicable)
against submission of unconditional & irrevocable Advance Bank
Guarantee (ABG) with a validity period up to date of final
commissioning total amounting to 110% of total advance amount.
The ABG needs to be submitted in addition to the Contract
Performance Security. The annual interest rate shall be calculated
based on SBI one-year MCLR + 3.5% as applicable. Successful
bidder will be required to submit the individual ABGs on individual site
basis for claiming the advance amount.
8.0
ii) Seventy percent (70%) payments shall be paid on Pro rata basis
against supply, receipt and acceptance of Materials at site on
submission of documents (except Advance Bank Guarantee)
indicated under clause i) above, Contractor’s detailed invoice &
packing list identifying contents of each shipment, evidence of
dispatch (GR/ LR copy), Manufacturer’s/ Contractor’s Guarantee
certificate of Quality, submission of the certificate by the Executing
Agency’s authorized representative that the item(s) have been
received and MDCC (Material Dispatch Clearance Certificate) issued
by Executing Agency's authorized representative in original.
9.0
(a) If Successful Bidder has opted for advance then, Ten percent
(10%) (full amount of advance) shall be adjusted while making
payments of this installment. Also, up-to-date accrued interest shall
also be recovered.
(iii) Twenty percent (20%) payments shall be paid against successful

erection, testing and commissioning of materials at site and
Operational Acceptance of the Facility pursuant to successful
Guarantee Tests and demonstration of Performance Ratio (PR)
including submission of all as-built drawings and documents.
(iv) Final Ten percent (10%) payment of Supplies shall be paid after
CUF demonstration on completion of first year of O&M of the Facility
pursuant to submission of all requisite documentation. However, this
Payment may also be released after demonstration of PR and
submission of all requisite documentation on the submission of
additional Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount. The BG shall be
valid up to demonstration of CUF for the successful first year of
Operation. However, in case of delay, the BG shall be extended
suitably.
The supplier shall upload his Tax Invoice in the GSTN as per the
provisions of the GST Act i.e., by 10th of the month subsequent to
the month in which “Time of Supply” arises. In respect of orders
where the entire order quantity is executed through a single Tax
Invoice and if the “Tax Invoice” is not uploaded within the time limits
prescribed under GST Act, the amount of tax contained in the
Invoice will be withheld by SCCL till such time the invoice is uploaded
in the GSTN Portal.
In respect of orders where the entire order quantity is executed in

phased manner through multiple invoices or where staggered
payment is made, if the “Tax Invoice” is not uploaded within the time
limits prescribed under GST Act, the tax amount will be withheld from


No. (If Applicable)
the payment made against subsequent Invoice till such time the
invoice is uploaded. The final payment is subject to compliance of all
formalities under GST by the supplier.
B. Now, the payment for the Service Portion of the First Contract
(Supply & Services Contract) shall be made as per the following
terms and conditions. No Initial Advance Payment shall be made
against the Service Portion Part.
i) For Freight and Insurance Portion, the payment shall be made in

line with Supply Portion of the First Contract, as described in point A
of this clause, without releasing any initial advance.
ii) For Erection, Testing and Commissioning Portion, the payment

shall be made as detailed below: -
(a) Eighty Percent (80%) of the total price of Design, Engineering,

Erection, Testing and Commissioning shall be paid on pro-rata basis
on completion of installation of equipment on certification by the
Engineer-In-Charge/ Project Manager for the quantum of work
completed after successful clearance of quality check points involved
in the quantum of work billed.
(b) Ten Percent (10%) of the total price of Design, Engineering,

Erection, Testing and Commissioning shall be paid on Operational
Acceptance of the Facility pursuant to successful integration with
existing internal grid system, Guarantee Tests and demonstration of
PR.
(c) Final Ten percent (10%) payments shall be paid after CUF
demonstration after first year of O&M of the Facility pursuant to
submission of all requisite documentation. However, this Payment
may also be released after successful Guarantee Tests and
demonstration of PR and submission of all requisite documentation
on the submission of additional Bank Guarantee of equivalent
amount. The BG shall be valid up to demonstration of CUF for the
successful first year of Operation. However, in case of delay, the BG
shall be extended suitably.
iii) For Civil & Allied works portion, of the 1st contract, the payment
shall be made as detailed below:
(a) Eighty Percent (80%) of the total price of Civil Works shall be paid
progressively on certification by the Project Manager/ Engineer In -
Charge for the quantum of work completed/ Milestones achieved
after successful clearance of quality check points involved in the
quantum of work.
(b) Ten Percent (10%) of the total price of Civil Works shall be paid
on completion of all the civil works including finishing and debris
removal.


No. (If Applicable)
(c) Final Ten (10%) of the total price of Civil Works shall be paid after
CUF demonstration after first year of O&M of the Facility pursuant to
completion of all the civil works including finishing and debris
removal. However, this Payment may also be released after
completion of all the civil works including finishing and debris removal
on submission of Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount. The BG
shall be valid up to demonstration of CUF for the successful first year
of Operation. However, in case of delay, the BG shall be extended
suitably.
C. For the Second Contract (related to Operation & Maintenance

Part), the payment shall be made as detailed below: -
(a) Operation and Maintenance of the entire Project payment will be

released on quarterly basis at the end of every quarter for each year
till 10 (Ten) years.
(i) Year 1 : OM -1
(ii) Year 2 : OM -2
(iii) Year 3 : OM -3
(iv) Year 4 : OM -4
(v) Year 5 : OM -5
(vi) Year 6 : OM -6
(vii) Year 7 : OM -7
(viii) Year 8 : OM -8
(ix) Year 9 : OM -9
(x) Year 10 : OM -10
In case of any default, Non Performance or breach of contractual

conditions of the O&M contract during the O&M period, the
penalties/deductions, if applicable will be liable to be deducted from
the Quarterly O&M payments first & then from the Contract
Performance Security.
D. All the payment shall be released from Owner’s Head Office,

Telangana, upon submission of Original Documents as mentioned
against each Payment Milestones, Joint Commissioning and Handing
Over Certificate duly certified by the authorized representative of the
Owner.
Replace the existing clause by following:
Normally all disputes should be settled by negotiations

Arbitration between the Company and the concerned parties.
8.
(GCC clause100 ) In case any dispute / difference is not settled through
negotiations, the respective parties can seek remedy
through Arbitration only by invoking the same within 120
days of raising of dispute. No disputes shall be referred
to civil courts other than through Arbitration.


No. (If Applicable)
(a) In case of any dispute Sole Arbitrator shall be

appointed from the list of 3 judicial officers
maintained by SCCL duly following the provisions
of Arbitration and conciliation act 1996 as
amended from time to time. The list of such
names shall be forwarded to the party as and
when the party requests for resolving the dispute.
Such Judicial Officer as chosen by the party will
be appointed by the Chairman & Managing
Director to adjudicate the dispute as a Sole
Arbitrator. The Arbitrator so appointed shall
conduct the proceedings in accordance with the
Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended
from time to time and pass a reasoned award.
Both the parties should bear the cost of the
arbitration equally.
(b) If the Sole Arbitrator appointed by the Chairman

& Managing Director of the Singareni Collieries
Company Limited is unable to continue as an
Arbitrator for any reasons to be recorded in writing
and the Chairman & Managing Director of
Singareni Collieries Company Limited thinks fit for
appointment of a new Arbitrator in the place of
existing Arbitrator, he is having a power to do so.
Such new Arbitrator shall be appointed following
the same procedure as contemplated in (a)
above.
(c) As and when such new Arbitrator is appointed, he

can either continue the arbitration proceedings
from the stage where the earlier Arbitrator
discontinued his proceedings or alternatively the
new Arbitrator may start proceedings de novo if
the circumstances warrant him to do so.
(d) Failing to invoke Arbitration Clause within 120

days of dispute (from the date of the raising of the
dispute). it is deemed that there is no dispute
between the parties. No disputes shall be
entertained in any form and on any matter
pertaining to contract after expiry of 120 days of
the period.
(e) The expenses payable to the Sole Arbitrator shall

be governed by the Arbitration & Conciliation Act,
1996 as amended from time to time and shall be
borne equally by both parties to the dispute.


No. (If Applicable)

SECTION - VI
SAMPLE FORMS
&
FORMATS
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No SOR Signature of

Power Plant Project SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150 Page 1 of 52 Bidder
Preamble
This Section (Section - VI) of the Bidding Documents [named as Sample Forms and
Procedures (FP)] provides proforma to be used by the bidders at the time of their bid
preparation and by the Contractor subsequent to the award of Contract.
The Bidder shall complete, sign and submit with its bid the relevant FORMS to be used
unamended, in accordance with the requirements included in the Bidding Documents.
The Bidder shall provide the EMD, in the form included hereafter acceptable to the
Employer, pursuant to the provisions in the instructions to Bidders.
The Performance Security (ies) and Bank Guarantee for Advance Payment forms
should not be completed by the bidders at the time of their bid preparation. Only the
successful Bidder will be required to provide the Performance Security(ies) and Bank
Guarantee for Advance Payment, according to one of the forms indicated herein
acceptable to the Employer and pursuant to the provisions of the General and Special
Conditions of Contract, respectively.
Depending on specific facts and circumstances related to the Bid/ Tender and the
contract, the text of the Forms herein may need to be modified to some extent. The
Employer reserves the right to make such modifications in conformity with such specific
facts and circumstances and rectify and consequent discrepancies, if any. However,
modifications, if any, to the text of the Forms that may be required in the opinion of the
Bidder/ Contractor shall be effected only if the same is approved by the Employer. The
Employer’s decision in this regard shall be final and binding.


LIST OF FORMS & FORMAT

Form No. Description
F-0 COVERING LETTER
F-1 BIDDER’S GENERAL INFORMATION
FORMAT FOR INDEMNITY BOND TO BE EXECUTED BY THE
F-2 CONTRACTOR FOR THE REMOVAL / DISPOSAL OF
SCRAP/DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL – IF APPLICABLE
INDEMNITY BOND TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR
THE PLANT HANDED OVER FOR PERFORMANCE OF ITS O&M
F-3
CONTRACT (ENTIRE SOLAR PHOTO VOLTAIC PLANT) – DURING
HANDOVER
PROFORMA OF "BANK GUARANTEE" FOR "EARNEST MONEY
F-4
DEPOSIT (EMD)”
F-5 INDEMNITY BOND
F-6 NO DEVIATION CONFIRMATION
DECLARATION REGARDING BANNING AND LIQUIDATION, COURT
F-7
RECEIVERSHIP ETC.
PROFORMA OF "BANK GUARANTEE" FOR "CONTRACT
F-9
PERFORMANCE SECURITY"
F-13 BIDDER’S EXPERIENCE
FORMAT OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANT CERTIFICATE FOR
F-16
FINANCIAL CAPABILITY OF THE BIDDER
F-17 FORMAT FOR JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT
FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR JOINT VENTURE
F-17A
AGREEMENT
F-18 FORMAT FOR CONSORTIUM AGREEMENT
FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR CONSORTIUM
F-18A
AGREEMENT
F-19 E-BANKING FORMAT
F-20 PROFORMA OF "BANK GUARANTEE" FOR "ADVANCE PAYMENT"
F-22 LIST OF BANKS
F-23 SHAREHOLDING CERTIFICATE
F-24 POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR BIDDING COMPANY

Form F-0
COVERING LETTER
(The Covering Letter should be submitted on the Letter Head of the Bidding Company)
Ref.No. _________ Date:

___________
From: ____________ (Insert name and address of Bidding Company)

__________________
__________________
Tel.#:
Fax#:
E-mail address#
To

D - 3, 1st Floor, Wing - A, Prius Platinum Building
District Centre, Saket, New Delhi - 110 017
Sub: Bid for “Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing &
Commissioning of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant including 10 Years Plant O&M at different
premises of Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL), Telangana ”
Dear Sir / Madam,
1. We, the undersigned…. [insert name of the ‘Bidder’] having read, examined and understood in
detail the tender Document for “Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection,
Testing & Commissioning of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant including 10 Years Plant O&M
at different premises of Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL), Telangana” hereby

submit our Bid comprising of Techno Commercial Bid and Price Bid. We confirm that neither we
nor any of our Parent Company/ Affiliat / Ultimate Parent Company has submitted Bid other than
this Bid directly or indirectly in response to the aforesaid tender.
2. We give our unconditional acceptance to the tender, dated……………… and tender documents
attached thereto, issued by Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited, as amended. As a token
of our acceptance to the tender documents, the same have been initialled by us and enclosed
to the Bid. We shall ensure that we execute such tender documents as per the provisions of the
tender and provisions of such tender documents shall be binding on us.
3. Bid Capacity
We have bid for the capacity of 150 MW (AC).
4. Bid Processing Fees
We have enclosed a Bid Processing Fees of INR………. (Insert Amount), in the form of Demand
Draft/ Banker’s Cheque no………. (Insert reference of the DD/ Banker’s Cheque) dated…………
(Insert date of DD/ banker’s cheque) from …………. (Insert name of Bank providing DD/ banker’s
cheque) and valid up to and including …………. in terms of Clause …… of this tender.
5. Earnest Money Deposit
We have enclosed an Earnest Money Deposit of INR………. (Insert Amount), in the form of
bank guarantee no………. (Insert reference of the bank guarantee) dated………… (Insert date
of bank guarantee) as per Format F-4 from …………. (Insert name of Bank providing BG) and
valid up to and including …………. in terms of Clause …… of this tender. The offered quantum
of power by us is ____ MWp. (Insert total capacity offered).
6. We have submitted our Price Bid strictly as per this tender, without any deviations, conditions
and without mentioning any assumptions or notes for the Price Bid in the said format(s).
7. In case we are a Successful Bidder, we shall furnish a declaration at the time of commissioning
of the Project to the affect that neither we have availed nor we shall avail in future any Incentive
other than received from SECI for implementation of the project.
8. Acceptance
We hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree and accept that the decision made by Solar
Energy Corporation of India Limited in respect of any matter regarding or arising out of the
tender shall be binding on us. We hereby expressly waive any and all claims in respect of Bid
process.
We confirm that there are no litigations or disputes against us, which materially affect our ability
to fulfil our obligations with regard to execution of projects of capacity offered by us.
9. Familiarity with Relevant Indian Laws & Regulations
We confirm that we have studied the provisions of the relevant Indian laws and regulations as
required to enable us to submit this Bid and execute the tender documents, in the event of our

selection as Successful Bidder. We further undertake and agree that all such factors as
mentioned in tender have been fully examined and considered while submitting the Bid.
10. Contact Person
Details of the contact person are furnished as under:
Name : …………………………………………
Designation : ………………………………………....
Company : ………………………………………….
Address : ………………………………………….
Phone Nos. : ………………………………………….
Fax Nos. : ………………………………………….
E-mail address : ………………………………………….
11. We are enclosing herewith the Envelope-I (Covering Letter, Processing Fees, EMD etc through
Offline and Online, Techno-Commercial documents through online as per clause no. 11.I of
Section - II, ITB) and Envelope II (Price Bids) (through online) containing duly signed formats,
each one duly sealed separately, in one original as desired by you in the tender for your
consideration as per clause no. 11.0 of Section - II, ITB.
It is confirmed that our Bid is consistent with all the requirements of submission as stated in the
tender and subsequent communications from Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited. The
information submitted in our Bid is complete, strictly as per the requirements stipulated in the
tender and is correct to the best of our knowledge and understanding. We would be solely
responsible for any errors or omissions in our Bid. We confirm that all the terms and conditions
of our Bid are valid for acceptance for a period as specified in BDS from the date of opening of
"Techno-Commercial/ Un-priced Bid". We confirm that we have not taken any deviation so as
to be deemed non-responsive.
Dated the_____________day of________, 20….
Thanking you,
We remain,
Yours faithfully,
Name, Designation and Signature of Authorized Person in whose name Power of Attorney/ Board
Resolution/ Declaration. Copy of Power of Attorney/ Board Resolution/ Declaration should be
enclosed along with Covering Letter.

Form F-1
BIDDER’S GENERAL INFORMATION

(To be submitted on the Letter Head of the Bidding Company)
Sr. No. Description Remarks

Name of the Bidder
1 (Incase of JV/ Consortium, name of all the members
to be indicated and lead member to be identified)
2 Status of the Firm
3 Mailing Address of Registered Office

4 Mailing Address of Operation Office
5 E-mail
6 Web site
Authorized Contact Person(s) with Name,
Designation, Address and Mobile Phone No., E-
7
mail address / Fax No. to whom all references shall
be made
8 Year of Incorporation
9 Number of Years in Operation
10 ISO Certifiation Yes/No
11 Name of the Banker
12 Branch Details of Bank
13 Type of Account with Account Number
14 IFSC Code
15 Permanent Account Number (PAN) of the Bidder (Copy of PAN Card to be

enclosed)
Whether the Vendor is registered/ Likely to be

16
registered under GST
Yes or No :
If Yes, then customer will be
treated as registered customer
& he will have to provide further
details as stated on the below
left hand side
GST ID (Proof to be submitted – GST No
17
acknowledgement OR Email from GoI)
18 GSTN Address

Sr. No. Description Remarks
19 PF Registration Number with Details (Copy of Registration to be

enclosed)
20 ESI Registration Number with Details (Copy of Registration to be

enclosed)
Have the Bidder/ Company ever been debarred by Yes/No

21 any Govt. Dept./ Undertaking for undertaking any
work (If answer is YES, please
provide details)
Reference of any document information attached by
22
the Bidder other than specified in the tender.
Whether the Bidder wishes to form a Project
23 Yes/No
Company for execution of work
24 Bidding company is listed in India Yes/No
25 Whether company is MSME as on the bidding date Yes/No
(Signature of Authorized Signatory)
With Stamp

Form F-2
Indemnity Bond to be executed by The Contractor for The Removal / Disposal of

Scrap/Disposal of Surplus Material
(TO BE EXECUTED ON STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE)
INDEMNITY BOND
This INDEMNITY BOND executed this ……… day of …………. 20…... by ….........(Name of
Company)………….., a Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956/2013 Concern and
having its registered office(s) at ……………..(Office Address)………, hereinafter called the
Indemnifier(s)/ Contractor(s) (which expression shall, unless excluded by or repugnant to the
context, be deemed to mean and include its successors, administrators, executors and permitted
assigns).
IN FAVOUR OF
M/s …………………., having its registered office at………………..(hereinafter referred to as “…..”)

.
1. M/s……. has awarded the Contractor(s), contract for execution of work ( “Scope of Work”
) as mentioned in the NOA/contract agreement no…………………….. dated ................., entered
into between M/s and Contractor(s), relating to ……………….(Name & Address of
Project/Station)…………… (hereinafter called ‘the Project’).
2. The Indemnifier(s) for the purpose of execution of its Scope of Work had from time to time
procured and stored ………..(Details of Material)……. at the Project Site.
3. After completion of the Scope of Work by Indemnifier(s), it has been identified that scrap
……… (Details of Scrap Material & its Quantity)………..and/or surplus ……… (Details of Surplus
Material & its Quantity)……….. belonging to Indemnifier(s) is lying at the said Project Site.
4. Now, the scrap ……… (Details of Scrap Material & its Quantity)………..and/or surplus
……… (Details of Surplus Material & its Quantity)……….. belonging to the Indemnifier(s), requires
to be removed by Indemnifier(s) from the Project Site.

NOW THEREFORE THIS INDEMNITY BOND WITNESSETH AS UNDER:
1. That Indemnifier(s) by way of this indemnity requests M/s……. to issue approval in favour of
Indemnifier(s) for removal of scrap ………(Details of Scrap Material & its Quantity)………..and/or
surplus ………(Details of Surplus Material & its Quantity)……….. belonging to Indemnifier(s), from
the project.
2. That t h e Indemnifier(s) shall ensure clearing of its scrap ……… (Details of Scrap Material &
its Quantity)………..and/or surplus ……… (Details of Surplus Material & its Quantity)……….. by
itself, as aforesaid.
3. That Indemnifier(s) in consideration of the premises above, for itself and its respective,
executors, administrators and assigns, jointly and severally agree and undertake from time to time
and at all times hereafter to indemnify M/s….. and keep M/s…….. indemnified from and against
all claims, demands, actions, liabilities and expenses which may be made or taken against or
incurred by M/s….. by reason of the issue of necessary approval by M/s…….. and permitting
Indemnifier(s) to remove scrap ………(Details of Scrap Material & its Quantity)………..and/or
surplus ………(Details of Surplus Material & its Quantity)……….. belonging to Indemnifier(s), from
the project.
4. That Indemnifier(s) undertakes to indemnify and keep M/s….. harmless from any act of omission
or negligence on the part of the Contractor in following the statutory requirements with regard to
removal/disposal of scrap and surplus belonging to Indemnifier(s), from the Project Site
aforesaid, by the Indemnifier(s). Further, in case the laws require M/s…… to take prior permission
of the relevant Authorities before handing over the scrap and/or surplus to the Indemnifier, the
same shall be obtained by the Indemnifier on behalf of M/s……..
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Indemnifier(s), through its authorized representative, has executed
these presents on the Day, Month and Year first mentioned above at
………(Name of the Place)…………
Witness:
Indemnifier
1. …………………………

2.
…………
…………
……
(Authoris
ed
Signatory
)

Form F-3
INDEMNITY BOND TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE PLANT

HANDED OVER FOR PERFORMANCE OF ITS O&M CONTRACT (ENTIRE SOLAR
PHOTO VOLTAIC PLANT)
INDEMNITY BOND
THIS INDEMNITY BOND IS made this.......................... day of .................. 20................. by

.......................................... a Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956/2013 concern
having its Registered Office at..................................... ................................. (hereinafter called
as "Contractor" or "Obligor" which expression shall include its successors and permitted assigns)
in favour of M/s…., a Company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 having its
Registered Office at …………… and its Project at ......................................(hereinafter called
"M/s….." which expression shall include its successors and assigns) :
WHEREAS M/s….. has awarded to the Contractor a Contract for

.......................................... vide its Letter of NOA/Contract Agreement No......................... dated
and its Amendment No......................................... (Applicable when amendments have been
issued) (hereinafter called the "Contract") in terms of which M/s…. is required to hand over
various Equipment and facilities provided under Supply & Service Contract , herein after called
"Solar Photo Voltaic Plant" to the Contractor for execution of the Contract.
AND WHEREAS, The Contractor is required to execute an Indemnity Bond in favour of M/s…..
for the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant handed over to it by M/s….. for the purpose of Performance of
the Contract/O&M portion of the Contract.
NOW, THEREFORE, this Indemnify Bond witnesseth as follows:

1. That in consideration of Solar Photo Voltaic Plant as mentioned in the Contract, Valued
at Rs.......#....... (Rupees.....................) handed over to the Contractor for the purpose of
Performance of the Contract, the Contractor hereby undertakes to indemnify and shall keep
M/s… indemnified, for the full value of the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant. The Contractor hereby
acknowledges actual receipt of the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant as detailed in the Schedule
appended hereto. The Contractor shall hold such Solar Photo Voltaic Plant in trust as a "Trustee"
for and on behalf of M/s…..
2. That the Contractor is obliged and shall remain absolutely responsible for the safe
O&M/protection and custody of the Solar Photo Voltaic Project against all risks whatsoever till
completion of O&M Contract in accordance with the terms of the Contract and is taken over by
M/s….. The Contractor undertakes to keep M/s……. harmless against any loss or damage that
may be caused to the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant.
3. The Contractor undertakes that the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant shall be used exclusively
for the Performance/execution of the Contract strictly in accordance with its terms and conditions
and no part of the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant shall be utilised for any other work or purpose
whatsoever. It is clearly understood by the Contractor that no-observance of the obligations
under this Indemnify Bond by the Contractor shall inter-alia constitute a criminal breach of trust
on the part of the Contractor for all intents and purposes including legal/penal consequences.
4. That M/s…. is and shall remain the exclusive owner of the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant free
from all encumbrances, charges or liens of any kind, whatsoever. The Solar Photo Voltaic
Plant shall at all times be open to inspection and checking by Engineer-in-Charge/Engineer
o r other e m p l o y e e s /agents authorised by him in this regard. Further, M/s… shall always
be free at all times to take possession of the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant in whatever form the
Solar Photo Voltaic Plant may be, if in its opinion, the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant are likely to be
endangered, mis-utilised or converted to uses other than those specified in the Contract, by any
acts of omission of commission on the part of the Contractor or any other person or on account
of any reason whatsoever and the Contractor binds itself and undertakes to comply with the
directions of demand of M/s… to return the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant without any demur or
reservation.
5. That this Indemnify Bond is irrevocable. If at any time any loss or damage occurs to
the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant or the same or any part thereof is mis- utilised in any manner
whatsoever, then the Contractor hereby agrees that the decision of the Engineer-in-

Charge/Engineer of M/s…. as to assessment of loss or damage to the Solar Photo Voltaic

Plant shall be final and binding on the Contractor. The Contractor binds itself and undertakes
to replace the lost and/or damaged Solar Photo Voltaic Plant at its own cost and / or shall pay
the amount of loss to M/s…. without any demur, reservation or protest. This is without
prejudice to any other right or remedy that may be available to M/s…. against the Contractor
under the Contract and under this Indemnify Bond.
6. NOW THE CONDITION of this Bond is that if the Contractor shall duly and punctually
comply with the terms of and conditions of this Bond to the satisfaction of M/s…, THEN, the
above Bond shall be void, but otherwise, it shall remain in full force and virtue.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has hereunto set its hand through its authorised
representative under the common seal of the Company, the day, month and year first above
mentioned
SCHEDULE
Particulars of the Quantity Value Other details, (if Signature of

Equipment / any) Attorney in token
Facilities of receipt
handed-over
WITNESS
For and on behalf of
M/s. ...................................

I. 1. Signature -------------------------------- Name ----------------------------
2. Name -------------------------------------- Signature -----------------------
3. Address ----------------------------------- Designation --------------------
Authorised representative*
II. 1. Signature --------------------------------
2. Name ------------------------------------ Common Seal

(In case of Company)
3. Address -----------------------------------
* Indemnity Bonds are to be executed by the authorised persons and (i) In case of
contracting Company under common seal of the Company of (ii) having the power of attorney
issued under common seal of the company with authority to execute Indemnity Bonds, (iii) In
case (ii) the original Power of Attorney if it is specifically for our contract or a Photostat copy of
the Power of Attorney if it is a General Power of Attorney and such documents should be
attached to Indemnity Bond.
# The value shall be sum of Supply and Erection Contract value.

Tender for the Tender of Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, commissioning
Form F-4
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR EARNEST

MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD)
(To be on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value as per Stamp Act relevant to place of
execution.)
Ref.____________ Bank Guarantee No._____________
Date:______________
In consideration of the -----[Insert name of the Bidder] (hereinafter referred to as 'Bidder') submitting
the response to NIT inter alia for selection of the Project in response to the NIT
No.____________dated ____ issued by Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited (hereinafter
referred to as SECI) and SECI considering such response to the NIT of ………[insert the name of the
Bidder] as per the terms of the NIT, the _______________ [insert name & address of bank] hereby
agrees unequivocally, irrevocably and unconditionally to pay to SECI at [Insert Name of the Place from
the address of SECI] forthwith on demand in writing from SECI or any Officer authorized by it in this
behalf, any amount upto and not exceeding Rupees ------[Insert amount]only, on behalf of M/s.
_______________________ [Insert name of the Bidder] .
This guarantee shall be valid and binding on this Bank up to and including ___________[insert date of
validity in accordance with NIT] and shall not be terminable by notice or any change in the constitution
of the Bank or the term of contract or by any other reasons whatsoever and our liability hereunder shall
not be impaired or discharged by any extension of time or variations or alternations made, given, or
agreed with or without our knowledge or consent, by or between parties to the respective agreement.
Our liability under this Guarantee is restricted to Rs.___________ (Rs. ________________________

only). Our Guarantee shall remain in force until ________________ [insert date of validity in
accordance with NIT]. SECI shall be entitled to invoke this Guarantee till _____ [Insert date which is
30 days after the date in the preceding sentence].
The Guarantor Bank hereby agrees and acknowledges that the SECI shall have a right to invoke this
BANK GUARANTEE in part or in full, as it may deem fit.
The Guarantor Bank hereby expressly agrees that it shall not require any proof in addition to the written
demand by SECI, made in any format, raised at the above-mentioned address of the Guarantor Bank,
in order to make the said payment to SECI.
The Guarantor Bank shall make payment hereunder on first demand without restriction or conditions
and notwithstanding any objection by ------------- [Insert name of the Bidder] and/or any other person.
SAMPLE
150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Tender No Signature of
FORMS
Plant Project SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150 Bidder
Page 18 of 52
The Guarantor Bank shall not require SECI to justify the invocation of this BANK GUARANTEE, nor
shall the Guarantor Bank have any recourse against SECI in respect of any payment made hereunder.
This BANK GUARANTEE shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of India and the courts at
Delhi shall have exclusive jurisdiction.
The Guarantor Bank represents that this BANK GUARANTEE has been established in such form and
with such content that it is fully enforceable in accordance with its terms as against the Guarantor Bank
in the manner provided herein.
This BANK GUARANTEE shall not be affected in any manner by reason of merger, amalgamation,
restructuring or any other change in the constitution of the Guarantor Bank.
This BANK GUARANTEE shall be a primary obligation of the Guarantor Bank and accordingly SECI
shall not be obliged before enforcing this BANK GUARANTEE to take any action in any court or arbitral
proceedings against the Bidder, to make any claim against or any demand on the Bidder or to give any
notice to the Bidder or to enforce any security held by SECI or to exercise, levy or enforce any distress,
diligence or other process against the Bidder.
Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove, our liability under this Guarantee is restricted to Rs.
___________ (Rs. ________________________ only) and it shall remain in force until ___________
[Date to be inserted on the basis of this NIT] with an additional claim period of thirty (30) days thereafter.
We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only if SECI
serves upon us a written claim or demand.
Signature ____________________
Name___________________
Power of Attorney No._______________
For
______[Insert Name of the Bank]__
Banker's Stamp and Full Address.
Dated this ____ day of ____, 20__
Bank Contact Details & E Mail ID is to be provided
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 19 of 52
Form F-5
INDEMNITY BOND
THIS INDEMNITY BOND IS made this.......................... day of .................. 20................. by M/s.

…………………., a Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956/ having its Registered Office
at ………………..(hereinafter called as "Contractor" or "Obligor" which expression shall include its
successors and permitted assigns) in favour of M/s ………………., a Company incorporated under the
Companies Act, 1956/2013 having its Registered Office at ……………………….. and their authorised
representatives/Employer i.e., Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited (SECI) and its Project at
…………………hereinafter called "………….." which expression shall include its successors and
assigns) :
WHEREAS ……………./ SECI has awarded to the Contractor a Contract ………………………………..

vide its NOA No …………….Dated ……….. & Contract Agreement
No……………..dated………….executed on _______________ (hereinafter called the "Contract").
NOW, THEREFORE, this Indemnify Bond witnesseth as follows:
1. That in consideration of Solar Photo Voltaic Plant as mentioned in the Contract, total valued at
Rs. ………………… (Rupees ………………… only), valued as a summation of the referred
contracts and handed over to the Contractor for the purpose of Performance of the Contract
(s), the Contractor hereby undertakes to indemnify and shall keep M/s………… and their
authorized representatives/Employer i.e., SECI, indemnified, for the full value of the Solar
Photo Voltaic Plant during the tenure of this contract or its extension if agreed to.
2. Contractor confirm that they are aware of all the contractual obligations regarding payment to
all personnel and labours including that of the sub – vendors & sub –contractors of Contractor,
involved in this project., as well as various contractual, statutory and non – statutory obligations
as per legal requirements and have complied with the obligations to the best of information and
knowledge.
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 20 of 52
3. Contractor also confirms, that they are in compliance of all the provisions and requirements,
including but not limited to, the following acts/ laws/ provisions and other applicable statutory
and non-statutory regulations:
a. Contract Labor (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970

b. Wages Act 1936
c. Minimum Wages Act 1948
d. Employer's Liability Act 1938
e. Workmen's Compensation Act 1923
f. Industrial Dispute Act 1947
g. Maturity Benefit Act 1961
h. Mines Act 1952
i. Employees State Insurance Act 1948.
4. Contractor, hereby confirm, that in the event any contractual or statutory obligation is found to
be deficient in compliance or found non-complied, Contractor will indemnify M/s……../ SECI
and take necessary actions to comply with the same within the permissible time period.
5. Contractor also confirm, should there be any charges or penalty, of any kind imposed on
M/s…. or its authorized representatives i.e., SECI, for non-compliance of legal or statutory
requirements by Contractor during its tenure of the contract, Contractor agrees to indemnify
M/s…….. and SECI against all damages, libel or suit, in full for the same on raising such a
demand by M/s………/ SECI and promises to pay the same within 30 days.
6. We do further undertake that this above stated warranty is inclusive of materials and labour.
7. That the Contractor is obliged and shall remain absolutely responsible for the safe O&M/
protection and custody of the Solar Photo Voltaic Project against all risks whatsoever till
completion of O&M Contract in accordance with the terms of the Contract. The Contractor
undertakes to keep M/s……. and SECI harmless against any loss or damage that may be
caused to the Solar Photo Voltaic Plant.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has hereunto set its hand through its authorised
representative under the common seal of the Company, the day, month and year first above mentioned
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 21 of 52
For Jakson Engineers Limited
(_______________)
Designation: Director
Name:
Date:
(Authorized Representative of JEL)
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 22 of 52
Form F-6
NO DEVIATION CONFIRMATION
Ref.No. _________ Date: ___________

__________________
__________________
Tel.#:
Fax#:
E-mail address#
To

Sub: Bid for the Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 150
MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant including 10 Years Plant O&M at different premises of Singareni Collieries
Company Limited (SCCL), Telangana.
Dear Sir / Madam,
We understand that any 'deviation/ exception' in any form may result in rejection of bid. We, therefore,
certify that we have not taken any 'exception/ deviation' anywhere in the bid and we agree that if any
'deviation/ exception' is mentioned or noticed, our bid may be rejected.
Place: [Signature of Authorized Signatory of Bidder]

Date: Name:
Designation:
Seal:
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 23 of 52
Form F-7
DECLARATION REGARDING BANNING, LIQUIDATION,

COURT RECEIVERSHIP ETC.
Ref.No. _________ Date: ___________

__________________
__________________
Tel.#:
Fax#:
E-mail address#
To

Sub: Bid for the Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 150
Company Limited (SCCL), Telangana.
Dear Sir / Madam,
We hereby confirm that we are not on Banning List by Employer/ Owner or Public Sector Project
Management Consultant due to “poor performance” or “corrupt and fraudulent practices” or any other reason
or banned by Government department/ Public Sector on due date of submission of bid.
Further, we confirm that neither we nor our allied agency/(ies) (as defined in the Procedure for Action in
case of Corrupt/ Fraudulent/ Collusive/ Coercive Practices) are on banning list of Employer/ Owner or the
Ministry of New & Renewable Energy.
We also confirm that we are not under any liquidation, court receivership or similar proceedings or
'bankruptcy'.
In case it comes to the notice of Employer/ Owner that we have given wrong declaration in this regard, the
same shall be dealt as ‘fraudulent practices’ and action shall be initiated as per the Procedure for action in
case of Corrupt/Fraudulent/Collusive/Coercive Practices.
Further, we also confirm that in case there is any change in status of the declaration prior to award of
contract, the same will be promptly informed to Employer/ Owner by us.

Date: Name:
Designation:
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 24 of 52
Seal:
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 25 of 52
Form F-9
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR CONTRACT

PERFORMANCE SECURITY
(To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act, the Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of Appropriate Value
should be in the name of the issuing Bank)
Bank Guarantee No.: ........................…

Date: ...................……...
NOA/ Contract No.....................................
…………. [Name of Contract] …………………….
To:
Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL),

Telangana – 507119
Dear Sir / Madam,
We refer to the Contract ("the Contract")
signed on ..............(insert date of the Contract) ….... between you and M/s ................. (Name of Contractor)
..................,
(or)
vide notification of award issued on ……. (insert date of the notification of award) …. by you to M/s
................. (Name of Contractor) .................. having its Principal place of business at ……….... (Address of
Contractor) ............................... and Registered Office at ……….... (Registered address of Contractor)
........................................................................................ ("the Contractor") concerning …….................….
(Indicate brief scope of work) ............................... for the complete execution of the …… (insert name of
Package alongwith name of the Project) …….
By this Bank Guarantee, we, the undersigned, ……… (insert name & address of the issuing bank) ………,
a Bank (which expression shall include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) organized
under the laws of .................................... and having its Registered/Head Office at ….……. (insert address
of registered office of the bank) …….... do hereby irrevocably guarantee payment to you up to
…………………………. i.e., ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price until ninety (90) days beyond the Defect
Liability Period i.e., upto and inclusive of ……………. (dd/mm/yy).
We undertake to make payment under this Bank Guarantee upon receipt by us of your first written demand
signed by your duly authorized officer or authorized officer of the Owner declaring the Contractor to be in
default under the Contract and without cavil or argument any sum or sums within the above-named limits,
without your need to prove or show grounds or reasons for your demand and without the right of the
Contractor to dispute or question such demand.
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 26 of 52
Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall be to pay to you whichever is the lesser of the sum so requested
or the amount then guaranteed hereunder in respect of any demand duly made hereunder prior to expiry of
the Bank Guarantee, without being entitled to inquire whether or not this payment is lawfully demanded.
This Bank Guarantee shall remain in full force and shall be valid from the date of issuance until ninety (90)
days beyond the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities i.e. upto and inclusive of ……………. (dd/mm/yy)
and shall be extended from time to time for such period (not exceeding one year), as may be desired by
M/s Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited on whose behalf this Bank Guarantee has been given.
Except for the documents herein specified, no other documents or other action shall be required,
notwithstanding any applicable law or regulation.
Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall become null and void immediately upon its expiry, whether it
is returned or not, and no claim may be made hereunder after such expiry or after the aggregate of the sums
paid by us to you shall equal the sums guaranteed hereunder, whichever is the earlier.
All notices to be given under shall be given by registered (airmail) posts to the addressee at the address
herein set out or as otherwise advised by and between the parties hereto.
We hereby agree that any part of the Contract may be amended, renewed, extended, modified,
compromised, released or discharged by mutual agreement between you and the Contractor, and this
security may be exchanged or surrendered without in any way impairing or affecting our liabilities hereunder
without notices to us and without the necessity for any additional endorsement, consent or guarantee by us,
provided, however, that the sum guaranteed shall not be increased or decreased.
No action, event or condition which by any applicable law should operate to discharge us from liability
hereunder shall have any effect and we hereby waive any right we may have to apply such law so that in all
respects our liability hereunder shall be irrevocable and, except as stated herein, unconditional in all
respects.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein:
1. Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed _________ (value in figures) ____________
[_____________________ (value in words) ____________].
2. This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto ________ (validity date) __________.
3. We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only & only
if we receive a written claim or demand on or before ________ (validity date) __________.”
For and on behalf of the Bank
[Signature of the authorised signatory(ies)]

Signature_______________________
Name_______________________
Designation_______________________
POA Number_______________________
Contact Number(s): Tel.______________Mobile______________
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 27 of 52
Fax Number_______________________
email ____________________________
Common Seal of the Bank______________________
Witness:
Signature_______________________
Name_______________________
Address______________________________
email ____________________________
Note :
1. For the purpose of executing the Bank Guarantee, the non-judicial stamp papers of appropriate
value shall be purchased in the name of Bank who issues the ‘Bank Guarantee’.
2. The Bank Guarantee shall be signed on all the pages by the Bank Authorities indicating their POA
nos. and should invariably be witnessed.
3. The Bank Guarantee should be in accordance with the proforma as provided. However, in case the
issuing bank insists for additional paragraph regarding applicability of ICC publication No: 758, the
following may be added at the end of the proforma of the Bank Guarantee [i.e., end paragraph of
the Bank Guarantee preceding the signature(s) of the issuing authority(ies) of the Bank Guarantee]:
“This Guarantee is subject to Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantee, ICC publication No. 758
except that article 15(a) is hereby excluded.”
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 28 of 52
In consideration of the Singareni Collieries Company Limited, Kothagudem Collieries P.O. PIN Code-507101, Bhadradri
Kothagudem District (Telangana State) having agreed as per their order No.__________________________________
to accept ____% Bank guarantee before making payment to make up the value of the equipment for the due fulfillment of
the contract as per the terms and conditions contained in the order on production of performance bond in the shape
of Bank Guarantee for Rs._______________
(Rupees___________________________________________________________ ).
We, the Bankers, (_____________________) through our Regional Office at_________________ for and on behalf of our
constituents M/s. ______________________________ ______________hereby execute this Bank Guarantee undertake
to indemnify The Singareni Collieries Company Limited, Kothagudem Collieries P.O PIN Code. 507101, Bhadradri
Kothagudem District (Telangana State) to the extent of Rs. ________against satisfactory performance of the
equipment to the Singareni Collieries Company Limited, Kothagudem Collieries P.O. PIN Code – 507 101, Bhadradri
Kothagudem District (Telangana State) or their assignee by reason of any breach of terms by the supplier or as
contained vide the terms of the accepted supply order, during the period of _____months from the date of dispatch or
______ months from the date of commissioning whichever is earlier, are fulfilled for the good unto order.
We, the Bankers ______________________further agree that this performance guarantee therein contained shall
remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the contract and that
it will continue to be enforceable till the dues of the Singareni Collieries Company Limited, Kothagudem Collieries
P.O. PIN Code –507101, Bhadradri Kothagudem District (Telangana State) under or by virtue of the contract have
been fully paid up and their claims fully satisfied or discharged, till the Singareni Collieries Company Limited,
Kothagudem Collieries Post Office PIN Code 507 101, Bhadradri Kothagudem District (Telangana State) or their assignee
certifies that the terms and conditions of the tender have been fully and properly carried out by the contractor and
accordingly discharged this guarantee subject however, that the Singareni Collieries Company Limited, Kothagudem
Collieries Post Office, PIN Code – 507101, Bhadradri Kothagudem District (Telangana State) or their assignee shall have
no rights under this performance Bank guarantee after expiry of ____ months from the date of its execution i.e., up to
____________.
And we (The Bank) hereby undertake to pay any claim under the Bank Guarantee on mere demand without any
demur to the Company without any reference to the supplier a sum not exceeding Rs. ______________ for non-fulfilment
of any of the terms and conditions of the contract by the supplier.
We, ___________________ (The Bank) further agree that if the demand is made by the Company for honouring
the bank guarantee constituted by these presents we _________________________ (Bank) have no right to decline the
same for any reason whatsoever and shall pay the amount without any demur immediately.
The very fact that we ________________________ (The Bank) decline or fail or neglect to honour the bank guarantee
in any manner whatsoever is a sufficient reason for the company to enforce the bank guarantee unconditionally without
any reference to the said supplier.
We ___________________ (The Bank) further agree that a mere demand by the company is sufficient for us to pay
the amount covered by the bank guarantee in the manner aforesaid without reference to the supplier and no protest
by the said supplier can be a valid ground for us to decline or fail or neglect to make payment to the company in the
manner aforesaid.
We _____________________ (The Bank) undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except with
the previous consent of the SCCL in writing.
The guarantee shall remain in force for a period of ____ months from the date of dispatch or_______ months from
the date of commissioning whichever is earlier, in period of time subject to further that the company shall have no right
under this bond after the expiry of the above period from the date of execution and we __________________ (The Bank)
shall be relieved and discharged from all liabilities under this guarantee thereafter.
The above Bank Guarantee is operational for all purpose at our ___________ Branch, Hyderabad / Kothagudem
and we are liable to pay the Guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this guarantee at our __________
Branch, Hyderabad / Kothagudem.
Contact details of the Banker:

Postal Address:
Phone & Fax Number:
Mail-Id :
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 29 of 52
Form F-13
BIDDER’S EXPERIENCE
Ref.No. _________ Date: ___________

__________________
__________________
Tel.#:
Fax#:
E-mail address#
To

Sub: Bid for ““Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 150
Company Limited (SCCL), Telangana”.
Dear Sir / Madam,
Sl. Descripti LOA Full Postal Value of Date of Scheduled Date of Reasons
No on /WO Address & Contract/ Commenc Completion Actual for delay
of the No. and phone nos. of Order ement of Time (Mont Complet in
Services date Client. Name, (Specify Services hs) ion execution
designation and Currency , if any
address of Amount)
Engineer/
Officer-in-
Charge (for
cases other
than purchase)
(1) (2) (3) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Date: Name:
Designation:
Seal
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 30 of 52
Form F-16
FORMAT OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANT CERTIFICATE

FOR FINANCIAL CAPABILITY OF THE BIDDER
(To be submitted on the Letter Head of the Chartered Accountant)
Ref.No. _________ Date: ___________
To

Sub: Bid for ““Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 150
Company Limited (SCCL), Telangana”.
Dear Sir / Madam,
We have verified the Annual Accounts and other relevant records of M/s……………………………… (Name
of the bidder) and certify the following
Further, we certify that the Financially Evaluated Entity (ies) had an Annual Turnover
A. ANNUAL TURNOVER OF LAST 3 YEARS:
Year Amount (Currency)

Year 1:
Year 2:
Year 3:
And
Net worth (strike out whichever is not applicable) of INR………Crore computed as per instructions provided
in this tender based on unconsolidated audited annual accounts as per last FY.
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 31 of 52
B. FINANCIAL DATA FOR LAST AUDITED FINANCIAL YEAR:
Description Year _____

Amount (Currency)
1. Current Assets
2. Current Liabilities
3. Working Capital (Current Assets-
Current liabilities)
4. Net Worth (As mentioned under
Annexure to BDS)
Yours faithfully
(Signature and stamp (on each page) of Authorized Signatory of Bidding Company.
Name: ………………………….
Date: ……………………………
Place: ………………………….
Signature and stamp (on each page) of Chartered Accountant/Statutory Auditors of Bidding Company.
Name: ………………………….
Date: …………………………….
Place: ……………………………
Notes:
Audited consolidated annual accounts of the Bidder may also be used for the purpose of financial criteria
provided the Bidder has at least 50% equity in each company whose accounts are merged in the audited
consolidated accounts and provided further that the financial capability of such companies (of which
accounts are being merged in the consolidated accounts) shall not be considered again for the purpose of
evaluation of the Bid.
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 32 of 52
Form F-17
FORMAT FOR JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT

should be in the name of the Joint Venture)
THIS JOINT DEED OF UNDERTAKING executed on this………. day of………. Two Thousand
and………....... by ……………………………………………. a company incorporated under the
laws of ………………… and having its Registered Office at ........................(hereinafter called the "Party
No.1" which expression shall include its successors, executors and permitted assigns) and M/s……………a
company incorporated under the laws of ……….…………… and having its Registered Office at
……….………… (hereinafter called the "Party No.2" which expression shall include its successors,
executors and permitted assigns) and M/s.. . ..... . . . . .. . .. . ..... a Company incorporated under the
laws of ………………. and having its Registered Office at ……………. (hereinafter called the
"Party No.3" which expression shall include its successors, executors and permitted assigns) for the purpose
of making a bid and entering into a contract [hereinafter called the "Contract" {in case of award)] against the
Tender No…….…………. for …… (insert name of the package alongwith project name) …………… of Solar
Energy Corporation of India Limited, a Company incorporated under the Companies Act of 2013 having its
registered office at D-3, 1st Floor, Wing-A, Prius Platinum Building, District Centre, Saket, New Delhi-110017
(hereinafter called the "Employer").
WHEREAS the Party No.1, Party No.2 and Party No.3 have entered into an Agreement dated................
AND WHEREAS the Employer invited bids as per the above-mentioned Specification for the design,
manufacture, supply, erection, testing and commissioning including O & M of Equipment/ Materials
stipulated in the Tender Documents under …… (insert name of the package alongwith project name)
……………
AND WHEREAS Clause 2, Section-ITB and BDS (documents establishing the Qualification of Bidder) &
Qualification Criteria in Annexure to BDS forming part of the Tender Documents, inter-alia stipulates that an
Undertaking of two or more qualified manufacturers as partners, meeting the requirements of Qualification
Criteria in Annexure to BDS, as applicable may bid, provided, the Joint Venture fulfills all other requirements
under Qualification Criteria in Annexure to BDS and in such a case, the Bid Forms shall be signed by all the
partners so as to legally bind all the Partners of the Joint Venture, who will be jointly and severally liable to
perform the Contract and all obligations hereunder.
The above clause further states that this Undertaking shall be attached to the bid and the Contract
Performance Security will be as per the format F-9 enclosed with the Tender Documents without any
restrictions or liability for either party.
AND WHEREAS the bid is being submitted to the Employer vide proposal No…………………. dated ……....
by Party No.1 based on this Undertaking between all the parties; under these presents and the bid in
accordance with the requirements of Clause 2, Section-ITB and BDS (documents establishing the
Qualification of Bidder) & Qualification Criteria in Annexure to BDS, has been signed by all the parties.
NOW THIS UNDERTAKING WITNESSETH AS UNDER:
In consideration of the above premises and agreements all the parties of this Deed of Undertaking do hereby
declare and undertake:
1. In requirement of the award of the Contract by the Employer to the Joint Venture Partners, we, the
Parties do hereby undertake that M/s……… the Party No.1, shall act as Lead Partner and further
declare and confirm that we the parties to the Joint Venture shall jointly and severally be bound unto
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 33 of 52
the Employer for the successful performance of the Contract and shall be fully responsible for the
design, manufacture, supply and successful performance of the equipment in accordance with the
Contract:
2. In case of any breach or default of the said Contract by any of the parties to the Joint Venture, the
party(ies) do hereby undertake to be fully responsible for the successful performance of the Contract
and to carry out all the obligations and responsibilities under the Contract in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract.
3. Further, if the Employer suffers any loss or damage on account of any breach in the Contract or any
shortfall in the performance of the equipment in meeting the performances guaranteed as per the
specification in terms of the Contract, the Party(ies) of these presents undertake to promptly make
good such loss or damages caused to the Employer, on its demand without any demur. It shall not
be necessary or obligatory for the Employer to proceed against Lead Partner to these presents
before proceeding against or dealing with the other Party(ies), the Employer can proceed against
any of the parties who shall be jointly and severally liable for the performance and all other liabilities/
obligations under the Contract to the Employer.
4. The financial liability of the Parties of this Deed of Undertaking to the Employer, with respect to any
of the claims rising out of the performance or non-performance of the obligations set forth in this
Deed of Undertaking, read in conjunction with the relevant conditions of the Contract shall, however
not be limited in any way so as to restrict or limit the liabilities or obligations of any of the Parties of
this Deed of Undertaking.
5. It is expressly understood and agreed between the Parties to this Undertaking that the
responsibilities and obligations of each of the Parties shall be as delineated in Appendix - I (to be
suitably appended by the Parties alongwith this Undertaking in its bid) to this Deed of Undertaking.
It is further undertaken by the parties that the above sharing of responsibilities and obligations shall
not in any way be a limitation of joint and several responsibilities of the Parties under the Contract.
6. It is also understood that this Undertaking is provided for the purposes of undertaking joint and
several liabilities of the partners to the Joint Venture for submission of the bid and performance of
the Contract and that this Undertaking shall not be deemed to give rise to any additional liabilities
or obligations, in any manner or any law, on any of the Parties to this Undertaking or on the Joint
Venture, other than the express provisions of the Contract.
7. This Undertaking shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the provisions of the
Contract.
8. In case of an award of a Contract, we the parties to this Deed of Undertaking do hereby agree that
we shall be jointly and severally responsible for furnishing a Contract Performance Security from a
bank in favour of the Employer in the currency/ currencies of the Contract.
9. It is further agreed that this Deed of Undertaking shall be irrevocable and shall form an integral part
of the bid and shall continue to be enforceable till the Employer discharges the same or upon the
completion of the Contract in accordance with its provisions, whichever is earlier. It shall be effective
from the date first mentioned above for all purposes and intents.
IN WITNESS, WHEREOF, the Parties to this Deed of Undertaking have through their authorised
representatives executed these presents and affixed Common Seals of their companies, on the day, month
and year first mentioned above.
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 34 of 52
Common Seal of ………………………. For Lead Partner (Party No.-1)

has been affixed in my/ our For and on behalf of M/s
presence pursuant to Board of …………………..
Director’s Resolution dated …………….
Name ………………………..
Designation ………………….
(Signature of the authorized
Signature ……………………. representative)
WITNESS :
I. ………………………………
II. ………………………………
Common Seal of ………………………. For Party No.-2

has been affixed in my/our For and on behalf of
presence pursuant to Board of M/s…………………..
Name ……………………….. (Signature of the authorized

representative)
Signature …………………….
WITNESS :
I. ………………………………
II. ………………………………

has been affixed in my/ our For and on behalf of M/s.
Name ………………………..
WITNESS :
I. ………………………………
II. ………………………………
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 35 of 52
Note:
1. For the purpose of executing the Joint Deed of Undertaking, the non-judicial stamp papers of
appropriate value shall be purchased in the name of Joint Venture.
2. The Undertaking shall be signed on all the pages by the authorised representatives of each of the
partners and should invariably be witnessed.
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 36 of 52
Form F-17A
FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR JOINT

VENTURE AGREEMENT
should be in the name of the Joint Venture)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT WE, the Partners whose details are given hereunder
................................................................................. have formed a Joint Venture under the laws of
............................................ and having our Registered Office(s)/ Head Office(s) at
............................................... (hereinafter called the 'Joint Venture' which expression shall unless
repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators and assigns) acting
through M/s ................................................................................. being the Partner in-charge do hereby
constitute, nominate and appoint M/s................................................... a Company incorporated under the
laws of .............................…………………….... and having its Registered/ Head Office at
........................................... as our duly constituted lawful Attorney (hereinafter called "Attorney" or
"Authorised Representative" or "Partner In-charge") to exercise all or any of the powers for and on behalf of
the Joint Venture in regard to Tender No............................ Package ............................ the bids for which
have been invited by Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited, D-3, 1st Floor, Wing-A, Prius Platinum
Building, District Centre, Saket, New Delhi-110017 (hereinafter called the 'Employer') to undertake the
following acts:
i) To submit proposal and participate in the aforesaid Bid Specification of the Employer on behalf of
the "Joint Venture".
ii) To negotiate with the Employer the terms and conditions for award of the Contract pursuant to the
aforesaid Bid and to sign the Contract with the Employer for and on behalf of the "Joint Venture".
iii) To do any other act or submit any document related to the above.
iv) To receive, accept and execute the Contract for and on behalf of the "Joint Venture".
It is clearly understood that the Partner In-charge (Lead Partner) shall ensure performance of the
Contract(s) and if one or more Partner fail to perform their respective portions of the Contract(s), the
same shall be deemed to be a default by all the Partners.
It is expressly understood that this Power of Attorney shall remain valid binding and irrevocable till
completion of the Defect Liability Period in terms of the Contract.
The Joint Venture hereby agrees and undertakes to ratify and confirm all the whatsoever the said
Attorney/ Authorised Representatives/ Partner in-charge quotes in the bid, negotiates and signs the
Contract with the Employer and/or proposes to act on behalf of the Joint Venture by virtue of this
Power of Attorney and the same shall bind the Joint Venture as if done by itself.
IN WITNESS, THEREOF the Partners Constituting the Joint Venture as aforesaid have executed
these presents on this ........... day of …………........... under the Common Seal(s) of their
Companies.
for and on behalf of the
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 37 of 52
Partners of Joint Venture
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
The Common Seal of the above Partners of the Joint Venture:
The Common Seal has been affixed there unto in the presence of:
WITNESS
1. Signature......................................................
Name ............................................…...........
Designation ...................................…..........
Occupation ......................................…........
2. Signature.................................................….
Name ..................................................…....
Designation ........................................…....
Occupation ...............…..............................
Note:
1. For the purpose of executing the Agreement, the non-judicial stamp papers of appropriate value
shall be purchased in the name of Joint Venture.
2. The Agreement shall be signed on all the pages by the authorised representatives of each of the
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 38 of 52
Form F-18
FORMAT FOR CONSORTIUM AGREEMENT

should be in the name of the Consortium)
THIS JOINT DEED OF UNDERTAKING executed on this………. day of………. Two Thousand
and………....... by ……………………………………………. a company incorporated under the
laws of ………………… and having its Registered Office at ........................(hereinafter called the "Party
No.1" which expression shall include its successors, executors and permitted assigns) and M/s……………a
company incorporated under the laws of ……….…………… and having its Registered Office at
……….………… (hereinafter called the "Party No.2" which expression shall include its successors,
executors and permitted assigns) and M/s.. . ..... . . . . .. . .. . ..... a Company incorporated under the
laws of ………………. and having its Registered Office at ……………. (hereinafter called the
"Party No.3" which expression shall include its successors, executors and permitted assigns) for the purpose
of making a bid and entering into a contract [hereinafter called the "Contract" {in case of award)] against the
Tender No…….…………. for …… (insert name of the package alongwith project name) …………… of Solar
Energy Corporation of India Limited, a Company incorporated under the Companies Act of 2013 having its
registered office at D-3, 1st Floor, Wing-A, Prius Platinum Building, District Centre, Saket, New Delhi-110017
(hereinafter called the "Employer").
WHEREAS the Party No.1, Party No.2 and Party No.3 have entered into an Agreement dated................
AND WHEREAS the Employer invited bids as per the above-mentioned Specification for the design,
manufacture, supply, erection, testing and commissioning including O & M of Equipment/ Materials
stipulated in the Tender Documents under …… (insert name of the package alongwith project name)
……………
AND WHEREAS Clause 2, Section-ITB and BDS (documents establishing the Qualification of Bidder) &
Qualification Criteria in Annexure to BDS forming part of the Tender Documents, inter-alia stipulates that an
Undertaking of two or more qualified manufacturers as partners, meeting the requirements of Qualification
Criteria in Annexure to BDS, as applicable may bid, provided, the Consortium fulfills all other requirements
under Qualification Criteria in Annexure to BDS and in such a case, the Bid Forms shall be signed by all the
partners so as to legally bind all the Partners of the Consortium, who will be jointly and severally liable to
perform the Contract and all obligations hereunder.
The above clause further states that this Undertaking shall be attached to the bid and the Contract
Performance Security will be as per the format F-9 enclosed with the Tender Documents without any
restrictions or liability for either party.
AND WHEREAS the bid is being submitted to the Employer vide proposal No…………………. dated ……....
by Party No.1 based on this Undertaking between all the parties; under these presents and the bid in
accordance with the requirements of Clause 2, Section-ITB and BDS (documents establishing the
Qualification of Bidder) & Qualification Criteria in Annexure to BDS, has been signed by all the parties.
NOW THIS UNDERTAKING WITNESSETH AS UNDER:
In consideration of the above premises and agreements all the parties of this Deed of Undertaking do hereby
declare and undertake:
1. In requirement of the award of the Contract by the Employer to the Consortium Partners, we, the
Parties do hereby undertake that M/s……… the Party No.1, shall act as Lead Partner and further
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 39 of 52
declare and confirm that we the parties to the Consortium shall jointly and severally be bound unto
the Employer for the successful performance of the Contract and shall be fully responsible for the
design, manufacture, supply and successful performance of the equipment in accordance with the
Contract:
2. In case of any breach or default of the said Contract by any of the parties to the Consortium, the
party(ies) do hereby undertake to be fully responsible for the successful performance of the Contract
and to carry out all the obligations and responsibilities under the Contract in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract.
3. Further, if the Employer suffers any loss or damage on account of any breach in the Contract or any
shortfall in the performance of the equipment in meeting the performances guaranteed as per the
specification in terms of the Contract, the Party(ies) of these presents undertake to promptly make
good such loss or damages caused to the Employer, on its demand without any demur. It shall not
be necessary or obligatory for the Employer to proceed against Lead Partner to these presents
before proceeding against or dealing with the other Party(ies), the Employer can proceed against
any of the parties who shall be jointly and severally liable for the performance and all other liabilities/
obligations under the Contract to the Employer.
4. The financial liability of the Parties of this Deed of Undertaking to the Employer, with respect to any
of the claims rising out of the performance or non-performance of the obligations set forth in this
Deed of Undertaking, read in conjunction with the relevant conditions of the Contract shall, however
not be limited in any way so as to restrict or limit the liabilities or obligations of any of the Parties of
this Deed of Undertaking.
5. It is expressly understood and agreed between the Parties to this Undertaking that the
responsibilities and obligations of each of the Parties shall be as delineated in Appendix - I (to be
suitably appended by the Parties alongwith this Undertaking in its bid) to this Deed of Undertaking.
It is further undertaken by the parties that the above sharing of responsibilities and obligations shall
not in any way be a limitation of joint and several responsibilities of the Parties under the Contract.
6. It is also understood that this Undertaking is provided for the purposes of undertaking joint and
several liabilities of the partners to the Consortium for submission of the bid and performance of the
Contract and that this Undertaking shall not be deemed to give rise to any additional liabilities or
obligations, in any manner or any law, on any of the Parties to this Undertaking or on the Consortium,
other than the express provisions of the Contract.
7. This Undertaking shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the provisions of the
Contract.
8. In case of an award of a Contract, we the parties to this Deed of Undertaking do hereby agree that
we shall be jointly and severally responsible for furnishing a Contract Performance Security from a
bank in favour of the Employer in the currency/ currencies of the Contract.
9. It is further agreed that this Deed of Undertaking shall be irrevocable and shall form an integral part
of the bid and shall continue to be enforceable till the Employer discharges the same or upon the
completion of the Contract in accordance with its provisions, whichever is earlier. It shall be effective
from the date first mentioned above for all purposes and intents.
IN WITNESS, WHEREOF, the Parties to this Deed of Undertaking have through their authorized
representatives executed these presents and affixed Common Seals of their companies, on the day, month
and year first mentioned above.
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 40 of 52
Common Seal of ………………………. For Lead Partner (Party No.-1)

has been affixed in my/ our For and on behalf of M/s
Name ………………………..
WITNESS :
I. ………………………………
II. ………………………………

has been affixed in my/our For and on behalf of
presence pursuant to Board of M/s…………………..
Name ……………………….. (Signature of the authorized

representative)
Signature …………………….
WITNESS :
I. ………………………………
II. ………………………………

has been affixed in my/ our For and on behalf of M/s.
Name ………………………..
WITNESS :
I. ………………………………
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 41 of 52
II. ………………………………
Note:
1. For the purpose of executing the Joint Deed of Undertaking, the non-judicial stamp papers of
appropriate value shall be purchased in the name of Consortium.
2. The Undertaking shall be signed on all the pages by the authorized representatives of each of the
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 42 of 52
Form F-18A
FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY OF CONSORTIUM

AGREEMENT
should be in the name of the Consortium)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT WE, the Partners whose details are given hereunder
................................................................................. have formed a Consortium under the laws of
............................................ and having our Registered Office(s)/ Head Office(s) at
............................................... (hereinafter called the 'Consortium' which expression shall unless repugnant
to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators and assigns) acting through M/s
................................................................................. being the Partner in-charge do hereby constitute,
nominate and appoint M/s................................................... a Company incorporated under the laws of
.............................…………………….... and having its Registered/ Head Office at
........................................... as our duly constituted lawful Attorney (hereinafter called "Attorney" or
"Authorised Representative" or "Partner In-charge") to exercise all or any of the powers for and on behalf of
the Consortium in regard to Tender No............................ Package ............................ the bids for which have
been invited by Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited, D-3, 1st Floor, Wing-A, Prius Platinum Building,
District Centre, Saket, New Delhi-110017 (hereinafter called the 'Employer') to undertake the following acts:
i) To submit proposal and participate in the aforesaid Bid Specification of the Employer on behalf of
the "Consortium".
ii) To negotiate with the Employer the terms and conditions for award of the Contract pursuant to the
aforesaid Bid and to sign the Contract with the Employer for and on behalf of the "Consortium".
iii) To do any other act or submit any document related to the above.
iv) To receive, accept and execute the Contract for and on behalf of the "Consortium".
It is clearly understood that the Partner In-charge (Lead Partner) shall ensure performance of the
Contract(s) and if one or more Partner fail to perform their respective portions of the Contract(s), the
same shall be deemed to be a default by all the Partners.
It is expressly understood that this Power of Attorney shall remain valid binding and irrevocable till
completion of the Defect Liability Period in terms of the Contract.
The Consortium hereby agrees and undertakes to ratify and confirm all the whatsoever the said
Attorney/ Authorized Representatives/ Partner in-charge quotes in the bid, negotiates and signs the
Contract with the Employer and/or proposes to act on behalf of the Consortium by virtue of this
Power of Attorney and the same shall bind the Consortium as if done by itself.
IN WITNESS, THEREOF the Partners Constituting the Consortium as aforesaid have executed
these presents on this ........... day of …………........... under the Common Seal(s) of their
Companies.
for and on behalf of the

Partners of Consortium
.............................................
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 43 of 52
.............................................
.............................................
The Common Seal of the above Partners of the Consortium:
The Common Seal has been affixed there unto in the presence of:
WITNESS
1. Signature......................................................
Name ............................................…...........
Designation ...................................…..........
Occupation ......................................…........
2. Signature.................................................….
Name ..................................................…....
Designation ........................................…....
Occupation ...............…..............................
Note:
1. For the purpose of executing the Agreement, the non-judicial stamp papers of appropriate value
shall be purchased in the name of Consortium.
2. The Agreement shall be signed on all the pages by the authorized representatives of each of the
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 44 of 52
Form F-19
e-BANKING FORMAT
(To be submitted on the Letter Head of the Bidder)
1. Bidder/ Customer Name :
2. Bidder/ Customer Code :
3. Bidder/ Customer Address :
4. Bidder/ Customer E-mail ID :
5. Particulars of Bank Account

a) Name of Bank :
b) Name of Branch :
c) Branch Code :
d) Address :
e) Telephone Number :
f) Type of Account :
g) Account Number :
h) RTGS IFSC Code :
i) NEFT IFSC Code :
j) 9 digit MICR code :
I/ We hereby authorize Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited to release any amount due to me/ us in
the bank account as mentioned above. I/ We hereby declare that the particulars given above are correct
and complete. If the transaction is delayed or lost because of incomplete or incorrect information, we would
not hold the Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited responsible.
(Signature of Vendor/ Customer)
BANK CERTIFICATE
We certify that --------------------------- has an Account no. ---------------------------- with us and we confirm that
the details given above are correct as per our records.
Bank stamp
Date (Signature of authorized officer of bank)
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 45 of 52
Form F-20
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADVANCE

PAYMENT
should be in the name of the issuing Bank)
Bank Guarantee No.: ........................…

Date: ...................……...
NOA/ Contract No.....................................
…………. [Name of Contract] …………………….
To:

Dear Sir / Madam,
We refer to the Contract ("the Contract") signed on ..............(insert date of the Contract) ….... between you
and M/s ................. (Name of Contractor) ..................,
(or)
vide notification of award issued on ……. (insert date of the notification of award) …. by you to M/s
................. (Name of Contractor) .................. having its Principal place of business at ……….... (Address of
Contractor) ............................... and Registered Office at ……….... (Registered address of Contractor)
........................................................................................ ("the Contractor") concerning …….................….
(Indicate brief scope of work) ............................... for the complete execution of the …… (insert name of
Package alongwith name of the Project) …….
Whereas, in accordance with the terms of the said Contract, the Owner has agreed to pay or cause to be
paid to the Contractor an interest bearing Advance Payment against furnishing of an irrevocable bank
guarantee for an amount of ………………………. (Amount in figures and words) ……………which is equal
to 110% of the amount of Advance Payment.
By this letter, we, the undersigned, ……… (insert name & address of the issuing bank) ………, a Bank
(which expression shall include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) organized under the
laws of .................................... and having its Registered/ Head Office at ….……. (insert address of
registered office of the bank) …….... do hereby irrevocably guarantee repayment of …………. (Amount of
the bank guarantee in figures and words) …………… upon the first demand of the Employer without cavil
or argument in the event that the Contractor fails to commence or fulfill its obligations under the terms of the
said Contract for reasons whatsoever.
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 46 of 52
Provided always that the Bank's obligation shall be limited to the amount of this Bank guarantee or an
amount equal to the outstanding balance of the Advance Payment and the accrued interest on the Advance
Payment, taking into account such amounts, which have been repaid by the Contractor from time to time in
accordance with the terms of payment of the said Contract, as certified by you.
This Guarantee shall remain in full force from the date upon which the said Advance Payment is received
by the Contractor up to sixty (60) days beyond the date on which the entire Advance Payment along with
the accrued interest if any due thereon has been fully adjusted in terms of the Contract i.e., up to sixty (60)
days beyond the date of Completion of the Facilities under the Contract. This Guarantee may be extended
from time to time, as may be desired by M/s Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited on whose behalf this
Guarantee has been issued.
Any claims to be made under this Guarantee must be received by the Bank during its period of validity, i.e.
upto sixty (60) days beyond the date of Completion of the Facilities by the Employer i.e. upto and inclusive
of ……………. (dd/mm/yy).
Notwithstanding anything contained herein:
1. Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed _________ (value in figures) ____________
[_____________________ (value in words) ____________].
2. This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto ________ (validity date) __________.
3. We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only & only
if we receive a written claim or demand on or before ________ (validity date) __________.
For and on behalf of the Bank
[Signature of the authorised signatory(ies)]

Signature_______________________
Name_______________________
Designation_______________________
POA Number_______________________
Fax Number_______________________
email ____________________________
Common Seal of the Bank______________________

Witness:
Signature_______________________
Name_______________________
Address______________________________
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 47 of 52
email ____________________________
Note:
1. For the purpose of executing the Bank Guarantee, the non-judicial stamp papers of appropriate
value shall be purchased in the name of Bank who issues the ‘Bank Guarantee’.
2. The Bank Guarantee shall be signed on all the pages by the Bank Authorities indicating their POA
nos. and should invariably be witnessed.
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 48 of 52
Form F-22
LIST OF BANKS
(For Reference Purpose)
SBI AND ASSOCIATES OTHER PUBLIC SECTOR BANKS

1. State Bank of India 1. IDBI Bank Limited
2. State Bank of Indore FOREIGN BANKS
1. Bank of America NA
2. Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFJ Ltd.
3. BNP Paribas
4. Calyon Bank
5. Citi Bank N.A.
NATIONALISED BANKS 6. Deutsche Bank A.G
7. The HongKong and Shanghai Banking
1. Allahabad Bank
Corpn. (HSBC) Ltd.
2. Andhra Bank 8. Standard Chartered Bank
3. Bank of India 9. Societe Generale
4. Bank of Maharashtra 10. Barclays Bank
5. Canara Bank 11. Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS)
6. Central Bank of India 12. Bank of Nova Scotia
7. Corporation Bank 13. Development Bank of Singapore (DBS)
14. Credit Agricole Corporate and
8. Dena Bank
Investment Bank
9. Indian Bank SCHEDULED PRIVATE BANKS
10. Indian Overseas Bank 1. Federal Bank Limited
11. Oriental Bank of Commerce 2. Kotak Mahindra Bank Limited
12. Punjab National Bank 3. Axis Bank Limited
13. Punjab & Sind Bank 4. ICICI Bank Limited
14. Syndicate Bank 5. HDFC Bank Limited
15. Union Bank of India 6. Yes Bank Limited
16. United Bank of India 7. IDFC Bank Limited
17. UCO Bank 8. IndusInd Bank
18. Vijaya Bank 9. Karur Vysya Bank
19. Bank of Baroda 10. South Indian Bank
11. RBL
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 49 of 52
Form F-23
SHAREHOLDING CERTIFICATE
(To be submitted on the Letter Head of the Bidder)
Type and Number % of Equity Extent of Voting

Name of the Equity Holder
of Shares Owned Holding Rights
Yours faithfully
(Signature and Stamp of Authorized Signatory of Bidder)
Name: ………………………….
Date: ……………………………
Place: ………………………….
(Signature and Stamp of Company Secretary/ Director/ Chartered Accountant)
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 50 of 52
Form F-24
POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR BIDDING COMPANY

should be in the name of the Bidder)
Know all men by these presents, We ……………………………………………………. (name and address of

the registered office of the Bidding Company as applicable) do hereby constitute, appoint and authorize
Mr./Ms. ……………………………. (name & residential address) who is presently employed with us and
holding the position of ……………………………………… as our true and lawful attorney, to do in our name
and on our behalf, all such acts, deeds and things necessary in connection with or incidental to submission
of our Bid for ……………………… (insert details of Tender) in response to the Tender No
………………………………… dated ………….. issued by Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited (SECI),
New Delhi including signing and submission of the Bid and all other documents related to the Bid, including
but not limited to undertakings, letters, certificates, acceptances, clarifications, guarantees or any other
document which the SECI may require us to submit. The aforesaid Attorney is further authorized for making
representations to the Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited, New Delhi and providing information/
responses to SECI, New Delhi representing us in all matters before SECI, New Delhi and generally dealing
with SECI, New Delhi in all matters in connection with Bid till the completion of the bidding process as per
the terms of the above mentioned Tender.
We hereby agree to ratify all acts, deeds and things done by our said attorney pursuant to this Power of
Attorney and that all acts, deeds and things done by our aforesaid attorney shall be binding on us and shall
always be deemed to have been done by us.
All the terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms under the Tender.
Signed by the within named
……………………………………………….. (Insert the name of the executant company)
through the hand of
Mr. …………………………………………………
duly authorized by the Board to issue such Power of Attorney
Dated this ………………………………… day of …………………

Accepted
………………………………………………..
Signature of Attorney
(Name, designation and address of the Attorney)
Attested
…………………………………………………
(Signature of the executant)
(Name, designation and address of the executant)
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 51 of 52
…………………………………………………
Signature and stamp of Notary of the place of execution
Common seal of ……………………… has been affixed in my/ our presence pursuant to Board of
Director’s Resolution dated……………
WITNESS
1. …………………………………………………………..
(Signature)
Name…………………………………………………
Designation ………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………….
(Signature)
Name…………………………………………………
Designation ………………………………………
Notes:
The mode of execution of the power of attorney should be in accordance with the procedure, if any, laid
down by the applicable law and the charter documents of the executant(s) and the same should be under
common seal of the executant affixed in accordance with the applicable procedure. Further, the person
whose signatures are to be provided on the power of attorney shall be duly authorized by the executant(s)
in this regard.
The person authorized under this Power of Attorney, in the case of the Bidding Company/ Lead Member
being a public company, or a private company which is a subsidiary of a public company, in terms of the
Companies Act, 1956, with a paid-up share capital of more than Indian Rupees Five Crores, should be the
Managing Director/ Whole Time Director/ Manager appointed under section 269 of the Companies Act,
1956. In all other cases the person authorized should be a director duly authorized by a board resolution
duly passed by the Company.
Also, wherever required, the executant(s) should submit for verification the extract of the chartered
documents and documents such as a Board resolution/ power of attorney, in favour of the person executing
this power of attorney for delegation of power hereunder on behalf of the executant(s).
SAMPLE
FORMS
Page 52 of 52
Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing and
Commissioning of 150 MW Grid Connected Solar PV Power Plants including 10 Years
O&M at different locations of SCCL in Telangana State through Competitive bidding
SECTION - VII
B. TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
150 MW SOLAR PV POWER

Tender No. TS Signature of
PLANT PROJECTS AT SCCL
SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/XXX/XXX Page 1 of 136 Bidder
PREMISES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A Design Philosophy..................................................................................................... 6
B Electrical System ....................................................................................................... 8
1 Photovoltaic Modules ................................................................................................. 8
2 String Monitoring Unit ............................................................................................... 12
3 Solar and DC Cables ................................................................................................ 13
4 Power Conditioning Unit ........................................................................................... 15
5 Inverter Transformer and Auxiliary Transformer ....................................................... 19
6 HT Switchgear .......................................................................................................... 24
7 AC Cables ................................................................................................................ 34
8 Auxiliary Supply System ........................................................................................... 36
9 Distribution Switchgear ............................................................................................. 36
10 Uninterrupted Power Supply ................................................................................. 39
11 Battery and Battery Charger ................................................................................. 42
12 Earthing ................................................................................................................ 44
13 Lightning Protection System ................................................................................. 46
14 Communication Cables ......................................................................................... 47
15 SCADA ................................................................................................................. 48
16 Power Transformer ............................................................................................... 55
17 Nitrogen Injection Fire Protection System ............................................................. 66
18 Control and Relay Panel ....................................................................................... 70
19 132 kV Switchyard Equipment .............................................................................. 75
20 Illumination ........................................................................................................... 82
21 Weather Monitoring System .................................................................................. 84
22 CCTV Camera ...................................................................................................... 87
23 Fire Alarm System ................................................................................................ 88
24 Testing Instruments .............................................................................................. 89
25 Power evacuation system ..................................................................................... 92
C Civil, Mechanical and Plumbing Works .................................................................. 93
26 General Requirement ............................................................................................ 93
27 Topographical Survey ........................................................................................... 94
28 Geotechnical Investigations .................................................................................. 95
29 Other Investigations .............................................................................................. 98
PREMISES
30 Area Grading and Land Development ................................................................... 99

31 Roads ................................................................................................................. 100
32 Surface/ Area drainage ....................................................................................... 102
33 Peripheral boundary Wall/Fence ......................................................................... 104
34 Plant Layout ........................................................................................................ 105
35 Design Loads ...................................................................................................... 106
36 Foundations (General) ........................................................................................ 108
37 MMS Foundation ................................................................................................ 109
38 Module Mounting Structure (MMS) ..................................................................... 113
39 Concrete Works .................................................................................................. 116
40 Miscellaneous Steel Works ................................................................................. 116
41 Buildings ............................................................................................................. 116
42 Flooring, Skirting and Dado................................................................................. 119
43 Doors and Windows ............................................................................................ 120
44 Roofing ............................................................................................................... 121
45 Plinth protection and drain .................................................................................. 121
46 Plinth filling for buildings...................................................................................... 122
47 Anti- termite Treatment ....................................................................................... 122
48 Plumbing & Sanitary Works ................................................................................ 122
49 Painting & Other Finishes ................................................................................... 123
50 Air conditioning & Ventilation for MCR and Other Buildings ................................ 123
51 Fire Extinguishers ............................................................................................... 124
52 Sand buckets ...................................................................................................... 124
53 Sign Boards and Danger Boards......................................................................... 124
54 Masonry Work..................................................................................................... 124
55 Plastering, Pointing & Coping Works .................................................................. 125
56 Building Water Supply & Plumbing Works ........................................................... 125
57 Pipe & Cable Trenches ....................................................................................... 126
58 Transformer Yard Civil Works ............................................................................. 126
59 Water Supply & Cleaning of Modules .................................................................. 128
60 Underground Water Tank.................................................................................... 129
61 Miscellaneous structures..................................................................................... 130
D Quality Assurance and Inspection of Civil Works ............................................... 131

PREMISES
62 Introduction ......................................................................................................... 131

63 QA and QC Manpower ........................................................................................ 131
64 Laboratory and Field Testing .............................................................................. 132
65 Sampling and Testing of Construction Materials ................................................. 133
66 Purchase and Service ......................................................................................... 133
67 Field Quality Plan ................................................................................................ 134
68 General QA Requirements .................................................................................. 134
E Performance Measurement Procedure ................................................................. 135
69 Performance Ratio (PR) ...................................................................................... 136
70 Capacity Utilization Factor (CUF) ........................................................................ 136

PREMISES
DISCLAMIER:
1. Though adequate care has been taken while preparing the Bidding documents, the
Bidders/Applicants shall satisfy themselves that the document is complete in all respects.
Intimation of any discrepancy shall be given to this office immediately. If no intimation is
received from any Bidder within twenty (20) days from the date of notification of NIT/ Issue of
the NIT documents, it shall be considered that the NIT documents are complete in all respects
has been received by the Bidder.
2. Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited (SECI), the Employer, reserves the right to modify,
amend or supplement this NIT documents including all formats and Annexures.
3. While this bidding documents have been prepared in good faith, neither Employer or its
authorized representatives nor their employees or advisors make any representation or
warranty, express or implied, or accept any responsibility or liability, whatsoever, in respect
of any statements or omissions herein, or the accuracy, completeness or reliability of
information, and shall incur no liability under any law, statute, rules or regulations as to the
accuracy, reliability or completeness of this bidding documents, even if any loss or damage
is caused by any act or omission on their part.
4. The specifications mentioned for all the equipment which include Solar modules, PCU,
combiner boxes, DC cables, module mounting structures, transformer, CT, PT, LT/ HT
cables, interfacing panels, switch gears & other associated equipment etc., to complete the
power generation and evacuation to the designated substation, in the present bidding
documents are for the reference only. It is subject to revise/ alter as per the design/ planning/
good engineering practices etc., to be carried out by the selected bidder, to the satisfaction
of the Employer or its authorized representatives. It is advised that the bidders must satisfy
himself with the prevailing site conditions before design/ plan. The design must be optimized
as per the site conditions and directed to achieve the maximum output from the installed
capacity at all times. Moreover, the components not separately mentioned, but are required
to complete the plant for operation is also included in the scope of bidder and shall be vetted
by the Employer or its authorised representatives.
Place:
(Signature)
Date: Name and Designation of bidder

PREMISES
A Design Philosophy
1 The main objective of the design philosophy is to construct the plant with in-built Quality
and appropriate redundancy to achieve high availability and reliability with minimum
maintenance efforts. In order to achieve this, the following principles shall be adopted
while designing the system.
1.1 Adequate capacity of SPV modules, PCUs, Junction boxes etc. to ensure generation
of power as per design estimates. This will be done by applying liberal de-rating factors
for the array and recognizing the efficiency parameters of PCUs, transformers,
conductor losses, system losses, site conditions etc.
1.2 Use of equipment and systems with proven design and performance that have high
availability track records under similar service conditions.
1.3 Selection of the equipment and adoption of a plant layout to ensure ease of
maintenance.
1.4 Strict compliance with approved and proven quality assurance (QA) systems and
procedures during different stages of the project, starting from sizing, selection of make,
shipment, storage (at site), during erection, testing and commissioning.
1.5 Proper monitoring of synchronization and recording, to ensure availability of power to
the grid.
1.6 The plant instrumentation and control system should be designed to ensure high
availability and reliability of the plant to assist the operators in the safe and efficient
operation of the plant with minimum effort.
1.7 It should also provide the analysis of the historical data and help in the plant
maintenance people to take up the plant and equipment on predictive maintenance.
1.8 System design shall have intelligent protection mechanism which may include very fast
responsive microprocessor-based relays etc., so that any disturbance from the grid will
not cause any damage to the equipment of the Solar Power Plant.
2 The basic and detailed engineering of the plant shall aim at achieving high standards of
operational performance especially considering following:
2.1 SPV power plant should be designed to operate satisfactorily in synchronization with
the grid within permissible limits of high voltage and frequency fluctuation conditions. It
is also extremely important to safeguard the system during major disturbances, internal
and external surge conditions while ensuring safe operation of the plant.
2.2 Seasonal tilt of SPV arrays shall be employed with minimum two tilts per year. The

PREMISES
angles of tilt shall be such that SPV arrays produce maximum energy during the period
of respective tilt.
2.3 Shadow free plant layout to ensure minimum losses in generation during the day time.
2.4 Higher system voltage and lower current options to be followed to minimise ohmic
losses.
2.5 Selection of PCUs with proven reliability and minimum downtime. Ready availability of
requisite spares.
2.6 Careful logging of operational data / historical information from the Data Monitoring
Systems, and periodical analysis of the same to identify any abnormal or slowly
deteriorating conditions.
2.7 The designed array capacity at STC shall be suitably determined to meet the proposed
guaranteed generation output at the point of interconnection by the contractor in his
bid. The contractor shall take care of first year degradation also by installing additional
DC capacity as the CUF calculations will not factor the first-year degradation of the
modules.
2.8 Each component offered by the bidder shall be of established reliability. The minimum
target reliability of each equipment shall be established by the bidder considering its
mean time between failures and mean time to restore, such that the availability of
complete system is assured. Bidder’s recommendation of the spares shall be on the
basis of established reliability.
2.9 Bidder shall design the plant and equipment in order to have sustained life of 25 years
with minimum maintenance efforts.
2.10 The work execution planning for supply, erection, commissioning and all other allied
works for SPV Power Plant shall be such that it is completed within stipulated time from
the date of order/ LOI/ NTP.
3 The specifications provided with this bid document are functional ones; any design
provided in this document is only meant as an example. The Contractor must submit a
detailed design philosophy document for the project to meet the functional requirements
based upon their own design in-line with the above. The bidders are advised to visit the
site and satisfy themselves before bidding.

PREMISES
B Electrical System
1 Photovoltaic Modules
1.1 Standards and Codes

Photovoltaic Modules shall comply with the specified edition of the following standards
and codes.
Standard Description
IEC 61215-1:2016 Terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - Design qualification
Ed.1 and type approval - Part 2: Test requirements
Terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - Design qualification
IEC 61215-1-1:2016
and type approval - Part 1-1: Special requirements for
Ed.1
testing of crystalline silicon photovoltaic (PV) modules
IEC 61730-1:2016 Photovoltaic (PV) module safety qualification - Part 1:
Ed.2 Requirements for construction
IEC 61730-2:2016 Photovoltaic (PV) module safety qualification - Part 2:
Ed.2 Requirements for testing
IEC 61701:2011 Salt mist corrosion testing of photovoltaic (PV) modules
Ed.2 (Applicable for coastal and marine environment)
IEC 62716:2013
Photovoltaic (PV) modules - Ammonia corrosion testing
Ed.1
Photovoltaic (PV) modules - Test methods for the detection
IEC TS 62804-1:2015
of potential-induced degradation - Part 1: Crystalline silicon
Ed.1
(under conditions of 85oC/85% RH for minimum 192 hours)
As per the Solar Photovoltaics, Systems, Devices and Components Goods
(Requirements for Compulsory Registration) Order, 2017, PV Modules used in the
grid connected solar power projects shall be registered with BIS and bear the
Standard Mark as notified by the Bureau of Indian Standards.
1.2 Technical Requirements
Parameter Specification
Cell type Multi-crystalline
330 Wp or more
Rated power at STC
No negative tolerance is allowed
Temperature co-efficient of power Not less than -0.40%/°C for Crystalline Si
Suitable for site condition or as per IS:875
Wind speed
Part-3 whichever is higher
Application Class as per IEC 61730 Class A
1.3 Component Specifications

PREMISES
1.3.1 The glass used to make PV Modules shall be toughened low iron glass with minimum
thickness of 4.0 mm. The glass shall have transmittance of above 90%.
1.3.2 The back sheet used in the PV modules shall be of three layered structure durable
for humid – hot conditions with properties of moisture barrier, elongation retention
and UV resistance. The back sheet shall have the following properties.
Parameter Value
Material thickness ≥ 300 micron
Water vapour transmission rate < 2 g/m2/day
Partial discharge test voltage ≥ 1000 V / 1500 V
Elongation at break > 100%
Adhesion strength with encapsulant > 70 N/cm
Interlayer adhesion strength > 5 N/cm
The Employer reserves the right to conduct Pressure Cooker (PC) test/ Highly
Accelerated Stress Test (HAST) to confirm the durability of the back sheet in
accelerated conditions.
1.3.3 The encapsulant used for the PV modules should be UV resistant and PID resistant
in nature. No yellowing of the encapsulant with prolonged exposure shall occur. The
encapsulant shall have the following properties.
Parameter Value
Gel content > 75%
Volume resistivity > 1×1015 Ω.cm
Peeling strength with glass > 60 N/cm
1.3.4 The sealant used for edge sealing of PV modules shall have excellent moisture
ingress protection with good electrical insulation (Break down voltage >15 kV/mm)
and with good adhesion strength. Edge tapes for sealing are not allowed.
1.3.5 The module frame shall be made of anodized Aluminium, which shall be electrically
& chemically compatible with the structural material used for mounting the modules.
It is required to have provision for earthing to connect it to the earthing grid. The
anodization thickness shall not be less than 15 micron.
1.3.6 The material used for junction box shall be UV resistant to avoid degradation during
module life. The degree of protection of the junction box shall be at least IP67.
Minimum three number of bypass diodes and two number of IEC 62852/EN 50521
certified MC4 compatible connectors with appropriate length of IEC 62930/EN 50618

PREMISES
certified 4 sq.mm copper cable shall be provided. The cable length shall be in
accordance with the PV Module wiring strategy and adequate to ensure that the cable
bending radius standard is not exceeded.
1.3.7 Each PV Module shall be provided a bar code which is embedded inside the module
lamination and must be able to withstand harsh environmental conditions. The bar
code data base shall contain the following information. Bar code scanner and
database of all the modules containing the following information shall also be
provided.
(i) Name of the manufacturer of PV Module
(ii) Name of the Manufacturer of Solar cells
(iii) Type of cell: Mono / Multi
(iv) Month and year of the manufacture (separately for solar cells and module)
(v) Country of origin (separately for solar cells and module)
(vi) I-V curve for the module
(vii) Peak Wattage, Im, Vm and FF for the module
(viii) Unique Serial No. and Model No. of the module.
(ix) Date and year of obtaining IEC PV module qualification certificate
(x) Name of the test lab issuing IEC certificate
(xi) Other relevant information on traceability of solar cells and modules as per ISO
9000 series.
1.4 Warranty
1.4.1 PV modules must be warranted with linear degradation rate of power output except
for first year (maximum 2.5% including LID) and shall guarantee 80% of the initial
rated power output at the end of 25 years.
1.4.2 The modules shall be warranted for minimum of 10 years against all material/
manufacturing defects and workmanship.
1.4.3 The above warranties shall be backed by third party insurance.
1.5 Approval
1.5.1 The Contractor shall provide Guaranteed Technical Particular (GTP) datasheet and
Bill of Materials (BOM) of the module that is submitted for approval along with the
datasheets of each component. The component datasheet shall contain all the
information to substantiate the compliance for component specifications mentioned
above.
1.5.2 The Contractor shall also provide test certificates corresponding to the standards

PREMISES
mentioned above along with complete test reports for the proposed module. The tests
should have been conducted at a test laboratory compliant with ISO 17025 for testing
and calibration and accredited by an ILAC/IECEE member signatory. Laboratory
accreditation certificate or weblink along with scope of accreditation shall also be
submitted.
1.5.3 The BOM proposed shall be the subset of Constructional Data Form (CDF)’s of all
the test reports.
1.5.4 The Contractor shall submit a detailed Manufacturing Quality Plan (MQP) for the PV
Module with list of checks/tests performed during incoming material inspection,
production, pre-dispatch and package.
1.5.5 The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the proposed module make & model prior
to manufacturing/ inspection call.
1.6 Manufacturing and Inspection

1.6.1 The Contractor shall inform the module manufacturing schedule to the Employer at
least 7 (seven) working days before the start of proposed schedule.
1.6.2 The Employer shall perform material inspection at the Manufacturer’s factory before
the start of proposed manufacturing schedule. Proof of procurement of components
as per the approved BOM mentioning manufacturer name, manufacturing date and
relevant test certificate shall be submitted during material inspection for verification.
1.6.3 The Manufacturing shall start only after the clearance by the Employer after the
material inspection.
1.6.4 The cells used for module making shall be free from all defects like edge chipping,
breakages, printing defects, discoloration of top surface etc. Only Class A solar cell
shall be used.
1.6.5 The modules shall be uniformly laminated without any lamination defects.
1.6.6 Current binning of modules shall be employed so that current mismatch of modules
in a pallet does not exceed 0.1 A. Different colour codes shall be provided on the
modules as well as pallet for identification of different bins. Maximum three nos. of
bins will be allowed for each module rating.
1.6.7 Pre-dispatch inspection of modules shall be performed as per the inspection protocol
attached in Annexure – A.
1.7 Transportation, Handling, Storage and Installation

1.7.1 Transportation, handling, storage and installation of modules shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer manual so as not to breach warranty conditions. The Standard

PREMISES
Operating Procedure (SOP) for the same shall be shared by the Contractor prior to
dispatch.
1.7.2 It is required to construct a temporary platform (graded) while keeping the modules
at least above the highest flood level. If the contractor scheduled/ planned to mount
the modules immediately after the receipt at site, then the module shall be kept in
common storage area with proper arrangement.
1.7.3 The stacked modules, in any case, shall be stacked as per the manufacturer’s
recommendation only and shall be covered with tarpaulin sheet.
2 String Monitoring Unit
Standard/Code Description
IEC 60529 Enclosure Ingress Protection
IEC 62262 Enclosure Impact Protection
IEC 60269 Fuse
IEC 61643-11 Surge Protection Device
IEC 62852 or EN 50521 Solar cable connector
IEC 60695-2-11 Fire hazard testing
2.2 Construction
2.2.1 SMU enclosure shall be made of UV resistant, fire retardant, thermoplastic material.
Enclosure degree of protection shall be at least IP65 and mechanical impact
resistance shall be at least IK08.
2.2.2 Not more than two strings can be connected in parallel to a single input of SMU. One
spare input terminal along with connector shall be provided for each SMU.
2.2.3 Every SMU input shall be provided with fuses on both positive and negative side. The
rating of the fuses shall be selected such that it protects the modules from reverse
current overload. The fuses shall be ‘gPV’ type conforming to IEC 60269-6. It should
also have a reverse blocking diode at either of the incomer.
2.2.4 DC disconnector switch of suitable rating shall be provided at SMU output to
disconnect both positive and negative side simultaneously.
2.2.5 Type-II surge protective device (SPD) conforming to IEC 61643-11 shall be
connected between positive/negative bus and earth.
2.2.6 Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) type or semiconductor type temperature
sensor shall be provided to monitor the cabinet temperature.

PREMISES
2.2.7 MC4 connector conforming to IEC 62852 or EN 50521 shall be provided at each SMU
input. Cable gland (double compression metallic) of suitable size for DC cables shall
be provided at the SMU output.
2.2.8 UV resistant printed cable ferrules for solar cables & communication cables and
punched/ embossed aluminium tags for DC cables shall be provided at cable
termination points for identification.
2.2.9 Suitable communication interface shall be provided to communicate the data to
SCADA. The following parameters shall be measured/ monitored and made available
at SCADA.
(i) String current
(ii) Bus voltage
(iii) Output current
(iv) Cabinet temperature
(v) DC disconnector switch ON/OFF status
(vi) SPD operating status
2.3 Warranty
The SMU unit shall be warranted for minimum of 5 (five) years against all material/
2.4 Tests
Routine tests and acceptance tests for the assembled unit shall be as per the Quality
Assurance Plan (QAP) approved by the Employer.
3 Solar and DC Cables

Conductor/ Voltage Applicable
Cable From To
Insulation Rating Standard
Solar 1.1 kV DC/ IEC 62930/ EN
Module SMU Copper/ XLPO
Cable* 1.5 kV DC 50618/
DC Copper or 1.1 kV DC/
SMU PCU IS 7098 Part I
Cable Aluminium/ XLPE 1.5 kV DC
* Cable used for module interconnection shall also be referred as solar cable.
3.2 Solar cable outer sheath shall be flame retardant, UV resistant and black in colour.
Solar cable with positive polarity should have marking of red line on black outer sheath.
3.3 DC cables shall be single core, armoured, Flame Retardant Low smoke (FRLS), PVC

PREMISES
outer sheath conforming to IS 7098-I. DC cable with positive polarity should have
marking of red line on black outer sheath.
3.4 In addition to manufacturer's identification on cables as per relevant standard, following
marking shall also be provided over outer sheath.
(i) Cable size and voltage grade
(ii) Word 'FRNC/ FRLS’ (as applicable) at every metre
(iii) Sequential marking of length of the cable in metres at every metre
3.5 Cables shall be sized based on the following considerations:

(i) Rated current of module
(ii) The average voltage drop in the cables (Modules to Inverter) shall be limited to
1.5 % of the rated voltage. The Contractor shall provide voltage drop calculations
in excel sheet.
(iii) Short circuit withstand capability
(iv) De-rating factors according to laying pattern
3.6 Warranty
The cables (Solar and DC) shall be warranted for minimum of 1 (one) year against all
material/ manufacturing defects and workmanship.
3.7 Tests
Routine test and acceptance tests requirements shall be as per IEC 62930/EN 50618
for solar cables and IS 7098-1 for DC cables.
3.8 Installation
3.8.1 Cable installation shall be as per IS 1255.
3.8.2 Only terminal cable joints shall be accepted. No cable joint to join two cable ends
shall be accepted.
3.8.3 Solar cables shall be provided with UV resistant printed ferrules and DC cables shall
be provided with punched/ embossed aluminium tags. The marking shall be done
with good quality letter and numbers of proper size so that the cables can be identified
easily.
3.8.4 Cable terminations shall be made with properly crimped lugs and passed through
cable glands at the entry & exit point of the cubicles. Bimetallic lugs shall be used for
connecting Cu bus bar and Al cables or vice-versa.
3.8.5 Solar cables, wherever exposed to direct sunlight and buried underground, shall be
laid through Double Wall Corrugated (DWC) HDPE conduits. The size of the conduit

PREMISES
or pipe shall be selected on the basis of 40% fill criteria.

3.8.6 Solar cables shall be aesthetically tied to Module Mounting Structure using UV
resistant cable-ties suitable for outdoor application.
3.8.7 A.C and D.C cables shall be kept in separate trenches. The horizontal and vertical
clearances between power and communication cable shall not be less than 300mm.
4 Power Conditioning Unit

Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) shall comply with the specified edition of the following
standards and codes.
Photovoltaic systems - Power conditioners - Procedure
IEC 61683 Ed. 1
for measuring efficiency
Safety of power converters for use in photovoltaic power
IEC 62109-1 Ed. 1
systems - Part 1: General requirements
Safety of power converters for use in photovoltaic power
IEC 62109-2 Ed. 1
systems - Part 2: Particular requirements for inverters
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-2: Generic

IEC 61000-6-2 Ed. 2
standards - Immunity standard for industrial environments
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-4: Generic

IEC 61000-6-4 Ed. 2.1
standards - Emission standard for industrial environments
Utility-interconnected photovoltaic inverters - Test

IEC 62116 Ed. 2
procedure of islanding prevention measures
Photovoltaic (PV) systems - Characteristics of the utility
IEC 61727:2004 Ed. 2
interface
IEC 60068-2-1:2007 Environmental testing - Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold
IEC 60068-2-2:2007 Environmental testing - Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat
Environmental testing - Part 2-14: Tests - Test N: Change

IEC 60068-2-14:2009
of temperature
Environmental testing - Part 2-30: Tests - Test Db: Damp
IEC 60068-2-30:2005
heat, cyclic (12 h + 12 h cycle)
CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity to the Grid Regulations 2007 with 2013
Amendment

PREMISES
As per the Solar Photovoltaics, Systems, Devices and Components Goods

(Requirements for Compulsory Registration) Order, 2017, Inverters used in the grid
connected solar power projects shall be registered with BIS and bear the Standard
Mark as notified by the Bureau of Indian Standards.
Rated AC power As per design
Maximum input voltage 1000 V / 1500 V
Rated AC output voltage As per design
Tolerance on rated AC output voltage +/-10%
Rated frequency 50 Hz
Operating frequency range 47.5 Hz to 52 Hz
Power factor control range 0.9 lag to 0.9 lead
European efficiency Minimum 98%
Maximum loss in Sleep Mode 0.05% of rated AC power
Total Harmonic Distortion Less than 3% at 100% load
Degree of protection IP 20 (Indoor)/IP 54 (Outdoor)
4.2.1 The rated/ name plate AC capacity of the PCU shall be AC power output of the PCU
at 50°C.
4.2.2 Maximum power point tracker (MPPT) shall be integrated in the PCU to maximize
energy drawn from the Solar PV array. The MPPT voltage window shall be sufficient
enough to accommodate the output voltage of the PV array at extreme temperatures
prevailing at site.
4.2.3 The PCU output shall always follow the grid in terms of voltage and frequency. The
operating voltage and frequency range of the PCU shall be sufficient enough to
accommodate the allowable grid voltage and frequency variations.
4.3 Construction
4.3.1 Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) shall consist of an electronic three phase inverter
along with associated control, protection, filtering, measurement and data logging
devices.
4.3.2 Every DC input terminal of PCU shall be provided with fuse of appropriate rating. The
combined DC feeder shall have suitably rated isolators for safe start up and shut
down of the system.

PREMISES
4.3.3 Type-II surge protective device (SPD) conforming to IEC 61643-11 shall be
connected between positive/ negative bus and earth.
4.3.4 In case external auxiliary power supply is required, UPS shall be used to meet
auxiliary power requirement of PCU. It shall have a backup storage capacity of 2
hours.
4.3.5 Circuit Breaker of appropriate voltage and current rating shall be provided at the
output to isolate the PCU from grid in case of faults.
4.3.6 The PCU shall be tropicalized and the design shall be compatible with conditions
prevailing at site. Suitable number of exhaust fan with proper ducting shall be
provided for cooling keeping in mind the extreme climatic condition of the site as per
the recommendations of OEM to achieve desired performance and life expectancy.
The Contractor shall submit CFD analysis for ventilation requirement.
4.3.7 All the conducting parts of the PCU that are not intended to carry current shall be
bonded together and connected to dedicated earth pits through protective conductor
of appropriate size. DC negative terminal shall be grounded.
4.3.8 Dedicated communication interface shall be provided to monitor the PCU from
SCADA.
4.3.9 PCU front panel shall be provided with LCD/ LED to display all the relevant
parameters related to PCU operation and fault conditions. It shall include, but not
limited to, the following parameters.
(i) DC input power
(ii) DC input voltage
(iii) DC input current
(iv) AC output power
(v) AC output voltage (all the 3 phases and line)
(vi) AC output current (all the 3 phases and line)
(vii) Frequency
(viii) Power Factor
4.4 Operating Modes

Operating modes of PCU shall include, but not limited to, the following modes. These
operating modes and conditions for transition are indicative only. The Contractor shall
provide the detailed flow chart indicating the various operating modes and conditions
for transition during detailed engineering.
4.4.1 Standby Mode

PREMISES
The PCU shall continuously monitor the input DC voltage and remain on Standby
Mode until it reaches the pre-set value.
4.4.2 MPPT Mode

When the input DC voltage is above the pre-set value and AC grid connection
conditions are fulfilled, the PCU shall enter into MPPT mode.
4.4.3 Sleep Mode

When the AC output power/DC input voltage decreases below the pre-set value for
pre-set time delay, the PCU shall switch into Sleep Mode.
4.5 Protection Features

The PCU shall include appropriate self-protective and self-diagnostic feature to protect
itself and the PV array from damage in the event of PCU component failure or from
parameters beyond the PCU’s safe operating range due to internal or external causes.
The self-protective features shall not allow signals from the PCU front panel to cause
the PCU to be operated in a manner which may be unsafe or damaging. Faults due to
malfunctioning within the PCU, including commutation failure, shall be cleared by the
PCU protective devices.
The PCU shall provide protection against the following type of faults, among others.
(i) DC/AC over current

(ii) DC/AC over voltage
(iii) DC reverse polarity
(iv) DC earth fault
(v) AC under voltage
(vi) AC under frequency/over frequency
(vii) Islanding
(viii) Over temperature
(ix) Lightning surges
4.6 Grid Support Functions

4.6.1 Active power regulation
The PCU shall be able to limit the active power exported to the grid based on the set
point provided through PCU front control panel. The PCU shall also be able to
automatically the limit the active power after an increase in grid frequency above a
pre-set value. The ramp rate shall be adjustable during operation and start-up after

PREMISES
fault. The applicability of the requirement shall be as per CEA regulation and
compliance.
4.6.2 Reactive power control

The PCU shall be able to inject /absorb reactive power to/ from the grid based on the
set point provided through PCU front control panel. The same shall be performed
automatically with adjustable ramp rate based on dynamic changes in grid voltage or
reactive power reference.
4.6.3 Voltage Ride Through

The PCU shall remain connected to the grid during temporary dip or rise in grid
voltage as per the LVRT and HVRT requirements of CEA Technical Standards for
Connectivity to the Grid Regulations. The PCU shall also be able to inject reactive
power during the period of voltage dip.
4.7 Warranty
The complete Power Conditioning Unit shall be warranted for minimum of 5 (five) years
against all material/ manufacturing defects and workmanship.
4.8 Tests
4.8.1 Type Tests
All the type test certificates as per the standards mentioned above shall be submitted
for approval. The tests should have been conducted at a test laboratory compliant
with ISO 17025 for testing and calibration and accredited by an ILAC/IECEE member
signatory. Laboratory accreditation certificate or weblink along with scope of
accreditation shall also be submitted. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to
substantiate the compliance for CEA Regulations using test reports.
4.8.2 Routine Tests

Routine tests and acceptance tests shall be as per the Quality Assurance Plan (QAP)
approved by the Employer.
5 Inverter Transformer and Auxiliary Transformer

Inverter transformer and auxiliary transformer, wherever applicable, shall comply with
the latest edition of the following standards and codes including amendments.

PREMISES
IS:2026, IEC:60076 Specification of Power Transformers

IS 11171 Dry-Type Power Transformers
IS:2099, IEC:60137 Bushings for alternate voltage above 1000 V
IS: 335, IEC 60296 Insulating oil
IS: 3639 Fittings and Accessories for Power Transformers
Parameters Inverter Transformer Auxiliary Transformer

VA Rating As per system design requirement
33 kV / Inverter output
Voltage Ratio As per system design
voltage
Continuous Solar Inverter
Duty, Service & Continuous application
application and converter
Application (Outdoor/Indoor)
Duty (Outdoor)
As per system design
Winding 2
requirement
Frequency 50 Hz 50Hz
Nos. of Phase 3 3
Vector Group & As per system/inverter

Dyn11
Neutral earthing manufacturer requirement
Cooling ONAN ONAN/ AN

OCTC, No. of steps shall be as per the SLD and system
Tap Changer
requirement
As per Inverter Manufacturer As per system

Impedance at 75°C
requirement and SLD requirement and SLD
Permissible Temperature rise over an ambient of 50°C (irrespective of tap)

Top Oil 50°C 50°C
Winding 55°C 55°C
SC withstand time
2 second 2 second
(thermal)
Short Circuit Apparent
As per system requirement
power
Termination As per system requirement

PREMISES
Bushing rating,
HV side –36 kV porcelain bushings
Insulation class
LV side – 1.1 kV epoxy bushings
(Winding & bushing)
Noise level As per NEMA TR-1
Continuous operation at rated MVA on any tap with
Loading Capability voltage variation of +/-3%, also transformer shall be
capable of being loaded in accordance with IEC 60076-7
Not to exceed 1.9 Wb/sq.m. at any tap position with
combined frequency and voltage variation from rated V/f
ratio by 10% corresponding to the tap. Transformer shall
also withstand following over fluxing conditions due to
Flux density combined voltage and frequency fluctuations:
a) 110% for continuous rating
b) 125% for at least one minute
c) 140% for at least five seconds. Bidder shall furnish over
fluxing characteristic up to 150%
Air Clearance As per CBIP
5.3 Construction
5.3.1 The transformer shall be provided with conventional single compartment conservator
with prismatic toughened glass oil gauge. The top of the conservator shall be
connected to the atmosphere through indicating type cobalt free silica gel breather
with transparent enclosure. Silica gel shall be isolated from atmosphere by an oil
seal. Inverter transformers shall be provided with Magnetic Oil Gauge (MOG) with
low oil level alarm contact.
5.3.2 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the inverter transformer comply
with all the requirements of inverter provided by the inverter manufacturer.
5.3.3 Inverter Transformer shall be designed for at least 5% total harmonic distortion (THD)
to withstand distortion generated by the inverter as well as possible outside
harmonics from the network.
5.3.4 The transformer shall be suitable for continuous operation with a frequency variation
of ± 2.5% from nominal frequency of 50 Hz without exceeding the specified
temperature rise.
5.3.5 Inverter Transformer shall have shield winding between LV & HV windings. Each LV
winding must be capable of handling non-sinusoidal voltage with voltage gradient as
specified by the inverter manufacturer. Also, shield winding shall be taken out from
tank through shield bushing and the same shall be brought down to the bottom of the
tank using copper flat and support insulator for independent grounding.

PREMISES
5.3.6 Neutral bushing of Inverter duty transformer shall be brought outside the tank for the
testing purpose. It shall be covered with MS sheet and a sticker “For testing purpose
only. Do not earth”. Neutral bushing of auxiliary transformer shall be brought outside
the tank for earthing.
5.3.7 Transformer shall have 150 mm dial type Oil Temperature Indicator (OTI) and
Winding Temperature Indicator (WTI) with alarm and trip contacts. All indicators shall
have accuracy of 1.5%. For inverter transformers, WTI shall be provided for all the
windings.
5.3.8 The radiators shall be detachable type, mounted on the tank with shut off valve at
each point of connection to the tank, lifts, along with drain plug/ valve at the bottom
and air release plug at the top.
5.3.9 Marshalling Box shall be of sheet steel, dust and vermin proof provided with proper
lighting and thermostatically controlled space heaters. The degree of protection shall
be IP 55. Marshalling Box of all transformers shall be preferably Tank Mounted. One
dummy terminal block in between each trip wire terminal shall be provided. At least
10% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel. The gasket used shall be of
neoprene rubber. Wiring scheme (TB details) shall be engraved in a stainless-steel
plate with viewable font size and the same shall be fixed inside the Marshalling Box
door.
5.3.10 Buchholz relay, double float type with alarm and trip contacts, along with suitable gas
collecting arrangement shall be provided.
5.3.11 Inverter transformer shall be provided with spring operated Pressure Relief Device
(with trip contacts) with suitable discharge arrangement for oil. For Auxiliary
transformers, diaphragm type explosion vent shall be provided.
5.3.12 Filter valve at top the tank and drain cum sampling valve at bottom of the tank shall
be provided.
5.3.13 All external surface of the transformer shall be painted with two coats of epoxy-based
paint of colour shade RAL 7032. Internal surface of cable boxes and marshalling box
shall be painted with epoxy enamel white paint. The minimum dry film thickness
(DFT) shall be 100 microns.
5.3.14 LV and HV cable box shall be provided with disconnecting chamber to facilitate the
movement of transformer without disturbing cable box and termination.
5.3.15 Air release plug, bi-directional wheel/skids, cover lifting eyes, transformer lifting lugs,
jacking pads, towing holes, core and winding lifting lugs, inspection cover, rating

PREMISES
plate, valve schedule plate, accessories and terminal marking plates, two nos. of
earthing terminals shall be provided.
5.3.16 Rain hoods to be provided on Buchholz, MOG & PRD. Entry points of wires shall be
suitably sealed.
5.3.17 The accessories listed above are indicative only. Accessories which are not
mentioned above but required for satisfactory operation of the transformers are
deemed to be included in the contract without extra charges.
5.3.18 Fire-protection for inverter transformer shall be provided in accordance with relevant
CEA regulations as amended time to time.
5.4 Warranty
The transformer shall be warranted for minimum of 5 (five) years against all material/
5.5 Testing and Inspection

5.5.1 Type Tests and Special Tests
The following type test and special test reports shall be submitted during detailed
engineering. The tests should have been conducted on the similar transformer by
NABL accredited laboratory.
5.5.1.1 Type Tests

(i) Lightning impulse (Full & Chopped Wave) test on windings as per IEC 60076-3
(ii) Temperature Rise test at a tap corresponding to maximum losses as per IEC
60076-2
5.5.1.2 Special Tests

(i) Measurement of zero-sequence impedance as per IEC 60076-1
(ii) Measurement of harmonics of no-load current as per I EC 60076-1

(iii) Measurement of acoustic noise level as per NEMA TR-1
(iv) Short-circuit withstand test as per IEC 60076-5
In case the contractor is not able to submit the test reports during detailed
engineering, the contractor shall submit the reports of type/special tests either
conducted by NABL accredited laboratory or witnessed by Employer.
5.5.2 Routine Tests

Each completed transformer shall be subjected to following routine tests as per the
latest edition of IEC 60076 unless specified otherwise.

PREMISES
(i) Measurement of winding resistance at each tap

(ii) Measurement of voltage ratio between HV and LV windings at each tap
(iii) Check of vector group
(iv) Measurement of no-load loss and no-load current
(v) Measurement of short-circuit impedance and load loss
(vi) Magnetic balance test as per CBIP manual publication no. 295
(vii) Separate source voltage withstand test
(viii) Induced over voltage withstand test
(ix) Measurement of insulation resistance
(x) Marshalling box functional test
(xi) IR Measurement on wiring of marshalling box
(xii) Breakdown voltage test on transformer oil as per IS 335
(xiii) Oil leakage test on completely assembled transformer along with radiators
5.5.3 Tests at Site

After erection at site all transformer(s) shall be subjected to the following tests.
(i) Measurement of voltage ratio

(ii) Check of vector group
(iii) Magnetic balance test
(iv) Measurement of insulation resistance
(v) Breakdown voltage test on transformer oil
In case the equipment is not found as per the requirements of the Technical
Specifications of NIT, all expenses incurred during site testing will be to the
Contractor’s account and the equipment shall be replaced by him at free of cost.
6 HT Switchgear

All equipment provided under HT switchgear shall comply with latest editions and
amendments of the relevant IEC standards and IS codes. In particular, the switchgear
shall comply with the following standards and codes.
High Voltage Switchgear and Control gear - Part 1: Common
IS/IEC 62271-1
Specifications

PREMISES
High Voltage Switchgear and Control gear - Part 100: AC

IS/IEC 62271-100
Circuit Breakers
IS/IEC 62271-102
Disconnectors and Earthing Switches
IS/IEC 62271-200 Metal Enclosed Switchgear and Control gear for Rated
Voltages Above 1 kV and Up to and Including 52 kV
IEC 61869 Instrument Transformers
IS 3231 Electrical relays for power systems protection
IEC 60255 Measuring relays and protection equipment
Communication networks and systems for power utility
IEC 61850
automation
IEC 61131-3 Programmable controllers - Part 3: Programming languages
IS 9385 High voltage fuses
Indoor post insulators of organic material for systems with
IS 9431 nominal voltages greater than 1000 V up to and including 300
kV
Surge arresters - Part 4: Metal-oxide surge arresters without
IEC 60099-4
gaps for A.C. systems
Lightning Arresters for Alternating Current Systems - Part 3:
IS 3070-3
Metal Oxide Lightning Arresters Without Gaps
Electricity metering equipment (A.C.) - General requirements,
IEC 62052-11
tests and test conditions - Part 11: Metering equipment
IEC 62053 Electricity metering equipment (A.C.) - Particular requirements
AC Static Transformer Operated Watthour and Var-hour
IS 14697
Meters, Class 0.2S and 0.5S
6.2 Technical Parameters
System Parameters
Highest system voltage 36 kV
Rated system voltage 33 kV
Number of phases 3
Power frequency withstand voltage 70 kV (r.m.s.)
Lightning impulse withstand voltage 170 kV (peak)

PREMISES
System fault current As per system requirement

Circuit Breaker
Type Vacuum type
Operating duty cycle O – 0.3sec – CO – 3min – CO
Short circuit breaking current As per system requirement
Short circuit making current 2.5 times S.C. breaking current
Re-strike performance class C2
Mechanical endurance class M1
Current Transformer
0.2 for metering (0.2s for metering at
Accuracy class
outgoing feeder), 5P20 for protection
Rated VA burden As per requirement
Insulation class Class F
Voltage Transformer
Accuracy class 0.2 for metering, 3P for protection
Insulation class Class F
6.3 Switchgear Panel

6.3.1 The switchgear panel shall be free standing, floor mounted, single front, single tier
fully compartmentalized, metal enclosed construction. Each panel shall have
separate compartments for circuit breaker, bus bars, cable termination and auxiliary
circuit.
6.3.2 The circuit breakers shall be mounted on horizontally withdrawable trucks with
locking facility in SERVICE and TEST positions.
6.3.3 The panel enclosure shall be constructed with CRCA steel/Aluzinc sheet. The
thickness of load bearing members shall be minimum 3 mm and that of non-load
bearing members shall be minimum 2 mm.
6.3.4 All surfaces shall be painted with two coats of epoxy-based paint of colour shade
RAL 7032. The minimum dry film thickness (DFT) shall be 100 micron.
6.3.5 The circuit breaker and auxiliary circuit compartments provided on the front side shall
have separate concealed hinged doors. Cable and bus bar compartments provided
on the rear side shall have separate bolted covers. All doors and covers shall be
provided with neoprene/synthetic rubber gaskets to prevent entry of vermin and dust.

PREMISES
6.3.6 Pressure relief device shall be provided in each high voltage compartment of a panel
to safely vent the gases in the event of internal arc. Seal-off bushing arrangement
shall be provided between the breaker compartment and bus bar/cable
compartments to prevent transfer of arc from one compartment to other.
6.3.7 Automatic safety shutters shall be provided to cover up the fixed high voltage
contacts on bus bar and cable sides when the truck is moved to TEST position.
6.3.8 Degree of protection shall not be less than IP 5X for auxiliary circuit compartment.
However, for remaining compartments it shall not be less than IP 4X.
6.3.9 Mechanical /Electrical interlocks shall be provided to prevent mal-operation and in
particular to ensure the following.
(i) The breaker shall be operated only if it is in SERVICE or TEST position.
(ii) Movement of the breaker truck between SERVICE and TEST positions shall be
possible only if the breaker is OFF.
(iii) It shall be possible to open the door only when the breaker is in TEST position.
6.3.10 Each switchgear panel shall be provided with thermostatically controlled space
heaters, separately for breaker, cable and bus bar compartments, to prevent
condensation within the compartment. The space heater shall be connected to 240
V, 50 Hz, single phase AC supply through suitable switch and fuse.
6.3.11 240 V, 5 A, SPN industrial socket-outlet with ON/OFF switch shall be provided in
each panel.
6.3.12 Each panel shall be provided with LED lamp rated for 240 V, 50 Hz, single phase AC
supply for interior illumination controlled by door switch.
6.3.13 Gapless, metal-oxide surge arrestors shall be provided between line and earth in
cable compartment of the switchgear panel.
6.3.14 Suitable lifting hooks shall be provided for each panel.
6.4 Circuit Breakers

6.4.1 Circuit breakers shall be of vacuum type. It shall comprise of three separate identical
single pole units operated through the common shaft and shall be fully
interchangeable both electrically and mechanically.
6.4.2 The circuit breaker operating mechanism shall be based on motor operated spring
charging and it shall be re-strike free, trip free both electrically and mechanically, with
anti-pumping feature.
6.4.3 The rated control voltage of the spring charging motor shall be 110 VDC/230 VAC.
Closing coil shall operate at all values of voltages between 85% and 110% of rated

PREMISES
voltage. Opening coil shall operate correctly under all operating conditions of the
circuit breaker up to the rated breaking capacity and at all values of supply voltage
between 70% and 110% of rated voltage.
6.4.4 The spring charging motor shall have adequate thermal rating such that continuous
sequence of the closing and opening operations is possible as long as power supply
is available to the motor. It shall also be possible to charge the spring manually and
close the breaker in the event of failure of motor / control supply to motor. Operating
handle shall be provided for charging the operating mechanism. After failure of
control supply to the motor, one open-close-open operation shall be possible with the
energy contained in the operating mechanism.
6.4.5 The motor rating shall be such that it requires not more than 30 seconds for full
charging of the closing spring. Closing action of the circuit breaker shall compress
the opening spring ready for tripping. When closing springs are discharged after
closing the breaker, they shall be automatically charged for the next operation.
6.4.6 Mechanical indicators shall be provided to indicate OPEN/CLOSED positions of the
circuit breaker and CHARGED/ DISCHARGED positions of the closing spring. An
operation counter shall also be provided. These indicators and counter shall be
visible from the panel front door without opening it.
6.5 Relays
6.5.1 All relays shall be microprocessor based numerical type. However, auxiliary relays
can be static or electromechanical type. The relays shall be flush mounted on panel
front with connections from the inside.
6.5.2 Auxiliary voltage of the relays shall be 110 VDC and the relays shall be capable of
operating continuously between 80 – 120% of auxiliary voltage.
6.5.3 All numerical relays shall have adequate number of freely configurable, optically
isolated, Binary Inputs (BI) and potential free Binary Outputs (BO).
6.5.4 All numerical relays shall have minimum four no. of current inputs, three for phase
current and one for earth current, suitable for CT secondary current of 1A. The current
inputs shall be compatible with both residual connected CT and Core Balance CT
(CBCT). In addition, numerical relay in main outgoing feeder shall have three no. of
voltage inputs for Under Voltage/Over Voltage protection.
6.5.5 All I/O’s shall have galvanic isolation. Analog inputs shall be protected against
switching surges and harmonics.
6.5.6 Making, breaking and continuous capacity of the relay contacts shall be adequate

PREMISES
enough for the circuits in which they are used.

6.5.7 The numerical relay shall have the following protection functions with at least two
independent protection setting groups. The protection functions shall be selectable
from any of the IEC characteristic curves.
(i) Definite time (DT) phase over current protection
(ii) Inverse Definite Minimum Time (IDMT) phase over current protection
(iii) Definite time (DT) earth fault current protection
(iv) Inverse Definite Minimum Time (IDMT) earth fault current protection
(v) Under Voltage protection
(vi) Over Voltage protection
6.5.8 Transformer feeder protection relay shall have provision for the following protection
functions.
(i) Buchholz alarm & trip
(ii) Oil Temperature Indicator (OTI) alarm & trip
(iii) Winding Temperature Indicator (WTI) alarm & trip
(iv) Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) trip
(v) Magnetic Oil Gauge (MOG) alarm
6.5.9 All numerical relays shall have provision for measurement and storage of electrical
parameters such as voltage, current, frequency, active power, reactive power etc.
6.5.10 The numerical relay shall be able to record faults and events in non-volatile memory.
(i) Fault record – At least 5 recent faults including the protection function operated,
operating phase(s), voltages and currents along with date and time stamp.
(ii) Event record – At least 200 events with date and time stamp.
6.5.11 The numerical relay shall have trip circuit supervision facility to monitor the circuit
breaker trip circuit both in pre-trip and post-trip conditions. The relay shall also be
able to provide circuit breaker monitoring, CT and VT supervision.
6.5.12 The numerical relay shall have self-diagnostic feature with separate output contact
for indication of any internal relay failure.
6.5.13 The numerical relay shall have RS-232/RS-485/RJ-45/USB ports on front side for
local communication with PC and on rear side for remote communication to SCADA
system.
6.5.14 The numerical relay shall have feature for time synchronization through the SCADA
System / networking.

PREMISES
6.5.15 The numerical relay shall be provided with backlit alphanumeric LCD to access
protection settings, measurement parameters, fault and event records. Read and
write access to protection settings shall be password protected.
6.6 Instrument Transformers

6.6.1 Instrument transformers shall be completely encapsulated cast resin type, suitable
for continuous operation at the ambient temperature prevailing inside the switchgear
enclosure, when the switchgear is operating at its rated load and the outside ambient
temperature is 50°C.
6.6.2 Polarity marks shall indelibly be marked on each instrument transformer and at the
lead terminals at the associated terminal block.
6.6.3 Voltage transformers shall be single phase units. Bus voltage transformers shall be
housed in a separate panel on withdrawable truck.
6.6.4 HRC fuses of suitable rating shall be provided on primary side of voltage
transformers. For secondary side, four pole Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB) shall
be provided.
6.7 Earthing
6.7.1 An earth bus made of copper shall be provided throughout the length of the panel. It
shall be bolted to the framework of each panel and brazed to each breaker earthing
contact bar.
6.7.2 The earth bus shall have sufficient cross section to carry maximum fault current
without exceeding the allowable temperature rise.
6.7.3 All non-current carrying conductors of the panel shall be connected to the earth bus.
All joints to the earth bus shall be made through at least two bolts. Hinged doors shall
be earthed through flexible earthing braid of adequate cross section. Suitable
provision shall be provided at each end of the earth bus for connection with Owner’s
Earth conductor.
6.7.4 Positive earthing of the breaker truck and frame shall be maintained when it is in the
connected position and in all other positions whilst the auxiliary circuits are not totally
disconnected.
6.7.5 All metallic cases of relays, instruments and other panel mounted equipment shall be
connected to earth bus by independent copper wires of size not less than 2.5 sq. mm
with green colour insulation.
6.7.6 Instrument transformer secondary neutral point shall be earthed at one place only on
the terminal block. Such earthing shall be made through links so that earthing of one

PREMISES
circuit may be removed without disturbing the earthing of other circuits.

6.7.7 Separate earthing trucks shall be provided for earthing of busbars and
incoming/outgoing feeders. The trucks shall have voltage transformer to indicate
presence of voltage prior to earthing. An audible alarm shall also be provided in case
of voltage on the earthing terminal. Integral earth switches may also be considered
instead of earthing trucks. The earthing truck/switch shall have short circuit withstand
capability equal to that of the associated switchgear panel.
6.7.8 The interlocks shall be provided to ensure the following.
(i) It is not possible to rack-in the earthing truck/close the earthing switch when the
breaker truck is in SERVICE position.
(ii) It is not possible to rack-in the breaker truck into SERVICE position when
earthing truck is connected/earthing switch is in closed position.
6.8 Bus bar

6.8.1 Bus bar shall be made of copper or aluminium with uniform cross section throughout
their length. They shall be adequately supported on insulators to withstand electrical
and mechanical stresses due to specified short circuit current.
6.8.2 All bus bars joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and anti-oxide grease shall be applied.
Plain and spring washers shall be provided to ensure good contacts at the joints and
taps. Wherever aluminium to copper connections are required, suitable bimetallic
connectors or clamps shall be used.
6.8.3 Bus bars shall be provided with heat shrinkable sleeves of suitable insulation class
throughout their length with proper colour coding. All bus bar joints and taps shall be
shrouded.
6.8.4 Bus bar support insulators shall be made of non-hygroscopic, arc and track resistant,
high strength material suitable to withstand stresses due to over voltage and short
circuit current.
6.8.5 The Contractor shall submit busbar sizing calculation for specified continuous and
short time current ratings during detailed engineering.
6.9 Measuring Instruments

6.9.1 All the measuring instruments shall be digital, flush mounting type with
communication facility.
6.9.2 All feeders except main outgoing feeder shall be provided with digital Multi-Function
Meter (MFM). Tri Vector Meter (TVM) shall be provided for the main outgoing feeder
(in the HT Panel). Accuracy class of MFM shall be 0.2 and that of TVM shall be 0.2S.

PREMISES
6.9.3 Measuring instruments shall have provision to display the following parameters.
(i) Line and phase voltages
(ii) Line and phase currents
(iii) Active power, Reactive power, Apparent power
(iv) Frequency
(v) Power factor
(vi) Total Harmonic Distortion (THD)
6.10 Wiring and Terminal blocks

6.10.1 All internal wiring shall be done with 650 V grade, 1.5 sq.mm. PVC insulated stranded
flexible copper wire. For CT secondary circuits, 2.5 sq.mm copper wire shall be used.
6.10.2 Wire terminations shall be made with solderless crimping type tinned copper lugs,
which shall firmly grip the conductor. Insulation sleeves shall be provided at all the
wire terminations.
6.10.3 Printed identification ferrules, marked to correspond with panel wiring diagram shall
be provided at both ends of each wire. The ferrules shall be firmly located on each
wire so that they cannot move or turn freely on the wire. Wire identification shall be
done in accordance with IS 11353.
6.10.4 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the completeness and correctness of
the internal wiring and for the proper functioning of the connected equipment.
6.10.5 All internal wiring to be connected to the external equipment shall terminate on
terminal blocks. Terminal blocks shall be rated for 650 V, 10 A and made of non-
inflammable material.
6.10.6 CT and VT secondary circuits shall be terminated on stud type, non-disconnecting
terminal blocks.
6.10.7 At least 10% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel and these spare
terminals shall be distributed on all terminal blocks.
6.11 Warranty
The HT panel unit shall be warranted for minimum of 5 (five) years against all material/

6.12.1 Type Tests

PREMISES
The switchgear panel shall be of type tested design. The following type test reports
shall be submitted during detailed engineering. The tests should have been
conducted on the similar equipment by NABL accredited laboratory.
Relevant IEC
Test Standard
Clause
Switchgear Panel
Dielectric tests
Power frequency voltage test IEC 62271-200 6.2.6.1
Lightning impulse voltage test IEC 62271-200 6.2.6.2
Dielectric tests on auxiliary and control
IEC 62271-200 6.2.10
circuits
Measurement of the resistance of the
IEC 62271-200 6.4.1
main circuit
Temperature-rise tests IEC 62271-200 6.5
Short-time withstand current and peak
IEC 62271-200 6.6
withstand current tests
Verification of the IP coding IEC 62271-200 6.7.1
Verification of making and breaking
IEC 62271-200 6.101
capacities
Mechanical operation test IEC 62271-200 6.102
Internal arc test IEC 62271-200 6.106
Circuit Breaker
Mechanical operation test at ambient air
IEC 62271-100 6.101.2
temperature (M2 Class)
Basic short-circuit test-duties IEC 62271-100 6.106
Relays
Vibration tests IEC 60255-21-1
Shock and bump tests IEC 60255-21-2
Seismic tests IEC 60255-21-3
Electromagnetic compatibility
IEC 60255-26
requirements
Product safety requirements IEC 60255-27
Common requirements IEC 60255-1

PREMISES
Relevant parts of
Functional requirements IEC 60255-100
series
Communication requirements IEC 61850
Current Transformers
Temperature-rise test IEC 61869-2 7.2.2
Impulse voltage withstand test on
IEC 61869-2 7.2.3
primary terminals
Tests for accuracy IEC 61869-2 7.2.6
Short-time current tests IEC 61869-2 7.2.201
Voltage Transformer
Temperature-rise test IEC 61869-3 7.2.2
Impulse voltage withstand test on
IEC 61869-3 7.2.3
primary terminals
Electromagnetic Compatibility tests IEC 61869-3 7.2.5
Test for accuracy IEC 61869-3 7.2.6
Short-circuit withstand capability test IEC 61869-3 7.2.301
6.12.2 Routine Tests

7 AC Cables

All AC Cables shall conform to the following standards and codes.
Crosslinked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables, Part 1: For

IS 7098
working voltage up to and including 1100 V
Crosslinked Polyethylene Insulated Thermoplastics Sheathed Cables
IS 7098
Part 2: for Working Voltages from 3.3 kV up to and Including 33 kV
7.2 All AC cables shall be flame retardant, low smoke (FRLS) type designed to withstand
all mechanical, electrical and thermal stresses develop under steady state and transient

PREMISES
operating conditions.
7.3 Only terminal cable joints shall be accepted. No cable joint to join two cable ends shall
be accepted. However, cable joints may be allowed if the route length is more than
maximum available drum length subject to Employer’s approval.
7.4 In addition to manufacturer's identification on cables as per relevant standard, following
marking shall also be provided over outer sheath.
(i) Cable size and voltage grade
(ii) Word 'FRLS’ at every metre
(iii) Sequential marking of length of the cable in metres at every metre
7.5 Cables shall be sized based on the following considerations:

(i) Rated current the equipment
(ii) Maximum voltage drop in LT cable (from inverter to inverter transformer) shall be
limited to 0.5% of the rated voltage. For HT cables (from inverter transformer to
interconnection point), maximum voltage drop shall be limited to 0.5 % of the rated
voltage. The Contactor shall provide voltage drop calculations in excel sheet.
(iii) Short circuit withstand capability as per design for 1s.
(iv) De-rating factors according to laying pattern
7.6 Warranty
All cables shall be warranted for minimum of 1 (one) year against all material/
7.7 Testing
Routine test and acceptance tests requirements shall be as per relevant standards for
all cable sizes.
7.8 Installation
7.8.1 Cable installation shall be as per IS 1255.
7.8.2 LT cable (from inverter to inverter transformer) shall laid through RCC cable trench
with supports.
7.8.3 Cable terminations shall be made with properly crimped lugs and passed through
cable glands at the entry & exit point of the cubicles. Bimetallic lugs shall be used for
connecting Cu bus bar and Al cables or vice-versa.
7.8.4 All AC cables shall be provided with punched/embossed aluminium tags. The
marking shall be done with good quality letter and numbers of proper size so that the
cables can be identified easily.

PREMISES
8 Auxiliary Supply System
8.1 Scheme for Auxiliary supply system shall be submitted by contractor during detailed
engineering for the approval by Employer.
8.2 It shall mainly comprise of auxiliary transformer, AC distribution board(s) (ACDB),
Battery & battery charger system, emergency lighting network, Uninterrupted power
supply (UPS), distribution cables and metering & protective devices.
8.3 Following consideration shall be taken into account while sizing the auxiliary
transformer:
(i) 20% future load margin
(ii) 20% design margin
(iii) Total connected load at 0.8 power factor
9 Distribution Switchgear

All equipment provided under distribution switchgear shall comply with latest revisions
and amendments of the relevant IEC standards and IS codes. In particular, the
switchgear shall comply with the following standards and codes.
Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies - Part 1:
IEC 61439-1
General rules
Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies - Part 2:
IEC 61439-2
Power switchgear and control gear assemblies
IEC 60947-1 Low-voltage switchgear and control gear - Part 1: General rules
IEC 60947-2 Low-Voltage Switchgear and Control gear: Circuit Breakers
Low voltage switchgear and control gear: Part 3 Switches,
IEC 60947-3
disconnectors, switch-disconnectors and fuse combination units
Low-voltage switchgear and control gear - Part 4-1: Contactors
IEC 60947-4-1 and motor-starters - Electromechanical contactors and motor-
starters
Low-voltage switchgear and control gear - Part 5-1: Control
IEC 60947-5-1 circuit devices and switching elements - Electromechanical
control circuit devices
Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - General requirements,
IEC 62052-11

PREMISES
Polyvinyl chloride insulated unsheathed-and sheathed cables/

IS 694 cords with rigid and flexible conductor for rated voltages - up to
and including 450/750V
IS 3043 Code of practice for earthing
Measuring relays and protection equipment - Part 1: Common
IEC 60255
requirements
9.2 Technical Parameters
System Details
415 V + 10%, 3 Phase, 50Hz, 4 wire, Neutral
Rated system voltage
Solidly Earthed
Digital Multifunctional Meter (MFM)
0.5 class for main distribution board at main
Accuracy class control room and 0.5 class for DB at inverter
room(s)
Communication with SCADA RS485 communication with Modbus RTU
Current transformer (CT)
Type Cast Resin Bar Primary
Voltage class and frequency 650V, 50Hz
CT Secondary Current 1A
Class of insulation Class F
Accuracy class & burden
5P20, 5VA PS Class for REF and
a) For Protection
core balance CT (CBCT)
b) For Metering Class 0.5, 5VA (min)
Minimum primary earth fault
1A
current to be detected by CBCT
Instrument Security Factor for
5
metering CT
Voltage transformer (VT)
Type Cast Resin
Accuracy class 0.5
Rated Voltage factor 1.1 continuous, 1.5 for 30 seconds
Class of insulation E or better

PREMISES
Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB)

Rated voltage 415V
Release Thermal-Magnetic/Microprocessor
Rated current As per system requirement
Poles 4 poles
Rated insulation level 690V
Rated ultimate and service short
circuit breaking Capacity
Rated Making capacity (as per
2.1 X Short circuit breaking Capacity
system requirement)
Utilization category A
9.3 Constructional Details

9.3.1 The panel shall be metal enclosed, free standing, floor mounted, modular type with
compartmentalized construction having degree of protection of IP 2X (Indoor) as per
IS/IEC 60529. All doors and covers shall be provided with neoprene gaskets to
prevent entry of vermin and dust.
9.3.2 All switches, push buttons etc. shall be operated front and shall be flush/semi-flush
mounted.
9.3.3 The panel shall be fabricated from 2 mm CRCA sheet steel for frame & load bearing
surfaces. Partitions may be fabricated from 1.6 mm CRCA if no components are
mounted on them.
9.3.4 Cable entries shall be from bottom. The opening of cable entry shall be covered by
3mm thick gland plates with proper sealing to avoid water and rodent entry.
9.3.5 Earthing bus bar of suitable cross section shall be provided throughout the length of
panel.
9.3.6 The panel shall be duly wired with suitable size of 1.1kV, PVC insulated cable and
terminals shall be brought out for cable connections. 10% spare terminals subjected
to minimum one of each rating shall be provided on each distribution switchgear. All
wire shall have ferrules as per wiring diagram.
9.3.7 The panel shall be painted with 2 coats of primer after pre-treatment and 2 coats of
Polyurethane / epoxy paint with shade as decided by the Owner.
9.3.8 The panel shall be of dead front construction suitable for front operated and back
maintained functioning.
9.3.9 240 V, 5 A, 3 pin industrial socket-outlet with ON/OFF switch shall be provided in

PREMISES
each panel.
9.3.10 Each panel shall be provided with LED lamp rated for 240 V, 50 Hz, single phase AC
supply for interior illumination controlled by door switch.
9.3.11 Suitable lifting hooks shall be provided for each panel.
9.3.12 Each switchgear panel shall be provided with thermostatically controlled space
heaters to prevent condensation within the enclosure. The space heater shall be
connected to 240 V, 50 Hz, single phase AC supply through suitable switch and fuse.
9.3.13 Earth leakage relay with Core balance CTs (CBCT) shall be provided on main
incoming feeders having phase CT ratio more than 50/1A. CBCT's shall be circular
window type with window size based on the overall diameter of the cables, to be
finalized during detailed engineering.
9.4 Warranty
Distribution panels (ACDB and DCDB) shall be warranted for minimum of 1 (one) year
against all material/ manufacturing defects and workmanship
9.5 Testing
Routine test and acceptance tests requirements shall be as per relevant standards for
all cable sizes.
10 Uninterrupted Power Supply

Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) - Part 1: General and
IEC 62040-1
safety requirements for UPS
Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) - Part 2: Electromagnetic
IEC 62040-2
compatibility (EMC) requirements
Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) - Part 3: Method of
IEC 62040-3
specifying the performance and test requirements
10.2 General Requirements

10.2.1 The Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) system shall be designed to supply power to
following loads (but not limited to).
(i) Data logger / SCADA
(ii) Fire Detection/ Alarm Panel
(iii) HMI of SCADA
(iv) Emergency Lighting

PREMISES
(v) Inverter’s Auxiliary supply (if applicable)

(vi) HT panel auxiliary
(vii) CCTV
10.2.2 Sizing of UPS shall be done considering the above-mentioned load at power factor
of 0.8 lagging inclusive of 10% design margin at 50 ˚C.
10.3 System Description

10.3.1 The UPS shall automatically provide continuous, regulated AC power to critical loads
under normal and abnormal conditions, including loss of input AC power. The UPS
system shall consist of the following major equipment.
(i) UPS Module
Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Converter

Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Inverter
Digital Signal Processor (DSP) using Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) for
Direct Digital Control (DDC) of all UPS control and monitoring functions
Static bypass switch
(ii) Battery system for 2 hours

(iii) Battery protective and disconnect device
(iv) Maintenance bypass switch
(v) LCD display panel and LED indications
(vi) Integrated UPS Communications Protocols capable of communicating with
SCADA system
10.3.2 The UPS shall meet the following minimum specifications.

Topology Online double conversion UPS
Input
Voltage 415 V ± 10% AC
Frequency 50 ± 5 Hz
Power factor 0.95
Output
Voltage 230V ± 1% AC
Frequency 50 Hz
Power factor 0.8

PREMISES
Battery
Type Sealed, Maintenance-Free (AGM) battery
Capacity 100% UPS load for 2 hours
Monitoring and communication
Load on Inverter, Battery operation, Load on Bypass,
LED Indicators
Overload, LCD Fault, UPS Fault
Closing contacts for each of the following conditions:
1. Unit on Battery
2. Low Battery
Electrical contacts
3. Summary Alarm
4. UPS On
5. Input Fail
Local Display LCD/ LED
SCADA
RS-232 & RS-485 Interface Port
communications
Overall efficiency >90%
Input/ output under voltage, over temperature, overload,
Electrical Protection
Short circuit, battery low trip
10.3.3 The UPS shall be forced air cooled by internally mounted fans. The fans shall be
redundant in nature to ensure maximum reliability. The fans shall be easily
replaceable without the use of special tools.
10.3.4 Contractor shall provide the Operation & Maintenance Manual and mandatory spare
parts list along with the equipment
10.4 Warranty
UPS shall be warranted for minimum of 5 (five) years and batteries shall be warranted
for a minimum of 2 (two) years against all material/ manufacturing defects and
workmanship
10.5 Tests
10.5.1 Routine tests and acceptance tests on final product shall be done as per QAP
10.5.2 On completion of installation and commissioning of the equipment on site tests shall
be carried out with the max. available load, which does not exceed the rated
continuous load. An on-site test procedure shall be submitted by contractor include
a check of controls and indicators after installation of the equipment.

PREMISES
11 Battery and Battery Charger
Stationary lead-acid batteries - Part 22: Valve regulated
IEC 60896-22:2004
types - Requirements
Stationary lead-acid batteries - Part 21: Valve regulated
IEC 60896-21:2004
types - Methods of test
Specification for stationary cells and batteries, lead acid
IS 1652
type (with plante positive plates)
General requirements and methods of tests for lead acid
IS 8320
storage batteries.
IS 15549 Stationary Regulated Lead Acid Batteries
11.2 General
110 V DC system (Battery, Battery Charger & DCDB) in accordance with this
specification and standards stated herein, shall comprise of the following.
(i) Sealed Maintenance Free (VRLA) Battery complete with racks & accessories.
(ii) One No. Float charger.
(iii) One No. Float cum Boost charger.
(iv) DC Distribution Board (DCDB)
11.3 Battery
11.3.1 Battery shall be used to supply the following loads with back up of two hours in case
of complete power failure:
(i) Trip and closing coil of HT circuit breaker
(ii) Spring charging motors for HT circuit breaker
(iii) Annunciator and Indication circuit of HT panel
(iv) Auxiliary supply to protection relays
11.3.2 The battery sizing shall account for suitable temperature correction factors, ageing
factors of 1.25, design margin of 1.25 & depth of discharge of 80%.
11.3.3 The design of the battery bank and sizing calculation along with the data sheet for
the battery and battery charger shall be submitted for approval.
11.3.4 Battery voltage – 220V dc or 110V dc
11.4 Battery Charger

11.4.1 The Float Charger shall be used to supply normal DC loads and float charging current

PREMISES
of charged battery. The Float cum Boost charger shall be designed to supply boost
charging current requirement of the associated battery as well as to supply normal
DC load. After full discharge of battery bank, the Float Cum boost charger shall be
capable of charging the battery to its full capacity in 8 hours duration while supplying
normal DC load.
11.4.2 The float charger shall have both auto and manual voltage regulation arrangements
with provision of selector switch.
11.4.3 Suitable filter circuits shall be provided in all the chargers to limit the ripple content
(peak to peak) in the output voltage and current to 2% and 5% respectively.
11.4.4 Digital Outputs shall be configured for connection to the SCADA to monitor the
outputs like charger output current, output voltage, float/boost mode, etc.
11.4.5 The charging equipment shall be housed in a free standing, floor mounted
compartmentalized panels. Panel shall have provision for bottom cable entry with
removable undrilled cable gland plate of 3.0 mm thickness.
11.4.6 The panel shall be of CRCA sheet steel construction having thickness of at least 2.0
mm. Degree of protection provided by the enclosure to the internals of charger shall
be IP-42.
11.4.7 The instruments, switches and indicating lamps shall be flush mounted on the front
panel.
11.5 DC distribution board (DCDB)

11.5.1 DCDB shall be a separate panel but shall form an integral part of a battery charger
panel board.
11.5.2 Doors and covers shall be provided with neoprene gaskets to prevent entry of vermin
and dust. Also, door shall be provided with lock and key arrangement to prevent
unauthorized access to the board.
11.5.3 DCDB shall have adequate number of outgoing feeders with double pole, DC MCBs.
At least 20% feeders shall be provided as spare.
11.6 Warranty
Batteries and battery charger shall be warranted for minimum of 2 (two) years against
all material/ manufacturing defects and workmanship.
11.7 Tests

PREMISES
12 Earthing

Earthing system shall comply with latest revisions and amendments of the relevant IEC
standards and IS codes. In particular, earthing system shall comply with the following
standards and codes.
IS 3043 Code of Practice for Earthing
IEEE 80 IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding
IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and
IEEE 142
Commercial Power Systems
Indian Electricity Rules

12.2.1 Earthing system shall be designed based on system fault current and soil resistivity
value obtained from geo-technical investigation report. Earth grid shall be formed
consisting of number of earth electrodes sufficient enough to dissipate the system
fault current interconnected by earthing conductors.
12.2.2 The earth electrode shall be made of high tensile low carbon steel rod, molecularly
bonded by high conductivity copper on outer surface with coating thickness not less
than 250 micron as per relevant standards. Suitable earth enhancing material shall
be filled around the electrode to lower the resistance to earth. Inspection chamber
and lid shall be provided as per IS 3043.
12.2.3 Earth conductors shall be made of copper bonded steel or galvanized steel of
sufficient cross section to carry the fault current and withstand corrosion.
12.2.4 Earth conductors buried in ground shall be laid minimum 600 mm below ground level
unless otherwise indicated in the drawing. Back filling material to be placed over
buried conductors shall be free from stones and harmful mixtures. Earthing conductor
shall be buried at least 2000 mm outside the fence of electrical installations.
12.2.5 Earth electrodes shall not be situated within 1.5m from any building whose installation
system is being earthed. Minimum distance between earth electrodes shall be two
times the driven depth of the electrode.
12.2.6 Every alternate post of the transformer yard and switchyard fence shall be connected
to the earth grid by one GS flat and gates by flexible lead to the earthed post.
12.2.7 All welded connections shall be made by electric arc welding. For rust protection the

PREMISES
welds should be treated with red lead compound and afterwards thickly coated with
bitumen compound.
12.3 Earthing of PV array field

12.3.1 All PV Modules, Module Mounting Structures (MMS) and String Monitoring Unit
(SMU) structures in the PV array field shall be bonded to the earthing system by two
distinct connections.
12.3.2 Each PV Module frame shall be earthed using copper wire of sufficient cross section.
The copper wire shall be connected to the earth hole provided in the module frame
using suitable arrangement in line with the manufacturer recommendation. The
earthing arrangement shall use stainless washers to prevent galvanic corrosion
between aluminium frame and copper wire. In order to achieve effective earthing,
serrated washers shall be employed to penetrate the anodization layer of the module
frame.
12.3.3 Continuous copper earthing wire shall be run to connect a group of modules and both
ends of the loop shall be bolted to the DC earth grid using bimetallic lugs and
stainless-steel fasteners. The copper earthing wire shall be routed in such a way to
avoid physical contact with the module aluminium frame.
12.3.4 The connection between MMS and DC earth grid shall be bolted or welded. Portion
of the MMS which undergoes welding at site shall be coated with two coats of cold
galvanising and anti-corrosion paint afterwards.
12.3.5 Earth electrodes of the DC earth grid shall be uniformly distributed throughout the PV
array field so that optimum earth resistance is offered to leakage current flowing from
any module frame or MMS.
12.3.6 SMU equipment earthing point shall be connected to the DC earth grid using flexible
copper cable of sufficient cross section as recommended by the manufacturer. The
connection with the DC earth grid shall be done using suitable bimetallic lugs and
stainless-steel fasteners.
12.4 PCU Earthing

DC negative bus bar of the PCU shall be earthed to avoid Potential Induced
Degradation (PID). DC negative bus bar and PCU equipment earth shall be bonded to
the PCU earth bus and connected to earth electrodes through flexible copper cable of
sufficient cross section as mentioned by the manufacturer. The interconnection of PCU
earth electrodes with DC earth grid shall be as per PCU manufacturer
recommendation.

PREMISES
12.5 Transformer Earthing

12.5.1 Inverter transformer neutral shall be floating, not to be earthed. Transformer tank,
cable box, marshalling box and all other body earth points shall be earthed.
12.5.2 Inverter transformer shield shall be earthed separately using minimum two no. of
earth electrodes. Earthing conductor between shield bushing and earth electrodes
shall be copper flat of suitable size not less than 25 x 6 mm.
12.5.3 Neutral and body of the auxiliary transformer shall be earthed.
12.6 Inverter Room and Main Control Room Earthing

12.6.1 Metallic enclosure of all electrical equipment inside the inverter room and main
control room shall be connected to the earth grid by two separate and distinct
connections.
12.6.2 Cable racks and trays shall be connected to the earth grid at minimum two places
using galvanized steel flat.
12.6.3 SCADA and other related electronic devices shall be earthed separately using
minimum two no. of earth electrodes.
12.7 Switchyard Earthing

The metallic frame work of all switchyard equipment and support structures shall be
connected to the earth grid by means of two separate and distinct connections.
12.8 Tests
On completion of installation, continuity of earth conductors and efficiency of all bonds
and joints shall be checked. Earth resistance at earth terminations shall be measured
and recorded.
The earth plate shall be provided to facilitate its identification and for carrying out
periodical inspection.
13 Lightning Protection System
13.1 Lightning Protection System (LPS) for entire plant against direct lighting strokes shall
be provided as per IEC 62305:2010 or NFC 17-102:2011.
13.2 Protection level for the entire plant shall be Level-I.
13.3 LPS as per IEC 62305

Location of air terminals shall be designed as per rolling sphere method.
13.4 LPS as per NFC 17-102

Lightning Protection System shall consist of following accessories.

PREMISES
(i) Early Streamer Emission (ESE) air terminal

(ii) Highly insulated poly-plastic adaptor to fix the ESE air terminal with the FRP mast
(iii) Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) mast
(iv) Coupler to connect FRP mast with GI mast
(v) Galvanized Iron mast with base plate and guy wire kit
(vi) Down-conductor: PVC insulated flexible copper cable of suitable size complying
with EN 50164-2 or equivalent standard. It shall be routed along the mast with
suitable fixings and connecters
(vii) Test joint with each down conductor
(viii) Lightning event counter complying with EN 50164-6 or equivalent standard. It shall
be fixed at suitable height in series with the down conductor.
(ix) Earth termination system in accordance with NFC 17-102. Earth electrodes shall
comply with the EN 50164-2 or equivalent standard. Earth enhancing compounds
complying with EN 50164-7 or equivalent standard, may be used where soil
resistivity is higher and making it impossible to achieve system resistance within
specified limit.
13.5 Accessories listed above are indicative only and any other fittings or accessories, which
are usual or necessary for satisfactory operation of the lightning protection shall be
provided by the Contractor without extra charges.
13.6 Necessary foundation/anchoring for holding the lightning mast in position to be made
after giving due consideration to shadow on PV array, maximum wind speed and
maintenance requirement at site in future.
13.7 The product shall be warranted for minimum of 2 (two) years against all material/
13.8 Type test reports as per IEC 62305:2010 or NFC 17-102:2011 shall be submitted during
detailed engineering for approval.
14 Communication Cables
14.1 Optical Fibre Cables

14.1.1 Optic Fibre cable shall be 4/8/12 core, galvanized corrugated steel taped armoured,
fully water blocked with dielectric central member for outdoor/ indoor application so
as to prevent any physical damage.
14.1.2 The cable shall have multiple single-mode or multimode fibres on as required basis
so as to avoid the usage of any repeaters.

PREMISES
14.1.3 The outer sheath shall have Flame Retardant, UV resistant properties and are to be
identified with the manufacturer’s name, year of manufacturing, progressive
automatic sequential on-line marking of length in meters at every meter on outer
sheath.
14.1.4 The cable core shall have suitable characteristics and strengthening for prevention
of damage during pulling.
14.1.5 All testing of the optic fibre cable being supplied shall be as per the relevant IEC, EIA
and other international standards.
14.1.6 The Contractor shall ensure that minimum 100% cores are kept as spare in all types
of optical fibre cables.
14.1.7 Cables shall be suitable for laying in conduits, ducts, trenches, racks and
underground buried installation.
14.1.8 Spliced/ Repaired cables are not acceptable. Penetration of water resistance and
impact resistance shall be as per IEC standard.
14.2 Communication Cable (Modbus)

14.2.1 Data (Modbus) Cable to be used shall be shielded type with stranded copper
conductor. Cable shall have minimum 2 pair each with conductor size of 0.5 Sq.mm.
Cable shall be flame retardant according to IEC 60332-1-2.
14.2.2 Cable shall be tested for Peak working voltage of not less than 300 V and shall be
suitable for serial interfaces (RS 422 and RS 485).
14.2.3 Communication cable shall be laid through underground with suitable HDPE ducts.
15 SCADA

15.1.1 The Contractor shall provide complete SCADA system with all accessories,
auxiliaries and associated equipment and cables for the safe, efficient and reliable
operation and monitoring of entire solar plant and its auxiliary systems.
15.1.2 The Contractor shall provide all the components including, but not limited to,
Hardware, Software, Panels, Power Supply, HMI, Laser Printer, Gateway,
Networking equipment and associated Cables, firewall etc. needed for the
completeness.
15.1.3 SCADA System shall have the provision to perform the following features and/or
functions:

PREMISES
(i) Web enabled Operator Dashboards: Showing key information on Generation,

Performance and Current Status of various equipment in Single Line Diagram
(SLD) format with capability to monitor PV array string level parameters.
(ii) Real time Data Logging with Integrated Analytics & Reporting: Logging of all
parameters - AC, DC, Weather, System Run Hours, Equipment Status and
Alarms as well as derived/ calculated/ integrated values. The SCADA User
interface shall be customizable and enable Report Generation and Graphical
Analysis.
(iii) Fault and System Diagnostics with time stamped event logging.
(iv) Support for O&M Activities: The interface shall allow integration with Surveillance
System(s), Module Cleaning System and various other O&M support systems to
provide a Data Analysis and Decision Support System for smooth and efficient
Plant Operations.
(v) AI based Distributed Analytics for Predictive Maintenance, trend analysis and
Alerts.
(vi) Generate, store and retrieve user configurable Sequence of Event (SOE)
Reports.
(vii) Interface with different field equipment in the plant and work seamlessly with
field equipment supplied by different companies.
(viii) Transfer of plant data reliably, to an Owner designated server or Cloud (Option:
check with client) on any kind of remote network including low bandwidth and
wireless links such as 2G/3G/VSAT
(Note: Telecom Lease line connection, if required for transferring data from Plant over
internet shall be taken by Contractor in the name of Employer for O&M period)
15.1.4 The Control system shall be designed to operate in non-air-conditioned area.

However, the Contractor shall provide a Package/ Split AC of suitable capacity
decided by heat load requirement in SCADA room at Main Control Room.
15.2 Architecture
15.2.1 The SCADA System shall be built over Industrial IoT architecture with integrated
Analytics, secure web access, enterprise software and Database.
15.2.2 Data acquisition shall be distributed across MCR and LCRs while plant level data
aggregation shall be done in both local and remote server (as specified by Owner).
15.2.3 Analog and Digital IO modules shall have integrated processor for distributed IO

PREMISES
processing and control.

15.2.4 Data communication system shall be built over fibre optic cables/ wireless network
with high bandwidth TCP/IP communication (Fast Ethernet or 802.11a/b/g/n) across
all Inverter and Control Rooms with Internet/Intranet access at Main Control Room.
Firewall shall be provided for network security.
15.2.5 Plant SCADA Server shall have Industrial Grade server hardware running SCADA &
Monitoring Software with data storage (complete plant data) space for 2 years.
15.2.6 Plant data for monitoring and control operations should be accessible without
dependence on external network.
15.2.7 A server running SCADA & Monitoring Software shall be configured at the Owner’s
office in Hyderabad (HQ Server/Remote Server) having the same specifications as
the Plant Server, in parallel with Plant Server to enable easy access to plant data
from outside the plant without having to login to plant server. Effectively, the plant
data shall be replicated in both places i.e. between systems at the Plant Server and
Remote Server to provide data redundancy for critical plant data.
15.2.8 Operator Workstation/PC shall be of Industrial Grade for browser-based access to
plant data from Plant or remote server. Plant control & SLDC/Utility related operations
shall only be initiated through browser-based interface requiring no client software or
database to be installed on the Workstation. All critical software and Plant Data shall
be installed/stored on local and remote servers only with user access control for
protecting the software and data assets from accidental deletion or corruption.
15.2.9 Internet/Intranet at Plant: Public or private network access shall be provided at the
plant through any broadband/VSAT connectivity of 2Mbps or higher bandwidth. In
case no broadband/VSAT connectivity can be provided at the plant, a 3G/4G data
card from any Internet Service Provider (ISP) may be provided. SCADA system shall
be capable of sending all plant data in real time to the Remote Server.
15.2.10 GPS based Time Synchronization System: The SCADA system shall have a
Master/Slave Clock system along with antenna, receiver, cabinet and internal
interconnection cables. All SCADA controllers, servers, OWS and communicating
equipment shall be synchronized to the GPS clock.
15.3 Industrial IoT Controllers & Data Acquisition

The Plant SCADA and Monitoring System may use one or more IIoT Controllers at
each Inverter Control Room and MCR for the purpose of data acquisition and data

PREMISES
forwarding to the Local and Remote SCADA Servers. The IIoT Controllers shall meet
the following minimum requirements:
15.3.1 The IIoT Controllers shall be distributed in nature and work independently of other
IIoT Controllers or any central controller in the system.
15.3.2 Shall be capable of supporting wide range of field protocols to communicate with
different field equipment (Modbus over RS485/Ethernet, etc.)
15.3.3 Shall have local storage for a minimum of 2 weeks (in case of network failure).
15.3.4 Provide web-based interface to configure the controller for various equipment in the
field.
15.3.5 IO Functionality: Shall support status monitoring of VCBs & Trip relays on RMU/HT
& Transformer panels through distributed DI/AI modules.
15.3.6 Controls: Shall be capable of Controlling breakers (ON/OFF). Both ON/OFF and
Parameter control of inverters shall be supported.
15.3.7 Data Communication with Servers: Shall send the data collected, from all the
equipment at Inverter Control Room and/or Main Control Room, to the Monitoring &
Control Server.
15.3.8 Controllers shall be capable of sending data over Internet connections USB data
cards.
15.3.9 Shall not require a static public IP address, at the plant for the purpose of remote
access.
15.4 Functionalities
15.4.1 The SCADA system shall monitor instantaneous and cumulative electrical
parameters from all DC& AC Equipment including inverters, string combiner boxes,
weather station, MFM, Transformer and Switchgear (LT & HT Panels) at regular
intervals not greater than one minute.
15.4.2 The SCADA system shall monitor Instantaneous and cumulative environment
parameters from weather sensors or data loggers at same interval as electrical
parameters and provide PR, CUF on the fly.
15.4.3 The SCADA system shall provide Alarms and Alerts on equipment faults and failure
in less than 5 seconds. Alarms on status change of hardwired DI shall also be
provided.
15.4.4 The SCADA system shall provide configurable alerts on any parameter crossing
settable thresholds. The list of such parameters shall be finalised in consultation with
the Owner.

PREMISES
15.4.5 The SCADA system shall enable integration with other sub-systems at the plant for
supporting O&M activities. The list shall include but not limited to:
(i) Surveillance Cameras,
(ii) Module Cleaning System – For monitoring of water usage and efficacy of
cleaning process.
15.4.6 The SCADA system shall have user-friendly browser-based User Interface for secure
access from anywhere, for minimum ten concurrent connections from the Operator
PC or other securely connected laptop/mobile, for plant monitoring, O&M, daily
reporting, and analysis. A dashboard providing summary details of total plant
generation, day’s export, irradiance, Inverter Control Room level generation and
performance indicators like PR and CUF.
15.4.7 Reporting: The SCADA system shall provide downloadable reports in Excel/PDF,
configurable for equipment parameters across the plant.
15.4.8 The system shall have Configurable Analysis page for self-configured as well as on
demand Analytics charts.
15.4.9 The SCADA system shall be extensible to include maintenance of O&M schedules
and related activities for plant equipment as per the O&M Manual.
15.4.10 Connectivity shall be provided to Owner’s Data Monitoring Centre. Data collected by
Plant SCADA shall be replicated in real-time, using industry standard interfaces such
as Web Services, OPC-UA, data files, as required – with Owner’s Central Monitoring
System in Hyderabad. The data recording intervals for different parameters from
different devices in the solar plant shall be considered when creating schedules to
“push” the data from Plant SCADA to data receivers stationed at Hyderabad.
15.4.11 Mobile User Interface: summary of plant performance and issues should be
accessible in a mobile Native UI or browser UI.
15.4.12 Data Communication to SLDC: SCADA system shall provide required interface to
integrate with TRANSCO-SLDC, in compliance with grid code, to send any
parameters specified by SLDC.
Note: The methodology and specification of SLDC interface will be provided
separately by SLDC/TRANSCO and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
determine the same.
15.4.13 Power Plant Control: SCADA system shall provide required interface to the local
SCADA operator to set various power control modes (active/reactive
power/frequency/PF) through the inverters over industry standard communication

PREMISES
protocols like Modbus over TCP/IP.

15.4.14 Forecasting and Scheduling: SCADA shall provide day ahead and week ahead
forecasting and scheduling for power generation at the plant as per SLDC/Utility
stipulations.
15.4.15 Predictive Maintenance: SCADA system shall have in-built or pluggable frameworks
to support AI based Predictive Maintenance for all key equipment including inverters,
transformers and switchgear at the plant.
15.4.16 All programming functionalities shall be password protected to avoid unauthorized
modification.
15.4.17 The Contractor shall provide software locks and passwords to Employer for all
operating & application software. Also, the Contractor shall provide sufficient
documentation and program listing so that it is possible for the Employer to carry out
modification at a later date.
15.5 Cable Specifications

15.5.1 RS485 & IO Cables shall meet the following minimum specifications:
For RS485: 0.5sq.mm ATC multi-strand (class-5), insulated core, twisted pair,
overall screened with ATC drainwire, GI wire Armored, PVC sheathed, DIN47100
color standard, FRLS, 1.1KV grade
For IO cabling (between HT/RMU panels and SCADA panel) – 1.0 sq.mm multi-
strand, 4/8/12 core screened, armored, FRLS cable, 1.1KV grade.
For Optical Cabling: 6F, Armored, Single/Multi mode laid through HDPE conduits
to minimize cable breaks.
15.6 Earthing
15.6.1 Two isolated electronic earth pits near to SCADA panel at every Inverter and Control
Room with < 1 Ohm resistance shall be provided. One earth pit shall be used for
protective/body earth and the other to be used for Signal Earth.
15.6.2 Apart from providing separate earth pits, manufacturer specified earthing
recommendations shall be followed for all communicating equipment connected to
SCADA. This includes but is not limited to SMBs, Inverters, WMS and Switchgear
panels.
15.6.3 In the case of SMBs (String Monitoring Boxes), separate electronic earth pit, isolated
from electrical/structure earth shall be provided for each SMB (or one for nearby
SMBs) to connect RS485 shield inside each SMB.

PREMISES
15.7 Communication Cable Laying

15.7.1 All RS485, IO and CAT6 cables shall be laid in separate conduits with a minimum
separation of 1.5ft from AC/DC power cables all along.
15.7.2 Power cables shall be laid deep in the trenches first. Data cables shall be laid in
separate conduits after partially filling the trenches to ensure minimum 1.5 ft
separation between power and communication cables all along the trench.
15.7.3 IO Cables between switch gear panels and SCADA panel shall be laid on separate
cable trays, with a minimum of 1.5ft separation from trays carrying AC Power cables.
15.7.4 RS485 & CAT6 cables between switch gear panels or Inverters and SCADA panel
shall be laid on separate cable trays, with a minimum of 1.5ft separation from trays
carrying AC Power cables.
15.8 Control Cabinets / Panels / Desks at Main Control Room

15.8.1 The cabinets shall be IP-22 protection class. The Contractor shall ensure that the
temperature rise is well within the safe limits for system components even under the
worst condition and specification requirements for remote I/O cabinets.
15.8.2 The cabinets shall be totally enclosed, free standing type and shall be constructed
with minimum 2 mm thick steel plate frame and 1.6 mm thick CRCA steel sheet or as
per supplier's standard practice for similar applications.
15.9 Software Licences

The Contractor shall provide software license for all software being used in
Contractor’s System. The software licenses shall be provided for the project and shall
not be hardware/ machine-specific.
15.10 Hardware at Main Control Room

15.10.1 The Hardware as specified shall be based on latest state of the art Workstations and
Servers and technology suitable for industrial application & power plant environment.
15.10.2 The Local Monitoring & Control Server and the Operating Work station, to be
deployed in the Plant Control Room, shall have the following server hardware and
operating system along with accessories:
Plant Server
Hex/Octal Core Xeon, 32GB RAM (expandable
to 64 GB RAM), 4 X 2TB SATA hard discs in
Server Hardware
RAID 5 configuration, 2TB external USB hard
disc (for backup), dual power supplies, 2 LAN

PREMISES
ports, LCD console, keyboard & mouse.

The Server hardware shall be housed in a
rugged fan-cooled, and rodent-proof Server
Rack.
Operating System and Database shall be of
enterprise scale (RedHat Linux or equivalent
Operating System
Linux OS, Oracle/MySQL or equivalent DB),
with required AMC for 5 years.
1. Monitor: Min 22” LED Flat Monitor with
non-interfaced refresh rate min. 75 Hz.
2. Keyboard: ASCII type
Accessories
3. Pointing Device: Mouse
4. Intelligent UPS (on line): Minimum 2 hour
battery backup.
Operator Workstation
i7 CPU running at 3.0 GHz or faster with 8GB
Hardware RAM, 500GB hard disk, 25” LED monitor,
keyboard and mouse, 4 USB ports, LAN port
Windows operating system with necessary
Operating System
tools, anti-virus software.
1. Screen Display Unit: Min 50” LED Flat
Monitor with wall mounted arrangement for
the display of SCADA screen
Accessories
2. A4 size monochrome laser printer.
3. UPS of required capacity with 2 hour
battery backup.
15.10.3 All network components of LAN and Workstations shall be compatible to the LAN,
without degrading its performance.
15.11 Factory Acceptance Test (FAT)

FAT procedure shall be submitted by bidder for approval. SCADA shall communicate
with all third devices which are part of solar plant and same shall be demonstrated
during the FAT.
16 Power Transformer

PREMISES

Power Transformer shall comply with the latest edition of the following standards and
codes including amendments.
IS 2026, IEC 60076 Specification of Power Transformers
IS 2099, IEC 60137 Bushings for alternate voltage above 1000 V
IS 8468 On-load tap changers
IS 335, IEC 60296 Insulating oil
IS 3639 Fittings and Accessories for Power Transformers

Rated Capacity As per system design
Rated Voltage 33 kV / 132 kV
Duty & Service Continuous duty & Outdoor
Number of phases 3
Frequency 50 Hz
Vector group As per system requirement
Impedance at principal tap and
10%
75°C
On Load Tap Changer (OLTC) on HV side +5%
Tap changer
to -15% with steps of 1.25%
Power frequency withstand LV – 70 kV (rms)
voltage (winding & bushing) HV – 275 kV (rms)
Lightning impulse withstand LV – 170 kVp
voltage (winding & bushing) HV – 650 kVp
Permissible temperature rise over an ambient of 50°C (irrespective of tap)
Top oil 50°C
Winding 55°C
Fault level & duration As per system requirement
Short-circuit withstand time
2 second
(Thermal)
HV – 145 kV oil filled condenser bushing
Bushing
LV – 12 kV porcelain bushing
Termination As per system requirement

PREMISES
Noise level As per NEMA TR-1

Continuous operation at rated MVA on any tap
with voltage variation of +/-3%, also transformer
Loading capability
shall be capable of being loaded in accordance
with IEC 60076-7
Not to exceed 1.9 Wb/sq.m. at any tap position
with combined frequency and voltage variation
from rated V/f ratio by 10% corresponding to the
tap. Transformer shall also withstand following
over fluxing conditions due to combined voltage
Flux density and frequency fluctuations:
a) 110% for continuous rating
b) 125% for at least one minute
c) 140% for at least five seconds
The Contractor shall furnish over fluxing
characteristic up to 150%
Air clearance As per CBIP
16.3 Tank
16.3.1 The Transformer tank and cover shall be fabricated from high grade low carbon plate
steel of adequate thickness. The tank and the tank cover shall be of welded
construction. All seams and joints shall be welded and where practicable, they shall
be double welded. The tank so welded shall be reinforced by stiffener of structural
steel for general rigidity.
16.3.2 The transformer top shall be provided with a detachable tank cover with bolted
flanged gasket joint. Lifting lugs shall be provided for removing the cover. The surface
of the cover shall be suitably sloped so that it does not retain rain water.
16.3.3 The main tank body of the transformer, excluding tap changing compartments and
radiators, shall be capable of withstanding pressure of 760mm of Hg.
16.3.4 Inspection hole(s) with welded flange(s) and bolted cover(s) shall be provided on the
tank cover. The inspection hole(s) shall be of sufficient size to afford easy access to
the lower ends of the bushings, terminals etc.
16.3.5 Suitable guides shall be provided for positioning the various parts during assembly
or dismantling. Adequate space shall be provided between the cores and windings
and the bottom of the tank for collection of any sediment.
16.3.6 All bolted connections to tank shall be fitted with suitable oil-tight gasket, which shall
give satisfactory service under the operating conditions. All gaskets shall be closed
design (without open ends) and shall be of one piece only. Gasket of nitrile rubber or

PREMISES
equivalent shall be used. Gaskets of neoprene and / or any kind of impregnated /

bonded core or cork only which can easily be damaged by over-pressing are not
acceptable. Use of hemp as gasket material is also not acceptable.
16.3.7 Lifting lugs shall be provided on all parts of the transformer requiring independent
handling during assembly or dismantling. In addition, the transformer tank shall be
provided with lifting lugs and bosses properly secured to the sides of the tank for
lifting the complete transformer assembly with oil either by crane or by jacks.
16.3.8 The transformer tank shall be supported on a structural steel base equipped with
forged steel single flanged wheels suitable for moving the transformer completely
with oil. The wheels shall be bi-directional and mounted on swivels which may be
turned through 90° when the tank is jacked up and capable of being locked in position
parallel to and at right angles to the longitudinal axis.
16.4 Core
16.4.1 The transformer core shall be built up with high-grade non-ageing cold rolled grain
oriented (CRGO) silicon steel laminations having high permeability and low
hysteresis loss. The thickness of lamination shall be 0.27 mm or less.
16.4.2 The transformer shall be so designed that the flux density in the core shall not exceed
1.7 tesla at rated voltage and rated frequency. The maximum flux density in any part
of core or yoke at 10% continuous over voltage condition shall not exceed 1.9 tesla.
16.4.3 The laminations shall be free of all burrs and sharp projections. Each sheet shall have
an insulating coating resistant to the action of hot oil.
16.4.4 The core shall be rigidly clamped to ensure adequate mechanical strength and to
prevent vibration during operation and transportation. The clamping structure shall
be designed to minimize eddy current loss.
16.4.5 The design of magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static discharges,
development of short circuit paths within itself or to the earthed clamping structure
and production of flux components at right angles to the plane of the laminations
which may cause local heating.
16.4.6 The core shall be provided with lugs suitable for lifting the complete CCA of the
transformer. The CCA shall be fixed with the tank so that it does not shift when
transformer is moved or during short circuit.
16.4.7 The insulation of core to bolts and core to clamp plates shall be able to withstand a
voltage of 2 kV RMS for one minute.
16.4.8 The core shall not be earthed at multiple locations. Terminal shall be brought on top

PREMISES
of tank and earthed through link. Core and Frame terminals should be brought out on
transformer top so as to enable megger.
16.5 Winding
16.5.1 The conductor for winding shall be made of electrolytic grade copper. The winding
shall be so designed that all coil assemblies of identical voltage ratings shall be
interchangeable and field repairs can be readily done without special equipment.
16.5.2 The coils shall be supported between adjacent sections by insulating spacers and
barriers. Bracings and other insulation used in the assembly of the windings shall be
arranged to ensure a free circulation of the oil and to reduce hot spots in the windings.
16.5.3 The insulation paper shall be of high quality and the value of degree of polymerization
shall not be less than 1200 Pv.
16.5.4 Materials used for insulation and assembly of the windings shall be insoluble, non-
catalytic and chemically inactive in the hot transformer oil and shall not soften or
otherwise get affected under the operating conditions.
16.5.5 All threaded connections shall be provided with locking facilities. All leads from the
winding to the terminal board and bushings shall be rigidly supported to prevent injury
from vibration. Guide tubes shall be used where practicable.
16.5.6 The conductor shall be transposed at sufficient intervals in order to minimize eddy
currents and equalize the distribution of currents and temperature along the windings.
16.5.7 Windings shall be subjected to a shrinkage treatment before final assembly, so that
no further shrinkage occurs during service. Adjustable device shall be provided for
taking up any possible shrinkage of coils in service if required.
16.5.8 The windings shall be clamped securely in place so that they will not be displaced or
deformed during short circuits. The assembled core and windings shall be vacuum
dried and suitably impregnated before removal from the treating tank. The copper
conductors used in the coil structure shall be best suited to the requirements and all
permanent current carrying joints in the windings and the locks shall be welded or
brazed.
16.6 Insulating Oil

The oil for first filling together with 10% extra shall be supplied with the transformer.
The oil shall comply in all respects with the provisions of the latest edition of IS 335 (as
amended up to date). Particular attention shall be paid to deliver the oil free from
moisture having uniform quality throughout in non-returnable steel drums.

PREMISES
16.7 On-Load Tap Changer

16.7.1 On-Load Tap Changer (OLTC) shall be designed for remote control operation from
Remote Tap Change Control (RTCC) Panel in the control room in addition to being
capable of local manual as well as local electrical operation. The OLTC shall include
the following.
(i) An oil immersed tap selector and arcing switch or arc suppressing tap selector,
provided with reactor or resistor for reduction of make and break arcing voltages
and short circuits.
(ii) Motor driven mechanism
(iii) Control and protection devices
(iv) Local /Remote tap changer position indicator
(v) Manual/Electrical operating device
(vi) Pressure relief device
16.7.2 The OLTC shall be so designed that the contacts do not interrupt arc within the main
tank of the transformer. The tap selector and arcing switch or arc suppressing
selector switch shall be located in oil filled compartment. The compartment shall be
provided with Oil Surge Relay. It shall be designed so as to prevent oil in the tap
selector compartment from mixing with the oil in the transformer tank.
16.7.3 The contactors and associated gear for the driving motor shall be housed in a local
kiosk mounted adjacent to or on the transformer. The degree of protection of the
complete arrangement shall be IP 55 or better. The motor shall be suitable for
operation with three phase, 415 V, 50 Hz external power supply.
16.7.4 RTCC Panel
Remote Tap Change Control (RTCC) Panel shall include, but not limited to, the
following.
(i) Automatic Voltage Regulator with SCADA compatibility

(ii) Under voltage relay to monitor the taper changer control voltage
(iii) Raise and lower push button
(iv) Tap position indicator
(v) Indication lamp showing tap changing in progress
(vi) Alarms and Annunciation
(vii) Any other accessory required for satisfactory operation or required during detail
engineering

PREMISES
16.8 Bushing
16.8.1 The bushings shall have high factor of safety against leakage to ground and shall be
so located as to provide adequate electrical clearances between bushings and
grounded parts. Bushings of identical voltage rating shall be interchangeable.
16.8.2 All bushings shall be equipped with terminals suitable for bimetallic connection. Each
bushing shall be so coordinated with the transformer insulation that all flash over will
occur outside the tank.
16.8.3 HV bushings shall be 145 kV voltage class, oil filled condenser type and hermetically
sealed. The bushings shall have provision for measurement of capacitance and loss
factor without dismantling of the bushing. The bushings shall be removable without
disturbing the Bushing Current Transformers if any. LV bushings shall be 36 kV
voltage class, porcelain type. The oil used for the oil filled type bushings shall be the
same as that used in the transformer.
16.9 Radiators
16.9.1 Radiators provided shall have sufficient cooling surface to limit the temperature rise
to the values as specified in the ‘Technical Requirements’. The radiators shall be
seamless and made of mild steel/CRCA with minimum thickness not less than 1.2
mm. It shall be suitably braced to protect them from mechanical shocks.
16.9.2 The radiators shall be connected to the tank by machined steel flanges with adequate
gaskets to avoid oil leakage. Each radiator unit shall be provided with positive
operated gate type oil leak proof shut-off valve which can be fastened in either closed
or open position and separate oil tight flange for each tank connection for use when
the radiator unit is detached. Each radiator unit shall have a lifting arrangement and
oil drain at the bottom and a vent at the top.
16.9.3 It shall be possible to take out any of the radiator unit without disturbing the
transformer. The radiators shall be so designed as to prevent any accumulation of
water on the outer surface or formation of gas pockets when the tank is being filled.
16.10 Accessories
16.10.1 Conservator
The conservator shall have air cell type constant oil preservation system to prevent
oxidation and contamination of oil due to contact with moisture. The conservator shall
be provided with separate compartment for OLTC. No separate conservator tank
shall be provided for OLTC. The conservator shall be fitted with oil filling hole, cap

PREMISES
and drain valve. Prismatic toughened glass oil level gauge and 150 mm Magnetic Oil
Gauge (MOG) with low oil level alarm contact shall also be provided.
16.10.2 Silica gel breather

The top of the conservator shall be connected to the atmosphere through indicating
type cobalt free silica gel dehydrating breather with transparent enclosure. Silica gel
shall be isolated from atmosphere by an oil seal. The capacity of breather should be
such that it can contain minimum 5 kg silica gel for main conservator compartment
and minimum 1 kg silica gel for OLTC conservator compartment. The GI pipe
connecting breather with conservator should be seamless and no joint is permitted.
16.10.3 Buchholz relay

Buchholz relay, double float type with alarm and trip contacts, along with suitable gas
collecting arrangement shall be provided. The relay shall be provided with a test cock
suitable for a flexible pipe connection for checking its operation and taking gas
sample. A copper or stainless-steel tube shall be connected from the gas collector to
a valve located about 1200 mm above ground level to facilitate sampling when the
transformer in service. The relay shall be provided with shut off valve on the
conservator side as well as on the tank side.
16.10.4 Pressure Relief Device

Pressure Relief Device shall be provided on main tank and OLTC for rapid release of
any pressure in transformer which may endanger the equipment. The device shall
operate at a static pressure of less than hydraulic test pressure of transformer
tank/OLTC chamber. The terminal box of the PRD shall be water tight with protection
class IP 56 or better as per IEC 60529. A pair of electrically insulated contacts shall
be provided for alarm and trip.
16.10.5 Temperature Indicators

16.10.5.1 Oil Temperature Indicator (OTI)
150 mm dial type temperature indicator with ‘Maximum’ reading pointer and
resetting device shall be provided. The indicator shall have adjustable, electrically
independent, potential free alarm and trip contacts. A temperature sensing element
suitably located in a pocket on top oil shall be provided. Accuracy class of OTI shall
be 1.5% or better.
16.10.5.2 Winding Temperature Indicator (WTI)

PREMISES
A device for measuring the hot spot temperature of each of the winding shall be
provided. It shall comprise the following.
(i) Temperature sensing elements, one each on HV and LV winding.
(ii) Image coil.
(iii) Auxiliary CTs, if required to match the image coil.
(iv) 150 mm dial type temperature indicator with ‘Maximum’ reading pointer and
resetting device with adjustable, electrically independent, potential free alarm
and trip contacts.
(v) Calibration device.
The winding temperature indicator shall be responsive to the combination of top oil
temperature and winding current, calibrated to follow the hottest spot temperature
of the transformer winding. Accuracy class of WTI shall be 1.5% or better.
16.10.6 Marshalling Box
Marshalling Box shall be of sheet steel, dust and vermin proof provided with proper
lighting and thermostatically controlled space heaters. The degree of protection shall
be IP 55. One dummy terminal block in between each trip wire terminal shall be
provided. At least 10% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel. The gasket
used shall be of neoprene or synthetic rubber. Wiring scheme (TB details) shall be
engraved in a stainless-steel plate with viewable font size and the same shall be fixed
inside the marshalling box door.
16.10.7 Valves
The transformer shall be provided with the following (but not limited to) valves.
(i) Two nos. of filter valves, one at top and another at bottom on diagonally opposite
corners
(ii) Two nos. of sampling valves at top and bottom of the tank
(iii) Drain valve on main tank
(iv) Drain valves on main and OLTC compartment of conservator
(v) Valves (for nitrogen injection and oil drain) as required by firefighting system
16.11 Painting
16.11.1 Before painting or filling with oil, un-galvanized parts shall be completely cleaned and
free from rust, scale and grease. All external rough surfaces on casting shall be filled
by metal deposition. The interior of transformer tank and other filled chambers and
internal structural steel work shall be cleaned of all scale and rust by send blasting

PREMISES
or other approved method. These surfaces shall be painted with an oil resisting
varnish or paint.
16.11.2 Except for nuts, bolts and washers, all external surfaces shall receive a minimum of
three coats of paint. The primary coat shall be applied immediately after cleaning.
The second coat shall be of oil paint of weather resisting nature. The final coat shall
be of a glossy, oil and weather resisting non-fading paint. The paint shade shall be
as provided by the Employer during detailed engineering.
16.11.3 All internal surfaces of mechanism chambers and kiosk except those which have
received anticorrosion treatment, shall receive three coats of paint applied to the
thoroughly cleaned metal surface. The final coat shall be of light coloured anti-
condensation mixture.
16.11.4 Any damage to paint work incurred during transport and erection shall be made good
by thoroughly cleaning the damaged portion and by applying full number of coats of
paints.
16.12 Transportation
16.12.1 The transformer shall be filled with nitrogen or dry air at positive pressure before
dispatch. Necessary arrangement shall be ensured to take care of pressure drop of
nitrogen or dry air during transit and storage till completion of oil filling during erection.
A gas pressure testing valve with necessary pressure gauge and adaptor valve shall
be provided.
16.12.2 The transformer shall be fitted with sufficient number of electronic impact recorders
during transportation to measure the movement due to impact in all three directions.
The acceptance criteria and limits of impact in all three directions which can be
withstood by the equipment during transportation and handling shall be submitted by
the manufacturer before delivery.
16.12.3 Bushings shall be crated, packed and transported as per standard guide lines of the
Bushing Manufacturer. All care should be taken to avoid any damage of the porcelain
due to vibration during transport.
16.12.4 Special attention shall be paid in packing the accessories & spares to avoid moisture
ingress. All parts shall be adequately marked to facilitate field erection.
16.13 Warranty
The power transformer shall be warranted for minimum of 5 (five) years against all

PREMISES

16.14.1 Type Tests and Special Tests
The following type test and special test reports shall be submitted during detailed
engineering. The tests should have been conducted on the similar transformer by
NABL accredited laboratory.
16.14.1.1 Type Tests

(i) Lightning impulse (Full & Chopped Wave) test on windings as per IS 2026-
3/IEC 60076-3
(ii) Temperature Rise test at a tap corresponding to maximum losses as per IS
2026-2/IEC 60076-2. Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) shall be conducted on oil
sample taken before and immediately after temperature rise test. Gas analysis
shall be as per IS 9434/IEC 60567 and results will be interpreted as per IS
10593/IEC 60599.
16.14.1.2 Special Tests
(i) Short circuit withstand test as per IS 2026-5/IEC 60076-5
(ii) Measurement of zero-sequence impedance as per IS 2026-1/IEC 60076-1
(iii) Measurement of harmonics of no-load current as per IS IEC 60076-1
(iv) Measurement of acoustic noise level as per NEMA TR-1
Each completed transformer shall be subjected to following routine tests as per the
latest edition of IEC 60076 unless specified otherwise.
(i) Measurement of winding resistance at each tap

(ii) Measurement of voltage ratio between HV and LV windings at each tap
(iii) Check of vector group
(iv) Measurement of no-load loss and no-load current at 90%, 100% & 110% of rated
voltage
(v) Measurement of short-circuit impedance and load loss at principal and extreme
taps
(vi) Magnetic balance test & magnetizing current test as per CBIP manual publication
no. 295
(vii) Separate source voltage withstand test

PREMISES
(viii) Induced over voltage withstand test

(ix) Measurement of insulation resistance and polarization index
(x) Measurement of tan delta and capacitance of winding
(xi) Core isolation test
(xii) Marshalling box functional test
(xiii) IR Measurement on wiring of marshalling box
(xiv) Test on on-load tap changer
(xv) Breakdown voltage test on transformer oil as per IS 335
(xvi) Jacking test followed by D.P. test
(xvii) Oil leakage test on completely assembled transformer along with radiators
17 Nitrogen Injection Fire Protection System

Nitrogen Injection Fire Protection System (NIFPS) shall use nitrogen as fire quenching
medium. The protection system shall prevent transformer oil tank explosion and possible
fire in case of internal faults. In the event of fire by external causes such as bushing fire,
OLTC fire, fire from surrounding equipment etc., it shall act as a fast and effective fire
extinguisher without any manual intervention.

All the equipment of NIFPS shall comply with the latest edition of the following
standards and codes including amendments.
Code of practice for selection, installation and
IS 10028-2
maintenance of transformers; Part 2: Installation
Refillable Seamless Steel Gas Cylinders - Specification
IS 7285-2 Part 2: Quenched and Tempered Steel Cylinders With
Tensile Strength Less Than 1100 MPa (112 kgf/mm2)
CEA Technical Standards for Construction of Electrical Plants and Electric Lines
Regulations, 2010 with 2015 amendment
CEA Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply Regulations, 2010 with 2015
amendment
CBIP Manual on Transformers, Publication No. 317


PREMISES
Fire extinction period from

30 second (maximum)
commencement of nitrogen injection
Total time duration to bring oil
30 minute (maximum)
temperature below flash point
Fire detector heat sensing temperature 141°C
TCIV setting for normal operation to
ensure no obstacle for transformer 40 litre per minute
breathing
TCIV setting for operation during
60 litre per minute
abnormal flow of oil
10 m3 gas at pressure of 150 kg/cm2
for up to 60,000 litre of oil
Capacity of nitrogen gas cylinder
20 m3 gas at pressure of 150 kg/cm2
for above 60,000 litre of oil
17.3 System Components

NIFPS shall broadly consists of the following components. However, all other
components which are necessary for fast, reliable and effective working of the fire
protection system shall be deemed to be included in the scope of supply. The NIFPS
shall have provision for SCADA connectivity.
17.3.1 Fire Extinguishing Cubicle

The Fire Extinguishing Cubicle (FEC) shall be made of CRCA sheet of minimum 3
mm thick with Polyurethane painting. The degree of protection shall be IP55 or better.
It shall have hinged split doors fitted with high quality tamper proof lock. The following
components shall be provided in the FEC.
(i) Nitrogen gas cylinder with regulator and falling pressure electrical contact
manometer. The nitrogen gas cylinder should have been certified by Bureau of
Indian Standards and approved by Chief Controller of Explosives, Government
of India.
(ii) Oil drain pipe with mechanical quick drain valve
(iii) Control equipment for draining of oil and injecting nitrogen gas
(iv) Pressure monitoring switch for backup protection for nitrogen release
(v) Limit switches for monitoring of the system
(vi) Butterfly valve with flanges on top of the cubicle for connecting oil drain pipe and
nitrogen injection pipe
(vii) Panel lighting

PREMISES
(viii) Oil drain pipe extension of suitable sizes for connecting pipes to oil pit
17.3.2 Control Box

Control box shall be placed in the Master Control Room (MCR) for monitoring,
automatic control and remote control. The rated control voltage of the control box
shall be 110 VDC. The control box shall have suitable indications, alarms, switches
and push buttons for complete monitoring and control of the system.
17.3.3 Transformer Conservator Isolation Valve

Transformer conservator isolation valve (TCIV) shall be fitted in the conservator pipe
line between conservator and buchholz relay which shall operate for isolating the
conservator during abnormal flow of oil due to rupture / explosion of tank or bursting
of bushing. The valve shall not isolate conservator during normal flow of oil during
filtration or filling or refilling. Locking plates shall be provided with handle for pad
locking. It shall have proximity switch for remote alarm and indication glass window
for visual inspection for physical checking of the status of valve. The TCIV shall be of
the best quality and proven design as malfunctioning of TCIV could lead to serious
consequences.
17.3.4 Fire Detector

Adequate number of fire detectors shall be fitted on top cover of the transformer and
OLTC with brackets. Heat sensing temperature of the fire detectors shall be 141°C.
17.3.5 Signal Box

Signal box shall be mounted way from the transformer preferably near the
marshalling box for terminating the cables from TCIV & fire detectors and to further
connection to control box at the MCR. The degree of protection of the signal box shall
be IP 55 or better.
17.3.6 Cables
The interconnecting cables shall be Fire Retardant Low Smoke (FRLS) type. Cables
passing along the top of the transformer shall be Fire Survival type.
17.3.7 Pipes
Heavy duty pipe connecting the transformer tank for oil drain and for nitrogen injection
shall be provided. Pipes, complete with supports, connections, flanges, bends and
tees etc. shall be supplied along with the system.
17.3.8 Other Items

PREMISES
(i) Doors and covers of all the panels (FEC, Control box, Signal box, etc.) shall be
provided with neoprene gaskets.
(ii) All the panels and piping system shall be painted with enamelled paint.
17.4 Protection Philosophy

17.4.1 The NIFPS shall have the operating modes and operate on receipt of corresponding
activation signals.
17.4.1.1 Auto Mode
A. Fire Prevention
The system shall operate on receipt of all the following three signals.
(i) Differential relay trip
(ii) Operation of Buchholz relay (OR) Pressure Relief Device (OR) Rapid
Pressure Rise Relay
(iii) Master trip (OR) Tripping of LV / HV circuit breaker in series
B. Fire Extinction
The system shall operate on receipt of all the following three signals.
(i) Operation of fire detector
(ii) Operation of Buchholz relay (OR) Pressure Relief Device (OR) Rapid
Pressure Rise Relay (OR) Oil Surge Relay
(iii) Master trip (OR) Tripping of LV / HV circuit breaker in series
17.4.1.2 Remote Manual Mode

The system shall operate on receipt of both the following signals.
(i) Master trip (OR) Tripping of LV / HV circuit breaker in series
(ii) Operation of emergency operating switch on the control box
17.4.1.3 Local Manual Mode

In case the system fails in Auto Mode / Local Remote Mode (OR) Power Failure,
the system can be operated manually from the Fire Extinguisher Cubicle.
17.4.2 On receipt of all required activating signals, the system shall drain pre-determined
volume of oil from top of the tank through outlet valve to reduce tank pressure and
simultaneously inject nitrogen gas at high pressure through inlet valves for stirring
the oil and thus bringing the temperature of oil below flash point to extinguish the fire.
Transformer conservator isolation valve shall block the flow of oil from conservator
tank.

PREMISES
18 Control and Relay Panel

All equipment provided under Control and Relay Panel shall comply with latest editions
and amendments of the relevant IEC standards and IS codes. In particular, the C&R
Panel shall comply with the following standards and codes.
IS 3231 Electrical relays for power systems protection
IEC 60255 Measuring relays and protection equipment
Communication networks and systems for power utility
IEC 61850
automation
IEC 61131-3 Programmable controllers - Part 3: Programming languages
IS 9385 High voltage fuses
Indoor post insulators of organic material for systems with
IS 9431 nominal voltages greater than 1000 V up to and including 300
kV
Surge arresters - Part 4: Metal-oxide surge arresters without
IEC 60099-4
gaps for A.C. systems
Lightning Arresters for Alternating Current Systems - Part 3:
IS 3070-3
Metal Oxide Lightning Arresters Without Gaps
Electricity metering equipment (A.C.) - General requirements,
IEC 62052-11
IEC 62053 Electricity metering equipment (A.C.) - Particular requirements
AC Static Transformer Operated Watthour and Var-hour Meters,
IS 14697
Class 0.2S and 0.5S
18.2 Construction
18.2.1 The control and relay panel shall be free standing, floor mounted, simplex type, metal
enclosed construction. The panel enclosure shall be made of CRCA steel sheet. The
thickness of load bearing members shall be minimum 3 mm and that of non-load
bearing members shall be minimum 2 mm.
18.2.2 All external surface shall be painted with two coats of epoxy-based paint of colour
shade RAL 7032. Internal surface shall be painted with epoxy enamel white paint.
The minimum dry film thickness (DFT) shall be 100 micron.
18.2.3 Controls, indications, relays, meters and other instruments shall be flush mounted on
the front of the panel. Door shall be provided at the rear of the panel. All doors and

PREMISES
removable covers shall be provided with neoprene or synthetic rubber gasket.

18.2.4 The panel shall be dust, moisture and vermin proof with degree of protection not less
than IP 4X as per IEC 60529.
18.2.5 Cable entry shall be through the bottom of the panel. Gland plate of thickness not
less than 3 mm shall be provided.
18.3 Relays
18.3.1 All relays shall be microprocessor based numerical type. However, auxiliary relays
can be static or electromechanical type. The relays shall be flush mounted on panel
front with connections from the inside.
18.3.2 Auxiliary voltage of the relays shall be 110 VDC and the relays shall be capable of
operating continuously between 80 – 120% of auxiliary voltage.
18.3.3 All numerical relays shall have adequate number of freely configurable, optically
isolated, Binary Inputs (BI) and potential free Binary Outputs (BO). All I/O’s shall have
galvanic isolation. Analog inputs shall be protected against switching surges and
harmonics.
18.3.4 All numerical relays shall have sufficient number of current and voltage inputs
required for all the required protection functions.
18.3.5 The numerical relay shall provide choice of ANSI/IEC/IEEE relay characteristic
curves with wide protection setting ranges through a minimum of two protection
setting groups.
18.3.6 Making, breaking and continuous capacity of the relay contacts shall be adequate
enough for the circuits in which they are used.
18.3.7 All numerical relays shall have provision for measurement and storage of electrical
parameters such as voltage, current, frequency, active power, reactive power etc.
18.3.8 The numerical relay shall be able to record faults and events in non-volatile memory.
(i) Fault record – At least 5 recent faults including the protection function operated,
operating phase(s), voltages and currents along with date and time stamp.
(ii) Event record – At least 200 events with date and time stamp.
18.3.9 The numerical relay shall have trip circuit supervision facility to monitor the circuit
breaker trip circuit both in pre-trip and post-trip conditions. The relay shall also be
able to provide circuit breaker monitoring, CT and VT supervision.
18.3.10 The numerical relay shall have self-diagnostic feature with separate output contact
for indication of any internal relay failure.
18.3.11 The numerical relay shall have two serial communication ports, one on front side for

PREMISES
local communication with PC and another on rear side for remote communication
with SCADA system as per IEC 61850.
18.3.12 The numerical relay shall have feature for time synchronization through the SCADA
System / networking.
18.3.13 The numerical relay shall be provided with backlit alphanumeric LCD or LED to
access protection settings, measurement parameters, fault and event records. Read
and write access to protection settings shall be password protected.
18.3.14 Necessary software and hardware to up/down load the data to/from the relay from/to
the PC shall also be provided.
18.4 Protection Scheme

The following protection schemes shall be implemented for the protection of power
transformer and its feeder.
(i) Biased Differential Protection with Second Harmonic Restraint

(ii) Non-directional Over Current and Earth Fault Protection
(iii) Restricted Earth Fault Protection
(iv) Under Voltage and Over Voltage Protection
(v) Buchholz Alarm and Trip
(vi) OTI Alarm and Trip
(vii) WTI Alarm and Trip
(viii) PRV Trip
(ix) MOG Alarm
(x) OSR Trip
The above-mentioned protection schemes are indicative only. All the protection
schemes required for safe and reliable operation of power transformer and the feeder
shall be provided.
18.5 Measuring Instruments

18.5.1 All measuring instruments shall be enclosed in dust proof, moisture resistant cases
and flush mounted on the panel.
18.5.2 Analog Ammeter and Voltmeter with selector switch shall be provided. Accuracy
class shall be 0.5 or better. Instrument dial shall be with white scale, black pointer
and black numerals.
18.5.3 Digital Multi Function Meter (MFM) of accuracy class 0.2 or better shall be provided.
It shall have communication capability for integration with SCADA. MFM shall be able

PREMISES
to measure line & phase voltages, line & phase currents, active power, reactive
power, apparent power, power factor and frequency.
18.6 Control Switches

All control switches shall be rotary operated type with adequate making, carrying and
breaking current ratings. The control switches shall be pistol grip type, lockable with
spring return to normal position. They shall be flush mounted on the panel with
shrouded terminals.
18.7 Indications
All indicating lamps shall be flush mounted LED type with supply voltage of 110 VDC.
Lamp covers shall preferably be screwed type and moulded from heat resisting
material. Indicating lamps shall be provided for R, Y, B PT supply, Breaker ON & OFF,
Auto trip, Spring charged, Trip circuit healthy, etc.
18.8 Annunciation
Flush mounted static type annunciator with sufficient number of windows to
accommodate all trip and alarm signals shall be provided. Separate audible
annunciation for alarm and trip shall be provided by means of buzzer and hooter. Visual
annunciation shall be by flickering of facia. Push buttons for test, accept and reset shall
also be provided.
18.9 Earthing
18.9.1 An earth bus made of copper or aluminium shall be provided throughout the length
of the panel and bolted to the framework of the panel. The earth bus shall have
sufficient cross section to carry maximum fault current without exceeding the
allowable temperature rise.
18.9.2 All non-current carrying conductors of the panel shall be connected to the earth bus.
All joints to the earth bus shall be made through at least two bolts. Hinged doors shall
be earthed through flexible earthing braid of adequate cross section. Suitable
provision shall be provided at each end of the earth bus for connection with earth
grid.
18.9.3 All metallic cases of relays, instruments and other panel mounted equipment shall be
connected to earth bus by independent copper wires of size not less than 2.5 sq. mm
with green colour insulation.
18.9.4 Instrument transformer secondary neutral point shall be earthed at one place only on
the terminal block. Such earthing shall be made through links so that earthing of one

PREMISES
circuit may be removed without disturbing the earthing of other circuits.
18.10 Mimic Diagram

Coloured mimic diagram made of metal or plastic with symbols to facilitate exact
representation of the system shall be fixed on the front of control panel. Semaphore
indicators shall be incorporated in the mimic diagram for indicating position of circuit
breakers, isolators and earthing switches. The rated control voltage of semaphore
indicator shall be 110 / 220 VDC.
18.11 Wiring and Terminal Blocks

18.11.1 All internal wiring shall be done with 1100 V grade, 2.5 sq.mm. PVC insulated
stranded flexible copper wire. For CT secondary circuits, 4 sq.mm copper wire shall
be used.
18.11.2 Wire terminations shall be made with solderless crimping type tinned copper lugs,
wire terminations.
18.11.3 Printed identification ferrules, marked to correspond with panel wiring diagram shall
18.11.4 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the completeness and correctness of
18.11.5 All internal wiring to be connected to the external equipment shall terminate on
18.11.6 CT and VT secondary circuits shall be terminated on stud type, non-disconnecting
terminal blocks.
18.11.7 At least 10% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel and these spare
18.11.8 Screw driver operated stud type test terminal block shall be provided.
18.12 Accessories
(i) Thermostatically controlled space heater with switch for isolation
(ii) 240 V, 15 A industrial socket with ON/OFF switch
(iii) LED lamp controlled by door switch
18.13 Warranty

PREMISES
The control and relay panel unit shall be warranted for minimum of 5 (five) years
against all material/ manufacturing defects and workmanship.

18.14.1 Type Tests
The Contractor shall submit type test report of the panel for degree of protection as
required by the Technical Specifications as per IEC 60529. The test should have
been conducted by NABL accredited laboratory.

19 132 kV Switchyard Equipment

All equipment provided shall comply with latest editions and amendments of the
relevant IEC standards and IS codes. In particular, the switchyard equipment shall
comply with the following standards and codes.
IS/IEC 62271-100
Circuit Breakers
Specification of technical grade sulfur hexafluoride (SF6)
IEC 60376, IS 13072
for use in electrical equipment
IS/IEC 62271-102
Disconnectors and Earthing Switches
IS 2099 Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 Volts
Porcelain post insulators for systems with nominal voltage
IS 2544
greater than 1000 Volts
IS 335, IEC 60296 Insulating oil
IS/IEC 60034 Rotating electrical machines
IS 996 Single-phase AC industrial motors for general purpose
Surge arresters - Part 4: Metal-oxide surge arresters
IS 3070, IEC 60099-4
without gaps for A.C. systems
Indian Electricity Act, CBIP manual, CEA rules and guidelines
19.2 General Technical Parameters

PREMISES
System Parameters Specification

Highest system voltage 145 kV
Rated system voltage 132 kV
Number of phases 3
Power frequency withstand voltage
I. To earth 275 kV (rms)
II. Across Isolating distance 315 kV (rms)
Lightning impulse withstand voltage
I. To earth 650 kV (peak)
II. Across Isolating distance 750 kV (peak)
System fault current As per system requirement
Minimum Creepage distance 25 mm/kV of highest system voltage
System neutral earthing Effectively earthed
19.3 Circuit breaker

19.3.1 Technical parameters
Parameters Specification
Type Outdoor SF6
Operating duty cycle O – 0.3sec – CO – 3min – CO
Short circuit breaking
current
Short circuit making current 2.5 times of Short circuit breaking current
Rated break time 100ms
Re-strike performance
C2
class
Mechanical endurance
M1
class
First pole to clear factor 1.5 (As per IEC 62271 – 100)
Reclosing Three phase high speed auto reclosing
As required plus 4NO and 4NC contacts per pole
as spare. The contacts shall have continuous rating
Auxiliary contacts
of 10A and breaking capacity of 2A with circuit time
constant of minimum 20 milliseconds at 220V DC
19.3.2 Circuit breakers shall be of SF6 type. It shall comprise of three separate identical
single pole units operated through the common shaft and shall be fully
interchangeable both electrically and mechanically.

PREMISES
19.3.3 The circuit breaker operating mechanism shall be based on motor operated spring
charging and it shall be re-strike free, trip free both electrically and mechanically, with
anti-pumping feature.
19.3.4 Circuit breaker shall be provided with two independent set of trip circuit connected to
separate fuse or MCB controlled DC supplies for greater reliability.
19.3.5 The rated control voltage of the spring charging motor shall be 110 VDC/230 VAC.
Closing coil shall operate at all values of voltages between 85% and 110% of rated
voltage. Opening coil shall operate correctly under all operating conditions of the
circuit breaker up to the rated breaking capacity and at all values of supply voltage
between 70% and 110% of rated voltage.
19.3.6 The spring charging motor shall have adequate thermal rating such that continuous
sequence of the closing and opening operations is possible as long as power supply
is available to the motor. It shall also be possible to charge the spring manually and
close the breaker in the event of failure of motor / control supply to motor. Operating
handle shall be provided for charging the operating mechanism. After failure of
control supply to the motor, one open-close-open operation shall be possible with the
energy contained in the operating mechanism.
19.3.7 The motor rating shall be such that it requires not more than 30 seconds for full
charging of the closing spring. Closing action of the circuit breaker shall compress
the opening spring ready for tripping. When closing springs are discharged after
closing the breaker, they shall be automatically charged for the next operation.
19.3.8 Temperature compensated SF6 gas density monitor and pressure switches along
with pressure indicator shall be provided to monitor and regulate the density of SF6
gas in breaker respectively in each pole. It shall be possible to dismantle the monitor
without any seepage of SF6 gas.
19.3.9 Interrupter assembly shall be provided with an absorbing product box to eliminate
moisture and SF6 decomposition products.
19.3.10 10% of total SF6 gas requirement shall be supplied in separate container as spare in
addition to the required SF6 gas to fill the breaker installed at site.
19.3.11 Mechanical indicators shall be provided to indicate OPEN/CLOSED positions of the
circuit breaker and CHARGED/ DISCHARGED positions of the closing spring. An
operation analyzer shall be provided to record contact travel against time and
measure opening time. These indicators and counter shall be visible from the panel
front door without opening it.

PREMISES
19.3.12 Control cabinet shall be free standing, floor mounted, single front, metal enclosed
construction. It shall be constructed with CRCA steel/Aluzinc sheet. The thickness of
load bearing members shall be minimum 3 mm and that of non-load bearing
members shall be minimum 2 mm. All external surface shall be painted with two coats
of epoxy-based paint of color shade RAL 7032. Internal surface shall be painted with
epoxy enamel white paint. The minimum dry film thickness (DFT) shall be 100
microns. Degree of protection shall not be less than IP5X.
19.3.13 Control cabinet shall be provided with thermostatically controlled space heaters to
prevent condensation within the compartment. The space heater shall be connected
to 240 V, 50 Hz, single phase AC supply through suitable switch and fuse. It shall
also be provided with LED lamp rated for 240 V, 50 Hz, single phase AC supply for
interior illumination controlled by door switch and a 240 V, 15 A, SPN industrial
socket-outlet with ON/OFF switch.
19.3.14 The bidder shall furnish complete literature regarding assembly, maintenance and
charging procedures as applicable to SF6 breakers.
19.4 Isolator
System Parameters Specification
Service Outdoor
Mechanically gang operated, Double break or
Type of Isolator
centre break with earthing switch
Operating Mechanism
a) Isolator a) Motor
b) Earth switch b) Manual
As required plus 4NO and 4NC contacts per pole
Auxiliary contacts
as spare for isolator and earth switch each.
Short time current As per system requirement
Safe duration of over load
a) 150% of rated current a) 5 minutes
b) 120% of rated current b) 30 minutes
19.4.2 Isolators shall be outdoor type with blades rotating in horizontal plane, suitable for
electrical as well as manual operation and local/remote operation.
19.4.3 Isolator and earth switch shall be capable of withstanding dynamic and thermal
effects of system fault current in closed position and should not open under influence
of fault current and wind pressure together.
19.4.4 Isolator shall be provided with heavy duty, self-aligning, high pressure current

PREMISES
carrying contacts and moving blades made up of highly conductive, corrosion

resistant, hard drawing electrolytic copper alloy. Copper contacts shall be silver-
plated with minimum 25-micron thickness.
19.4.5 Arcing horns on the fixed and moving contacts, if required shall be of ‘make before
and break after’ type.
19.4.6 Each single pole of isolator shall be provided with suitable galvanized steel base
channels with holes and designed for mounting on a lattice supporting structure. The
bas shall be rigid and self-supporting.
19.4.7 Operating mechanism for isolator and earth switch shall provide quick, simple and
effective operation and shall be provide on opposite ends.
19.4.8 Control cabinet/operating mechanism box shall be constructed with CRCA
steel/Aluzinc sheet of minimum 3 mm thickness. All external surface shall be painted
with two coats of epoxy-based paint of colour shade RAL 7032. Internal surface shall
be painted with epoxy enamel white paint. The minimum dry film thickness (DFT)
shall be 100 microns. Degree of protection shall not be less than IP5X. It shall be
provided with thermostatically controlled space heaters to prevent condensation
within the compartment, LED lamp for interior illumination controlled by door switch
and an industrial socket-outlet with ON/OFF switch.
19.4.9 Support insulators for Isolator and earth switch shall be solid core type made up of
homogenous and vitreous porcelain.
19.4.10 Mechanical indicators shall be provided to indicate OPEN/CLOSED position of the
isolator.
19.4.11 Following fail safe type electrical and mechanical interlocks are required between
Isolator & earthing switch and Isolator & circuit breaker:
(i) Prevention of opening of isolators on load.
(ii) Prevention of closing of earth switch, when line isolator is closed.
(iii) Prevention of closing of line isolator, when earth-switch is closed.
(iv) Prevention of opening of isolator, when circuit breaker is closed and vice versa.
(v) Provision shall be made for pad locking the mechanism of isolator and earthing
switches in both, the ‘close’ and ‘open’ position.
19.5 Instrument transformer

Current Transformer

PREMISES
0.2 for metering

Accuracy class
5P20 for protection
Insulation class Class E
Rated Short time thermal rating As per system requirement
Rated short time dynamic rating 80kA
Partial discharge level 10 Pico Coulomb maximum
No. of terminals in Terminal box As required plus 10 terminals as spare
Voltage Transformer
0.2 for metering
Accuracy class
3P for protection
Insulation class Class E
Standard reference range of
96% to 102% for protection and 99% to
frequencies for which the
101% for measurement
accuracies are valid
Partial discharge level 10 Pico Coulomb maximum
Rated voltage factor 1.2 continuous and 1.5 for 30 sec.
No. of terminals in Terminal box As required plus 10 terminals as spare
19.5.2 Instrument transformers shall be dead tank type, hermetically sealed single-phase
units, oil immersed, self-cooled suitable for outdoor installations and shall be supplied
with common marshalling box for a set of three single phase units.
19.5.3 Polarity marks shall indelibly be marked on each instrument transformer and at the
lead terminals at the associated terminal block.
19.5.4 The insulators shall have cantilever strength of more than 600 kgf.
19.5.5 Secondary terminals of instrument transformer shall be brought outside in a terminal
box constructed with CRCA steel/Aluzinc sheet of minimum 3 mm thickness. All
external surface shall be painted with two coats of epoxy-based paint of colour shade
RAL 7032. Internal surface shall be painted with epoxy enamel white paint. The
minimum dry film thickness (DFT) shall be 100 microns. Degree of protection shall
not be less than IP5X. It shall be provided with thermostatically controlled space
heaters to prevent condensation within the compartment, LED lamp for interior
illumination controlled by door switch and an industrial socket-outlet with ON/OFF
switch.
19.5.6 CTs shall be suitable for high speed auto reclosing.

PREMISES
19.5.7 HRC fuses of suitable rating shall be provided on primary side of voltage
transformers. For secondary side, four pole Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB) shall
be provided.
19.5.8 Wiring and Terminal blocks of instrument transformers
19.5.8.1 All internal wiring shall be done with 650 V grade, 1.5 sq.mm. PVC insulated
stranded flexible copper wire. For CT secondary circuits, 2.5 sq.mm copper wire
shall be used.
19.5.8.2 Wire terminations shall be made with solderless crimping type tinned copper lugs,
wire terminations.
19.5.8.3 Printed identification ferrules, marked to correspond with panel wiring diagram shall
19.5.8.4 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the completeness and correctness of
19.5.8.5 All internal wiring to be connected to the external equipment shall terminate on
19.5.8.6 CT and VT secondary circuits shall be terminated on stud type, non-disconnecting
terminal blocks.
19.5.8.7 At least 10% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel and these spare
19.6 Warranty
All switchyard equipment shall be warranted for minimum of 5 (five) years against all

19.7.1 Type Tests
All switchyard equipment shall be of type tested design. Type test reports as per the
relevant IEC/IS standards shall be submitted during detailed engineering. The tests
should have been conducted on the similar equipment by NABL accredited
laboratory. In case the contractor is not able to submit the test reports during detailed

PREMISES

20 Illumination

LED luminaires shall be tested at independent laboratory as per the following test
standards.
Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid-State Lighting
LM79-08
Products
Measuring Luminous Flux and Color Maintenance of LED
LM 80-15
Packages, Arrays and Modules
20.2 General specification

20.2.1 This specification covers design, supply and installation of uniformly Illumination
system along the peripheral & internal roads, main control room & inverter rooms,
switchyard and other facilities including entry points/gate(s) inside the plant area.
20.2.2 The Contractor shall furnish Guaranteed Technical Particulars of the LED luminaires,
from renowned brands available in the market for approval of Employer.
20.2.3 Lighting system shall work on the auxiliary supply and same shall be incorporated in
auxiliary loads. The Contractor shall provide minimum 20% of total lighting points as
emergency lighting points, fed from UPS DB or DCDB as per scheme adopted by the
Contractor. Indoor and outdoor emergency lights shall be provided at each inverter
room, main control room, security room and main gate.
20.3 Lighting Levels

20.3.1 The average LUX level of 10 lm is to be maintained in switchyard. However, a lux
level of 20 lm ((10+10) additional switchable on requirement only) is to be maintained
in switchyard on transformer.
20.3.2 The lighting system for outdoor and indoor areas of solar power plant shall be
designed in such a way that uniform illumination is achieved. Average LUX level to
be maintained in different areas shall be as under:
Area LUX
Control Room and equipment rooms 300

PREMISES
Office 300
Battery & other rooms 150
Internal/Periphery Roads 4
Transformer yard/Switchyard 20
H – pole and metering point 10
20.3.3 The lighting level shall take into account appropriate light output ratio of luminaires,
coefficient of utilization maintenance factor (of 0.7 or less) to take into account
deterioration with time and dust deposition.
20.4 LED Luminaire for Outdoor Applications

20.4.1 LED luminaires shall meet the following parameters.
Parameter Specified Value
Input voltage 170-260 V

Input Frequency 50 Hz +/-1 Hz
Power Factor 0.95 (Minimum)
Power Efficiency >96%
LED chip efficacy >130 lumens per watt
Luminaire efficacy >90 lumens per watt
Dispersion Angle Minimum 120°
Total Harmonic Distortion < 15 %
Working Temperature -5° to +50° C
10% - 90% RH (Preferably Hermetically sealed
Working Humidity
unit)
Degree of Protection Minimum IP 65 (for Outdoor fixtures)
Luminaire Casing Powder coated metal / Aluminium.
Colour Temperature 5700 K (cool day light)
Colour Rendering Index >75
Electrical Connector Lead wire with 2 meter long – or as required by the
customer at site.
Moisture protection in case of IP 65 (driver unit shall preferably be totally
casing damage encapsulated)
20.4.2 The LED luminaire (outdoor) housing, heat sink, pole mounting bracket, individual
LED reflectors and front heat resistant tempered glass should be provided.
20.4.3 The LED luminaire (outdoor) housing should be made of non-corrosive, high-
pressure, die-cast aluminium and the housing should be power coated grey, so as to
ensure good weatherability. Each individual LED source should be provided with an

PREMISES
asymmetrical distribution high reflectance aluminized reflector, which should ensure

that the light distribution of the luminaire is suitable for road lighting applications (wide
beam distribution) and should ensure high pole to pole spacing.
20.4.4 The luminaire should be provided with in-built power unit and electronic driver.
20.4.5 The luminaire should be suitable for standard street light poles and should be suitable
for side entry and bottom entry (post top).
20.4.6 GI Lighting pole of suitable diameter capable of withstanding system and wind load,
shall be provided with average Zn coating thickness of 80micron. The street light
poles shall have loop in loop out arrangement for cable entry and light fixture / wiring
protected with suitably rated MCB.
20.4.7 All outdoor lighting system shall be automatically controlled by synchronous timer or
photocell. Provision to bypass the timer or photocell shall be provided in the panel.
20.4.8 Lighting panels shall be earthed by two separate and distinct connections with
earthing system. Switch boxes, junction boxes, lighting fixtures, etc. shall be earthed
by means of separate earth continuity conductor. Cable armour shall be connected
to earthing system at both the ends. Proper earthing of street light poles shall be
ensured.
20.4.9 Junction box for lighting shall be made of fire retardant material. The degree of
protection shall be IP55 for outdoor JB.
20.4.10 Lighting cables, wherever exposed to direct sunlight, shall be laid through Double
Wall Corrugated (DWC) HDPE conduits.
20.5 LED Luminaire/Lamps for Indoor Applications

20.5.1 LED luminaire/lamps shall have minimum 3-star BEE rating.
20.5.2 All indoor LED luminaire/lamps shall be supplied with proper diffuser to avoid direct
visibility of LED and suitable heat sink for longer life.
20.6 Warranty
All luminaires shall be warranted for minimum of 2 (two) years against all material/
21 Weather Monitoring System

As a part of weather monitoring system, the Contractor shall provide the following
measuring instruments with all necessary software and hardware required to integrate
with SCADA.
21.1 Pyranometer

PREMISES
21.1.1 The Contractor shall provide minimum 4 (four) number of secondary standard
pyranometers (ISO 9060 classification) along with necessary accessories for
measuring the incidental solar radiation at horizontal and inclined plane of array.
21.1.2 Specification of the pyranometer shall be as follows.
Spectral Response 0.31 to 2.8 micron
Time response (95%) Maximum 15s
Nonlinearity ±0.5%
Temperature Response ±2%
Tilt error <±0.5%
Zero offset thermal radiation ±7 W/m2
Zero offset temperature change ±2 W/m2
Operating temperature range 0°C to +80°C
Non-stability Maximum ±0.8%
Resolution Minimum +/- 1W/m2
Analog output: 4 – 20 mA
Output
Serial output: RS485
21.1.3 Each instrument shall be supplied with necessary cables. Calibration certificate with
calibration traceability to World Radiation Reference (WRR) or World Radiation
Centre (WRC) shall be furnished along with the equipment. The signal cable length
shall not exceed 20m. The Contractor shall provide instrument manual in hard and
soft form.
21.2 Temperature Sensor

The Contractor shall provide minimum 6 (six) temperature sensors (1 (one) for ambient
temperature measurement with shielding case and 5 (five) for module temperature
measurement). The temperature sensor shall be Resistance Temperature Detector
(RTD)/ Semiconductor type with measurement range of 0°C to 80°C. The instrument
shall have valid calibration certificate.
21.3 Anemometer
Contractor shall provide minimum one no. ultrasonic wind sensor (no moving parts) for
wind speed and direction monitoring.

PREMISES
Velocity range with 0-60m/s with +/-2% accuracy @12 m/s; Resolution:
accuracy limit 0.01m/s
Wind direction range with 0 to 360o (No dead band) with +/-2o accuracy @12 m/s;
accuracy limit Resolution: 1o
Anodized Aluminium bracket to reduce corrosion, all
Mounting Bracket
mounting bolts of SS
Protection Class IP66
Output RS232 and RS485
21.4 Data logger and Data Acquisition System

Data logger for the weather monitoring station should have the following features:
21.4.1 Provision for analog, digital and counter type inputs for interfacing with various type
of sensors
(i) Analog Input
Adequate nos. for all analog sensors with redundancy

Provision for operation in different current and voltage ranges as per
connected sensors
Accuracy of +/-0.1% of FS
(ii) Digital Inputs
Adequate no. of Digital inputs and outputs for the application
(iii) Provision for RS232 and RS485 serial outputs

(iv) Built-in battery backup
(v) Connectivity and Data transmission:
Built-in GSM/ GPRS modem for wireless data transmission to SCADA/ cloud
server (procurement of GPRS enabled SIM Card and connection subscription
to be the responsibility of Contractor). It should be possible to remotely
communicate with the device for configuration settings.
RS485 MODBUS interface for data collection and storage on SCADA
Web interface with provision for user login to enable viewing and downloading
of weather data in XLS/ CSV format
Communication protocol should support fast data transmission rates, enable
operation in different Frequency bands and have an encryption-based data
security layer for secure data transmission

PREMISES
(vi) Display Settings: Graphic LCD screen which should be easily accessible and
should display relevant details like all sensor values, battery strength, network
strength etc.
(vii) Provision of Time synchronization from telecom time or server time
(viii) Data Storage: Provision for at least 2 MB internal Flash Memory and at least 8
GB Micro SD card (expandable)
(ix) Protection level: IP65
22 CCTV Camera
22.1 CCTV Cameras along with monitoring stations (sufficient numbers) and all other
accessories required for its proper operation must be installed to have complete
coverage of following areas for 24 hours.
(i) Main entry: Covering all the entry/exit
(ii) Along the Plant Perimeter: Covering complete perimeter of Plant Area to capture
all possible intrusion
(iii) Control Rooms: Covering Entry/Exit and activities within Control Rooms
(iv) The Contractor has to propose the locations and number of cameras required for
the Plant during bidding, however Employer’s decision on number of cameras shall
be final.
22.2 Monitoring stations of the CCTV Network shall be installed in Main Control Room.
22.3 The CCTV system shall be designed as a standalone IP based network architecture.
System shall use video signals from different cameras at defined locations, process the
video signals for viewing on monitors at control room and simultaneously record all
video streams using latest compression techniques.
22.4 Camera shall be colour, suitable for day and night surveillance (even under complete
darkness) and network compatible.
22.5 It shall be possible to control all cameras i.e., PTZ auto/ manual focus, selection of pre-
sets, video tour selection etc. The software shall support flexible 1/2/4 windows split
screen display mode or scroll mode on the display monitor for live video.
22.6 The system shall support video analytics in respect of the following:
(i) Video motion detection
(ii) Object tracking
(iii) Object classification
(iv) Camera server shall be provided with sufficient storage space to storage

PREMISES
recordings of all cameras at HD mode for a period of 15 days. All recordings shall
have camera ID, location, date and time of recording.
23 Fire Alarm System
Selection, Installation and Maintenance of Automatic Fire
IS 2189
Detection and Alarm System Code of Practice
IS 2171 Portable Fire Extinguishers, Dry Powder (Cartridge Type)
Functional requirements for twin CO2 fire extinguishers (trolley
IS 8149
mounted)
IS 2546 Galvanized mild steel fire bucket
National Building code 2005
23.2 Contractor shall ensure the compliance of fire detection and alarm system as per
relevant standards and regulations. The installation shall meet all applicable statutory
requirements and safety regulations of state/central fire department/body or any other
competent authority in terms of fire protection.
23.3 Firefighting system for the proposed power plant for fire protection shall be consisting
of but not limited to:
(i) Sand buckets
(ii) Portable fire extinguishers (CO2 and dry powder type)
(iii) Microprocessor based fire alarm panel
(iv) Multi sensor smoke detectors
(v) Hooter cum strobe
(vi) Manual call points
(vii) Cables from sensor to fire Panel.
23.4 Minimum two numbers of fire extinguishers (CO2 and Foam type each, of capacity 10
kg having BIS certification marking as per IS: 2171) shall be provided at every building/
encloser, transformer yard and switchyard. However, contractor must comply with
existing building code for fire protection and relevant IS codes.
23.5 Four numbers of stand with four sand buckets on each stand shall be provided in the
Transformer Yard. Sand buckets inside the building shall be provided at strategic
locations as decided during detailed engineering.
23.6 Digital output from the fire detection system shall be integrated with SCADA

PREMISES
23.7 Contractor shall submit the plan for fire and smoke detection system for the Employer’s
approval.
24 Testing Instruments
The Contractor shall provide the following set of instruments for on-site testing.
24.1 Earth resistance tester
Display Backlit LCD or LED display
Earth Resistance: up to 2000 Ω
Range
Earth Voltage: 200 V
Accuracy ± (2% + 5)
Safety Ratings IP 56
Programmable Limits setting Enabled
Accessories
Earth Ground Stakes (4 Nos)
Three cable reels with cable length up to 20 m
Carry Case-1 (capable of handling tester along with accessories)
1 set of spare battery
24.2 Array tester
All electrical tests required by IEC 62446-
Functionality
1:2016
Up to 200 records & USB downloadable to
Memory
Computer
Accessories
A set of two, 4mm fused leads for extra protection during installation tests.
Leads which enable the array tester to connect directly to PV arrays
1 set of spare battery
24.3 Insulation tester
Insulation Test Range 0.1 MΩ to 10 GΩ

PREMISES
Test Voltage 250V, 500V, 1000V, 5000V

+20% on positive side only no negative
Test Voltage accuracy
variation is allowed
Insulation Test Current 1 mA nominal
Discharge time< 0.5
Auto Discharge
Second for C = 1
Open Circuit test Voltage >4 V, <8 V
Accessories
Heavy duty Test Lead Set – 4 Nos.
Carry Case with sufficient space for accommodating accessories.
24.4 Digital Multimeter
Backlit LCD or LED display;
Display Minimum resolution: 5 ¾ places for DC, 4
¾ places for AC
1000V CAT III as per IEC Standard
61010-1; wave shape independent RMS
Measuring Category
measurement (True RMS) suitable for
operation in the site conditions.
Resistance (Ω), Temperature (oC),
Additional Functions Continuity, Diode, Capacitance,
Frequency, Duty cycle measurement
Accessories
Temperature Probe
Silicon Test Lead
Alligator Clip
24.5 Clamp meter
1000V CAT III as per IEC Standard
61010-1; wave shape independent RMS
Measuring Category
measurement (True RMS) suitable for
operation in the site conditions.
Current Range AC&DC Current up to 1000A/400 A

PREMISES
Voltage range AC&DC Voltage upto 1000V

Resistance, continuity, diode and non-
Additional Functions contact voltage detection, Active, Reactive
and Apparent Power, THD, PF
Accessories
Test leads
Electrical test leads
Probe light & extender
24.6 Infra-red thermal imaging camera
Spectral response 8 μm to 14 μm (LW)
Temperature-sensitivity and
–20 °C to +120 °C
calibration range
Atmospheric air temperature -10 °C to +40 °C
Thermal sensitivity NETD ≤ 0.1 K at 30 °C
Geometric resolution 640 x 480 pixels
Photo camera resolution Approx. 30 times of IR camera resolution
Absolute error of measurement <±2K
Adjustable parameters Emissivity, ambient temperature
Adjustable functions Focus, temperature level and span
Measuring spot, measuring area with
Measurement functions
average and maximum temperature
The measuring system (Camera, lens,
aperture and filter): The camera has to be
traceably calibrated at least every two years.
Calibration
The calibration has to be documented. If the
camera is not compliant, it has to be
readjusted by the manufacturer.
Storing of the infrared picture with the
Documentation
radiometric data
24.7 Digital lux meter
Range 0 – 1000 lux

PREMISES
Accuracy ± (2% + 5)
Resolution 1 lux
Display 3½ digits, Backlit LCD/LED
24.8 All testing equipment shall possess valid calibration certificate issued from approved
NABL labs.
24.9 Instruments of superior rating is allowed after seeking consent of the Employer.
24.10 Maintenance, calibration, up keeping, repair & replacement of these tools will be in the
scope of the Contractor during 5 years of O&M.
24.11 It is Contractor’s responsibility to arrange for tools, tackles, logistics, test kits,
manpower, experts etc. required for trouble free operation of Plant.
25 Power evacuation system
25.1 The contractor has to do the power evacuation and integration to and with the
designated substation via either overhead transmission line or underground cables at
specified grid voltage with all necessary infrastructure such as protection switchgears
and metering systems as per the requirement of the Employer.
25.2 The power evacuation system for the plant shall be as per the local DISCOM
requirement and appropriate approval. The contractor shall get the route approval from
the Employer or concerned authorities prior to start of the construction. Any changes in
the route or scheme introduced by DISCOM at any point of the time prior to
commissioning shall be complied without any additional cost to the Employer.
25.3 The ROW for the TL/UG cable shall be obtained prior to the construction of the line
from the concerned authorities.
25.4 Overhead Transmission Line

In case the power evacuation is planned with overhead transmission line for plant
internal and external evacuation, the design of tower and its accessories shall be as
per the DISCOM’s requirement and the design shall be submitted to Employer for
approval/ accord.
25.5 Underground cable

In case the power evacuation is planned with underground cable for plant internal
evacuation, the cable shall be approved by the Employer. However, in case of external
power evacuation, the evacuation plan shall be as per DISCOM’s requirement and the
same shall be submitted to Employer for approval/ accord.

PREMISES
C Civil, Mechanical and Plumbing Works

26 General Requirement
26.1 This section of Technical Specifications describes detailed technical and functional
requirements of all civil, structural, mechanical & plumbing works included in the scope.
26.2 Standards & Codes

26.2.1 All design and construction of civil works shall conform to relevant Indian standards
such as BIS, IRC, MORTH, NBC etc.
26.2.2 Design of steel structures shall conform to IS: 800, 801 or 802 as applicable. Design
of concrete structures shall conform to IS: 456. For design of liquid retaining structure
IS: 3370 shall be followed. Only in case of non-availability of Indian standard,
equivalent American or British standard may be used for design with prior approval
of the Engineer and the contractor shall submit proper justification for the same along
with his request to the Engineer for review and approval, and the decision of the
Engineer shall be final and binding.
26.2.3 All the design/ drawings shall be prepared/ approved either by in-house Engineering
Team of the contractor (or by his Engineering Consultant) with qualified engineering
staff with relevant experience in successful design of solar SPV plants.
26.2.4 The design calculations for MMS, RCC structure, Steel structure, Foundation system,
Road work, Drainage work, etc. shall be submitted for prior approval of Engineer
before commencement of construction.
26.2.5 As per project requirements, the Employer may ask for approval of all civil designs
and drawings by a Chartered Civil/ Structural Engineer.
26.3 The design calculations shall be supplemented with a neat sketch showing the structure
geometry, node and member nos., lengths of various typical members, support points
and type of supports, types of materials & type of sections with properties considered
in analysis & design. The report shall also include back-up calculations for various loads
adopted in design, brief write-up on primary load cases and design load combinations
considered and conclusions on design results (with supporting sketches) for easy
reference and clarity. Where a computer program (other than STAAD) is used for
analysis and design, the contractor shall include a write-up on the computer program
used along with examples for validation check. Design Input (format suitable to the
programme used and also in STAAD format) and output file shall also be given in the
design report and in soft copy to facilitate its review and approval by the Engineer.

PREMISES
26.4 The methodology for construction of MMS and its foundations, Road & drainage works
and Procedure for pile load test shall also be submitted for prior approval of Engineer
before start of these works.
27 Topographical Survey
27.1 The contractor shall be responsible for detailed Topographical Survey of the proposed
project site. The work shall be carried out through an agency with relevant experience
and qualified survey team.
27.2 The Topographical survey shall be conducted at 20m x 20m grid, or as directed by the
Engineer, with the help of digital surveying instruments like Total Station.
27.3 The Contractor shall carry the Bench Mark from nearest GTS Bench mark or any other
established source like Railway station, Permanent PWD/ WRD structure etc. as
approved by the Engineer, by fly-levelling and establish two permanent bench marks
(PBM) at site. All subsequent transfer of levels shall be carried out with respect to these
PBMs. The work shall also include constructing permanent reference pillars (RP) at
suitable locations as directed by the Engineer. These reference pillars shall be labelled
permanently with their respective coordinates and reduced levels for future use. The
Permanent Bench Marks (PBM) and reference pillars (RP) shall be shown on the
survey drawings.
27.4 While carrying bench mark to the project site, levels shall also be established on the
permanent objects like culverts etc. at least on one object in every 1 (one) km if
available along with route with adequate description about the objects. These levels
shall be maintained at site & also mentioned in the survey report to facilitate locating
these objects later on.
27.5 The survey work shall be carried out in UTM grid system. The contractor shall also
establish the latitudes and longitudes of all the corners of the project site. At least 50m
width of the adjoining plots and surrounding areas shall also be covered in the survey
for correlation with adjoining plots and facilities. The grids for the survey work shall be
established in N-S & E-W direction (corresponding to Geographical North or Plant
North) as directed by the Engineer.
27.6 Positions, both in plan and elevation, of all natural and artificial features in the area like
waterways, railway tracks, trees, cultivation, houses, fences, pucca and kutcha roads
including culverts and crossings, foot tracks, other permanent objects like telephone
posts and transmission towers etc. are to be established and subsequently shown on
survey maps by means of conventional symbols (preferably symbols of survey of India

PREMISES
Maps). All hills and valleys within the area/areas are to be surveyed and plotted on
maps by contours. Any unusual condition or formation on the ground, locations of rock
outcrops (if visible on the surface) and springs/falls, sand heap/dune, possible
aggregate deposits etc. shall also be noted and plotted on contour maps.
27.7 The record of measurement of all Reduced Levels (RL) shall be submitted in digital
format, (in x, y z coordinate system) along with preliminary contour plan of the site, for
Engineer’s review before submission of final contour map. The contour interval shall be
as required for proper representation of the topography however it shall not be more
than 0.5m. The Contractor shall submit survey maps of the site in 1:10,000 scale
indicating grid lines and contour lines, demarcating all permanent features like roads,
railways, waterways, buildings, power lines, natural streams, trees, sand dunes etc.
Present use of the site i.e. mining, quarrying, agriculture etc., existing drainage pattern
of the site, possibility of water logging and high flood level of the area shall also be
captured in the document. The project plot boundary with coordinates of all corner
points along with coordinate grid of 50m x 50m interval shall be marked on the contour
map.
28 Geotechnical Investigations
28.1 The contractor shall be responsible for detailed Geotechnical investigations at the
proposed project site for the purpose of foundation design for various buildings,
structures, HT lines, MMS etc. and other design/ planning requirements. The
investigation work shall be carried out through any Govt. approved/ NABL accredited
agency. The contractor shall submit the credentials of the proposed agency along with
relevant certificates in support thereof for verification/ approval of the Investigation
Agency by the Engineer.
28.2 The scope of work includes execution of complete soil exploration including boring and
drilling, standard penetration test (SPT), collecting disturbed (DS) and undisturbed
samples (UDS), collecting ground water samples, trial pits, electrical resistivity tests
(ERT), field & laboratory CBR tests, conducting laboratory tests on collected samples
of soil & ground water and preparation and submission of report. SPT shall be carried
out in all types of soil deposits and in all rock formations with core recovery up to 20%
met within a borehole. SPT test shall be conducted at every 1.5m interval or at change
of strata. The starting depth of SPT shall be 0.5m from ground level. UDS shall be
collected at every 1.5m interval or at change of strata.
28.3 The field investigations shall mainly include drilling of min. 5m deep boreholes (50% of

PREMISES
total No. of boreholes shall be 10m deep), conducting SPT and collecting Disturbed
(DS) and Undisturbed samples (UDS), conducting in-situ CBR test for approach road
to the plant, internal roads & peripheral road; Trial pits if specified (min 2mx2mx2.5m
deep) and ERT s. Number and location of bore holes, CBR tests and Trial pits shall be
decided as per the project layout, site topography and soil conditions in consultation
with the Employer. There shall be minimum 1 nos. of Borehole per 5 acres of the area
(However, total number of boreholes shall not be less than 5), 3 nos. of Trial pits, 5 nos.
of CBR test & ERT, 5 nos. of Ground water samples for laboratory investigations. The
soil/ rock samples for laboratory investigations shall be collected from each borehole
and trial pit in sufficient nos. (Note- In case the project plot is divided in to number of
discrete blocks separated from each other, min. 3 nos. of bore holes, 2 trial pits, 3 ERT
and 3 CBR tests shall be taken per such block).
28.4 The proposed Geotechnical investigation plan indicating proposed locations of Trial
pits, Boreholes, CBR test & ERT shall be submitted to the Employer for review and
approval before start of work.
28.5 Laboratory tests shall be conducted on DS & UDS samples and ground water samples
in sufficient no. & shall include, Soil classification, Grain size analysis including
Hydrometer analysis, determination of Bulk and dry density, Specific gravity, Natural
moisture content, Atterberg limits, Tri-axial shear tests (UU), Undrained shear test,
Consolidation tests, Unconfined compression tests, Free swell index, chemical analysis
of soil and water samples to determine the carbonates, sulphates, chlorides, nitrates,
pH, Organic matter and any other chemicals harmful to concrete and reinforcement/
steel. Laboratory tests on rock samples shall be carried out for Hardness, Specific
Gravity, Unit Weight, Uniaxial Compressive Strength (in-situ & saturated), Slake
Durability etc. Laboratory CBR test on soaked samples shall also be conducted on min.
5 no. of soil samples to ascertain the suitability of soil for sub-grade and requirement
of any treatment of subgrade soil in case of CBR <2% as per IRC requirements.
28.6 After completion of field and laboratory work, the contractor shall submit a Geotechnical
Investigation Report for Engineer’s approval. All bore log details and lab test results
shall be presented in the report as per provisions of relevant BIS standards indicating
BH coordinates, Existing GL, Depth of water table, Method of drilling etc. The report
shall include a Map showing the locations of various field tests including coordinates,
calculations and recommendations for foundation type and safe bearing capacity (SBC)
for various Plant buildings (ICR, MCR etc.) and Open installations, Switch Yard

PREMISES
structures & Sub-Station (as applicable), Transformer foundation, HT lines (as

applicable), MMS foundation etc. corresponding to settlement of 25mm & 40mm.
28.7 The report shall include the study for “Liquefaction potential assessment of the ground
and suggestions for any ground improvement measures” as required.
28.8 The report shall also include ground water analysis (water sample collected from bore
well) to ascertain its suitability for construction purposes, recommendations for type of
cement, grade of concrete & minimum cement content as per prevalent soil
characteristics with respect to presence of aggressive chemicals and environment
exposure conditions as per relevant BIS specifications. However, minimum grade of
concrete shall be M25 (M30 in coastal areas/ marshy soil) for all RCC works except
liquid retaining structures like underground water tank etc. where minimum grade of
concrete shall be M30 (M35 in coastal areas/ marshy soil). Cement higher than 43
Grade, shall not be used in construction.
28.9 In case the contractor wishes to adopt concrete pile foundation for MMS supports the
Geo-tech. report shall also include the calculations for safe pile capacity under direct
compression, lateral load and pull out. The report shall include recommendations about
type of pile, its depth and dia. to be used.
28.9.1 In coastal areas and in marshy or swelling type soil, under reamed or driven precast
concrete pile shall be used. In case contractor wishes to use helical piles the design,
fabrication and installation shall conform to IBC (International building code).
28.9.2 The contractor shall carry out field trials for initial load test on pile to verify the pile
design to confirm the safe load carrying capacity under direct compression, Lateral
load and Pull out.
28.9.3 The nos. of piles to be tested under each category shall be finalized corresponding
to geotechnical characteristics at site, plot area etc. However, minimum 5 nos. of
piles shall be tested (min. 3 nos. in each block if the plant site is divided in discrete
blocks separated from each other) under each category of load.
28.9.4 The locations of test piles shall be distributed over the plant site and to be finalized
in consultation with Engineer. In case the MMS column is fixed using base plate-
anchor bolt assembly, the adequacy of provided pile reinforcement in job (working)
pile corresponding to the set of test loads shall be reviewed by the contractor for any
additional requirement of reinforcement and the same shall be provided in the pile to
be cast for initial load test.
28.9.5 In case the Contractor proposes to embed the Column leg in the pile for fixing, the

PREMISES
test pile shall be provided with embedded column leg as per approved design and
any dowels as required for application of test load. The drawing for the Test pile shall
be submitted to Engineer for his approval before casting the test pile. The load test
on pile shall be conducted after min. of 28 days from the date of casting. In case the
contractor desires to conduct the test earlier than 28 days, he may use suitable
higher-grade concrete or if there is substantial evidence from earlier cube test results
on design grade concrete to demonstrate the early gain of required compressive
strength prior to application of the test load.
28.9.6 However, under no circumstances the test shall be conducted before 15 days of the
date of casting the pile. All the dial gauges and hydraulic jack assembly shall be
properly calibrated as per the requirements of relevant BIS standards and valid
calibration certificate to this effect from Govt. / NABL accredited Test agency shall be
submitted to the Engineer before use.
28.9.7 The contractor shall submit detailed methodology for conducting the tests in line with
IS: 2911 (Part 4) for Engineer’s approval before commencement of any test. After
completion of these tests the contractor shall compile the test results and submit the
report in a proper format as specified in the BIS standard with recommendations/
conclusions for Engineer’s approval. The pile work shall start only after approval of
the final pile design duly verified/ confirmed with initial load test results.
28.10 All buildings/ Open installations (MCR, ICR etc.), Switchyard and Sub-station area shall
have levelled ground. No foundation for MMS, Buildings, Switch yard equipment &
structures, Sub-stations, HT Line Towers, Transformer etc. shall rest on filled up
ground. However, minor structures like cable trench, cable rack, pipe pedestal etc. may
rest in filled up soil with max. safe bearing capacity for design consideration not more
than 3 T/m2.
29 Other Investigations
29.1 The contractor shall also obtain and study other input data at proposed project site for
design of the project from metrological department/ local govt. authorities. This shall
include data related to Rainfall, Maximum & Minimum ambient Temperature, Humidity,
HFL etc.
29.2 The contractor shall carry out Shadow Analysis at proposed site and accordingly design
strings and array layout with optimum use of space, material and man power. In case
of large variations in topography (3o to the horizontal) the study shall also include the

PREMISES
effect of topographical variations on array layout and MMS structure design adequacy
and stability. The contractor shall submit all the details/ design to the Engineer for
review/ approval.
29.3 The contractor shall also identify potential quarry areas for coarse and fine aggregates
to be used for concrete and shall carry out the concrete mix design for different grades
of concrete to be used before start of work. The concrete mix shall be designed for
each source of cement and aggregates as per provisions of relevant BIS Standard. The
concrete mix design shall be carried out through NABL accredited Laboratory or any
Govt. agency approved by the Engineer. In case the contractor proposes to use RMC,
he shall submit the Concrete mix design report from the RMC supplier for review and
approval by the Engineer. (In case of RMC, reports for periodic cube tests from the
supply batch shall also be submitted for review and record).
30 Area Grading and Land Development
30.1 The Finished Grade Level (FGL) of the proposed plant shall be fixed with reference to
the highest flood level (HFL) and surrounding ground profile at proposed site to avoid
flooding of plant site. The data regarding HFL at proposed site shall be obtained from
the metrological department by the contractor. In case of absence of this data, the
contractor shall assess the required information through local site reconnaissance. The
area at and around all buildings/ open installations (ICR, MCR etc.), transformer yard
and switch-yard shall be uniformly levelled at suitable RL to be finalized considering
topography and HFL at site. The minimum plinth level of all buildings/ open installations
shall be 450mm above FGL. Module mounting structure foundation/ Pile cap or any
other pedestal shall be min. 200mm above FGL.
30.2 A detailed drawing for site levelling and grading (if necessary) shall be submitted by the
contractor before commencement of grading and area development works. The
estimated volume of cutting and filling shall also be marked on the Grading drawings
for reference. The final grade levels to be adopted for different blocks shall be clearly
marked on the Plant Layout/ Module Layout drawing.
30.3 The contractor is responsible for making the site ready and easily approachable by
clearing bushes, felling of trees (mandatory permissions/ licenses/ statutory clearances
from competent authorities if required for cutting of trees, blasting or mining operations,
disposal of waste material etc. shall be obtained by the contractor), cutting, filling with
selected excavated earth or borrowed earth including identifying borrow areas. Except
in exceptional cases (with approval of the Engineer), filling shall be made up of cohesive

PREMISES
non-swelling material. The filling for levelling/ reclaiming the ground/ area shall be done
in layers not more than 150mm of compacted thickness in case of cohesive (clayey)
soils and 250mm compacted thickness in case of granular (sandy) soils with
compaction up to 95% (of modified proctor density) and 80% (of relative density)
respectively. The slope at edge of graded areas shall not be steeper than 1:1.5 (1
Vertical: 1.5 Horizontal) in cutting and 1:2 (1 Vertical: 2 Horizontal) in filling. In case of
filling with rock material, the edges shall be provided in line with provisions of relevant
BIS standard.
30.4 It shall be ensured that the land is graded or levelled properly for free flow of surface
run-off and the grade levels shall be fixed with respect to high flood level at site,
drainage pattern and system requirements. It shall be ensured that the land is used
optimally to have maximum solar power generation considering full utilization of the plot
areas. It is advisable to follow the natural flow of water at the ground as far as possible
for drainage design.
30.5 In case the filled up earth is brought from outside the plant or borrow areas (when the
material inside plant area is not found suitable for grading work or if directed by the
Engineer), the contractor shall carry out all required soil investigations to ascertain the
suitability of the borrowed soil for land development and filling purposes. Contractor’s
scope shall also include arranging land lease, getting all necessary statutory approvals
for mining, payment of necessary challan etc. Excess earth, if any, shall be disposed
of properly at location as directed by the Engineer.
31 Roads
31.1 Suitable approach road (as applicable) from nearest public road up to plant Main gate,
Access road from Main gate to Main control cum office room (MCR), Internal access
roads connecting MCR and other facilities/ buildings/ open installations like Local
control room(s) (LCR)/ Inverter control room(s) (ICR), Sub-station & Switch yard (as
applicable) etc. and Internal peripheral road along the boundary fence/ wall shall be
provided for safe and easy transportation of men, material and equipment during
construction and maintenance.
31.2 The Approach road connecting nearest public road and the Main gate shall be of 5m
wide carriage way with 0.5m wide shoulders on either side. The access road connecting
Main gate and MCR and internal access road(s) connecting MCR to various facilities/
buildings shall be of 3.5m wide carriage way with 0.5m wide shoulders on either side
while the peripheral road shall be of 2.5m wide carriage way with 0.5m shoulders on

PREMISES
either side. The top of road (TOR) elevation shall be minimum 200 mm above FGL to
avoid flooding of roads during rains. The roads shall be provided with alongside drains
as per design requirements of drainage system to avoid flow of storm water over the
road. The roads shall be designed and constructed as per IRC SP-20 corresponding to
design vehicular traffic (150 commercial vehicles per day for approach and internal
access roads & 45 commercial vehicles per day for peripheral road) and critical field
CBR value of the subgrade. Shoulder shall be of min. 150mm thickness.
31.3 However, following minimum road section details shall be followed:
Approach road from nearest existing Public road to Main Gate, Access road from Main
Gate to MCR building and Internal roads connecting MCR building with LCR building
and other facilities:
(i) Topping: wearing course of 20 mm thick pre-mix carpet or surface dressing,

compacted 75mm thick, with murrum blended with WBM Grade-III, as applicable.
(ii) WBM (CBR>100%): compacted 75mm thick, Grade III
(iii) WBM (CBR>100%): compacted 100 mm thick, Grade II
(iv) Granular sub-base (CBR>15%): compacted 200 mm thick in two layers of 100mm
thickness each,
(v) Compacted subgrade: top 300mm thick, compacted up to 98% of standard proctor
density
(vi) Shoulders: compacted 150mm thick, murrum blended with WBM Grade-III
Peripheral Road:
(i) Topping: surface dressing, compacted 75 mm thick, murrum blended with WBM Grade
-III
(ii) WBM (CBR>100%): compacted 75 mm thick, Grade III
(iii) WBM (CBR>100%): compacted 75 mm thick, Grade II
(iv) Granular sub-base (CBR>15%): compacted 150 mm thick in two layers of 75mm
thickness each,
(v) Compacted subgrade: top 300mm thick, compacted up to 98% of standard proctor
density
(vi) Shoulders: compacted 150mm thick, murrum blended with WBM Grade-III
31.4 Soaked CBR value of sub-grade shall not be less than 2%. Where the CBR of the
subgrade is less than 2 % a capping layer of 100 mm thickness of material with a
minimum CBR of 10 % is to be provided in addition to the sub-base required for CBR

PREMISES
of 2 %. When the subgrade is silty or clayey soil and the annual rainfall of the area is
more than 1000 mm, a drainage layer of 100 mm over the entire formation width should
be provided conforming to the gradation given in Chapter 6 of IRC SP-20. This layer
will form a part of the designed thickness of sub-base.
31.5 In case of no-availability of murrum in the nearby areas of the project site, suitable other
screening/ blending material for WBM construction may be used conforming to
provisions of IRC SP 20.
31.6 The construction of road shall conform to relevant IRC/ MORTH standards.
31.7 Drain, cable or any other crossing shall be provided with RCC box or precast concrete
pipe culvert. The culvert design shall conform to relevant IRC standard. Except for
module cleaning system the pipes for road culverts shall be of minimum class NP3
conforming to IS 458 with min. soil cover of 750mm above the pipe. In case of soil
cushion less than 750mm suitable concrete (M20) bedding/ encasement shall be
provided. Water supply pipe for module cleaning and service/ drinking water crossing
the road shall be laid through Medium class GI steel pipe conforming to IS: 1161.
31.8 Minimum dia. of casing pipe to be used at road/ drain crossing for laying any facility like
electric cable, water pipe line etc. shall be 150mm.
31.9 Maintenance pathways of min. 1.0m width shall be provided between SPV arrays for
easy movement of maintenance staff, tools, equipment and machinery, washing of
modules etc. The pathway area shall be generally levelled and well compacted
manually/ mechanically. Areas of depression, valley zones or wherever there is
noticeable change in topography, the same shall be levelled by laying & compacting
murrum or any other suitable granular material so as to match the top finished surface
with ground topography/ grade to avoid accumulation of water in the region and
allowing its free flow to keep the area devoid of mud/ sludge.
31.10 The design and drawings for approach road, all internal roads and culverts shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval before execution.
32 Surface/ Area drainage
32.1 The contractor shall design and construct storm water drainage network for smooth
disposal of storm water from the plant to the nearest available drainage outlet.
32.2 The storm water drainage system shall be designed and planned to ensure no water
stagnation in the plant.
32.3 The design shall conform to the provisions of IRC SP 42 and best Industry practices.
(The design rainfall shall be taken as max. hourly rainfall at 25 years return period at

PREMISES
project site as provided in the Isopluvial map of the relevant subzone annexed with
Flood Estimation Reports of Central Water Commission (CWC).
32.4 The coefficient of run-off for estimation of design discharge shall be considered as per
catchment characteristics, however it shall not be less than 0.6.
32.5 The drainage scheme shall be designed considering the plant plot area and the
surrounding catchment area contributing to the plant area drainage as per the
topography.
32.6 The storm water drainage system shall be a network of open surface drains (with
rectangular or trapezoidal cross section) and shall generally be designed to follow the
natural flow of water and ground contours.
32.7 Suitable size plant peripheral drain as per design (min. bottom width x depth: 500mm
x 500mm) along inside of plant boundary wall/ fence shall be provided for smooth
channelization of outside storm water and to avoid flooding in the plant. The size of all
internal and road side drains shall not be less than 450mm (bottom width) x 500mm
(depth).
32.8 All trapezoidal drains shall be lined with either brick or RR masonry/ concrete or stone
slabs as suitable to the site conditions. The min. Thickness of the lining shall be 115mm
for brick masonry, 75mm for concrete slabs, 150mm for RR masonry and 100mm for
stone slabs. The lining shall be in CM (1:4) and the joints shall be raked and pointed
with CM (1:3), however, the joints in lining of plant peripheral drain may be left without
pointing.
32.9 In case of rectangular drain, the thickness of the wall shall be checked against structural
stability. Min. thickness shall be 230mm for brick wall, 300mm for RR masonry and
125mm for RCC work, except for garland drain around buildings where the min. wall
thickness can be 115mm, 200mm and 100mm respectively for brick masonry, RR
masonry and RCC work.
32.10 The structural design of drains shall be as per provisions of relevant BIS standards and
good industry practice.
32.11 The drain outfall shall be connected to the nearest existing natural drain(s)/ water body
outside plant premises and it shall be ensured that the drainage water shall not re-enter
the plant nor encroach/ flood in the adjacent property/ plot.
32.12 The proposed drainage scheme along with design calculations and drawings shall be
submitted to the Engineer for review/ approval before start of construction.
32.13 The contractor shall also explore the possibility of providing rain water harvesting

PREMISES
system for water conservation by constructing suitable collection wells along the drains
or through provision of detention ponds etc. The scheme for rain water harvesting along
with design calculations shall be submitted for approval.
33 Peripheral boundary Wall/Fence
33.1 The plant peripheral boundary shall be provided with either Chain link or barbed wire
fencing or masonry boundary wall as specified.
33.2 The boundary fence/ wall shall be provided along the Solar PV plant boundary to
demarcate the plant boundary and to keep away the unauthorised access to the plant.
The fence/ wall shall be provided with Main entry gate. The fencing/ wall shall be with
2.5m height above grade level including 400mm dia. GI concertina wire along with 3
no. of barbed wires on either arm to be fixed on Y shape angle brackets. The main gate
shall be min. 5.5m wide (clear) (4 m carriage way + 1.5m wicket gate).
33.3 Chain link fencing

33.3.1 The fencing shall be of Chain link (GI or poly coat GI as applicable) mesh fabric with
internal, corner and stay posts of RCC (min 200mm x 200mm size, M30 grade) or GI
angle (min. ISA 75x75x6 mm), as applicable, along with 150mm height 230 thick
brick/ 300 thick RR masonry toe wall, with 100mm thick PCC (1:3:6) foundation.
33.3.2 The brick masonry toe wall shall be plastered with 15thick CM (1:4) plaster on both
faces and shall have min. 50 thick PCC (1:2:4) coping finished smooth and projecting
25mm on either side of the wall with top sloping inwards. The depth (below NGL) and
width of toe wall foundation shall not be less than 450mm and 500mm respectively.
33.3.3 Spacing of intermediate posts shall not be more than 2.5m. Every 10th intermediate
post shall be provided with a stay post while every corner post shall be provided with
two stay posts on either side.
33.3.4 Joints in RR masonry shall be properly raked and pointed with CM (1:3).
33.3.5 At pond or drain area suitable grid of MS solid SQ bar of min. Size 25 mm x 25 mm
(spacing of vertical bars not more than 125mm) shall be provided in place of toe wall
for smooth flow of water.
33.3.6 The GI chain link mesh fabric (40x40 mm with min. wire gauge 3.15mm, both ends
twisted) and fencing shall conform to IS: 2721. Poly coat GI chain link mesh
(50x50mm) shall conform to ASTM 668 and fencing shall conform to ASTM 567.
33.3.7 Each fence panel, in lieu of tie wire, shall be provided with 35x35x3mm GI edge angle
at top and bottom with mesh fabric firmly secured to them and to intermediate support

PREMISES
angles.
33.3.8 All MS sections shall be painted with 2 coats of epoxy paint of approved make and
shade over 2 coats of suitable primer.
33.4 Boundary wall

The boundary wall structure shall be a RCC beam-column structure with wall of either
brick (min. 230mm thick), RR masonry (min. 300mm thick) concrete block (min. 200mm
thick) or of Pre-cast RCC wall panels (min. 75mm thick). The top of the wall shall be
provided with concrete coping (min. 50mm thick with 40mm projection on either side).
33.5 Barbed wire fencing

The details of barbed wire fencing shall be same as those for chain link fencing except
providing barbed wires (4mm dia.) in place of chain-link mesh. The fence shall have
10 nos, of horizontal barbed wire lines and top 400mm height provided with 3 no. of
barbed wire lines fixed to Y shaped angle supports welded to every angle post. Every
5th bay of the fence shall be provided with additional cross barbed diagonal wires.
33.6 Main Gate

33.6.1 The Main entry gate (2.5m height) shall of rugged design with solid MS steel sections
(20x20mm). The spacing of vertical members shall not be more than 125 mm.
33.6.2 The gate shall be complete with MS flat guide track, castor wheel(s), GI fittings &
fixtures like hinges, aldrop, locking arrangement, posts etc.
33.6.3 The main gate shall be of 2.5m height and shall have 4.5m wide Gate for vehicular
movement and an adjacent 1.5m wide wicket gate for pedestrian movement.
33.6.4 The gate shall be provided with the Project name plate (2.5mx 1m, 3mm thick MS
plate). The gate shall be painted with 2 coats of epoxy paint over 2 coats of suitable
primer.
33.6.5 The gate shall be painted with 2 coats of epoxy paint of approved make and shade
over 2 coats of suitable primer.
33.7 All design and drawings for peripheral boundary fence/ Wall and Main gate shall be
submitted for Engineer’s approval before execution.
34 Plant Layout
34.1 The contractor shall submit drawing showing proposed Project Plant and SPV module
Layout.
34.2 The Plant and SPV module layout shall be a comprehensive drawing showing various
requirements of the project like, Reference coordinate grid, Geographical and Plant
PREMISES
North, Layout of boundary fence including coordinates of all corner points, Location of
main entrance gate and any other access gates as per project needs, Block wise FGL,
Layout of main approach road to the plant, Internal and peripheral roads, Security
Room/ cabin (s), all Buildings and Open installations with coordinates, Temporary
Storage yard/ facility to be used by the contractor during construction, Contractor’s &
Engineer’s site office, Proposed Array layout, Lightening arrester, UG/Over ground
water Tank(s), Storm water drains, Corridor for buried cables etc.
34.3 The cable corridor shall be laid through clear gap between arrays and shall not be laid
below modules for easy maintenance.
34.4 All the facilities and buildings shall be presented with suitable Legend.
34.5 The drawing shall be in suitable scale to have proper representation of the information.
34.6 The Plant & SPV module layout drawing shall be submitted by the contractor for review/
approval by the Engineer.
35 Design Loads
35.1 Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, Dead load, Live load, Wind load and Seismic
load for buildings and structures shall be considered as per provisions of relevant BIS
standards.
35.2 The following minimum imposed load as indicated for some of the important areas shall,
however be considered for the design. If actual expected load is more than the specified
minimum load, then actual load is to be considered.
S. No. Area Imposed (Live) Load

1 Roof 1.50 kN/ Sqm
Building floors (GF) & Grade
2 10.00 kN/ Sqm
Slab
3 RCC Floors (General) 5.00 kN/ Sqm
Outdoor platforms, Stairs,
Landing and Balconies,
4 Walkway, Chequred plate & 5.00 kN/ Sqm
Grating (except cable trench
cover)
Road culverts & allied structures
Design for Class – ‘A’ loading (Wheeled
5 over drain & pipe crossings
& Tracked both) as per IRC Standard
subjected to vehicular traffic
Underground structures such as In addition to Earth pressure and
6 Sump, Pit, Trench, Drain, UG Ground water table at FGL, a surcharge
tank etc. of 10kN /Sqm shall also be considered.

PREMISES
The structure shall be designed for

following criteria – (a) Inside empty with
outside fill+ surcharge and water table
at GL & (b) Inside water with no fill &
water table outs side
Pre-cast and chequred plate
7 4.00 kN/ Sqm
cover over cable trench
i. As per IRC SP 20 corresponding to
vehicular traffic of 150 commercial
vehicles per day and critical in-field
a) Main access & Internal
CBR
8 Roads
ii. As per IRC SP 20 corresponding to
b) Peripheral Road
vehicular traffic of 45 commercial
vehicles per day and critical in-field
CBR
35.3 Primary Loads

(i) Dead Load (DL)
(ii) Live Load (LL)
(iii) Snow Load (SnL)
(iv) Wind Load (WL) – Both along X & Z horizontal direction
(v) Seismic Load (EL) – Both along X & Z horizontal direction
35.4 Basic wind speed (Vb) at project site shall be taken as per IS 875 (part-3) unless
otherwise specified elsewhere.
35.5 To calculate the design wind speed (Vz), the factors K1 (probability factor or risk
coefficient), K2 (terrain roughness and height factor) and K3 (topography factor) shall
be considered as per IS 875 (Part-3) (However, minimum values for K1, K2 and K3 shall
be 1.0, 1.05 and 1.0 respectively)
35.6 In case of plant site within 60 km of sea coast, the importance factor for cyclonic region,
‘k4’ shall be taken as 1.15. Provisions of IS: 15498 shall also be followed to ensure
general safety of the structure.
35.7 To calculate the design wind pressure ‘pd’, factors ‘ka’ (area averaging factor) and ‘kc’
(combination factor) shall be taken as 1.0. (The factor ‘kd’ shall be taken as 1.0 in case
of plant site within 60km of sea coast).
35.8 The Seismic Load shall be considered corresponding to Earth quake zone at site as
per IS: 1893 (Part- 4) with Importance factor 1.5.
35.9 The Snow Load shall be considered as per IS:875 (Part-4).

PREMISES
35.10 Notes for WL on MMS

WL shall be considered as detailed below for estimation of WL (±X, ±Z direction) under
primary loads.
Load due to wind on side (exposed) face of respective MMS members (Drag force) for
wind acting in (±) X & Z direction shall also be considered along with (i) & (ii) below.
(i) Load due to fair (positive pressure) wind direction on design tilt angles of MMS
members for wind acting in (±) X, Z direction
(ii) Load due to adverse (negative pressure) wind direction on design tilt angles of
MMS members for wind acting in (±) X, Z direction
35.11 Design Load combinations

35.11.1 Appropriate Load factors in LSM design for concrete structures and appropriate
Factor of safety in WSM design (ASD) for all steel structures including MMS shall be
considered as per relevant BIS standard. No increase in permissible stress is
permitted in design of MMS
35.11.2 Following load combinations shall be considered in design:
(i) DL+LL
(ii) DL+LL ± WLx
(iii) DL +LL± WLz
(iv) DL+LL ± ELx
(v) DL+LL ± ELz
(vi) DL+SnL ± WLx
(vii) DL +SnL± WLz
(viii) DL+SnL ± ELx
(ix) DL+SnL ± ELz
35.11.3 All buildings, structures and foundations shall be designed to withstand loads
corresponding to worst design load combination.
36 Foundations (General)
36.1 Contractor shall design all foundations for buildings, equipment, HT line Towers, Switch
yard structures, Transformer, MMS & other structures as per relevant BIS standards
and recommendations of Geotechnical investigation report. The depth of foundation
(below NGL) shall not be less than 1m except in case of chain link fencing post (for
boundary & transformer yard fencing) where it shall not be less than 750mm (below
NGL).
PREMISES
31.2 Min. thickness of PCC below brick wall shall be 150mm.

36.2 All foundations of one building shall be founded at same RL (Reduced level) with
respect to foundation depth below lowest NGL (Natural ground level) in the building
area. The Levels shall be obtained with reference to the already established TBM using
digital survey instrument such as Total Station.
36.3 All design & drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before execution.
37 MMS Foundation
37.1 Module mounting structure (MMS) may be supported on isolated/ strip footing or pile
foundation.
37.2 Bored cast-in situ, Driven precast or under reamed Concrete pile
37.2.1 In case the contractor proposes to provide concrete pile; the type, dia. and length of
pile shall be as per recommendations of Geotechnical investigation report
corresponding to prevalent soil characteristics at site. However, the min. dia. and
depth of the pile shall be 300mm and 1800mm respectively except when very hard
strata/ rock (N>100) is encountered at a higher level, the pile shall be extended in to
the hard strata minimum 1.0 times the diameter of the pile with total depth of the pile
not less than 1200mm below cut-off level.
37.2.2 As specified above, the MMS support shall project minimum 200mm above FGL
(Finished grade level) to avoid any damage to the MMS column/sub support due to
direct contact of rain water/ surface run-off. This shall be ensured through either
single stage construction of entire pile length including portion above FGL or by
providing a collar (to be cast in second stage) which shall project min. 75mm in plan
beyond the pile face and shall extend min. 250mm below GL.
37.2.3 For proper bonding, the surface of first stage concrete shall be made rough by
trowelling and cleaning out laitance and cement slurry by using wire brush on the
surface of joint immediately after initial setting of concrete. The prepared surface
should be clean watered to get saturated dry condition when fresh concrete is placed
against it. The prepared surface shall be applied with a suitable bonding agent before
construction of pile cap/ collar as required.
37.2.4 In case the column post/stub is supported through base plate-anchor bolt assembly,
the same shall only be provided through RCC pile cap to be designed as per
provisions of relevant BIS standard with min. clear overhang of 75mm. The pile shall
embedded min. 50mm in the pile cap and the pile reinforcement shall be extended in

PREMISES
to the pile cap for proper anchorage.

37.2.5 In case of collapse of foundation strata during drilling of the pile bore, removable steel
liner shall be used to maintain design depth and diameter of the pile for proper
concreting.
37.2.6 The design & installation of piles shall conform to IS: 2911.
37.2.7 The bore shall be free from water before poring of pile concrete. For under water
concreting tremie shall be used.
37.3 Helical/ Screw Pile

37.3.1 The design, manufacture, testing and installation of Helical/ Screw pile shall conform
to ICB-2009 and Practice Note 28- “Screw Piles: Guidelines for Design,
Construction & Installation, ISSN 1176-0907 October 2015 (IPENZ Engineers New
Zealand)”
37.3.2 The design of pile shall be undertaken and verified by a suitably qualified
geotechnical or structural Chartered Engineer with experience in the design of
helical/screw piles.
37.3.3 The pile shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with accepted
engineering practice to resist all stresses induced by installation into the ground and
service loads.
37.3.4 The steel grade for pile shaft, helix plates and other accessories shall be with min.
Fy 350 MPa. Min. thickness (BMT) of shaft and helix plate shall be 6 and 8mm
respectively in case of coastal installations and soils containing aggressive chemicals
and at other project sites it shall be respectively 5 and 6mm. Cap plate and col base
plate shall be min. 12mm thick and of min. grade E-250 conforming to IS:2062.
37.3.5 All materials shall be hot dip galvanized conforming to relevant BIS standard with
min. thickness of galvanization 80 microns.
37.3.6 Wherever the pile shaft is required to be infilled with concrete grout, the same shall
be of min. grade M30 (anti shrink)
37.3.7 The allowable axial design load (Direct compression & Pull out), Pa, of helical piles
shall be the least of the following values:
(i) Sum of the areas of the helical bearing plates times the bearing capacity of the
soil or rock comprising the bearing stratum.
(ii) Capacity determined from well-documented correlations with installation torque.
(iii) Load capacity determined from initial load tests.
(iv) Axial capacity of pile shaft.

PREMISES
(v) Axial capacity of pile shaft couplings.

(vi) Sum of the axial capacity of helical bearing plates affixed to pile.
37.3.8 The lateral allowable load capacity of the pile shall be calculated using P-Y analysis
and shall be verified with field trials. The allowable design lateral load shall be equal
to the min. of (i) the total lateral load producing max. lateral deflection of 5mm and (ii)
50% of the total lateral load at which the lateral displacement increases to 12mm.
37.3.9 Dimensions of the central shaft and the number, size and thickness of helical bearing
plates shall be sufficient to support the design loads.
37.3.10 The Design Report shall include following details.
(i) Design loads
(ii) Geotechnical Strength Reduction Factors and supporting methodology
(iii) List of design standards
(iv) Design methodology and how specific loads such as seismic, lateral and
settlement are addressed
(v) Founding stratum
(vi) Estimated length
(vii) Connection design and details between pile shaft & pile cap plate and Col base
plate
(viii) Pre-production and production load testing to support design including
acceptance criteria.
37.3.11 Helical piles shall be installed to specified embedment depth and torsional resistance
criteria as per design. The torque applied during installation shall not exceed the
maximum allowable installation torque of the helical pile
37.3.12 Special inspections shall be performed continuously during installation of helical pile
foundations. The information recorded shall include installation equipment used, pile
dimensions, tip elevations, final depth, final installation torque and other pertinent
installation data as required.
37.3.13 The installation of piles shall be done by an agency having adequate experience in
helical pile construction.
37.3.14 The method statement for pre-production load testing (initial test) and construction of
Helical Pile shall be submitted for review and approval. The method statement shall
comply following requirements:
37.3.14.1 Helical pile pre-production load testing

PREMISES
The Piling Contractor shall provide a method statement for the pre-production load
testing. The method statement shall be submitted 2 weeks prior to pile installation
for testing and shall contain the following information (as a minimum):
• Programme of the testing, detailing the timing and sequence of each load test
including any additional investigations proposed
• The general arrangement of the equipment
• A method for measuring the displacement at the head and toe of each test pile
• Template for the Pile load test report
• Confirming the criteria for determining the acceptability of the compression,
tension and lateral load tests
• A contingency plan in the event that a load test is deemed not acceptable
• A procedure for verifying the capacity for each individual pile, this may include
correlating the installation torque for each pre-production pile with the load test
results
• All pile load tests shall be supervised by suitably experienced personnel, who
are competent to operate, monitor and record each test throughout its duration.
Each pile load test shall be continuously monitored throughout its duration.
37.3.14.2 Helical Pile Construction
The contractor shall provide a method statement for each piling operation to be
undertaken in executing the Works. The method statement shall describe all
proposed equipment and detail the construction sequence. The method statement
shall be submitted with the tender and shall contain the following information (as a
minimum):
• Programme of the works, detailing the timing and sequence of individual
portions of the works
• Full details of the installation plant to be used, including manufacturer’s
information and proof of servicing/recent upkeep and calibration
• Proposed phasing of excavation/filling operations such that the design stresses
in the piles (and any supporting frames) are not exceeded
• The contingency plan to be adopted, to minimize disruption and delay, in the
event of encountering obstructions
• Anticipated noise levels (measured in dB) and vibration levels (measured in
mm/sec) arising from piling operations (if applicable)
37.3.15 The Piling Contractor shall nominate a suitably experienced, professionally qualified

PREMISES
engineer, as the “Piling Supervisor”.

37.3.16 Unless specified else were, the field trials for initial load tests on concrete and helical/
screw pile shall conform to IS: 2911 (Part 4) & Practice Note-28 (IPENZ Engineers
New Zealand) as applicable. The no. and location of such tests shall be as per the
provisions stipulated under Cl. No. 26.8.
37.3.17 35.4 Contractor shall also carry out routine tests on 0.5 % of the total no. of working/
job piles as per provisions of IS: 2911 (Part 4). In case of unsatisfactory results, min.
no. of routine tests may be increased up to 2% of the total no. of working/ job piles
as per the directions of the Engineer
38 Module Mounting Structure (MMS)
38.1 The module mounting structure design shall generally follow the existing land profile.
The top of the table shall be in one plane.
38.2 In MMS analysis the column support shall be assumed at EGL/NGL.
38.3 In case of topographical variations more than 3o, the contractor shall carry out detailed
study of its effect on array layout, shadow analysis and structural stability of MMS.
38.4 The structure shall be designed to allow easy replacement of any module and shall be
in line with site requirements.
38.5 The MMS stub/ column, rafter, purlin, ties and bracing members shall conform to
following Indian standards.
• IS: 2062 – Hot rolled Medium and High tensile structural steel
• IS: 811 – Cold formed light gauge structural steel sections
• IS: 1161 – Steel tubes for structural purposes
• IS: 4923 – Hollow steel sections for structural use
• Minimum grade of steel for sections conforming to IS: 811 & IS: 4923 shall be E350
conforming to IS: 2062 and YSt 310 conforming to IS: 1608 respectively.
38.6 The contractor can also propose new light gauge structural steel or structural aluminum
sections other than specified in IS: 811 subject to approval of the Engineer. In this case
the contractor shall submit his proposal stating the technical advantages of the
proposed sections for Engineer’s review along with supporting literature and sample
design calculations conforming to present specifications at the time of bidding.
38.7 The minimum thickness excluding anti corrosive treatment (BMT) of various elements
of MMS structure shall be as following:
• Stub/ column – 3.15mm,

PREMISES
• Rafter – 2.5mm &

• Purlin & other members – 2.0mm
38.8 The primary loads and load combinations for design of MMS structure shall be as
specified under Clause No. 35. The design shall be done by Working stress method
and no increase in allowable stress shall be permitted.
38.9 The maximum permissible deflection/ side sway limits for various elements of MMS
under serviceability conditions shall be as following:
• Lateral deflection/ side sway for Column – Span/ 240
• Vertical deflection for Rafter and Purlin – Span/ 180
• Lateral deflection for Purlin – Span/240
38.10 In case of natural frequency in first mode less than 1 Hz, the design of the MMS
structure shall also be checked against dynamic effects of wind as per provisions of IS
– 875 (Part-3) using gust factor method.
38.11 The purlins shall be provided with following min. 10mm dia. GI sag/ tie rods or 30x30x2
GI tie angles:
• 1 no. tie rod in middle of each span
• 1 no. diagonal tie rod at each corner in end spans
38.12 Lateral restraint to compression flange if any due to PV panels is not permitted in purlin
design.
38.13 The vertical diagonal bracing shall be provided in alternate spans of each unit (table)
of MMS.
38.14 MMS shall support SPV modules at a given orientation & tilt and shall absorb and
transfer the mechanical loads to the ground properly.
38.15 Welding of structure at site shall not be allowed and only bolted connections shall be
used.
38.16 The MMS structure shall be hot dip galvanized with minimum GSM 610 kg/ sqm and/or
minimum coating thickness of 80 microns for protection against corrosion.
Galvanization shall conform to IS-2629, 4759 & 4736 as applicable.
38.17 It is to ensure that before application of this coating, the steel surface shall be
thoroughly cleaned of any paint, grease, rust, scale, acid or alkali or any foreign material
likely to interfer with the coating process.
38.18 The bidder shall ensure that inner side is also provided with galvanization coating.
38.19 The galvanization shall be done after fabrication of members and cutting of holes to

PREMISES
ensure galvanization of all cut/ exposed edges.

38.20 In case the proposed section is made up of Aluminum, anodized coating shall be Gr.
AC25 and shall conform to IS: 1868.
38.21 The array structure shall be so designed that it will occupy minimum space without
sacrificing the output from SPV panels at the same time.
38.22 All fasteners and washers (2 round + 1 spring) both for MMS connections and fixing of
PV Module shall be adequately protected from atmosphere and weather prevailing in
the area.
38.23 Fasteners and washers to be used for erection of mounting structures and those for
fixing Module over MMS shall be of stainless steel grade SS 304 & SS 316 with property
class A-70 conforming to relevant ISO standard and must sustain the adverse climatic
conditions to ensure the life of the structure for 25 years.
38.24 Min. diameter of bolt for MMS connections shall be 10mm except for column-rafter
connection where it shall not be less than 12mm (not less than 16mm with bushing in
case of single bolt connection for seasonal tilt)
38.25 Modules shall be clamped & bolted with the structure properly. The material of clamps
shall be Al / SS – 316 having weather resistant properties. Clamp/bolt shall use EPDM
rubber and shall be designed in such a way so as not to cast any shadow on the active
part of a module.
38.26 MMS column post supported with base plate secured to foundation shall be fixed with
galvanized high strength “J” bolts conforming to specifications of IS: 4000/ IS: 1367 and
relevant IS code Installation of foundation bolts and embedment of column leg in
foundation concrete shall be done by using template to ensure proper alignment. The
underside of base plate shall be provided with anti- shrink grout.
38.27 In case the contractor proposes to extend the column leg to embed it in the pile as an
alternate fixing arrangement, the column member shall be extended for full depth of the
pile (100mm cover at tip of the pile) with an end plate of min. 4mm thickness to be fixed
at the bottom of column leg. (However, for plants in coastal area or in case of marshy
soil the column post shall be supported only with base secured to foundation through
base plate and anchor bolt assembly and no embedment of column leg in foundation
is permitted)
38.28 The area of c/s of embedded leg shall not be less than 0.8% of pile cross sectional
area.
38.29 The array structure shall be grounded properly using maintenance free earthing kit.

PREMISES
38.30 The bidder/manufacturer shall specify installation details of the PV modules and the
support structures with appropriate diagram and drawings.
38.31 The Bidder should design the structure height considering highest flood level at the site
and the finished grade level. The minimum clearance between the lower edge of the
module and the finished grade shall be the higher of (i) Highest flood level + 100mm
and (ii) 500 mm, as applicable
38.32 The length of one unit (Table) of MMS shall not generally be more than 20m.
38.33 The contractor shall submit the detailed design calculations and drawings for MMS
structure, bill of materials and their specifications/ standards to the Engineer for
approval before start of fabrication work .
39 Concrete Works
39.1 Construction of all RCC works shall be done with approved design mix as per IS 456
and the materials used viz. Cement, coarse & fine aggregate, Reinforcement steel etc.
shall conform to relevant BIS standards.
39.2 Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, PCC shall be of min. grade M10 (nominal mix
1:3:6) except for mud mat, back filling of ground pockets or leveling course which shall
be of grade M7.5 (nominal mix 1:4:8).
39.3 Reinforcement steel shall be of high strength TMT bars of grade Fe500 D conforming
to IS: 1786. Ductile detailing in accordance with IS: 13920 shall be adopted for
superstructure and sub-structure of all RCC buildings and structures.
39.4 Unless specified otherwise for grouting works anti shrink ready mix grout of approved
make or cement mortar (CM) grout with non-shrink compound shall be used. The grout
shall be high strength grout having min. characteristic strength of 35 N/mm2 at 28 days.
40 Miscellaneous Steel Works
40.1 Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, all structural steel work shall be designed as per
provisions of IS: 800 with working stress method of design (WSD).
40.2 Structural steel hot rolled sections, flats and plates shall conform IS: 2062, structural
Pipes shall be medium (M)/ high (H) grade conforming to IS: 1161, chequered plate
shall conform to IS: 3502 and Hollow steel sections for structural purposes shall
conform to IS: 4923.
41 Buildings
41.1 General Requirement

41.1.1 Plant buildings/ open installations are required to be constructed for housing the
PREMISES
electrical equipment/ panel (Local Control Room Building - LCR) and Control room
cum office cum store (Main Control Room Building - MCR) for operation and
maintenance of Photovoltaic Solar Power Plant. Security room at main gate &
Security cabin(s) (at strategic locations) shall also be provided to secure the plant
from any theft/ burglary/unauthorized entry.
41.1.2 Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, all buildings except Security room/ cabin shall
have RCC framed structure. Brick partition walls shall be provided for Kitchen, Pantry,
Battery room and Toilet units. For other rooms AL Glass partitions shall be provided.
The equipment area shall be designed with OEM requirements to ensure all
satisfactory operations. The security room/ cabin(s) shall be of prefabricated
structure.
41.1.3 All buildings shall have provision of adequate windows for natural light & ventilation,
fire safety provisions and shall be designed as per provisions of National building
code (NBC).
41.1.4 The contractor shall submit the proposed equipment layout drawings to the Engineer
for approval before development of Architectural drawings. The building layout,
exterior elevations shall be aesthetically designed following good architectural
practices to get a pleasant look. Horizontal/ vertical bands through projections/
groves in external plaster may be provided to break the monotony. Roof slab shall
have projection of 450mm beyond external walls with RCC parapet wall of 450 mm
clear height all-around which shall form a projected band at roof level. For weather
protection all doors and windows shall be provided with 450mm wide RCC chajja.
However, chajja for rolling shutter shall be 750mm wide.
41.2 Functional requirements

41.2.1 MCR Building
For operation & maintenance of SPV Plant, unless otherwise specified elsewhere,
Control room cum office area of MCR building shall provide following facilities.
• Air-conditioned area (with provision of split A/C unit of adequate capacity) for
SCADA room (min. carpet area 12m2) & Conference room (min. carpet area 20
m2)
• Inverter/ Switchgear, equipment room(s) as per OEM requirements
• Supervisor cabin and office area (min. carpet area 20 m2)
• Store cum record room (min. carpet area 15 m2)
• Battery room as per requirement

PREMISES
• Toilet block with separate gents and ladies wash room facilities (min. total carpet
area 12 m2)
• Pantry with service platform and utensil washing facilities (min. carpet area 5 m2)
• Suitable provision for passage (for smooth movement of O & M personnel), cable
trenches, operating area etc. (min. clear width 1500mm)
41.2.2 LCR/ Inverter Building
• Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, Inverter room/ LCR consists of data
loggers, battery, Inverter, Electrical panels etc. as per requirement. There shall
be suitable provision for easy/ smooth passage for O & M personnel, cable
trench, operating area etc.
• The size of LCR/ Inverter room shall be provided as per OEM requirements.
However, minimum clear height up to soffit of beam shall be 4m.
• In case ICR and MCR building facilities are clubbed in one single building, the
Equipment area and Office cum Control room area shall be separated by a brick
wall with provision of internal entry door.
• MCR building shall have separate main entry to office area plus a provision of
fire exit door.
41.2.3 Security Room/ Cabin
41.2.3.1 Contractor shall provide required number of security cabins at strategic locations &
at corners of the plot and 1 nos. security room at Main entry gate.
41.2.3.2 The Security room shall be of min. size 4m x 4m x 2.75m height The Security cabin
shall be of min. size 1.2 x 1.8m x 2.5m height.
41.2.3.3 Security room/ cabin shall be a pre-engineered & pre-fabricated structure. The walls
and roof of the building shall be fabricated with double skin insulated sandwiched
Al-Zn alloy coated high tensile steel metal panels (BMT- 0.5mm, Al-Zn alloy coating
-150 GSM total on both sides). The insulation shall be of PUF with min. density 40
kg/ cum and adequate thickness. Roof shall be provided with suitable slope, not
less than 100 to the horizontal (approx. 1V:6H) for proper drainage of rain water
and shall project 300mm beyond the walls. The make and (color) shade of pre-
coated metal panels shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Min. thickness of
color coating shall be 20 micron (DFT) excluding prime coat 5 micron (DFT). The
coating system shall confirm to IS; 15965.
41.2.3.4 The Main security room shall be provided with one Aluminum (AL) glazed door
(0.75m wide x 2.1m height) on one face and AL glazed sliding windows (1.2m width

PREMISES
x 1.0 m height) with AL grill on remaining three sides. Security cabin shall have one
AL glazed door (0.75m widex2.1m height) and 1 no. AL sliding window (0.8m width
x 1.0 m height) with AL (anodized) grill on one side. All glazing shall be of clear float
glass with thickness of 4mm for window and 6 mm for door panel.
41.2.3.5 The door and windows shall be provided with all necessary fitting and fixtures like
handles, tower bolts, mortise lock for door, stays, door stopper etc. All AL sections
for doors and windows shall be anodized (min. average thickness 25 microns) or
polyester powder coated (min. DFT 50 microns) with approved color shade for
protection against weather.
41.2.3.6 Specially coated/ SS self-drilling screws/ fasteners conforming to class 3 as per
ASTM: 3566.1 and 3566.2 shall only be used for all connections.
41.2.3.7 Anchor/ foundation bolts shall conform to IS: 5624 and IS 800.
41.2.3.8 The Security Cabin may be installed on concrete M15 skid platform (min. 350 thick)
with skin reinforcement shrinkage or shall be supported on RCC pedestal &
foundations. The concrete platform shall project 200mm beyond the walls.
41.2.3.9 The Security Room shall be supported on RCC pedestal & foundations.
41.3 The Design and drawings shall be submitted for approval prior to fabrication and
installation.
42 Flooring, Skirting and Dado
42.1 Store area, Equipment Room

40 mm thick Cement concrete (IPS) flooring (1:2:4), aggregate size 10 mm down,
conforming to IS 2571 with 2mm thick Heavy-duty epoxy coating (Industrial grade) of
approved make on top as per manufacturer specifications and 10mm thick matching
skirting of 100mm height.
42.2 SCADA Room, Control cum Office Room, Supervisor Room and Lobby
40 mm thick Heavy duty vitrified tile (8mm thick) flooring with matching skirting of
100mm height.
42.3 Battery Room

Acid/ Alkali resistant tile flooring and 2100 height dado, Floor and dado tiles - 20mm
and 12 mm thick respectively. However, in case of maintenance free batteries, vitrified
tile (8mm thk) flooring and dado shall be provided.
42.4 Toilet
• 40 mm thick Ceramic tile (8mm thick) flooring and glazed tile (6mm thick) 2100
PREMISES
height dado.
• 20mm thick Granite stone finish over platform for wash basin.
42.5 Pantry
40 mm thick heavy duty vitrified tile (8 mm thick) flooring and glazed tile (6mm thick)
2100 mm height dado, 20mm thick Granite stone finish over service platform.
42.6 Passage/ Corridor

40 mm thick Heavy duty vitrified tile (8mm thick) flooring with matching skirting of
100mm height.
42.7 Steps
Kota stone (20 thick) or 50 thick cement concrete (IPS) flooring conforming to IS 2571.
42.8 All items shall be of reputed make. Only Items with approved samples by the Engineer
shall be used.
43 Doors and Windows
43.1 Doors, windows, louvers and ventilators shall be made of AL sections (minimum
average thickness 2.5mm), industrial grade, anodized (grade AC25, min. thickness 25
micron conforming to IS: 1868) or with polyester powder coating (Total DFT 50 microns
conforming to IS: 13871) and shall be of approved make & colour shade. All sections,
fittings and fixtures shall be anodized (min. thickness of coating 20 micron). The window
and door shutters shall be of clear float/ wired/ ground glass as per design/ functional
requirements. The doors in toile area shall be of steel frame with solid core (MDF) flush
shutter, 35mm thick, with laminated finish on both sides conforming to IS: 2202.
43.2 AL Louvers, duct/ ventilation openings shall be provided as per functional requirement.
43.3 All doors, windows and ventilators shall be provided with all necessary fittings and
fixtures like handles, tower bolts, wind stays, hinges etc. of heavy duty anodized AL.
All doors shall be provided with hydraulic door closure of required capacity.
43.4 All windows shall be provided with suitable AL grill of anodized sections with adequate
thickness for security purposes.
43.5 Clear float glass for window and door shutter shall be of min 4mm and 6mm thickness
respectively. Wired/ ground glass where provided shall be of min thickness 6mm.
43.6 Entrance door and door in passage shall be min. 1.5m wide (double leaf) x 2.1 m height
while door for Conference room and Store room shall be min. 1.2m wide x 2.1m height.
All other doors shall be min. 1.0m widex2.1m height except for WC which may be of

PREMISES
0.8m width.
43.7 Rolling shutters shall be of required size and shall be made of cold rolled steel strips
with adequate gauge thickness (min. 18 gauge) and shall conform to IS 6248. Rolling
shutter shall be provided with all fixture, accessories, paintings etc. all complete and
shall be mechanically operated type.
44 Roofing
44.1 The roof of all RCC buildings shall be provided with min. slope of 1:100 for effective
drainage of rain water. The slope shall be achieved either by application of screed
concrete of grade 1:2:4 (with 12.5mm down coarse aggregate) with min. 25mm thick
CM 1:4 layer on top to achieve smooth surface to facilitate application of water proofing
treatment.
44.2 The water proofing treatment shall be in situ five course water proofing treatment with
APP (Atactic Polypropylene) modified Polymeric membrane over roof consisting of first
coat of bitumen primer @ 0.40Kg per sqm, 2nd & 4th courses of bonding material @
1.20 kg/sqm, which shall consist of blown type bitumen of grade 85/25 conforming to
IS : 702, 3rd layer of roofing membrane APP modified Polymeric membrane 2.0 mm
thick of 3.00 Kg/sqm weight consisting of five layers prefabricated with centre core as
100 micron HMHDPE film sandwiched on both sides with polymeric mix and the
polymeric mix is protected on both sides with 20 micron HMHDPE film. The top most
layer (5th layer) shall be finished with brick tiles of class designation 10 grouted with
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) mixed with 2% integral water proofing
compound by weight of cement over a 12 mm layer of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3
fine sand) and finished neat. The water proofing treatment shall be extended over golla/
fillet and inner face of the parapet up to 450mm height.
44.3 The corners at parapet wall and slab shall be provided with 50 thick fillet/ golla in CM
1:3 with neat finish.
44.4 Required no. of rain water down take pipes min. 100mm dia. PVC pipes (UV resistant),
with 450x450mmx15mm deep khurra and MS grill at inlet shall be provided for rain
water disposal.
45 Plinth protection and drain
45.1 750mm wide plinth protection with min. 75mm thickness of PCC (1:3:6) over 75 mm
thick bed of dry brick ballast, 40mm nominal size well rammed and consolidated and
grouted with fine sand, shall be provided around all the buildings.

PREMISES
45.2 A peripheral drain (except for Security room/ cabin) of min. internal size 250mm x
250mm with brick walls in CM 1:6 over 75mm thick PCC (1:3:6) bedding with 12mm
thick plaster in CM 1:5 and 25thk PCC (1:3:6) coping at top shall be provided along the
periphery of the plinth protection for collection and disposal of rain water from building
roof.
46 Plinth filling for buildings

Plinth beam, when provided, shall be taken minimum 200mm below FGL. The plinth
filling below Ground floor (GF) for all buildings shall be provided with following
specifications.
(i) Well compacted sub-grade

(ii) Well compacted bounder soling with interstices filled with sand over compacted sub-
grade.
(iii) 75mm thick PCC 1:3:6 over (ii)
(iv) 100mm thick PCC 1:2:4 over (iii)
(v) 40mm thick floor finish over (iv)
47 Anti- termite Treatment

In case of presence of termites at the project site, an anti-termite treatment shall be
provided for all foundation pits and building plinth in MCR building conforming to IS:
6313 to control entry of termites
48 Plumbing & Sanitary Works
48.1 Toilet block shall have following min. fittings:

• Wall mounted WC (Western type) 390 mm high with toilet paper roll holder, low
height flushing tank and all fittings
• A set of 2 wall mounted Urinals (430 x 260 x 350 mm size) with flushing tank and
all fittings (Gent’s wash room only)
• Wash basin (550 x 400 mm) over concrete platform with all fittings including 2-pillar
cocks
• Wall mirror (600 x 450 x 6 mm thick clear float glass) with hard board backing
• CP brass towel rail (600 x 20 mm) with C.P. brass brackets – one each in common
area and bathroom (bathroom if applicable)
• Soap holder and liquid soap dispenser one each in common area and bathroom
(bathroom if applicable)
• Shower and mixer for hot and cold water in bathroom (if applicable)

PREMISES
• Ventilators – Mechanical exhaust facility of adequate capacity

• Overhead PVC water storage tank – Capacity 1000 litres (common for both wash
rooms) (2000 litres in case bathroom is to be provided)
48.2 Pantry room shall be provided with kitchen sink cum drain board and provision for
installation of Water Cooler.
48.3 One toilet room with provision of WC and Wash basin shall be provided at Security
Room near main gate.
48.4 Necessary plumbing lines for MCR building and Security Room near main gate.
48.5 All sanitary ware, fittings and fixtures shall be of reputed Make and Type and approved
by the Engineer. All fittings, fastener, grating shall be of CP brass conforming to
relevant BIS standards.
49 Painting & Other Finishes

Painting and white wash/ colour wash for the buildings shall conform to relevant BIS
standards. The make and colour shade of the finish shall be as advised and approved
by the Engineer.
Internal Walls except toilets Acrylic emulsion (for MCR) & Oil bound distemper (for
& battery room LCR/ Security Room)
Acid/ Alkali resistant tiled dado of 2100 mm height &

Acid resistant resin-based epoxy paint above dado
Battery room
(Vitrified tile flooring and dado with oil bound
distemper in case of maintenance free batteries)
Toilet Oil bound distemper

All weather proof cement based acrylic emulsion paint,
External Walls
exterior grade
MMS foundations/ Earth
Cement paint
pit Enclosure
Underside of roof slab White wash
Underside of roof slab- Under deck insulation with 50mm

thick mineral wool, min. density 45 kg/ m3 and Gypsum
Air-conditioned areas board false ceiling with GI grid/ Gypsum tile (600x600
mm x 12 thick) false ceiling with AL grid as per
manufacturer’s details
2 coats of synthetic enamel paint over 2 coats of suitable

Structural steel work
primer
50 Air conditioning & Ventilation for MCR and Other Buildings

PREMISES
50.1 All buildings shall be equipped with appropriate numbers of fans for effective heat
dissipation.
50.2 In MCR building, the supervisor room, Conference room and SCADA room shall
have split type air conditioning units.
51 Fire Extinguishers
51.1 All buildings shall be installed with required no. of fire extinguishers as per relevant BIS
standard and NBC. LiquefiedCO2/ foam/ ABC type fire extinguisher shall be upright
type of capacity 10kg conforming to IS: 2171, IS: 10658.
51.2 The fire extinguisher shall be suitable for fighting fire of Oils, Solvents, Gases, Paints,
Varnishes, Electrical Wiring, Live Machinery Fires, and all Flammable Liquid &Gas.
52 Sand buckets
52.1 Sand buckets shall be wall mounted made from at least 24SWG sheet with bracket
fixing on wall conforming to IS: 2546.
52.2 All buildings shall be provided with required no. of sand buckets as per relevant BIS
standard and NBC. 4 No. of Bucket stands with four buckets on each stand shall be
provided in the Transformer Yard.
53 Sign Boards and Danger Boards
53.1 The sign board containing brief description of major components of the power plant as
well as the complete power plant in general shall be installed at appropriate locations
of the power plant as approved by Engineer
53.2 The Signboard shall be made of steel plate of not less than 3 mm. Letters on the board
shall be with appropriate illumination arrangements.
53.3 Safety signs, building evacuation plan and direction signs, assembly points shall also
be placed at strategic locations.
53.4 The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer, detailed specifications of the sign boards.
54 Masonry Work
54.1 The masonry work shall be of bricks, laterite blocks (as per site conditions) or concrete
blocks.
54.2 All external walls of buildings shall be 230mm and internal walls shall be 230mm or
115mm as per requirements.
54.3 All concrete block masonry walls shall be min. 200mm thick.
54.4 Brick work shall be in cement mortar (CM) 1:6 & 1:4 for 230 mm and 115 mm thick brick

PREMISES
wall respectively unless specified.

54.5 Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, Bricks shall be of class designation 7.5
conforming to IS: 1077, IS: 2212 & IS: 3495.
54.6 All concrete blocks shall be of min. compressive strength of 7.5 N/mm2 and shall be of
Grade-A conforming to IS: 2185.
54.7 The laterite blocks shall conform to IS: 3620.
54.8 All buildings shall be provided with suitable damp-proof course (DPC). The DPC shall
be with PCC (1:2:4) using 6 down coarse aggregate and water proofing admixture. The
min. thickness of DPC shall be 40mm.
54.9 The construction of brick masonry shall conform to IS: 2212. Construction of Concrete
block masonry shall conform to IS: 2572.
55 Plastering, Pointing & Coping Works
55.1 All brick masonry work shall be provided with plaster.

55.2 Wall and ceiling plaster shall be in cement mortar (CM) 1:6 and 1:3 respectively.
55.3 Thickness of plaster shall be 18mm and 12mm respectively for rough and smooth
surface of the masonry wall. The ceiling plaster shall be 6mm thick.
55.4 All joints in stone masonry shall be raked and pointed in cement mortar (CM) 1:3 except
specified otherwise.
55.5 Exposed top surface of brick or stone masonry shall be provided with 25 mm thick plain
cement concrete (PCC) coping (1:2:4) with trawl finish. All exposed coping shall be
provided with suitable slope and projection for easy drainage of water.
55.6 All door and window chajja shall be provided with 10mm wide drip course.
56 Building Water Supply & Plumbing Works
56.1 C-PVC pipes shall be used for all internal building water supply works while all external
water supply pipes shall be uPVC conforming to relevant BIS standard.
56.2 Rain water pipe shall be of PVC conforming to relevant BIS standard.
56.3 All sewerage, waste water and ventilation pipes shall be of HDPE conforming to
relevant BIS standard.
56.4 MCR building and Security room shall be connected to Sewage treatment facility
including all associated works like Manholes etc.
56.5 Sewage Treatment facility
56.6 The Contractor shall design & provide soak pit and RCC Septic tank for treatment of
sewage and waste water from MCR building and Security room. The septic shall be
PREMISES
designed as liquid retaining structure conforming to IS:3370 for design loads as

specified under Cl. No.55. However, in case of ground water within 1.5m of finished
grade level or the soil strata being of low permeability (permeability ≤ 10-6 m/s) where
septic tank and soak pit arrangement is not effective, suitable packaged sewage
treatment plant of reputed make/manufacture shall be provided. The sewage treatment
facility shall be of required capacity and of proven design suitable for total of 15 people.
56.7 The design and drawings shall be submitted for approval prior to execution.
57 Pipe & Cable Trenches
57.1 All trenches inside the building and transformer area shall be of RCC. The min. wall
and base slab thickness shall be 100mm for depth ≤ 850mm and 150mm for depths >
850mm.
57.2 The trench shall be designed for lateral load due to external soil fill, ground water table
at FGL and 5.0 KN/ Sqm surcharge. External trenches shall be kept min. 100mm above
FGL to avoid entry of rain water. In case of straight length of the trench being more
than 40m, suitable expansion joints with PVC water stop shall be provided.
57.3 Internal trenches (inside buildings) shall be provided with chequred plate (min. 8mm
thick with angle stiffeners as required) covers while external trench shall have precast
concrete covers.
57.4 Min. thickness of precast cover shall be 50mm. Both bearing edges of the cable trench
and all edges of pre-cast concrete covers shall be provided with min. 50x50x6 mm edge
protection angle with lugs.
57.5 The trench cover (chequered or pre – cast both) shall be provided with suitable lifting
hooks.
57.6 As required suitable MS insert plates shall be provided on trench wall to support the
cable rack/ pipe.
57.7 The trench bed shall have a slope of approx. 1(V):250(H) along and 1(V):50(H) across
the length of the trench. The cable trench shall have a dewatering sump (s) of size
450x450x450 mm depth at suitable location to facilitate collection & pumping out of rain
water from the trench.
57.8 The external buried cables shall be laid in excavated trench as specified under
specifications for Electrical works. The sand for filling shall be of Grade – IV conforming
to IS: 383.
58 Transformer Yard Civil Works

PREMISES
58.1 Transformer and equipment foundations shall be founded on piles/isolated spread

footings or block foundation depending on the final geotechnical investigation report
and functional requirements.
58.2 In case of transformer oil tank capacity ≥ 2000 litres, the transformer foundation shall
have its own soak pit which would cover the area of the transformer and cooler banks,
so as to collect any spillage of oil in case of emergency. The retention capacity of the
soak pit shall be min. 1/3 volume of the transformer oil (excluding free space above
gravel) and it shall be filled with granite stone gravel of size 40mm, uniformly graded,
with 250 mm free space above gravel fill. The bottom floor of the soak shall have steep
slope with a sump pit {not less than 1(v): 5 (h)} for quick drainage of and removal of oil
in case of spillage.
58.3 In case of transformer oil tank capacity more ≥ 25000 litres, the soak pit shall be
connected to a separate burnt oil pit through discharge pipe and shall be suitably sized
to accommodate full oil volume (excluding free board above inlet pipe) of the
transformer connected to it, without backflow. In this case the capacity of the soak pit
may be reduced to min. 1/3rd of the total transformer oil volume. The burnt oil pit shall
be further connected to oily water drainage system. The water shall be discharged into
the nearest drain by gravity flow or pumping after suitable treatment as per statutory
and code provisions.
58.4 Both, the transformer soak including side walls and the burnt oil pit shall be of RCC.
The oil collection pit shall be provided with 20mm dia. MS rung ladder with 2 coats of
epoxy paint over 2 coats of primer, a manhole & removable RCC cover. The inside of
oil collection pit shall be plastered with 6 mm thick CM 1:6 and painted with 2 coats of
epoxy paint over 2 coats of primer.
58.5 The area around the transformer and equipment shall be covered with uniformly graded
granite stone gravel of size 40mm.
58.6 The area shall be provided with galvanized chain link fence of height min 1.8m with
3.5m wide gate. The specifications for fencing shall be similar to those specified under
Cl. No. 31.3 except fence post which shall be of MS angle (ISA 50x50x6)
58.7 The Gate of size 3.5m shall be of MS pipe (medium class conforming to IS: 1161) frame
with hard drawn steel wire fabric mesh (50x50mmx3mm thick conforming to IS: 1566)
including all accessories and fittings.
58.8 In addition to main gate a wicket gate of MS pipe (medium class conforming to IS: 1161)
frame with 1.0 m width with hard drawn steel wire fabric (50x50x3mm thick conforming

PREMISES
to IS: 1566) shall be provided for man entry for maintenance purpose.
58.9 The transformer yard fencing work shall conform to CEIG requirements.
58.10 The requirement of fire barrier wall between transformers shall be as per Electricity
Rules and IS: 1646 recommendations. Minimum wall thickness shall be 230mm for
RCC wall and 300mm for masonry wall.
59 Water Supply & Cleaning of Modules
59.1 The contractor shall design and install the effective module cleaning system.
59.2 A regular supply of suitable quantity of water shall be ensured by the contractor to cater
day-to-day requirement of drinking water and for cleaning of PV modules during entire
O&M period.
59.3 The Contractor shall estimate the water requirements for cleaning the photovoltaic
modules at least once in two week or at closer frequency as per the soiling conditions
prevailing at site, in order to operate the plant at its guaranteed plant performance.
Also, the contractor is required to plan the water storage accordingly with provision of
a tank of suitable capacity for this purpose. However, min. consumption of 2 Ltr / Sqm
of surface area of SPV module shall be considered in estimation of required quantity of
water storage.
59.4 Water used for drinking & PV module cleaning purpose shall generally be of potable
quality and fit for cleaning the modules with TDS generally not more than 75 PPM. In
case of higher salt contents, the water shall be thoroughly squeezed off to prevent salt
deposition over module surface. However, water with TDS more than 200 PPM shall
not be used directly for module cleaning without suitable treatment to control the TDS
within acceptable limits. The water must be free from any grit and any physical
contaminants that could damage the panel surface.
59.5 If required, for settlement of any grit/ unacceptable suspended particles in the water a
settling tank shall be installed before the inlet of the storage tank. Suitable arrangement
for discharge/ disposal of sediment/ slush shall be provided in silting chamber by gravity
disposal in surface drain or with provision of sludge sump and pump of adequate
capacity.
59.6 The module cleaning system shall include construction of RCC tank or supply and
installation of Ground mounted PVC tank (s) of required storage capacity, pumps
(including 1 No. standby pump), water supply mains and flexible hose pipes, taps,
valves (NRV, Butterfly valve, Ball valve, Gate valve, PRV, scour valve etc.), Water
hammer arrester(s), pressure gauge, flow meter etc. as per the planning & design.

PREMISES
59.7 In case of over ground water storage tank, the contractor shall check its effect on plant
performance through shadow analysis. The PVC storage tank shall conform to IS:
12701. The valves shall conform to IS: 778. A suitable metal sheet canopy for protection
from direct sunlight shall be provided over the tank area.
59.8 The water supply mains could be either of GI, uPVC or HDPE, however, the vertical
pipe connecting supply main to the discharge point shall be of GI.
59.9 Masonry chamber shall be provided for Main gate valve at pump end. Whereas, as per
requirements, at other locations either a masonry or GI/ HDPE pipe chamber may be
provided.
59.10 Module cleaning procedure and pressure requirement at discharge point shall be as
per the recommendation of PV module manufacturer. However, discharge pressure at
outlet shall not be less than 50kg/cm2 (5 MPa)
59.11 All the pipes thus laid shall be buried in ground at least 150mm below FGL or laid above
ground clamping on suitable concrete support blocks. In case of above ground piping
only GI pipes shall be used.
60 Underground Water Tank
60.1 The top of the UG tank shall be 250 mm above FGL.

60.2 The tank shall have clear free board of 300mm above MWL.
60.3 The tank bottom shall have a slope of 1:100 towards drainage sump (500x500x500 mm
deep). The slope shall be provided either in structural slab or in screed concrete (1:2:4)
trawl finished. 1000x1000 mm size Manhole in roof slab and 20 mm MS rung ladder
shall be provided for easy access to the storage tank and silting chamber for periodic
cleaning. The manhole shall be covered with RCC precast cover. 50x50x6 mm MS
angle with lugs shall be provided around precast cover and tank slab opening for edge
protection. Rungs shall be painted with 2 coats of epoxy paint over 2 coats of primer.
60.4 The underground RCC tank shall be designed for following load conditions:
• External earth pressure + hydrostatic pressure due to ground water table (to be
considered at FGL for design purposes) + Surcharge of 20 kN/ Sqm and Tank
Empty.
• Tank full up to MWL and no external loads
60.5 The design shall conform to IS: 3370 with maximum crack width of 0.1mm for wall,
bottom slab and roof slab. Min. grade of concrete shall be M30 (M35 in coastal areas,
marshy and saturated soils) conforming to IS: 456. Suitable construction joints shall be

PREMISES
provided as per provisions of IS: 3370 (Part 1). Water proofing admixture conforming
to relevant BIS standard and of approved make shall be added to concrete as per
manufacturer’s recommendations.
60.6 The underground water tank shall be tested for water tightness as per the provisions of
IS 3370 (Part-4). In case any leakage is noticed the same shall be repaired by injection
of cement grout installing suitable nozzles around affected areas. Outside face of water
tank in contact with water and soil and underside of roof slab shall be painted with 2
coats of epoxy paint.
61 Transmission Line Structures
61.1 Galvanized 220 kV and 132 kV Transmission Line towers, Tower extensions &
accessories and 11 kV, 22kV, 22kV & 33 kV transmission poles, towers & accessories
shall be designed following latest guidelines of respective SEB (State electricity board)/
STU (State transmission utility) and got approved from them before execution. In
absence of SEB/ STU guidelines REC (Rural Electrification Corporation) standards
may be followed. Support at corner with angle > 100 shall be provided with a 4-pole
structure or a lattice tower structure. Use of PCC spun pole and RCC pole is not
acceptable.
61.2 Approved copies of these designs & drawings shall be submitted to the employer for
reference and record.
62 Miscellaneous structures
62.1 Support structure for weather monitoring device

62.1.1 Weather monitoring device shall be mounted on tubular steel pole of required height.
The pole shall conform to IS: 2713.
62.1.2 The pole shall be secured to an independent RCC foundation structure through Base
plate and Anchor bolt assembly.
62.1.3 200 long 20 dia. rods shall be welded to the pole at 300 mm C/c for access to the
device for maintenance purpose.
62.1.4 The support structure shall be hot dip galvanized.
62.2 Support structures for SMU

62.2.1 SMU shall not be supported from MMS and shall have an independent structural steel
supporting frame of galvanized ISMC 75, secured to an independent RCC foundation
structure.
62.2.2 The support structure shall be of adequate height to ensure either min. ground

PREMISES
clearance of 1.2m to SMU unit or HFL + 100mm, whichever is higher.
62.3 LA Mast and Foundation

62.3.1 The LA mast shall be a self-supporting structure with GI tubular pole of required
height. The pole shall confirm to IS: 2713.
62.3.2 The pole shall be secured to an independent RCC foundation structure through Base
plate & Anchor bolt assembly.
D Quality Assurance and Inspection of Civil Works

62 Introduction
62.1 This part of the specification covers the sampling, testing and quality assurance
requirement (including construction tolerances and acceptance criteria) for all civil and
structural works covered in this specification.
62.2 This part of the technical specification shall be read in conjunction with other parts of
the technical specifications, general technical requirements & erection conditions of the
contract which covers common QA requirements. Wherever IS code or standards have
been referred they shall be the latest revisions.
62.3 The rate for respective items of work or price shall include the cost for all works,
activities, equipment, instrument, personnel, material etc. whatsoever associated to
comply with sampling, testing and quality assurance requirement including construction
tolerances and acceptance criteria and as specified in subsequent clauses of this part
of the technical specifications.
62.4 The QA and QC activities in all respects as specified in the technical specifications/
drawings / data sheets / quality plans / contract documents shall be carried out at no
extra cost.
62.5 The contractor shall prepare detailed construction and erection methodology scheme
which shall be compatible to the requirements of the desired progress of work
execution, quality measures, prior approvals from statutory authorities etc. if any and
the same shall be got approved from the Engineer.
62.6 If required, work methodology may be revised/ reviewed at every stage of execution of
work at site, to suit the site conditions, work progress commensurate with project
schedule by the contractor at no extra cost to the Engineer
63 QA and QC Manpower
63.1 The contractor shall nominate one overall QA coordinator for the contract detailing the

PREMISES
name, designation, contact details and address at the time of post bid discussions.
63.2 All correspondence related to Quality Assurance shall be addressed by the contractor’s
QA coordinator to the Engineer.
63.3 Employer/ Consultant shall address all correspondence related to Quality issues to the
contractor’s QA coordinator. The contractor’s QA coordinator shall be responsible for
co-ordination of Quality activities between various divisions of the contractor and their
sub-vendors on one hand & with Engineer on the other hand.
63.4 The contractor shall appoint a dedicated, experienced and competent QA & QC in-
charge at site, preferably directly reporting to the Project Manager, supported as
necessary by experienced personnel, to ensure the effective implementation of the
approved QAP.
63.5 The contractor shall finalize and submit a deployment schedule of QA & QC personnel
along with their details to Engineer for approval/ acceptance and further shall ensure
their availability well before the start of the concern activity.
64 Laboratory and Field Testing
64.1 The contractor shall make necessary provisions to provide all facilities required for QA
& QC activities by setting up a field laboratory for QA and QC activities in line with the
indicative field QA & QC laboratory set-up.
64.2 The Laboratory building shall be constructed and installed with adequate facilities to
meet the requirement of envisaged test setup. Temperature and humidity controls shall
be available wherever necessary during testing of samples.
64.3 The quality plan shall identify the testing equipment/ instrument, which the contractor
shall deploy and equip the field quality laboratory for meeting the field quality plan
requirements.
64.4 The contractor shall furnish a comprehensive list of testing equipment/ instrument
required to meet the planned/scheduled tests for the execution of works for Engineer’s
acceptance/ approval.
64.5 The contractor shall mobilize the requisite laboratory equipment and QA & QC
manpower at least 15 days prior to the planned test activity as per the schedule of tests.
64.6 In case contractor desires to hire the services of any established laboratory nearby for
any field tests then he shall ensure that the subject laboratory is well equipped with all
requisite testing facilities and qualified QA & QC staff and this shall not affect in anyway
the work progress.
64.7 All equipment and instruments in the laboratory/ field shall be calibrated before the

PREMISES
commencement of tests and then at regular intervals, as per the manufacturer’s

recommendation and as directed by the Engineer. The calibration certificates shall
specify the fitness of the equipment and instruments within the limit of tolerance for use.
Contractor shall arrange for calibration of equipment and instruments by an NABL /
NPL accredited agency and the calibration report shall be submitted to Engineer.
64.8 The tests which cannot be carried out in the field laboratory shall be done at a laboratory
of repute. This includes selected IITs, NCB, CSMRS, reputed government /
autonomous laboratories / organizations, NITs and other reputed testing laboratories.
The test samples for such test shall be jointly selected and sealed by the engineer and
thereafter these shall be sent to the concerned laboratory through the covering letter
signed by Engineer. Test report along with the recommendations shall be obtained from
the laboratories without delay and submitted to Engineer.
64.9 Based on the schedule of work agreed with the Engineer and the approved FQP, the
contractor shall prepare a schedule of tests and submit them to the Engineer and
organize to carry out the tests as scheduled/agreed.
65 Sampling and Testing of Construction Materials
65.1 The method of sampling for testing of construction materials and work / job samples
shall be as per the relevant BIS / standards / codes and in line with the requirements
of the technical specifications / quality plans.
65.2 All samples shall be jointly drawn, signed and sealed wherever required, by the
contractor and the engineer or his authorized representative.
65.3 The contractor shall carry out testing in accordance with the relevant IS standards/
codes and in line with the requirements of the technical specifications / quality plans.
Where no specific testing procedure is mentioned, the tests shall be carried out as per
the best prevalent engineering practices and to the directions of the Engineer.
65.4 All testing shall be done in the presence of Engineer or his authorized representative
in a NABL accredited / Govt. Laboratory acceptable to Engineer.
65.5 The test samples shall be jointly selected and sealed and signed by the Site-in-charge
and thereafter these shall be sent to the concerned laboratory.
65.6 The test report along with the recommendations shall be obtained from the laboratory
without delay and submitted to Engineer.
66 Purchase and Service
66.1 All structural steel shall be procured only from main steel producers In case of non-

PREMISES
availability of some of the sections with main steel producers, the contractor may
propose to procure the sections from the re-rollers of the main steel producers, the
name of such re-rollers will have to be cleared by the Engineer for which details such
as BIS approval, main steel producer’s approval, past experience for production of
sections of specified material, details of machines, plant, testing facilities etc.
66.2 Confirmation that the process control and manufacturing of steel sections by re-rollers
shall be same as that of main steel producers, that billets for re-rolling will only be
sourced from main steel producers shall be furnished with regard to re-roller.
66.3 For Module Mounting Structures (MMS), sources of steel other than those specified
under this clause may also be used subject to the condition that they otherwise meet
the requirements of the Technical Specifications / Bid documents. Even after clearance
of re-rollers, induction of billets with identified and correlated Mill test certificates (MTC)
in the process of re-rolling, sampling of steel, quality checks thereof and stamping of
final product for further identification and correlation with MTC prior to dispatch shall be
the responsibility of the contractor and these shall be performed in presence of the
authorized representative of the main Contractor.
66.4 Reinforcement steel shall be procured only from main steel producers and Mill test
certificates (MTC) shall be obtained and submitted to the Engineer for correlation.
67 Field Quality Plan
67.1 Well before the start of the work, the contractor shall prepare and submit the Field
Quality Plans to Employer for approval, which shall detail out for all the works,
equipment, services, quality practices and procedures etc. in line with the requirement
of the technical specifications to be followed by the contractor at site.
67.2 This FQP shall cover all the items / activities covered in the contract / schedule of items
required, right from material procurement to completion of the work at site.
67.3 An Indicative Field & Manufacturing Quality Plan for civil, structural and MMS works is
enclosed with this specification for reference as Annexure-B.
68 General QA Requirements
68.1 The contractor shall ensure that the works, BOIs and services under the scope of
Contract, whether manufactured or performed within contractor’s works or at his
subcontractor’s premises or at the project site or at any other place of work, are in
accordance with Technical specification, applicable standards / codes, approved
drawings / data sheets / quality plans and BOQ. All the works, BOIs and services shall

PREMISES
be carried out as per the best prevalent engineering practices and to the directions of
the Engineer.
Equipment UOM Approx. Qty.

Cube moulds for cement testing nos. 4
Sieve shaker nos. 1
Sieve for sand, coarse and fine aggregate set 1
Sieve for coarse aggregate set 1
Slump testing equipment nos. 6
Oven nos. 2
Physical balance nos. 1
Thermometer nos. 4
Burret nos. 2
Measuring cylinder nos. 9
Measuring flask nos. 3
Compression testing machine set 1
Cube mould for concrete nos. 10
1
Mechanical weighing machine nos.
(100kg capacity)
Drum type concrete mixer (for trial mixes) nos. 1
Proctor testing equipment set 1
68.2 Notes
68.3 The equipment listed above is indicative and minimum required. Additional equipment,
if any, required for successful completion of work shall be provided /arranged by the
contractor.
68.4 All test reports/ inspection reports shall be submitted in soft copy also and shall be
available at site for easy access to the Engineer.
68.5 Based on the schedule (L2/L3 Network), Quality control & Quality Assurance Work plan
shall be finalized by the contractor and the same shall be submitted to Engineer for
acceptance/approval.
E Performance Measurement Procedure

PREMISES
69 Performance Ratio (PR)

Performance Ratio (PR) test for Operational Acceptance of the plant shall be performed
as per the procedure attached in Annexure-C.
70 Capacity Utilization Factor (CUF)

Capacity Utilization Factor of the plant shall be calculated as pe the procedure attached
in Annexure-C.

PREMISES
Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, Commissioning and 10 years
of O&M for 150MWp Grid Connected Solar PV power plant at different locations in Telangana State
SECTION – VII
A.SCOPE OF WORKS (SOW)
150MW Grid Connected Solar PV Tender No Technical Specs. Signature of Bidder

Power Plant at different locations in TS SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/XXX/XXXXX/XX Page 1 of 11
SCOPE OF WORK:
1 Introduction
Project particulars:
UOM Yellandu Manuguru Pedapally Pegadapally

Design & Engineering
Proposed capacity of the
MW 60 (50+10) 30 50 10
solar power plants
Mono/ Multi Mono/ Multi Mono/ Multi Mono/ Multi
Technology -
Crystalline Crystalline Crystalline Crystalline
Origin of manufacturer - Open Open Open Open
O&M period Years 10 10 10 10
Design life of PV Power
Years
plant 25 25 25 25
Site Coordinates and Land Details
Latitude Degree 17.57009 17.96 18.667 18.8344
Longitude Degree 80.31941 80.83 79.5333 79.5607
Altitude m 226 69 167 142
Village - Yellandu Manuguru Mulkalpallee Pegadapally
Bhadadri Bhadadri
District
- Kothagudem Kothagudem Pedapally Mancherial
State - Telangana State
SCCL
Thermal
Location Yellandu Manuguru Pedapally
Plant,
- Pegadapally
Type of Land - Govt. Land
Owner of Project - Singareni Colleiries Company Limited
Owner of Land - Singareni Colleiries Company Limited
Electrical Interconnection Details
220/132/33 33/3.3kV
132/33kV 132/33kV
Substation Details kV Manuguru SCCL
Yellandu S/S SCCL S/S
- S/S Auxillary S/s
Distance to connecting
6000 1500 2500 200
substation (approx.) m
Access
Khammam Bhadadri Mancherial
Nearest Urban Area Pedapally
- (30km) Kothagudem (14.6km)
Nearest Highway NH 365A Rajiv Rahadari State Highway
-
Khammam Bhadadri Mancherial
Nearest Railway Station Pedapally
- (30km) Kothagudem (14.6 km)
Nearest Domestic Airport - RGIA, Hyderabad
Other Details
Construction Water - To be arranged by Bidder
Construction Power - To be arranged by Bidder

2 Brief Scope of Work

Scope of Supply & Work includes all design & engineering, procurement & supply of equipment
and materials, testing at manufacturers works, multi – level inspections, packing and
forwarding, supply, receipt, unloading and storage at site, associated civil works, services,
permits, licences, installation and incidentals, insurance at all stages, erection, testing and
commissioning of a total of 150MW (AC) Grid Interactive Solar PV Power Plant and
performance demonstration with associated equipment and materials on turnkey basis at
different locations and capacity as mentioned in the table below along with 10 (Ten) years
comprehensive operation and maintenance from the date of Operational Acceptance.
S. No. Site Details Site Capacity Locations

(MW)
1 Site – 1 60 (50+10) Yellandu Area
2 Site – 2 50 Pedapally Area
3 Site – 3 30 Manuguru Area
4 Site – 4 10 STPP, Pegadapally Area
NOTE: The Detailed specifications for the works are stated under Section – VII. Total capacity
of 150MW (AC) is considered in different sites as above. Every site is considered as
separate project while the overall timelines remain intact.
3 Design and Engineering:

Contractor shall prepare the detailed design basis report (DBR) along with relevant standards
(with respective clause description), PERT Chart and MDL. Contractor shall submit a copy
to Employer for review and approval prior to detail engineering.
Submission of basic design data, design documents, drawings and engineering information
including GTP and test reports to Employer or its authorized representative for review and
approval in hard copy and soft copy from time to time as per project schedule. The documents
typically include, but not limited to, the following:
• Solar insolation data and basis for generation
• Detailed technical specifications (GTP) of all the equipment
• General arrangement and assembly drawings of all major equipment
• Schematic diagram for entire electrical system (DC, AC and auxiliary systems)
• GTP & G.A. drawings for all types of structures/ components, 132kV or 33kV switchgears
(as applicable) & other interfacing panels

• Test reports (for type, routine and acceptance tests)

• Relay setting charts
• Design calculations and sheets (licenced software as well as design templates)
• Geo technical investigation data and Topographical survey report including
topographical survey data in digital format (Excel file) and Contour plan of the area.
• GA drawings of the entire project including equipment rooms/ inverter control rooms,
office cum control room, roads, storm water drainage, sewage networks, security gate,
fire protection system, perimeter fencing, transformer yard fencing etc.
• Transmission line drawings and erection plans as per DISCOM/ STU guidelines
• Quality assurance plans for manufacturing (MQP), Standard Operating procedure (SOP)
and field activities (FQP)
• Detailed site EHS plan, fire safety & evacuation plan and disaster management plan.
• Detailed risk assessment and mitigation plan.
• O&M Instruction’s and maintenance manuals for major equipment
• As-built drawings / documents and deviation list from good for construction (GFC)
Estimation of the plant generation based on Solar Radiation and other climatic conditions
prevailing at site.
Design of associated civil, structural, electrical & mechanical auxiliary systems includes
preparation of single line diagrams and installation drawings, manuals, electrical layouts,
erection key diagrams, electrical and physical clearance diagrams, design calculations for
Earth- mat, Bus Bar & Spacers indoor and outdoor lighting/ illumination etc., GTP and GA
drawings for the major equipment including transmission line, design basis & calculation
sheets, and other relevant drawings and documents required for engineering of all facilities
within the periphery to be provided under this contract.
All drawings shall be fully corrected to match with the actual "As – Built" site conditions and
submitted to Employer after commissioning of the project for record purpose. All as-built
drawings must include the Good for Construction deviation list.
4 Procurement & Supply

The equipment and materials for Grid Interactive Solar PV Power Plant with associated
system (Typical) shall include but not limited to the transit insurance, receipt, unloading,
storage, erection, testing and commissioning of all supplied material for the following:
4.1.1 Adequate capacity of Solar PV modules of suitable rating including module mounting
structures (fixed tilt), fasteners, suitable MMS foundations and module interconnections.
4.1.2 Array Junction boxes, distribution boxes and Fuse boxes with string monitoring capabilities:
MCBs/ isolators, Surge Arrestors and with proper lugs, glands, ferrules, terminations and

mounting structures.
4.1.3 DC and AC cables of appropriate sizes with adequate safety and insulation
4.1.4 Power Conditioning Units (PCU) with SCADA compatibility, common AC power evacuation
panel with bus bars and circuit breakers LT & HT Power Interfacing Panels, Plant Monitoring
Desk, AC & DC Distribution boards and UPS for emergency power supply along with required
batteries
4.1.5 Step – up transformers (inverter duty) in relevance with state grid code and inverter
manufacturer requirements.
4.1.6 Power Transformer in relevance with technical specifications provided in this document and
state grid code requirements.
4.1.7 Auxiliary transformer (s) along with cables and accessories for plant internal consumption.
4.1.8 Relay and protection system along with battery system.
4.1.9 LT Power and Control Cables including end terminations and other required accessories for
both AC & DC power
4.1.10 Internal 415V interconnection & Indoor feeder panels to cater auxiliary needs of plant
4.1.11 Indoor panels / outdoor structures having incoming and outgoing feeders with VCBs, CTs,
PTs, Bus bars, cables terminals kits and Bus coupler having Main and transfer Bus. Each
bay shall consist of VCB, CT, Isolators with earth switch, LAs and PT’s etc.
4.1.12 ABT meters (Main, Check and standby) with all necessary metering rated CT’s and PT’s at
the plant take off point as well as at the substation as per CEA Metering Regulation 2006 as
amended time to time and state metering code.
4.1.13 Data acquisition system with remote monitoring facilities. As per SLDC’s Requirement data
shall be sent from generating plant to the State Load Dispatch Centre (SLDC)
4.1.14 Lightning arrestors for entire plant area.
4.1.15 HDPE pipes, cable conduits, cable trays and accessories/trenches.
4.1.16 Earthing of the entire plant as per relevant standards.
4.1.17 Control room equipment
4.1.18 Testing instruments for maintenance and monitoring of equipment.
4.1.19 Spares & consumables, as required or recommended, for the complete O&M period.
4.1.20 CCTV cameras for plant surveillance
4.1.21 Fire protection system in buildings and fire extinguishers.
4.1.22 Weather monitoring station shall include but not be limited to the following:
• Pyranometers – for horizontal and tilted plane
• Ultrasonic Anemometer (wind speed and direction)
• Temperature Sensor – Ambient and module surface
• Power source to the all sensors

• Data Logger
4.1.23 Construction of suitable structures for termination of transmission line for taking off from plant
end and receipt of lines at Substation end.
4.1.24 Design & construction of Transmission line/ cable at required voltage level from plant take off
point to the designated substation including right of way (ROW) and construction of bay at
designated substation as per DISCOM/TRANSCO requirements/procedures.
4.1.25 Any re-arrangement/ replacement of substation equipment/ materials, including bay
construction, if required, at the evacuating substation necessary for evacuation of power from
the Plant.
4.1.26 All safety equipment including PPE, mats etc. for safe working environment
4.1.27 Materials and accessories, which are required for satisfactory and trouble-free operation and
maintenance of the above equipment like module cleaning system, supply of spares for all
equipment, supply of tools and tackles etc.,
4.1.28 Any other equipment / material, not mentioned but required to complete the Solar Power
Plant facilities in all respect.
5 Construction and Erection Works

The items of civil design and construction work shall include all works required for solar PV
project and should be performed specifically with respect to following but not limited to:
5.1.1 Conducting geotechnical investigation and topographical survey of the given area.
5.1.2 Earthwork for site grading, cutting, filling, levelling & compaction of land.
5.1.3 Construction and erection of perimeter fence/ boundary wall and main/ security gate(s).
5.1.4 Construction of foundation for mounting structures for SPV panels.
5.1.5 Civil foundation work of transformers, switchgears, equipment, Water tank etc.
5.1.6 Construction of motorable approach road, internal roads and peripheral roads with WBM
base.
5.1.7 Construction of Equipment room with necessary illumination system and finishing as
required.
5.1.8 Office cum stores cum control room building with Supervisor room, pantry, wash room,
conference room etc. along with requisite furniture, workstations, air conditioning, internal
and external illumination, other equipment as per the specifications.
5.1.9 Security cabin (s) at strategic locations inside the boundary of the plant.
5.1.10 Suitable arrangement of water shall be ensured to cater to day-to-day requirement of drinking
water and permanent water supply for module cleaning and other needs of SPV power plant
during entire O&M period.
5.1.11 Suitable Communication System for telemetry, SCADA with remote monitoring capabilities

and internet facility.

5.1.12 Construction of Storm water drainage to its nearest outfall point & sewage network including
rain water harvesting mechanism.
5.1.13 Erection of Perimeter lighting along with all accessories and cabling
5.1.14 Laying of underground / over ground Cables (all types, as applicable) with proper
arrangements along with appropriate sized ferrules, lugs, glands and terminal blocks. Laying
of cables inside the building trench and other locations as required shall be over GI cable
trays with proper support and accessories.
5.1.15 Construction of transmission line including Design, route survey, foundation, erection
stringing, commissioning as per TRANSCO/DISCOM procedure from take-off point at plant
end/ substation to the delivery point at the evacuation substation as per Project Particulars
provided above.
5.1.16 Suitable earthing for plant along with earth pits as per standards
5.1.17 All approvals, for equipment, items and works, which are not otherwise specifically mentioned
in this document but are required for successful completion of the work in all aspects,
including construction, commissioning, O&M of Solar PV Power Plant and guaranteed
performance are deemed to be included in the scope of the contractor.
6 Statutory Approvals
Obtaining statutory approvals /clearances/ compliances on behalf of the Employer from
various Government Departments, not limited to, the following: -
• Pollution control board clearance, if required
• Mining Department, if required
• Forest Department, if required
• All other approval as and when, as necessary for setting up of a solar power plant including
CEIG/ CEA, connectivity, power evacuation, railways, PTCC power line crossing,
panchayat, NHAI etc. as per the suggested guidelines
6.1.1 All statutory approvals/permissions and/or No Objection Certificates (NoC) etc. from the
DISCOM for obtaining connectivity at the substation as per Project Particulars provided
above.
6.1.2 All other statutory approvals and permissions and their respective compliances, not
mentioned specifically but are required to carry out hassle free Construction and O&M of the
plant.
6.1.3 Adequate and seamless insurance coverage during EPC and O&M period to mitigate all risks
related to construction and O&M of the plant to indemnify the Employer.
The Contractor shall comply with the provision of all relevant acts of Central or State

Governments including payment of Wages Act 1936, Minimum Wages Act 1948, Employer's
Liability Act 1938, Workmen's Compensation Act 1923, Industrial Dispute Act 1947, Maturity
Benefit Act 1961, Mines Act 1952, Employees State Insurance Act 1948, Contract Labour
(Regulations & Abolishment) Act 1970, Electricity Act 2003, Grid Code, Metering Code,
MNRE guidelines or any modification thereof or any other law relating whereto and rules
made there under or amended from time to time.
Gate entry system, as per requirement, shall be followed by the contractor for all their
personnel and vehicle movement.
7 Operation and Maintenance

Total Operation & Maintenance of the SPV Plant shall be with the Contractor, after
commissioning / operational acceptance of the plant till final acceptance or culmination of the
O&M period, whichever is later, shall include deployment of engineering personnel,
technicians and security personnel.
To provide a detailed training plan for all O&M procedures to Employer’s nominated staff,
which shall have prior approval from the Employer.
Employ and coordinate the training of contractors’ personnel who will be qualified and
experienced to operate and monitor the facility and to coordinate operations of the facility
with the grid system.
Discharge obligations relating to retirement/ Superannuating benefits to employees or any
other benefit accruing to them in the nature of compensation, profit in lieu / in addition to
salary, etc. for the period of service with the contractor, irrespective continuance of
employees with the project as employees of Contractor, after conclusion of O&M period.
To maintain accurate and up-to-date operating logs, records and monthly Operation &
Maintenance reports at the facility. Contractor shall keep the measured daily data at regular
intervals and provide the same to Employer in electronic form, compatible in CSV format.
The right to use the data shall remain with the Employer.
Contractor shall prepare and send Forecasting and Scheduling generation reports as per
extant regulations (SERC/CERC) for Forecasting, Scheduling, Deviation Settlement
Mechanism and related matters. The scope under this Clause shall also include establishing
and maintaining forecasting tools and appointment of QCA/Aggregator, if required. % Error
(Deviation) shall be calculated as per the said regulations and DSM Charges in case of
deviation beyond the permissible limits shall be borne by the Contractor.
Procurement of spare parts, overhaul parts, tools & tackles, equipment, consumables, etc.
required for smooth operation and maintenance of the plant as per prudent/ standard utility
practices, OEM recommendations and warranty clauses for the entire O&M period

To upkeep all administrative offices, roads, tool room, stores room, equipment in clean, green
and workable conditions.
To carry out periodic overhauls or maintenance required as per the recommendations of the
original equipment manufacturer (OEM) and to furnish all such periodic maintenance
schedules at the time of plant commissioning/ start of O&M contract.
Handover the system to maintain an inventory of spare parts, tools, equipment, consumables
and supplies for the facility’s operation along-with required details of recommended spares
list with all associated information regarding replacement records, supplier details, tentative
cost, storage details, specifications on the basis of replacement frequency and mean time
between failures and mean time to restore at the culmination of penultimate year under O&M
period.
Availability of vehicles for Employer staff during construction and O&M period as per
requirement may be ensured, failing which Employer shall have full right for alternate
arrangement at the risk & cost of the contractor.
The contractor shall be responsible for all the required activities for the successful running,
committed energy generation & maintenance of the Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant covering:
• Deputation of qualified and experienced engineers and technicians at the facility.
• Deputation of Security personnel for the complete security of plant.
• Successful running of Solar Power Plant for committed energy generation.
• Co-ordination with STU/SLDC/other statutory organizations as per the requirement on
behalf of Employer for Joint Metering Report (JMR), furnishing generations schedules as
per requirement, revising schedules as necessary and complying with grid requirements.
• Monitoring, controlling, troubleshooting maintaining of logs & records, registers.
• Furnishing generation data monthly to Employer by 1st week of every month for the
previous month to enable Employer raise commercial bills on consumers.
• Periodic cleaning of solar modules as approved by the Employer and water quality as
per the recommendations of OEM
• Replacement of Modules, Invertors/PCU’s and other equipment as and when required
during the O&M period without additional cost to Employer
Continuous monitoring the performance of the Solar Power Plant and regular maintenance
of the whole system including Modules, PCU’s, transformers, overhead line, outdoor/indoor
panels/ kiosks etc. are necessary for extracting and maintaining the maximum energy output
from the Solar Power Plant.
Preventive and corrective O&M of the Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant including supply of
spares, consumables, wear and tear, overhauling, replacement of damaged modules,

invertors, PCU’s and insurance covering all risks (Fire & allied perils, earth quake, terrorists,
burglary and others) as required.
The period of Operation and Maintenance will be deemed to commence from the date of
completion of performance demonstration/Operational acceptance and successively the
complete Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant to be handed over to the O&M contractor for
operation and maintenance of the same. O&M contract shall further be extended on the
mutually agreed terms and conditions for the mutually agreed period.
All the equipment required for Testing, Commissioning and O&M for the healthy operation of
the Plant must be calibrated, time to time, from the NABL accredited labs and the certificate
of calibration must be provided prior to its deployment.
The Contractor shall ensure that all safety measures are taken at the site to avoid accidents
to his or his sub-contractor or Employer's Workmen. This will include procurement of all safety
gadgets during Construction and O&M period including but not limited to, rubber mats of
appropriate grade, PPE, rubber gloves and suitable shoes etc.
8 Operation and Performance Monitoring

Operation part consists of deputing necessary manpower necessary to operate the Solar
Photovoltaic Power Plant at the full capacity. Operation procedures such as preparation to
starting, running, routine operations with safety precautions, monitoring etc., shall be carried
out as per the manufacturer’s instructions to have trouble free operation of the complete
system.
Daily work of the operation and maintenance in the Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant involves
periodic cleaning of Modules, logging the voltage, current, power factor, power and energy
output of the Plant at different levels. The operator shall also note down time/ failures,
interruption in supply and tripping of different relays, reason for such tripping, duration of such
interruption etc. The other task of the operators is to check battery voltage-specific gravity
and temperature. The operator shall record monthly energy output, down time, etc.
Earth resistance of Plant as well as individual earth pit is to be measured and recorded every
month. If the earth resistance is high suitable action is to be taken to bring down the same.
A maintenance record is to be maintained by the operator/ O&M-in-charge to record the
regular maintenance work carried out as well as any breakdown maintenance along with the
reasons for the breakdowns and steps taken to attend the breakdown, duration of the
breakdown etc.
The Preventive Maintenance Schedules will be drawn such that some of the jobs other than
breakdown, which may require comparatively long stoppage of the Power Plant, shall be
carried out preferably during the non-sunny days or evenings. Prior information shall be

provided to the Employer for such preventive maintenance prior to start.

The Contractor will attend to any breakdown jobs immediately for repair/ replacement/
adjustments and complete at the earliest working round the clock. During breakdowns (not
attributable to normal wear and tear) in O&M period, the Contractor shall immediately report
the accidents, if any, to the Employer showing the circumstances under which it happened
and the extent of damage and/or injury caused.
The contractor shall at his own expense provide all amenities to his workmen as per
applicable laws and rules.
If negligence / mal operation of the contractor's operator results in failure of equipment, such
equipment should be repaired/replaced by the contractor free of cost.
9 Security services
The contractor has to arrange proper security system including deputation of security
personnel at his own cost for the check vigil for the Solar Power Plant for the complete scope
of works including complete O&M period.
The security staff may be organized to work on suitable shift system; proper checking &
recording of all incoming & outgoing materials vehicles shall be maintained. Any occurrence
of unlawful activities shall be informed to Employer immediately. A monthly report shall be
sent to Employer on the security aspects.
Any other activities required for completion of project, but not specified in the above shall be
in the scope of contractor. The Contractor must provide the BOM of the plant as per the
design during the time of submission of design basis report. The detailed technical
specifications of major equipment to be followed strictly and are described in the technical
specification section.

SECTION VII
Annexure – B
PG Test Procedure
SOLAR ENERGY CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED


Tender No. Annexure-B
PLANT PROJECTS AT SCCL Signature of Bidder
SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/XXX/XXX Page 1 of 11
PREMISES
Ist floor, Wing A, Prius Platinum Building, D – 3, District Centre, Saket, New Delhi – 17
Tel: 011 – 71989200, Fax: 011 – 71989241

PREMISES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................... 4
2 FUNCTIONAL GUARANTEE TESTS FOR SOLAR PV PLANT .............................................. 4
2.1 PERFORMANCE RATIO GUARANTEE TEST ........................................................... 4
2.1.2 General Requirement ................................................................................................... 5
2.1.3 Pre-PR Test.................................................................................................................. 5
2.1.4 PR Test Procedure ....................................................................................................... 7
2.1.5 Determination of PR Test ............................................................................................. 8
2.1.6 Raw Data Formats and Reports................................................................................... 9
2.2 CAPACITY UTILIZATION FACTOR ............................................................................ 9

PREMISES
1 INTRODUCTION
This document lays down the procedures and requirements for conducting Functional Guarantee tests
including scope of the tests, procedures for the tests, reporting formats and process for determining test
results in accordance with the Tender Specifications, applicable standards and industry best practices.
2 FUNCTIONAL GUARANTEE TESTS FOR SOLAR PV PLANT

Functional Guarantee for Solar PV Plant shall comprise of following Guarantees:
(1) Performance Ratio Guarantee test for operational acceptance.
(2) Annual Generation Guarantee up to a period of 10 years (O&M Period), starting from the date of
Operational Acceptance.
2.1 PERFORMANCE RATIO GUARANTEE TEST

A Performance Ratio Guarantee test shall be commenced within 60 days of the commissioning of Plant
Facilities to demonstrate that the plant has achieved the Guaranteed Performance Ratio in line with
requirements under section VII of the bidding document. This will be one of the pre-conditions for the Plant
Operational Acceptance. Performance Ratio (PR) test period would be continuous measurement of 30
consecutive days. The test shall be conducted in accordance with the IEC-61724 as per the methodology
described in Technical Specifications under section VII of the bidding document. The procedure of PR
test is described further in Section 2.4. The report shall contain all the measured energy and Met data
values, calculations, results and conclusions.
2.1.1 Performance Ratio
The Performance Ratio (PR) of the PV Plant is calculated as follows (according to IEC 61724 Ed.2).
𝐸𝑜𝑢𝑡
𝑃𝑅 =
(𝐶 × 𝑃𝑜 ) × (𝐺𝑖,𝑘 × 𝜏𝑘 )
∑𝑘 ( 𝑘 )
𝐺𝑖,𝑟𝑒𝑓
where
PR Temperature Corrected Performance Ratio
Eout Cumulative AC energy measured at the plant end ABT meter over the duration of reporting
period (kWh)
𝜏𝑘 Duration of the kth recording interval, i.e. (1/60) hour
∑𝑘 Summation over all recording intervals in the reporting period, (1/4) hour
Ck Power rating temperature adjustment factor and can be calculated as below
Ck = 1 + γ x (Tavg_mod,k – Tref)
γ Temperature coefficient of power with negative sign (°C-1)
Tavg_mod,k Average PV Module temperature measured at the commencement of time interval ‘𝜏𝑘 ’ (°C)

PREMISES
Tref PV Module temperature at which Po is determined, i.e. 25°C

Po Installed nominal peak power of PV modules, i.e. Nameplate rating at STC (kW p)
𝐺𝑖,𝑘 Average irradiance measured at the Plane of Array (POA) at the commencement of time
interval 𝜏𝑘 (kW/m2)
Gi,ref Irradiance value at which Po is determined, i.e. 1 kW/m2
2.1.2 General Requirement
• The Functional Guarantee shall comprise of a set of visual/mechanical/Electrical checks followed

by a Performance Ratio (PR) test of the Plant Facilities.
• The PR test shall be carried out for a period of 30 consecutive days at site by the Contractor in
presence of the Employer/ Employer’s Representative/ Owner’s Engineer.
• These tests shall be binding on both the parties to the contract to determine compliance of the
equipment with the guaranteed performance parameters.
• The test will consist of guaranteeing the correct operation of the Plant Facilities, by way of the
performance ratio based on the reading of the energy produced and delivered to the grid at the
plant end ABT meter and the Plane of Array incident solar radiation.
• PR is calculated as per the formula given in Clause no. 2.1 and recorded as per the format provided
at Annexure 1.
• All the end of each day, the filled-in format shall be signed by both the parties (EPC Contractor and
SECI) and each party will keep one copy for record. The same will continue for 30 consecutive
days.
• The Functional Guarantee condition for the purpose of Provisional Acceptance of Part 1 of the
Plant Facilities shall be considered to have been met if the guaranteed Performance Ratio (PR) is
achieved on a daily basis for 30 consecutive days.
• During this PR test, equipment failure/interruption of any kind, except for SCADA communication
failures, will not be accountable. In case of a breakdown, the test may be resumed once the
complete system is rectified and working properly.
2.1.3 Pre-PR Test

2.1.3.1 The EPC Contractor shall perform start-up tests after successful completion of visual inspection and
functional testing. Such testing shall be conducted under the SECI’s / Owner’s Engineers supervision.
The test results shall be recorded as part of a signed-off commissioning record.
2.1.3.2 Preliminary Test Check
The preliminary checks include all the warranty certificates for the major equipment, pre –
commissioning test reports, field quality checklists verified through the FQP documents of all
equipment and works along with the calibration reports of all the instruments and sensors, wherever

PREMISES
applicable.
2.1.3.3 Visual /Mechanical Test
Visual checks shall be done on all the components that form part of the plant including the grid
connection equipment in compliance with the field quality plans. The following critical elements as a
minimum shall be subjected to visual inspection:
• Module mounting structure and foundations.

• PV module and DC installation.
• Inverters.
• Transformers.
• Switchgear.
• Lightning protection systems.
• Earthing protection systems.
• Electrical protection systems, junction boxes and cabling.
• Grid connection compliance protection and disconnection systems.
• Monitoring systems (including meteorological sensors).
2.1.3.4 Electrical Tests

Subsequent to mechanical completion and visual testing of the plants, following functional electrical
tests shall be performed. These tests also referred as start-ups tests shall be the first step for PG
guarantee of the plant. These tests shall essentially include:
2.1.3.5 Open circuit voltage (VOC) test.
This test verifies that strings are properly connected (module and string polarity) and that all modules
are producing the expected voltage according to the module data sheet. To measure Voc, the following
procedure shall be used:
(a) DC string combiner box is opened; fuses leading to the sub main junction box are removed.
(b) The voltage is measured with a calibrated, industry accepted instrument from the negative bus bar
to the string positive lead.
2.1.3.6 Functional Guarantee Test shall commence immediately after all issues arising from the functional/
start-up test have been rectified.
Note:
(a) All measurement(s) procedure should be carried out taking proper safety precaution.
(b) Also it should be ensured that to avoid any loose connection at the terminal points for which
measurement procedure is conducted.

PREMISES
(c) Ensure proper functioning (e.g. Multimeters shall be calibrated) of all measuring instruments
before conducting above measurement procedure.
(d) The above test procedure shall be conducted in presence of site in-charge.
2.1.4 PR Test Procedure

The date of commencement of the PR Test shall be communicated in advance and agreed upon by both
parties i.e. SECI and EPC Contractor. Any consecutive 30 days period (excluding interruptions that last
entire day on account of grid outage or as per hindrance record maintained at site only) for the purpose
of conducting PR test shall be mutually discussed and agreed between SECI and EPC Contractor. It
shall comprise of the following procedures.
2.1.4.1 Pre-test Procedure
(1) Before the commencement of Performance Ratio (PR) test, the plant shall have achieved
visual/mechanical/Electrical completion as per Clause 2.3 above and SCADA system and WMS
shall be fully commissioned and functional.
(2) Trial Run: The PG Test for Plant Facilities shall commence with a trial run for 7 consecutive days.
The EPC Contractor shall provide the data in requisite formats (specified elsewhere in the
document) to SECI. SECI shall vet the data for any discrepancies and systemic errors and revert
within 3 working days. Post the trial run period, the 30 days PR test will commence after
communication from SECI in this regard.
(3) Pyranometer Tilt Angle & Cleanness: The pyranometers & Tilt Angle shall be verified before the
test commences and then visually inspected at regular intervals for cleanliness during the
tests.
(4) The average of all the Pyranometers (GTI) shall be considered for the calculation of PR. The
average of module temperatures recorded by all the temperature sensors shall be used for
calculation of PR. The Pyranometers and Temperature sensors used for the purpose of the PR
Test shall have valid calibration certificates.
2.1.4.2 Following the completion of the pre-test procedures, Performance Ratio Test of plant shall commence
in accordance with the procedures, conditions and requirements provided in the next section.
2.1.4.3 General Procedure for the PR Test
The PR Test Procedure shall include the following components:
(1) Data Collection: PV Power Plant test related parameters are collected in one-minute and 15
intervals for the 30 (Thirty) days (consecutive) reference period. The data shall consist of the
following at a minimum:
• Irradiance at Collector’s (i.e. PV Module) POA; (Source: SCADA, Temporal Resolution: 1

PREMISES
minute)
• Other Met Data received from installed WMS; (Source: SCADA, Temporal Resolution: 1
minute)
• Energy generated at Plant (kWh) (Source: Plant MFM Meter from SCADA, Temporal
Resolution: 1 minute)
• Energy injected into grid (kWh) (Source: Plant ABT Meter at GSS/injection point, Temporal
Resolution: 15 minute)
• PV Module Temperature recorded from the temperature Sensors (oC) (Source: SCADA,
Temporal Resolution: 1 minute)
(2) Data Filtering: The data shall be filtered so that the data set is free of nuisance data points and
bad data that exhibit a high degree of error (such as errors caused by faulty instrumentation). The
EPC Contractor shall document data which is to be eliminated along with reasons. The following
criteria shall be excluded from the dataset used for this test:
• Nuisance or bad data – Nuisance data points or bad data that clearly exhibit a high degree
of error including required meteorological measurement equipment that is identified as being
out of calibration or requiring adjustment. A 15-minute time-block shall be explicitly flagged
through a flag parameter on account of this factor after recording reasons thereof (Note: no
filtration shall be done at site level). The same shall be corroborated/verified by SECI.
• Time blocks with insufficient (less than equal to 10) 1-minute records.
• Grid Interruptions – Time periods (in 15-minute time blocks) of the grid interruptions at the
utility substation, recorded manually jointly by EPC Contractor and SECI representatives shall
be eliminated. Grid outage period, if any, shall be verified from SCADA.
• Any Force majeure conditions
• Radiation Criteria – Radiation on Plane of Array (POA) less than 200 W/m 2
• Shutdown explicitly demanded by the Owner/DISCOM/STU.
• As per the hindrance record maintained at site.
Note: Minimum 24 Nos of 15-minute time blocks shall be considered to account the day for PR
measurement. Otherwise the PR test shall be extended to another day.
2.1.5 Determination of PR Test
Daily PR shall be calculated as the average of the PR calculated for valid 15-minute time blocks (Refer
Clause 2.1.4.3) for the 30-day duration. If the EPC Contractor is not able to demonstrate guaranteed PR
during this period, the two more chances shall be given to demonstrate the same after incorporation of
suitable corrective measures. In case the contractor fails to achieve guaranteed PR even after the two
more chances, further action shall be taken as per the provisions of contract.

PREMISES
The test shall be repeated for 30 days in case of any outage of following equipment for more than 7
days.
• Power Transformer
• Power Conditioning Unit
• HT Switchgear Panel
• SCADA and data logger combined
• Tilted pyranometer
• Other WMS sensors.
2.1.6 Raw Data Formats and Reports

The EPC Contractor shall submit to SECI the raw data from the Plant SCADA on daily basis in the
following format.
TEMPORAL RESOLUTION: 1 MINUTE
Date & Time Wind Module Ambient Horizontal POA POA Humidity Wind Generation
dd/mm/yyyy Speed Temp. Temp. Irradiance Irradiance Radiation (%) Direction (kWh)
hh:mm:ss (m/s) (°C) (°C) (W/m²) (W/m²) (kWh/m²) (°) (Source:
format TVM)
TEMPORAL RESOLUTION: 15 MINUTE (EVERY 15TH MIN RECORD FROM THE 1 MIN DATA)
Date & Time Wind Module Ambient Horizontal POA POA Humidity Wind Generation Explicit Remarks
Dd/mm/yyyy Speed Temp. Temp. Irradiance Irradiance Radiation (%) Direction (kWh) Removal
hh:mm:ss (m/s) (° C) (° C) (W/m²) (W/m²) (kWh/m²) (°) (Source: Flag*
format TVM) (0 or1)
* Explicit Removal Flag: 0 indicates time block considered; 1 indicates time block not considered.
PR Test Report shall be generated from the Raw Data (Sample Report provided in the Annexure) after
data filtering as per criteria laid out in (2). The Report shall contain the signature of both representatives
(SECI/Employer & EPC Contractor).
2.2 CAPACITY UTILIZATION FACTOR

Capacity Utilization Factor for Solar Plant shall be calculated as per the following formula.
𝐄𝐚𝐜
𝐂𝐔𝐅 =
𝟖𝟕𝟔𝟎×𝐏𝐚𝐜 ×(𝟏−𝐃𝐅×𝐍)
where,
Eac is the number of units recorded in the plant end ABT meter, kWh

PREMISES
8760 refers to the number of hours in non-leap year. It shall be replaced by 8784 hours during leap year
Pac is the plant AC capacity, kW
DF is module degradation factor, 0.7% per year
N is the number of years of operation after operational acceptance of the plant
CUF shall be calculated on annual basis from the date of operational acceptance of the plant till the end
of O&M period.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to build-in the expected variation of irradiance in their design by
installing additional DC capacity to meet the committed CUF. Irradiance variation will not be considered
for the calculation of CUF.
Grid outage hours shall be subtracted from total number of hours in a year. The Contractor shall submit
grid outage certification from competent authority of STU/DISCOM.

PREMISES
Reports
Sample Report for PR Test
Remarks: [to be recorded, if any]

PREMISES
of O&M for 150MW Grid Connected Solar PV power plant for different packages in Telangana State
SECTION – VII
C. SPECIAL TECHNICAL CONDITIONS
150MW Grid Connected Solar PV Tender No Technical Specs. Signature of

Power Plant for different packages in SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/XXX/XXXXX/XX Page 1 of 13 Contractor
Telangana State
PACKAGE – 1
Yellandu (60MW)
1 Package Details:
1.1 The 60MW Solar Power plant (in two parts of 50MW and 10MW at same location) is planned
to be installed at the land parcel available in the vicinity of the JK – 5 OC mine of Singareni
Colleries Company Limited.
2 Site Details:
2.1 Description
Particulars Details
Proposed capacity of the solar power plants 60 MW (50MW + 10MW)
Mono/ Multi
Technology
Crystalline
Origin of manufacturer Open
O&M period 10 Years
Design life of PV Power plant 25 Years
Latitude 17o 34’ 18.04”
Longitude 80o 18’ 55.17”
Altitude 232 m
Village Usrikayalpalli Village, Karepalli Mandal
District Khammam
State Telangana State
Location Yellandu
Type of Land Govt. Land
Owner of Project Singareni Colleiries Company Limited
Owner of Land Singareni Colleiries Company Limited
Substation Details 132/33 kV Yellandu S/s (NPDCL)
Distance to connecting substation 6000 m (approx.)
Access
Nearest Urban Area Khammam (30km)
Nearest Highway NH-365A
Nearest Railway Station Khammam (30km)
Nearest Domestic Airport RGIA, Hyderabad (250 km)
Other Details
Construction Water To be arranged by Contractor
Construction Power To be arranged by Contractor

Telangana State
2.2 No geotechnical investigation details are available. However, based on preliminary

observations, the top soil is mild expansive clayey/ sandy loam with bottom layers of alluvial
laterite. Further, contractor should conduct his own studies for further design.
2.3 The project land is divided in 2 adjacent patches separated by service road for SCCL mine.
The available land is fairly flat with minor slope towards South with presence of some
shrubs, bushes and small trees which shall be removed during site clearing by the
contractor.
2.4 The Contractor is advised to inspect the site and study the nature of soil, topography and
other conditions to decide the extent of scope of area grading, ground compaction, and
foundation system to be provided before submission of the Bid. The Employer shall not be
responsible for any variations in soil characteristics and other conditions, between those
observed during preliminary site visit and detailed investigations to be carried out by the
Contractor during contract execution and there shall be no compensation what so ever in
the contract price on this account.
2.5 The Contractor is advised to ascertain the availability of good quality ground water at site
for construction, drinking and module cleaning purpose. In case of non-availability of ground
water source, the contractor shall explore the option of supply of water through water
tankers. In case the water quality is not suitable for drinking or module cleaning purpose,
the Contractor shall install suitable water treatment facilities.
3 Site Map

Telangana State
4 Power Evacuation
4.1 Based on the TS regulations for power evacuation, the said capacity of 60MW is divided
into 50MW and 10MW suiting best to fit in the area available.
4.2 The power thus generated from the 50MW solar power plant is required to be evacuated at
132kV voltage level to the nearby 132/33kV NPDCL sub-station (Yellandu) through 132kV
transmission lines. However, for the balance 10MW capacity, the power is required to be
evacuated at 33kV to the nearest substation through transmission line.
4.3 Enough space shall be made available for the power interconnections.
4.4 Power evacuation scheme for both the units shall be designed and implemented as per the
TS TRANSCO regulations.
4.5 Both the plants shall have separate metering arrangement as per the TS TRANSCO
regulations.
5 Design Considerations
5.1 The basic wind speed ‘Vb’ = 44 m/sec

5.2 Seismic zone – III as per IS: 1893
5.3 Design rainfall intensity for storm water drainage – 65 mm/hr
5.4 The peripheral wall will be constructed by SCCL and shall be taken out from the scope of
the Contractor.
5.5 Peripheral road shall be without shoulders for optimum use of land available in patches,
however, the width of the road remains 2.5m.
5.6 As the project land is divided in 2 patches by intervening service road. However, there shall
be only one Security Room, the location of which shall be decided during detailed
engineering. Security cabin(s), however, are required at strategic locations in consultation
with Employer.
Note – For detailed technical specifications of various works under the Scope, please refer
Section -VII B, “Technical Specifications”

Telangana State
PACKAGE – 2
Pedapally (50MW)
6 Package Details:
6.1 The 50MW Solar Power is planned to be installed at the land parcel available in the vicinity
of the Singareni OC Mines under the RG – III area on Pedapalli – Manthani Road.
7 Site Details:
7.1 Description
Particulars Details
Proposed capacity of the solar power plants 50 MW
Mono/ Multi
Technology
Crystalline
O&M period 10 Years
Latitude 18o 39’
Longitude 79o 32’
Altitude 162 m
Village Mulkalapally Village
District Pedapally
Location Mulkalapally
Substation Details 132/33 kV SCCL S/s
Access
Nearest Urban Area Pedapally
Nearest Highway Karimnagar – Mancherial SH
Nearest Railway Station Ramagundam
Other Details

Telangana State

laterite. Further, contractor should conduct his own studies for further design
7.3 The project land is divided in 2 adjacent patches separated by a seasonal nala and
plantation area of SCCL. The available land is fairly flat with minor slope towards North
with presence of some shrubs, bushes and small trees which shall be removed during site
clearing by the Contractor.
water source, the Contractor shall explore the option of supply of water through water
8 Site Map

Telangana State
9 Power Evacuation
9.1 The power thus generated from the solar power plant is required to be evacuated at 132kV
voltage level to the nearby 132/33kV SCCL sub-station through a 132kV transmission line.
9.2 Enough space shall be made available for the power interconnection.
9.3 Power evacuation scheme shall be designed and implemented as per the TS TRANSCO
regulations.
9.4 Metering scheme shall be implemented as per the TS TRANSCO regulations.

the Contractor.
10.5 Peripheral road shall be without shoulders for optimum use of land available in patches
10.6 As the project land is divided in 2 patches. There shall be one Security Room for each plot,
the location of which shall be decided during detailed engineering. Security cabin(s),
however, are required at strategic locations in consultation with Employer.

Telangana State
PACKAGE – 3
Manuguru (30MW)
11 Package Details:
of the Managuru OC mines of SCCL.
12 Site Details:
12.1 Description
Particulars Details
Mono/ Multi
Technology
Crystalline
O&M period 10 Years
Latitude 17o 57’ 42.84”
Longitude 80o 49’ 53.9”
Altitude 67 m
Village Manuguru
District Bhadadri Kothagudem
Location Manuguru
Substation Details 220/132/33 kV Manuguru S/s
Access
Nearest Urban Area Manuguru
Nearest Highway
Nearest Railway Station Bhadadri Kothagudem
Other Details

Telangana State

12.3 The project land is divided in 2 adjacent patches separated by main road. The available
land is fairly flat with minor slope towards South with presence of some shrubs, bushes and
small trees which shall be removed during site clearing by the Contractor.
13 Site Map

Telangana State
14 Power Evacuation
voltage level to the nearby 220/132/33kV Manuguru sub-station through a 132kV
transmission line.
14.2 Enough space shall be made available for the power interconnection.
14.3 Power evacuation scheme shall be designed and implemented as per the TS TRANSCO
regulations.
14.4 Metering scheme shall be implemented as per the TS TRANSCO regulations.

the Contractor.
15.6 The project land is divided in 2 patches. There shall be one Security Room for each plot,
the location of which shall be decided during detailed engineering. Security cabin(s),
however, are required at strategic locations in consultation with Employer.

Telangana State
PACKAGE – 4
Pegadapally – STPP (10MW)
16 Package Details:
of the 2 x 600MW Singareni Thermal Power Plant.
17 Site Details:
17.1 Description
Particulars Details
Mono/ Multi
Technology
Crystalline
O&M period 10 Years
Latitude 18o 50’ 8”
Longitude 79o 33’ 55”
Altitude 145 m
Village Pegadapalli Village, Jaipur Mandal
District Mancherial
2 x 600MW
Location
SCCL Thermal Plant
Substation Details 33/3.3kV SCCL Auxiliary S/s
Access
Nearest Urban Area Mancherial (14.6km)
Rajiv Rahadari State Highway
Nearest Highway
(4.6km)
Nearest Railway Station Mancherial (14.6 km)
Other Details

Telangana State

17.3 The project land is divided in 3 adjacent patches separated by service roads of the existing
Thermal power plant. The available land is fairly flat with minor slope towards South with
presence of some shrubs, bushes and small trees which shall be removed during site
clearing by the Contractor.
18 Site Map
19 Power Evacuation
voltage level to the nearby 33/ 3.3kV substation through a 33kV UG cable.

Telangana State
19.2 Enough space shall be made available for the power interconnections
20 Design Particulars

20.4 The peripheral wall will be constructed by SCCL and hence can be taken out from the scope
of the contractor.
20.6 As the project land is divided in 3 patches by intervening road wall, all the patches shall be
provided with separate boundary fence and main entrance gate. However, there shall be
only one Security Room, the location of which shall be decided during detailed engineering.
Security cabin(s) are not required.

Telangana State
Tender for the Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, commissioning and O&M
SECTION - VIII
SCHEDULE OF
RATES (SOR)

1. Bidders are required to quote for the Total Contract Price on Lumpsum basis in
cognizance with the Tender Terms & Conditions.
2. Bidder’s quoted prices shall be strictly as per various Formats included under this Section [i.e.
Section-VIII, Schedule of Rates (SOR)]. Bidder shall quote Lumpsum (LS) Price for the entire
scope of work including Design, Engineering, Manufacture, Supply, Storage, Civil Work,
Erection, Testing & Commissioning as per the Technical Specifications (TS) as defined under
Section-VII.
3. All the Columns of quoted items in the Schedule of Rates including currency must be filled with
required information, as applicable.
4. Bidder must quote the price in enclosed SOR formats only. The formats shall not be changed
and/ or retyped. For any deviation to the SOR format, bid is liable for rejection.
5. Bidder to note that breakup of Lumpsum price is to be provided for assessment of Total
Evaluated Bid Value (TEBV), however total price payable under the Contract shall be restricted
to the Lumpsum Price/ Contract Price only.
6. The Lumpsum Price shall be considered as Total Contract Price which Owner agrees to pay
and the Contractor agrees to accept as full compensation for the Contractor’s full performance
of the Work in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Contract Price shall
not be subjected to any adjustment except in case of Change Order or Statutory Variations in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract.
7. The price quoted shall be Lumpsum price on Turnkey basis. Unless the basic parameter
changes or additional/ extra requirements are made, total payments to be made to the
contractor shall be limited to Lumpsum price indicated, irrespective of the progressive payments
made during execution based on the split up of price.
8. Obligation of the Contractor is not limited to the quantities that the Contractor may either indicate
in the Schedule of Breakup of Lumpsum Prices along with his bid or in further detailed break of
Lumpsum prices furnished along with the bid or after award of work. Contractor shall carry entire
scope of work/ supplies as detailed in various sections/ volumes of the Tender Document within
the quoted Lumpsum Price (Contract Price).
9. Lumpsum Prices quoted by the Bidder shall include cost of any other supplies/ work(s) not
specifically mentioned in the Bidding Document but necessary for the efficient, trouble free
commissioning & operation of the Plant and to make this package job complete. Quoted price
are FIRM and fixed till complete execution of the entire order. Also variation on account of
Foreign Exchange rate is not to be payable extra.
10. Spares for start-up/ commissioning and mandatory spares required are in Contractor's Scope
and deemed included in the quoted Lumpsum Prices.
11. Bidder shall furnish following Forms of Schedule of Rates:-
a) SOR -1 is the Schedule and Breakup of Lump sum Price (Supply, Service and NPV of O&M) of the
Tender. SOR -2 comprises of the yearly Breakup of the NPV of O&M price for 10 years period.

b) Details of Goods & Service Tax (GST) as included in SOR-1
c) Prices shall be considered for evaluation on NPV basis as per Evaluation Methodology
Specified in Section III ITB of the Tender Document.
d) Bidder to mention the NPV of O&M amount for total 10 years in CELL NO I 28 of SOR-1 which should
match with the NPV of O&M amount for total 10 years in CELL NO J 23 of SOR 2.
e) In case of any variation of the total NPV of O&M price, the NPV of O&M amount for total 10 years
mentioned at CELL NO J 23 of SOR 2 will be considered for evaluation purpose.
12. INR = Indian Rupees
13. Bidder confirms that he has noted the contents of the Preamble to the Schedule of Rates,
Schedule of Rate, Bid Document and quoted his Prices accordingly without any deviation.
14. O & M Charges on YoY basis must be equal or in ascending order only.

SOR-1
SCHEDULE OF RATES [SOR-1]

Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, Commissioning including 10 Years Plant O&M of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant at different premises of Sengareni Collieries
Company Limited in Telangana
PRICES (INR)
Sl. No. Description of Item Quantity (Ls)
Unit Ex works Price Unit Ex works Price Total Ex works Price Total value of Applicable
Total Price including GST
(Excluding GST) (Excluding GST) in words (Excluding GST) GST (in figures)
1 2 3 4 5 6=3*4 7 8=6+7
A - SUPPLY
Supply of PV Modules as specified in the
1 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
Tender Documents
Supply of Inverters as specified in the
2 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
Tender Documents
Supply of Inverter Transformer as
3 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
specified in the Tender Documents
Supply of Panels & Switchgears as
4 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
Supply of Module Mounting Structure as

5 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
Spare Modules (As Mandatory Spares,

6 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
0.25% of total supply of solar modules)
7 Mandatory Spares excluding Modules 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00

8 Cables (All DC, LT & HT) 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
9 Weather Monitoring Station 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
Manufacture & Supply of Balance of
System including all Equipments,
Materials, Spares, Accessories, Safety &
10 Fire Fighting System etc. excluding in 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
above Solar Part supply and any other
Supplies specified in the Tender
Documents
Sub Total - A INR 0.00
B - SERVICES
Freight & Insurance including Loading,

11 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
Unloading, Storage, Handling at Site
Page 1 of 2
SOR-1
SCHEDULE OF RATES [SOR-1]

Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, Commissioning including 10 Years Plant O&M of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant at different premises of Sengareni Collieries
Company Limited in Telangana
PRICES (INR)
Sl. No. Description of Item Quantity (Ls)
Unit Ex works Price Unit Ex works Price Total Ex works Price Total value of Applicable
Total Price including GST
(Excluding GST) (Excluding GST) in words (Excluding GST) GST (in figures)
1 2 3 4 5 6=3*4 7 8=6+7
A - SUPPLY
Design, Engineering, Installation,
Erection, Testing and Commissioning
including Performance Testing in respect
12 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
of all the Equipments Supplied and any
other Services Specified in the Tender
Documents
Civil and allied works including

construction of Trenches, Module
13 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
Mounting Structure, foundations, etc of
all the Equipments Supplied.
Sub Total - B INR 0.00

C - OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
Bidder to mention here the NPV of O&M

amount for total 10 years in CELL NO I
28 only which should match with the
NPV of O&M amount for total 10 years in
CELL NO J 23 of SOR 2.
14 In case of any varaiation the 1 INR 0.00

NPV of O&M amount for total
10 years mentioned at CELL
NO J 23 of SOR 2 will be
considered for evaluation
purpose.
Sub Total - C INR 0.00
TOTAL EVALUATED BID

INR 0.00
VALUE (TEBV) (A+B+C)
TOTAL EVALUATED BID

(In Words)
VALUE (TEBV) (A+B+C)
NOTES
1 O & M Charges on YoY basis must be in equal or in ascending order only.
Page 2 of 2
SOR-2
SCHEDULE OF RATES [SOR-2] [OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE]

Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, Commissioning including 10 Years Plant O&M of 150 MW (AC) Solar PV Power Plant at different premises of Singareni Collieries
Company Limited (SCCL) in Telangana
PRICES (INR)
Sl. No. Description of Item Year Total O&M Price Total value of
Yearly O&M Price Yearly O&M Price Present Value Factor
(Excluding GST) in Applicable GST (in NPV of O&M Price
(Excluding GST) including GST (PVF)
Words figures)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7=4+6 9.08% 8 = 7* PVF

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
Operation and Maintenance of the 150 MW Solar PV
1 1 INR 0.00 INR 0.00 0.917 INR 0.00
Project for FIRST YEAR
2 2 INR 0.00 INR 0.00 0.840 INR 0.00
Project for SECOND YEAR
3 3 INR 0.00 INR 0.00 0.770 INR 0.00
Project for THIRD YEAR
4 4 INR 0.00 INR 0.00 0.706 INR 0.00
Project for FOURTH YEAR
5 5 INR 0.00 INR 0.00 0.648 INR 0.00
Project for FIFTH YEAR
6 6 INR 0.00 INR 0.00 0.594 INR 0.00
Project for SIXTH YEAR
7 7 INR 0.00 INR 0.00 0.544 INR 0.00
Project for SEVENTH YEAR
8 8 INR 0.00 INR 0.00 0.499 INR 0.00
Project for EIGHTH YEAR
9 9 INR 0.00 INR 0.00 0.457 INR 0.00
Project for NINTH YEAR
10 10 INR 0.00 INR 0.00 0.419 INR 0.00
Project for TENTH YEAR
TOTAL NPV OF O&M FOR 10 YEARS
INR 0.00 INR 0.00 INR 0.00
(1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10)
TOTAL NPV OF O&M FOR 10
(In Words)
YEARS (1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10)
NOTES
1 Bidders are required to mention the GST amount ( Column I) on the actual O&M cost of the yearly basis & not on the NPV of O&M cost.
2 O & M Charges on YoY basis must be in equal or in ascending order only.
Page 1 of 1

SCCL Nit Solar 129 Mw-3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SCCL Nit Solar 129 Mw-3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SCCL Nit Solar 129 Mw-3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the tender for?

What is the tender for?

What are the different sections of the tender document?

What are the different sections of the tender document?

Tender for Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing, commissioning and O&M of

Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited

D - 3, 1st Floor, Wing - A, Prius Platinum, District Centre,

Notice Inviting Tender

Design, Engineering, Supply, Construction, Erection, Testing &

Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL), Telangana

Tender No. SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150

DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

SECTION - I : Invitation for Bids (IFB) 1 - 10

SECTION - II : Instructions to Bidders (ITB) 1 - 47

SECTION - III : Bid Data Sheets (BDS) 1-6

Annexure to Bid Data Sheet (BDS) : Qualifying

SECTION - IV : General Conditions of Contract (GCC) 1 - 72

SECTION - V : Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) 1-9

SECTION - VI : Sample Forms & Formats 1 - 58

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No COVER PAGE

Place: New Delhi Date: 06/08//2018

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No COVER PAGE

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

INVITATION FOR BIDS (IFB)

TENDER FOR DESIGN, ENGINEERING, SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, ERECTION, TESTING &

TOTAL PROJECT CAPACITY OF 150 MW (AC) IS DIVIDED INTO 05 DIFFERENT SITES AT

S NO SITE DETAILS SITE CAPACITY (MW) LOCATIONS

(SINGLE STAGE TWO ENVELOPE BIDDING)

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

For proper uploading of the bids on the portal namely https://www.tcil-india-

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

(http://www.seci.co.in). It is mandatory to download official copy of Tender Document

13.0 The detailed scope of work includes :

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

BID INFORMATION SHEET

Design & engineering, procurement & supply of equipment and

1. Design, Procurement & Supply and erection of

1.1 Solar panels including module mounting structures and

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

1.3 All associated electrical works and equipment required for

(B) TENDER NO. & DATE SECI/C&P/NIT/2018/SCCL150 dated 06/08/2018

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

(D) TYPE OF TENDER

Pre-Bid Meeting 1100 HRS (IST) on 20/08/2018

DATE, TIME & VENUE GM (E&M) PHs & WSs

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

Prospective Bidders are advised to visit the site to study the

The details regarding Site visit is mentioned in the Special

OFFLINE & ONLINE

OFFLINE & ONLINE

FINANCIAL BID To be intimated subsequent to the shortlisting of Techno

Mr. Padam Narayan

M/s Telecommunications Consultants India Limited

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No IFB

150 MW (AC) Solar PV Tender No ITB

[B] BIDDING DOCUMENTS:

7. CONTENTS OF TENDER DOCUMENTS